Nfpa - 72 2000pages
Nfpa - 72 2000pages
Nfpa - 72 2000pages
Table B.2.3.2.6.2(c) Unit Heat Release Rates for Fuels Burning in Open *Polymethyl methacrylate
(acrylic, acrylic glass or plexiglass)
Table B.2.3.2.6.2(c) Unit Heat Release Rates for Fuels Burning in the Open *Polymethyl methacrylate (Plexiglas™,
Lucite™, Acrylic).
*SIG-IDS to remove these trademark products and use non trademark terms.
Committee Statement
Trade mark product names were removed from the note to Table B.2.3.2.6.2(c).
Committee Statement
Remove the terms “Standard for” or “Subject” from in front of all UL standards referenced in NFPA
72.
The terms are redundant and unnecessary. All references to UL are standards.
Committee Statement
Resolution: FR-5134-NFPA 72-2019 By direction of our Manager, Dwayne Sloan, working with our Standards
Division we are removing the ANSI designation for the reasons stipulated in the substantiation of the
PI. Secondly, we are changing our standards to reflect their short title. Therefore you will see we are
removing the repetitive term “Standard for”. We are submitting these changes through all the NFPA
documents UL are referenced in cycle by cycle. We are about 3 cycles into the process. Best
Regards Kelly Nicolello UL LLC
Statement: References are updated in accordance with the Manual of Style. "ANSI/" is removed from all UL
standards to eliminate confusion regarding the publisher of UL standards.
Many years ago, UL preferred the ANSI/UL reference because there was a transition of traditional UL standards
towards an ANSI standards development process.
Now, years later, a large majority of UL Standards are ANSI approved and follow the ANSI development and
maintenance process. However, sometimes readers are confused because they don’t understand the standards
are actually UL standards, not developed by ANSI. There are many other references to standards promulgated by
other standards development organizations where they are considered ANSI approved but do not include ANSI in
the reference.
Committee Statement
Resolution: FR-5134-NFPA 72-2019 By direction of our Manager, Dwayne Sloan, working with our Standards
Division we are removing the ANSI designation for the reasons stipulated in the substantiation of the
PI. Secondly, we are changing our standards to reflect their short title. Therefore you will see we are
removing the repetitive term “Standard for”. We are submitting these changes through all the NFPA
documents UL are referenced in cycle by cycle. We are about 3 cycles into the process. Best
Regards Kelly Nicolello UL LLC
Statement: References are updated in accordance with the Manual of Style. "ANSI/" is removed from all UL
standards to eliminate confusion regarding the publisher of UL standards.
Current document title: "NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code"
Suggested revision: "NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code, and Standard for the Installation of
Carbon Monoxide (CO) Detection and Warning Equipment"
The content of NFPA 720 was incorporated into the 2019 edition of NFPA 72, but the title of NFPA 72 was not
revised to reflect this content change. Revising the title will more accurately reflect the content of NFPA 72,
maintain the designation of the CO content as a Standard, and will aid users in finding the relocated CO
detection/warning equipment requirements.
Committee Statement
Resolution: The title, 'National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code,' takes into account carbon monoxide detection and
warning equipment. (SIG-FUN)The following committees also reviewed this Public Input:SIG-HOU:
Recommends changing the title to 'National Alarm and Signaling Code.'SIG-IDS: Recommends no
change to the title.SIG-TMS: Recommends no change to the title.
17.6.3.4.2.1 A row of detectors shall be located greater than 4 inches and not more than 36 inches from the
peak of the ceiling.
The Annex material identifies the 4 in. requirement in A.17.6.3.4(a), not the normative text located in 17.6.3.4.2.1.
The Annex cannot be the requirement.
Committee Statement
Resolution: No technical justification was provided to add the requirement to the Code.
To use the already created Table for Spot-Type Smoke Detector Spacing and Mounting Location for Various Ceiling
Types in the Annex. The Table is already being use in the NFPA 72 Handbook on the first page.
Committee Statement
Resolution: The proposed material is in the NFPA 72 Handbook and does not need to be duplicated in the Code
annex.
Committee Statement
The term Energy Storage Systems is used in 53 places within NFPA 72. Add
references to NFPA 855 Energy Storage System requirements by extract and include
appropriate NFPA 855 Test Standards to meet the requirements to Chapter 2.
NFPA 855 is a new standard that needs to be added into NFPA 72. I would suggest a Committee Input and a Task
Group be formed to accomplish the integration of standards and requirement extracts into NFPA 72.
Committee Statement
Resolution: NFPA 855 is a proposed standard and is not yet published. The submitter should provide specific
locations where NFPA 855 would be applicable in NFPA 72 once published.
A.24.3.10 A fire Fire emergency voice/alarm communications systems (EVACS) control unit that is are
listed in accordance with ANSI/UL 864, Standard for Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm
Systems, or an emergency alarm system control unit can be used for MNS as long as the control unit has
also been evaluated to ANSI/UL 2572, Mass Notification Systems. The unique requirements in Chapter 24
for mass notification systems are included in ANSI/UL 2572. A control unit is permitted to provide
multiple life safety services when evaluated to the respective requirements. A control unit only listed in
accordance with ANSI/UL 2572, Mass Notification Systems, cannot be used as a fire alarm control unit.
(1) Add a new reference to Annex I to read as follows:
I.1.2.14 UL Publications.
…
ANSI/UL 2572, Mass Notification Systems, 2nd edition, 2016.
NOTE:This public input originates from Tentative Interim Amendment No.19-1 (Log 1377) issued by the Standards
Council on August 14, 2018 and per the NFPA Regs.,needs to be reconsidered by the Technical Committee for the
next edition of the Document
Substantiation: The annex section language directly conflicts with the language in the body of
the Second draft. Section A.24.3.10 was revised at the Second Draft to eliminate ANSI/UL 2017.
This TIA agrees with the deletion of the reference to ANSI/UL 2017 in the Annex as well as
eliminate the conflict between the annex text of A.24.3.10 and the normative text of 24.3.10.
Emergency Nature: The NFPA Standard contains an error or an omission that was overlooked
during the regular revision process. The NFPA Standard contains a conflict within the NFPA
Standards or within another NFPA Standard.
The annex section language directly conflicts with the language in the body of the Second draft.
Section 24.3.10 was revised to eliminate ANSI/UL 2017. This TIA will delete the reference to
ANSI/UL 2017 in the Annex eliminating the conflict.
Committee Statement
Statement: UL 2572 has specific requirements on how mass notification systems need to function. UL 864 does
not have these requirements. The industry has matured and many manufacturers have equipment
listed to UL 2572 and therefore NFPA 72 needs to remove all other listings other than 2572. In
addition, modifications have been made to the annex language as well.
A.17.4.7 Some applications that do not require full area protection do require detection to initiate
action when specific objects or spaces are threatened by smoke or fire, such as at elevator
landings that have ceilings in excess of 15 ft (4.6 m) and for protection of fire alarm control units. In
high-ceiling areas, to acheive the desired initiation, such as for elevator recall and protection of fire
alarm control units (FACU's), detection should be placed within 60 in. (1.52 m) from the top of the
elevator door(s) or FACU. Each specific object or space shall be permitted to be protected by
individual detector units.
Committee Statement
NOTE: This public input originates from Tentative Interim Amendment No. 19-2 (Log 1410) issued by the
Standards Council on February 28, 2019 and per the NFPA Regs., needs to be reconsidered by the Technical
Committee for the next edition of the Document.
Substantiation:
1. There are significant code changes between the 2013 and 2016 Editions of the ASME A17.1/ CSA B44
(A17.1Code). When all NFPA 72 Technical Committees having associated references to the A17.1 Code decided to
reference the 2016 edition of the A17.1 Code as the applicable reference standard this required complete
compliance with ALL the requirements in the 2016 edition of the A17.1 Code which supersede the requirements in
the 2013 Code.
2. Since NFPA 72-2019 includes many requirements for Fire Alarm systems (Building FA systems and Dedicated
Function FA systems) interface with Elevator systems it is imperative that the Designers, Installers, Enforcers and
any other NFPA 72-2019 users use the accurate and specific A17.1-2016 requirements as the basis for their
design, installation, maintenance and enforcement work. If the wrong reference of the A17.1 Code is used, this
may cause many issues with the design, installation, maintenance and enforcement of Fire Alarm systems.
3. NFPA 72-2019 includes many significant changes in sections 21.3, 21.5 and 21.6 regarding the interface of
Fire Alarm systems with Elevator systems, Fire Service Access Elevators and Occupant Evacuation Operation – If
the wrong edition of the A17.1 Code is used (2013 Edition instead of the 2016 Edition) – this will cause significant
problems with all aspects of the FA-Elevator interface issue.
4. The SIG-PRO TC based all their work in the NFPA 72-2019 edition on the 2016 Edition of the A17.1 Code.
Therefore, it is extremely important for NFPA 72-2019 users to not use any other reference A17.1 Edition other
than the 2016 Edition. This will conflict with all the work done by the SIG-PRO TC.
Mr. David McColl – Chair of the A17.1 Emergency Operation Committee states that the Correct Reference in NFPA
72-2019 Sections 2.3.2 and I.1.2.2 should be: ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44- 16, Safety Code for Elevators and
Escalators; and references a screenshot of the current 2016 cover page below.
The rationale for deleting the ANSI reference in ALL the following sections: 21.3.6 , 21.3.8 , 21.3.14, 21.4.1, 21.6.2,
A.17.5.3.1, A.21.3, A.21.3.7, A.21.3.10, A.21.3.14.1, A.21.3.14.2,
A.21.3.14.2(3), A.21.6.2.1.1, A.23.3.3.1, A.24.10, is to comply with NFPA Manual of Style and to be consistent with
the proposed revisions for sections 2.3.2 and I.1.2.2.
Emergency Nature: The standard contains an error or an omission that was overlooked during the regular revision
process. The NFPA Standard contains a conflict within the NFPA Standards or within another NFPA Standard. The
proposed TIA intends to correct a circumstance in which the revised NFPA Standard has resulted in an adverse
impact on a product or method that was inadvertently overlooked in the total revision process or was without
adequate technical (safety) justification of the action.
The Emergency Nature of this TIA is based on the current Sections in NFPA 72-1019: 2.3.2 and
I.1.2.2 which are inconsistent between themselves and create immediate confusion for designers, installers,
enforcers and other NFPA 72 users who are designing, installing and inspecting Elevators provided with
Firefighters Emergency Operation (FEO) and with Occupant Evacuation Operation (OEO). Since NFPA 72-2019
includes specific NEW code Language in Sections 21.3 and 21.6 which is specifically based on the 2016 Edition of
ASME A17.1-2016, this inconsistence and confusion must be revised immediately to prevent immediate problems
with the design, installation and enforcement of Fire Alarm Systems having interface with Elevator Systems.
Committee Statement
Resolution: FR-5134-NFPA 72-2019 By direction of our Manager, Dwayne Sloan, working with our Standards
Division we are removing the ANSI designation for the reasons stipulated in the substantiation of the
PI. Secondly, we are changing our standards to reflect their short title. Therefore you will see we are
removing the repetitive term “Standard for”. We are submitting these changes through all the NFPA
documents UL are referenced in cycle by cycle. We are about 3 cycles into the process. Best
Regards Kelly Nicolello UL LLC
Statement: References are updated in accordance with the Manual of Style. "ANSI/" is removed from all UL
standards to eliminate confusion regarding the publisher of UL standards.
2.3. 8 9 UL Publications.
Underwriters Laboratories Inc., 333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062-2096.
ANSI/UL 38, Standard for Manual Signaling Boxes for Fire Alarm Systems, 2008, revised 2018 .
ANSI/UL 217, Standard for Single and Multiple Station Smoke Alarms, 8th edition, revised 2016.
ANSI/UL 268, Standard for Smoke Detectors for Fire Alarm Systems, 7th edition, 2016, revised 2016 .
ANSI/UL 521, Standard for Heat Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems, 7th edition, 1999, revised
2016 201 7 .
ANSI/UL 827, Standard for Central-Station Alarm Services, 8th edition, 2014, revised 2016 201 8 .
ANSI/UL 864, Standard for Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems, 10th edition, 2014,
revised 2018 .
ANSI/UL 985, Standard for Household Fire Warning System Units, 6th edition, 2015, revised 2018 .
ANSI/UL 1484, Standard for Residential Gas Detectors, 5th edition, 2016, revised 2017 .
ANSI/UL 1638, Visible Signaling Devices for Fire Alarm and Signaling Systems, Including Accessories, 5th
edition, 2016, revised 2017 .
ANSI/UL 1730, Standard for Smoke Detector Monitors and Accessories for Individual Living Units of
Multifamily Residences and Hotel/Motel Rooms, 4th edition, 2006, revised 2012 201 7 .
ANSI/UL 1971, Standard for Signaling Devices for the Hearing Impaired, 3rd edition, 2002, revised
2013 201 8 .
ANSI/UL 1981, Central Station Automation Systems, 3rd edition, 2014, revised 2015.
ANSI/UL 2017, Standard for General-Purpose Signaling Devices and Systems, 2nd edition, 2008, revised
2016.
ANSI/UL 2034, Standard for Single and Multiple Station Carbon Monoxide Alarms, February 2008 2017 ,
revised February 2009 2018 .
ANSI/UL 2075, Standard for Gas and Vapor Detectors and Sensors, 2nd edition, March 2013, revised
2017 .
ANSI/UL 2572, Mass Notification Systems, 2nd edition, 2016.
ANSI/UL 60950-1 , Information Technology Equipment — Safety — Part 1: General Requirements, 3rd
edition, issued December 2005, including Amendment 1 issued December 2009 and Amendment 2 issued
May 2013 2007, revised 2014 .
2.3. 9 10 Other Publications.
Merriam-Webster’s Collegiate Dictionary, 11th edition, Merriam-Webster, Inc., Springfield, MA, 2003.
Committee: SIG-FUN
Committee Statement
Resolution: FR-5134-NFPA 72-2019 By direction of our Manager, Dwayne Sloan, working with our Standards
Division we are removing the ANSI designation for the reasons stipulated in the substantiation of the
PI. Secondly, we are changing our standards to reflect their short title. Therefore you will see we are
removing the repetitive term “Standard for”. We are submitting these changes through all the NFPA
documents UL are referenced in cycle by cycle. We are about 3 cycles into the process. Best
Regards Kelly Nicolello UL LLC
Statement: References are updated in accordance with the Manual of Style. "ANSI/" is removed from all UL
standards to eliminate confusion regarding the publisher of UL standards.
This standard is being referenced in the new Cyber Security Section 24.3.12.11.
Committee Statement
Resolution: FR-5136-NFPA 72-2019 By direction of our Manager, Dwayne Sloan, working with our Standards
Division we are removing the ANSI designation for the reasons stipulated in the substantiation of the
PI. Secondly, we are changing our standards to reflect their short title. Therefore you will see we are
removing the repetitive term “Standard for”. We are submitting these changes through all the NFPA
documents UL are referenced in cycle by cycle. We are about 3 cycles into the process. Best
Regards Kelly Nicolello UL LLC
Statement: References are updated in accordance with the Manual of Style.
The next 2019 Edition of ASME A17.1 will be published in September 2019. This NEW edition has significant
changes in Section 2.27 regarding Phase I Emergency Recall Operation and Occupant Evacuation Operation
(OEO). It should be the referenced standard in the next 2022 edition of NFPA 72.
This proposal was discussed with the ASME A17.1 Emergency Operation Committee during their June 2019
meeting in Denver, CO and it was agreed that it is a good proposal.
Committee Statement
Resolution: FR-5134-NFPA 72-2019 By direction of our Manager, Dwayne Sloan, working with our Standards
Division we are removing the ANSI designation for the reasons stipulated in the substantiation of the
PI. Secondly, we are changing our standards to reflect their short title. Therefore you will see we are
removing the repetitive term “Standard for”. We are submitting these changes through all the NFPA
documents UL are referenced in cycle by cycle. We are about 3 cycles into the process. Best
Regards Kelly Nicolello UL LLC
Statement: References are updated in accordance with the Manual of Style. "ANSI/" is removed from all UL
standards to eliminate confusion regarding the publisher of UL standards.
2.3.8 UL Publications.
Underwriters Laboratories Inc., 333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062-2096.
ANSI/UL 38, Standard for Manual Signaling Boxes for Fire Alarm Systems, 2008.
ANSI/UL 217, Standard for Single and Multiple Station Smoke Alarms, 8th edition, revised 2016.
ANSI/UL 268, Standard for Smoke Detectors for Fire Alarm Systems, 7th edition, 2016.
ANSI/UL 521, Standard for Heat Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems, 7th edition, 1999, revised
2016.
ANSI/UL 827, Standard for Central-Station Alarm Services, 8th edition, 2014, revised 2016.
ANSI/UL 864, Standard for Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems, 10th edition, 2014.
ANSI/UL 985, Standard for Household Fire Warning System Units, 6th edition, 2015.
ANSI/UL 1484, Standard for Residential Gas Detectors, 5th edition, 2016.
ANSI/UL 1638, Visible Signaling Devices for Fire Alarm and Signaling Systems, Including Accessories, 5th
edition, 2016.
ANSI/UL 1730, Standard for Smoke Detector Monitors and Accessories for Individual Living Units of
Multifamily Residences and Hotel/Motel Rooms, 4th edition, 2006, revised 2012.
ANSI/UL 1971, Standard for Signaling Devices for the Hearing Impaired, 3rd edition, 2002, revised 2013.
ANSI/UL 1981, Central Station Automation Systems, 3rd edition, 2014, revised 2015.
ANSI/UL 2017, Standard for General-Purpose Signaling Devices and Systems, 2nd edition, 2008, revised
2016.
ANSI/UL 2034, Standard for Single and Multiple Station Carbon Monoxide Alarms, February 2008, revised
February 2009.
ANSI/UL 2075, Standard for Gas and Vapor Detectors and Sensors, 2nd edition, March 2013.
UL 2525, Rescue Assistance Two-Way Emergency Communication Systems for Stairwell and Elevator
Landing/Lobby Areas of Refuge. 2018
ANSI/UL 2572, Mass Notification Systems, 2nd edition, 2016.
ANSI/UL 60950, Information Technology Equipment — Safety — Part 1: General Requirements, 3rd
edition, issued December 2005, including Amendment 1 issued December 2009 and Amendment 2 issued
May 2013.
UL has created a new Standard for the listing of these systems and needs to be included in chapter 2 and used in
chapter 24.
Committee Statement
Resolution: FR-5134-NFPA 72-2019 By direction of our Manager, Dwayne Sloan, working with our Standards
Division we are removing the ANSI designation for the reasons stipulated in the substantiation of the
PI. Secondly, we are changing our standards to reflect their short title. Therefore you will see we are
removing the repetitive term “Standard for”. We are submitting these changes through all the NFPA
documents UL are referenced in cycle by cycle. We are about 3 cycles into the process. Best
Regards Kelly Nicolello UL LLC
Statement: References are updated in accordance with the Manual of Style. "ANSI/" is removed from all UL
standards to eliminate confusion regarding the publisher of UL standards.
2.3.8 UL Publications.
Underwriters Laboratories Inc., 333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062-2096.
ANSI/UL 38, Standard for Manual Signaling Boxes for Fire Alarm Systems, 2008, revised 2018 .
ANSI/UL 217, Standard for Single and Multiple Station Smoke Alarms, 8th edition, 2015 revised 2016.
ANSI/UL 268, Standard for Smoke Detectors for Fire Alarm Systems, 7th edition, 2016 2016 .
ANSI/UL 521, Standard for Heat Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems, 7th edition, 1999,
revised 2016 2017 .
ANSI/UL 827, Standard for Central-Station Alarm Services, 8th edition, 2014, revised 2016 2019 .
ANSI/UL 864, Standard for Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems, 10th edition 2014 ,
2014 revised 2018 .
ANSI/UL 985, Standard for Household Fire Warning System Units, 6th edition 2015 , 2015 revised 2018 .
ANSI/UL 1484, Standard for Residential Gas Detectors, 5th edition 2016 , 2016 revised 2017 .
ANSI/UL 1638, Visible Signaling Devices for Fire Alarm and Signaling Systems, Including Accessories, 5th
edition, 2016.
ANSI/UL 1730, Standard for Smoke Detector Monitors and Accessories for Individual Living Units of
Multifamily Residences and Hotel/Motel Rooms, 4th edition 2006 , 2006, revised 2012 2017 .
ANSI/UL 1971, Standard for Signaling Devices for the Hearing Impaired, 3rd edition, 2002, revised
2013 2018 .
ANSI/UL 1981, Central Station Automation Systems, 3rd edition 2014 , 2014, revised 2015.
ANSI/UL 2017, Standard for General-Purpose Signaling Devices and Systems, 2nd edition 2008 , 2008,
revised 2016 2018 .
ANSI/UL 2034, Standard for Single and Multiple Station Carbon Monoxide Alarms, February 2008, revised
February 2009 2017, revised 2018 .
ANSI/UL 2075, Standard for Gas and Vapor Detectors and Sensors, 2nd edition, March 2013 2013,
revised 2017 .
ANSI/UL 2572, Mass Notification Systems, 2nd edition 2016 , 2016 revised 20128 .
ANSI/UL 60950-1 , Information Technology Equipment — Safety — Part 1: General Requirements, 3rd
edition, issued December 2005, including Amendment 1 issued December 2009 and Amendment 2 issued
May 2013 2019 .
Update the publishing dates for each of the UL standards listed to reflect the most up to date edition.
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date: Wed Jun 12 17:05:02 EDT 2019
Committee: SIG-FUN
Committee Statement
Resolution: FR-5134-NFPA 72-2019 By direction of our Manager, Dwayne Sloan, working with our Standards
Division we are removing the ANSI designation for the reasons stipulated in the substantiation of the
PI. Secondly, we are changing our standards to reflect their short title. Therefore you will see we are
removing the repetitive term “Standard for”. We are submitting these changes through all the NFPA
documents UL are referenced in cycle by cycle. We are about 3 cycles into the process. Best
Regards Kelly Nicolello UL LLC
Statement: References are updated in accordance with the Manual of Style. "ANSI/" is removed from all UL
standards to eliminate confusion regarding the publisher of UL standards.
This standard is being referenced in the new Cyber Security Section 24.3.12.11.
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date: Wed Jun 26 15:25:37 EDT 2019
Committee: SIG-FUN
Committee Statement
Resolution: FR-5136-NFPA 72-2019 By direction of our Manager, Dwayne Sloan, working with our Standards
Division we are removing the ANSI designation for the reasons stipulated in the substantiation of the
PI. Secondly, we are changing our standards to reflect their short title. Therefore you will see we are
removing the repetitive term “Standard for”. We are submitting these changes through all the NFPA
documents UL are referenced in cycle by cycle. We are about 3 cycles into the process. Best
Regards Kelly Nicolello UL LLC
Statement: References are updated in accordance with the Manual of Style.
This standard is being referenced in the new Cyber Security Section 24.3.12.11.
Committee Statement
Resolution: FR-5136-NFPA 72-2019 By direction of our Manager, Dwayne Sloan, working with our Standards
Division we are removing the ANSI designation for the reasons stipulated in the substantiation of the
PI. Secondly, we are changing our standards to reflect their short title. Therefore you will see we are
removing the repetitive term “Standard for”. We are submitting these changes through all the NFPA
documents UL are referenced in cycle by cycle. We are about 3 cycles into the process. Best
Regards Kelly Nicolello UL LLC
Statement: References are updated in accordance with the Manual of Style.
Add new defintions for Inspection, Test, and Maintenance extracted from NFPA 25.
x.x.xx Inspection. A visual examination of a system or portion
As with NFPA 25, the terms inspection, test, and maintenance should be defined in NFPA 72. The proposed
revision to the definition of maintenance is consistent with the NFPA extract policy.
It is noted that the definition of Inspection in NFPA is extracted from NFPA 820.
For the definition of Maintenance, the definition was editorially revised to say "Work performed to keep equipment
operable" since the NFPA 25 definition contained language connecting the definition to water-based fire protection
systems.
Committee Statement
Resolution: The existing definition of maintenance adequately addresses the disciplines of inspection, testing,
and service. The definitions of inspection and test are not necessary because the expectations of
these activities are defined in Tables 14.3.1 and 14.4.3.2.
Committee Statement
Explanatory material containing examples removed from the body of the code to comply with the Manual of Style
Committee Statement
Resolution: The language proposed for the annex remains under the definition.
Sentence structure modified to remove examples to comply with the Manual of Style.
Committee Statement
3.3.5 Acknowledge.
To An action performed by a person to confirm that a message or signal has been received, such as by
the pressing of a button or the selection of a software command . (SIG-SSS)
Manual of style. Removes an incomplete list of examples from a definition. Makes definition apply only to
acknowledgement by a person, not by another system or by software. While SSS "owns" this def., the term is also
important to PRO, PRS, ECS and maybe HOU. the CC should correlate.
Committee Statement
Committee Statement
Committee Statement
This term appears in the Code in many places but it is not currently defined in the Code in Chapter 3. There are
some explanations in the non-mandatory annexes but unless this term is defined in Chapter 3, it may create
enforcement inconsistencies regarding who might be an authorized person ? and authorized by whom? The
definition should clearly state that authorized personnel are trained (instructed in the operation of the equipment)
and are designated by the owner. It should be a similar definition as defined in other ANSI publications such as
ASME A17.1
This is the definition from the ASME A17.1 Elevator and Escalators Safety Code
authorized personnel: persons who have been instructed in the operation of the equipment and designated by the
owner to use the equipment.
Committee Statement
3.3.XXX* Backbone.
A backbone is the core part of a network that acts as a common infrastructure to which the branch parts are
connected.
A.3.3.XXX In a Class A network, all endpoints (i.e. alarm devices or panels) connect to a redundant backbone that has
mul ple paths. No panel or alarm device is directly connected to another. Class A must have a redundant backbone so
that the loss of a single path (cable, fiber, or wireless segment) will not cause loss of communica on between any two
endpoints (i.e. alarm devices or panels.) A backbone can interconnect diverse networks in the same building, in
different buildings, in a campus environment, or over wide areas.
Chapter 12 Annex, A.12.3.6(1) uses the word "backbone" and a definition would be helpful.
Committee Statement
Camera-Type Detector.
See 3.3.70, Detector.
Committee Statement
Resolution: The Technical Committee does not add the term as it does not appear in the Code.
Add explanatory material that was removed from the body of the code as a new annex reference.
Committee Statement
3.3.38 Ceiling.
The upper surface of a space, regardless of height. Areas with a suspended ceiling have two ceilings, one
visible from the floor and one above the suspended ceiling. (SIG-IDS)
3.3.38.1 Level Ceilings.
Ceilings that have a slope of less than or equal to 1 in 8. (SIG-IDS)
3.3.38.2 Sloping Ceiling.
A ceiling that has a slope of more than 1 in 8. (SIG-IDS)
3.3.38.3* Sloping Peaked-Type Ceiling.
A ceiling in which the ceiling slopes in two directions from the highest point. Curved or domed ceilings can
be considered peaked with the slope figured as the slope of the chord from highest to lowest point. (SIG-
IDS)
3.3.38.4* Sloping Shed-Type Ceiling.
A ceiling in which the high point is at one side with the slope extending toward the opposite side. (SIG-IDS)
Sentence structure modified to remove examples to comply with Manual of Style. Removed examples added in
annex material.
Committee Statement
3.3.40.2 Girder.
A support for beams or joists that runs at right angles to the beams or joists . If the top of the girder is
within 4 in. (100 mm) of the ceiling, the girder is a factor in determining the number of detectors and is to
be considered a beam. If and when the top of the girder is more than 4 in. (100 mm) from the ceiling, the
girder is not a factor in detector location. (SIG-IDS)
Committee Statement
Remove examples of projections from the definition to comply with the Manual of Style.
Committee Statement
The terms: One-Way and Two-Way Radio Channels are used differently in various places in NFPA 72. Definitions
of these terms will help to standardize their usage. It is important to correctly define these terms since the proper
operation of radio alarm signals depends on a prediction of the amount of air time that is used to communicate.
Misuse of the term One-Way in a system that actually is Two-Way underestimates the amount of air time used and
could lead to interference between boxes.
Committee Statement
Constantly Attended
An owner or operator-facility that is attended 24 hours a day.
The term "constantly attended" is not being used the same and is being defined differently outside of NFPA. The
term is used in 72 and should be defined. This is an attempt to get language in 72 that provides guidance on what
72 means by constantly attended.
Committee Statement
Please see PI: 599. These PIs are part of a whole, spread across chapters 2, 3, 7, 14, 10, 21, 23, 24, 26, & 27
and are meant to work together.
Committee Statement
While the term "combination control unit" is used in 23.8.4.9.4, it is nowhere defined. In addition, Chapter 29 has
used "Control Unit" to refer to a Fire Alarm Control Unit that also operates a carbon monoxide or security function.
Per the definitions in this section, that is an imprecise and confusion term. For clarity, proposals will be submitted to
change the language in Chapter 29 to "Combination System Control Unit."
Committee Statement
Resolution: A definition of a term not used in the Code is not necessary. See action on PI-468.
3.3.70 Detector.
A An initiatinng device suitable for connection to a an IDC SLC circuit that has a sensor that responds to
a physical stimulus such as gas, heat, or smoke associated with the presence of fire or combustable
gases . (SIG-IDS)
3.3.70.1 Air Sampling–Type Detector.
A detector that consists of a piping or tubing distribution network that runs from the detector to the area(s)
to be protected. An aspiration fan in the detector housing draws air from the protected area back to the
detector through airsampling ports, piping, or tubing. At the detector, the air is analyzed for fire products.
(SIG-IDS)
3.3.70.2 Automatic Fire Detector.
A device designed to detect the presence of a fire signature and to initiate action. For the purpose of this
Code, automatic fire detectors are classified as follows: Automatic Fire Extinguishing or Suppression
System Operation Detector, Fire–Gas Detector, Heat Detector, Other Fire Detectors, Radiant Energy–
Sensing Fire Detector, and Smoke Detector. (SIG-IDS)
3.3.70.3 Automatic Fire Extinguishing or Suppression System Operation Detector.
A device that automatically detects the operation of a fire extinguishing or suppression system by means
appropriate to the system employed. (SIG-IDS)
3.3.70.4* Combination Detector.
A device that either responds to more than one of the fire phenomena or employs more than one operating
principle to sense one of these phenomena. Typical examples are a combination of a heat detector with a
smoke detector or a combination rate-of-rise and fixed-temperature heat detector. This device has listings
for each sensing method employed. (SIG-IDS)
3.3.70.5 Electrical Conductivity Heat Detector.
A line-type or spot-type sensing element in which resistance varies as a function of temperature. (SIG-IDS)
3.3.70.6 Fire–Gas Detector.
A device that detects gases produced by a fire. (SIG-IDS)
3.3.70.7* Fixed-Temperature Detector.
A device that responds when its operating element becomes heated to a predetermined level. (SIG-IDS)
3.3.70.8* Flame Detector.
A radiant energy–sensing fire detector that detects the radiant energy emitted by a flame. (Refer to
A.17.8.2.) (SIG-IDS)
3.3.70.9 Gas Detector.
A device that detects the presence of a specified gas concentration. Gas detectors can be either spot-type
or line-type detectors. (SIG-IDS)
3.3.70.10 Heat Detector.
A fire detector that detects either abnormally high temperature or rate-of-temperature rise, or both. (SIG-
IDS)
3.3.70.11 Line-Type Detector.
A device in which detection is continuous along a path. Typical examples are rate-of-rise pneumatic tubing
detectors, projected beam smoke detectors, and heat-sensitive cable. (SIG-IDS)
3.3.70.12* Multi-Criteria Detector.
A device that contains multiple sensors that separately respond to physical stimulus such as heat, smoke,
or fire gases, or employs more than one sensor to sense the same stimulus. This sensor is capable of
generating only one alarm signal from the sensors employed in the design either independently or in
combination. The sensor output signal is mathematically evaluated to determine when an alarm signal is
warranted. The evaluation can be performed either at the detector or at the control unit. This detector has a
single listing that establishes the primary function of the detector. (SIG-IDS)
Modified the sentence structure to remove examples to comply with the Manual of Style.
Zip:
Submittal Date: Sun Jun 23 19:17:49 EDT 2019
Committee: SIG-IDS
Committee Statement
Committee Statement
This change will bring the NFPA definition of Air Sampling-type Detector in agreement with UL 268. The detector
does not use a “distribution” network, but a “sampling” network.
Committee Statement
List of examples of automatic fire detectors removed to comply with the Manual of Style. Added to Annex material.
Committee Statement
Definition was modified to remove examples of combination detectors to comply with the Manual of Style.
Examples moved to Annex material.
Committee Statement
Committee Statement
Resolution: The Technical Committee does not add the term as it does not appear in the Code.
Gas detection can also now be vision-based, using spectral imaging sensors. This class of gas detectors can
detect gas in the camera field of view, therefore, the definition of gas detection is proposed to be updated to reflect
this class of gas detection sensors.
Committee Statement
Definition modified by removing examples of gas detectors to comply with the Manual of Style.
Committee Statement
Camera-Type Detector.
A device in which detection is continuous in time over the visibility region of the camera.
Gas detection can also now be vision-based, using spectral imaging sensors. This class of gas detectors can
detect gas in the camera field of view, therefore, the definition of gas detection is proposed to be updated to reflect
this class of gas detection sensors.
Committee Statement
Resolution: The Technical Committee does not add the term as it does not appear in the Code.
Committee Statement
Sentence structure has been revised to comply with the Manual of Style.
Committee Statement
Sentence structure is modified to comply with the Manual of Style. The deleted material is covered in the Annex
and not needed in the body of the code.
Committee Statement
Committee Statement
3.3.70.18 Spectral-Sensing Gas Detector. A type of sensor system that detects radiant
energy, such as ultraviolet, visible or infrared in the visibility region of the sensor.
Committee Statement
Resolution: The Technical Committee does not add the term as it does not appear in the Code.
Sentence revised to remove examples to comply with the Manual of Style. Deleted material added to the Annex.
Committee Statement
NFPA 72 currently does not have a definition for single criteria detectors. There is a need for a definition because
single and multi-criteria detectors have different requirements for testing and maintenance in Chapter 14.
Committee Statement
Resolution: The Technical Committee does not add the term as it does not appear in the Code.
Sentence structure revised to comply with the Manual of Style. Material removed added to Annex.
Committee Statement
Text removed from the body of the Code by the Technical Committee is added as annex material to
comply with the Manual of Style. Additional edits are made to broaden the product definition
Sentence structure revised to comply with the Manual of Style. Material removed from body of the code added to
the Annex.
Committee Statement
A new type of sprinkler is available on the market and new requirements are proposed to be included in NFPA 72
related to these devices and systems. This definition is needed to guide the user of the standard, and is consistent
with the definition currently in NFPA 25, and that has been proposed for the next edition of NFPA13.
Committee Statement
Resolution: The Technical Committee requests the Correlating Committee to form a Task Group to address the
requirements for electronic sprinkler systems throughout the Code to be addressed at the Second
Draft stage.
The term "control equipment" is not defined in the standard. The term "control unit" is defined in the standard and is
the term that is appropriate to convey the intended meaning.
Committee Statement
Resolution: A definition of "control equipment" has been proposed by SIG-FUN clarifying this issue.
Emergency Personnel
persons who have been trained in the operation of emergency firefighting or medical equipment and in the
emergency evacuation or relocation of building occupants.
Committee Statement
Supports the term "Commerical UPS" as a specific type of Electrochemical energy storage "device", used in
another PI.
Committee Statement
Resolution: The proposed definition is for a term "commercial uninterruptible power supply (UPS)" which is not
used in this document, and is redundant to the text of A.3.3.99.
Visibility Region
The region within the sensor field of view in which line-of-sight visibility (ref section 3.3.151 on page 29) is
satisfied.
The current definition of field of view is based on the solid cone of the detector, which is different from the definition
of field of view commonly used for camera type devices in other communities such as computer vision and
robotics. The main difference is that for camera type optical devices, the field of view is not simply a solid cone, but
a geometry constrained by line-of-sight visibility. That is, the field of view region for a camera must only consist of
areas that are not obstructed. In order to close the gap in definition use for different communities, we introduce the
definition of line-of-sight visibility, and also propose modifications to existing definitions of field of view (section
3.3.106.).
Committee Statement
Resolution: The Technical Committee does not add the term as it does not appear in the Code.
The use of the word solid imply s something being projected into the space when the space is only being monitored
from changes in the environmental conditions. Virtual is a better word that does not convey energy being emitted.
Committee Statement
Public Input No. 43-NFPA 72-2019 [ Section No. 3.3.108 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
A component of the fire alarm system , provided with primary and secondary power sources, which
receives signals from initiating devices or other fire alarm control units, and processes these signals to
determine part or all of the required fire alarm system output function(s). (SIG-PRO) component that
monitors inputs and controls outputs through various types of circuits.
The revised definition mirrors and correlates with the definition of Control Unit. The existing definition improperly
includes requirements (not allowed in a definition) for primary and secondary power. The inclusion of primary and
secondary power as a "qualifier" of a FACU is incorrect because Chapter 10 does NOT require secondary power.
See 10.6.3.1 and specifically 10.6.3.2 that requires secondary but not if using 10.6.4 (ESS) that permits the ESS to
be the sole source of primary power.
Committee Statement
NOTE: This Public Input appeared as “Rejected but Held” in Public Comment No. 50 of the (A2018) Second Draft
Report for NFPA 72 and per the Regs. at 4.4.8.3.1.
There appears to be confusion around the Dedicated Function Fire Alarm System’s specific role (dedicated
function[s]), and the implied expansion of that role into a required fire alarm system when “too many” dedicated
functions are performed by a single system. While NFPA 72 (& Handbook) is clear that dedicated function fire
alarm systems are “non-required” fire alarm systems, AHJs and service contractors alike feel as if this type of
system automatically transforms into a required fire alarm system if there is more than one dedicated function
performed by the control unit. To eliminate this confusion, I propose that the Dedicate Function Fire Alarm System
be renamed as the Dedicated Function Control & Supervision System.
Committee Statement
Resolution: The Technical Committee does not accept the change because “Dedicated Function Fire Alarm
System” is used in Sections 23.3.3.2, 23.3.3.2.1, 23.3.3.2.2, 23.8.2.2 and A.23.3.3.2 and the
submitter did not ask to change those sections. The definition clearly indicates that a Dedicated
Function Fire Alarm System is not required. Additionally, "supervision and control" could incorrectly
imply that notification appliances are not included in the dedicated system.
3.3.118 Flame.
A body or stream of gaseous material involved in the combustion process and emitting radiant energy at
specific wavelength bands, determined by the combustion chemistry of the fuel. In most cases, some
portion of the emitted radiant energy is , and which may or may not be visible to the human eye. (SIG-IDS)
Committee Statement
Committee Statement
Committee Statement
Resolution: The Technical Committee does not add the term as it does not appear in the Code.
Public Input No. 456-NFPA 72-2019 [ Section No. 3.3.141 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
Examples removed from the body of the code to comply with the Manual of Style.
Committee Statement
Sentence modified by removing examples to comply with the Manual of Style. List of examples added to new
Annex material.
Committee Statement
Committee Statement
Line-of-sight Visibility.
A region is said to satisfy line-of-sight visibility when any line connecting a point in this region to the sensor
is not obstructed by an obstacle.
The current definition of field of view is based on the solid cone of the detector, which is different from the definition
of field of view commonly used for camera type devices in other communities such as computer vision and
robotics. The main difference is that for camera type optical devices, the field of view is not simply a solid cone, but
a geometry constrained by line-of-sight visibility. That is, the field of view region for a camera must only consist of
areas that are not obstructed. In order to close the gap in definition use for different communities, we introduce the
definition of line-of-sight visibility, and also propose modifications to existing definitions of field of view (section
3.3.106.).
Committee Statement
Resolution: The Technical Committee does not add the term as it does not appear in the Code.
3.3.168* Minimum Hearing Distance
The closest distance that an occupant’s ear can be to an audible appliance.
Minimum hearing distance is not defined. This has been a topic of discussion and something that staff is
questioned about. The 2019 handbook added text discussing this concept. See related PI for annex text.
Committee Statement
In order to incorporate a broader class of gas and fire detectors using spectral-sensing gas detection, additional
content is added after section 17.8.5. Video Image Flame Detection. In addition, definition sections are added to
expand the class of flame detection systems.
Committee Statement
Resolution: The Technical Committee does not add the term as it does not appear in the Code.
Committee Statement
Resolution: The Technical Committee does not add the term as it does not appear in the Code.
Out of Service
A significant portion of the fire alarm system is not in
"Out of service" is defined in NFPA 101, but should also be addressed in 72 where the term out of service is
discussed. Out of Service has implications such as evacuation, fire watch, etc. A clear definition is needed to
ensure occupants remain safe.
Committee Statement
Resolution: The term “Out of Service” is self-explanatory, definitions cannot contain requirements. The body of
this document contains requirements regarding equipment that is out of service, and it would be
inappropriate to contradict those requirements in a definition.
Standardize the term "fiber-optic" as an adjective or "optical fiber" as a noun based on Merriam-Webster.com.
Merriam-Webster, 2019. Web. 25 June 2019
Committee Statement
SIG-PRO recommends that the Correlating Committee review the code for consistent usage
throughout.
Standardize the term "fiber-optic" as an adjective or "optical fiber" as a noun based on Merriam-Webster.com.
Merriam-Webster, 2019. Web. 25 June 2019
Committee Statement
A related PI changes the term “trained personnel” to “qualified personnel” in 23.8.1.2.1 and a new description for
‘trained response personnel’ is provided as a new personnel 10.5.7. Thus, a definition of this term is offered to be
added in Chapter 3 in order to be consistent with other personnel definitions. This language, for the first time,
provides adequate definitions of this term.
Committee Statement
This PI is related to several submitted to Chapter 27 to eliminate the use of shunt type auxiliary alarm systems.
Shunt type auxiliary systems are no longer used. All reference to shunt type systems should be removed from
Chapter 27. The definitions should be removed only if the Chapter 27 TC approves the removal of the shunt type
system.
Committee Statement
Resubmitting 2019 Public Input. Passed by one vote in NFPA 72 2019 TMS TC 1 Salt Lake City, Lost by one vote
in NFPA 72 2019 TMS TC2 Charlotte. Support existed for floor vote, not pursued. Several instances over the past
two years where formalized definition of recommendation would have been of benefit (example, "when is a
descriptive label deficient versus inaccurate but acceptable"). Informal poll of Regional AFAA offers more support
for (90%) than against. Where one trends on the issue favors the interests represented, but it is unreasonable to
expect installer/servicer/maintainers to communicate critical non impairment/deficiency concerns without a
formalized definition and submission vehicle for the system owner/representative to consider the recommendation
in context. Provides remedy for the circle of blame.
Committee Statement
Provides a definition for the capabilities proposed in the new paragraph 23.8.2.11.
Committee Statement
The definition of risk analysis needs clarification regarding the purpose of a risk analysis. A clear purpose will assist
users in selecting a method of analysis that will provide the information requested by the definition. Also note that
the term "vulnerability" is deleted because it is an error of usage to say that incidents are vulnerable.
Committee Statement
Resolution: The definition of risk analysis is being expanded beyond the original scope of Chapter 24 and the
Technical Committee is recommending a CC Task Group be appointed to review this issue.
The existing definition is for a Sleeping Area, not for a Separate Sleeping Area. The intent of having the word
SEPARATE was lost when the committee edited the definition to be a single sentence. The change was made in
the transition from 2002 to 2007 when the SIG-HOU TC changed the definition to an extract from NFPA 720.
Moving the qualifier of what defines SEPARATE to the annex loses the enforceablity. This change reinstates the
enforceability for adding smoke alarms for separate sleeping areas. The existing annex text can remain
unchanged.
Committee Statement
Committee Statement
Committee Statement
The definition for “Multi-Sensor or Multi-Criteria Smoke Detection” under Smoke Detection (Section 3.3.276)
correlates with the current definitions in 3.3.70.12 and 3.3.70.13. This provides a comparative explanation that
coordinates with the definitions for: Cloud Chamber Smoke Detection, Ionization Smoke Detection, Photoelectric
Light Obscuration Smoke Detection and Photoelectric Light-Scattering Smoke Detection.
Organization: UL LLC
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date: Wed Jun 26 13:40:41 EDT 2019
Committee: SIG-IDS
Committee Statement
Resolution: Multi-criteria detectors are better defined as fire detectors than smoke detectors due to their operating
principle including detection technologies other than just smoke detection.
Committee Statement
Committee Statement
Sentence structure was modified to reduce the number of sentences to comply with the Manual of Style.
Committee Statement
Committee Statement
Committee Statement
Resolution: The Technical Committee does not add the term as it does not appear in the Code.
3.3.316 Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS). See 3.3.99.2.1 Commercial Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS).
Reintroducing the term UPS in support of other proposed changes, in a place where most people will be able to
more easily find it, rather then exclusively under Energy Storage Systems
Committee Statement
Resolution: The Technical Committee does not support adding redundant definitions. Uninterruptible Power
Supplies are a form of a Stored-Energy Emergency Power Supply System,
The current definition of field of view is based on the solid cone of the detector, which is different from the definition
of field of view commonly used for camera type devices in other communities such as computer vision and
robotics. The main difference is that for camera type optical devices, the field of view is not simply a solid cone, but
a geometry constrained by line-of-sight visibility. That is, the field of view region for a camera must only consist of
areas that are not obstructed. In order to close the gap in definition use for different communities, we introduce the
definition of line-of-sight visibility, and also propose modifications to existing definitions of field of view (section
3.3.106.).
Committee Statement
Resolution: The Technical Committee does not add the term as it does not appear in the Code.
3.3.321* Wavelength.
The Wavelength is the distance between the peaks of a sinusoidal wave. All radiant energy can be
described as a wave having a wavelength. Wavelength serves as the unit of measure for distinguishing
between different parts of the spectrum. Wavelengths are sinel wave and is measured in microns (µm),
nanometers (nm), or angstroms (Å); it is inversley proportional to frequency, the shorter the wavelenght the
higher the frequency . (SIG-IDS)
Modified the definition to reflect the technical definition from the dictionary.
Committee Statement
7.2.1*
Where documentation is required by the authority having jurisdiction, the following list shall represent the
minimum documentation required for new systems and additions or alterations to existing systems:
(1) * Written narrative providing intent and system description
(2) Riser diagram
(3) Floor plan layout showing locations of all devices, control equipment units , and supervising station and
shared communications equipment with each sheet showing the following:
(4) Point of compass (north arrow)
(5) A graphic representation of the scale used
(6) Room use identification
(7) Building features that will affect the placement of initiating devices and notification appliances
The term "control equipment" is not defined in the standard. The term "control unit" is defined in the standard and is
the term that is appropriate to convey the intended meaning.
Zip:
Submittal Date: Wed Jun 26 10:10:35 EDT 2019
Committee: SIG-FUN
Committee Statement
7.2.1*
Where documentation is required by the authority having jurisdiction, the following list shall represent the
minimum documentation required for new systems and additions or alterations to existing systems:
(1) * Written narrative providing intent and system description
(2) Riser diagram
(3) Floor plan layout showing locations of all devices, control equipment, and supervising station and
shared communications equipment with each sheet showing the following:
(4) Point of compass (north arrow)
(5) A graphic representation of the scale used
(6) Room use identification
(7) Building features that will affect the placement of initiating devices and notification appliances
Please see PI: 599. These PIs are part of a whole, spread across chapters 2, 3, 7, 14, 10, 21, 23, 24, 26, & 27
and are meant to work together.
7.2.1*
Where documentation is required by the authority having jurisdiction, the following list shall represent the
minimum documentation required for new systems and additions or alterations to existing systems:
(1) * Written narrative providing intent and system description
(2) Riser diagram
(3) Floor plan layout showing locations of all devices, control equipment, and supervising station and
shared communications equipment with each sheet showing the following:
(4) Point of compass (north arrow)
(5) A graphic representation of the scale used
(6) Room use identification
(7) Building features that will affect the placement of initiating devices and notification appliances
With the proposed relocation of the Inspection and Testing form to the Annex and removing reference to these
forms from Section 7.8.2, this line item has been revised to reference only Section 7.6.6, which in turn, would direct
the reader to the Annex section where those forms have been relocated. Line item 3 was underlined by TerraView
in error. This only affects line item 21.
Committee Statement
7.3.3.1
When adesign a design professional is preparing design documents that will incorporate new or
modifications to a fire alarm or emergency communication system covered by this Code, preliminary bid
documents shall be prepared in accordance with Section 7.3.
Editorial correction
Committee Statement
Circuit Pathway Class is already required to be detailed to the AHJ, but the requirements of Chapter 7 are unclear
as to this being required by the design engineer. In many cases, the Pathway Class can have a huge bearing on
the design of the system and the requirements for individual types of circuits. This includes where redundant paths
will and will not be allowed and how this affects performance alternatives that may be considered by the system
designer or vendor. These details are critical for review and approval of the system.
Circuit Pathway Survivability us already required to be detailed to the AHJ, but the requirements of Chapter 7 are
unclear as to this being required by the design engineer. These details are critical for review and approval of the
system. This is particularly important for pathway survivability, where the survivability can be provided by the
cable, cable system, or building construction. Chapter 23 and 24 require engineering justification for the pathway
survivability level that must be used, and Chapter 7 should include requirements to require this designation to be
clear on the design documents.
Committee Statement
7.3.5.5 CO Detectors
CO detection design documentation shall be provided in accordance with Section 17.12.
Similar to other detection devices, carbon monoxide detector documentation should be provided.
Committee Statement
7.4.4
Shop drawings shall include the following information:
(1) Name of protected premises, owner, and occupant (where applicable)
(2) Name and contact information of the system designer
(3) Name and contact information of the system installer or contractor
(4) Name and contact information of the service or maintenance company
(5) Location of protected premises
(6) Name, location and contact information of the approved supervising station when provided
(7) Device legend and symbols in accordance with NFPA 170, or other symbols acceptable to the authority
having jurisdiction
(8) Date of issue and any revision dates
Committee Statement
Resolution: The Technical Committee notes the proposed revisions are either redundant to existing requirements,
or go beyond the information required to perform a review of fire alarm shop drawings.
7.4.5
Floor plan drawings shall be drawn to an indicated scale and shall include the following information, where
applicable for the particular system:
(1) Floor or level identification
(2) Point of compass (indication of North)
(3) Graphic scale
(4) All walls and doors
(5) All partitions extending to within 15 percent of the ceiling height (where applicable and when known)
(6) Room and area descriptions
(7) System devices/component locations
(8) Locations of fire alarm and/or emergency commuinication system primary power disconnecting means
(9) Locations of monitor/control interfaces to other systems
(10) System riser locations
(11) Type and number of system components/devices on each circuit, on each floor or level
(12) Type and quantity of conductors and conduit (if used) for each circuit
(13) Identification of any ceiling over 10 ft (3.0 m) in height where automatic fire detection is being proposed
(14) Details of ceiling geometries, including beams and solid joists, where automatic fire detection is being
proposed
(15) Where known, acoustic properties of spaces
This section should not be limited to only fire alarm control unit. All other power disconnecting means for ECS (non-
FA) control units should also be identified
Committee Statement
7.4.5
Floor plan drawings shall be drawn to an indicated scale and shall include the following information, where
applicable for the particular system :
(1) Floor or level identification
(2) Point of compass (indication of North)
(3) Graphic scale
(4) All walls and doors
(5) All partitions extending to within 15 percent of the ceiling height (where applicable and when known)
(6) Room and area descriptions
(7) System devices/component locations
(8) Locations of fire alarm primary power disconnecting means
(9) Locations of monitor/control interfaces to other systems
(10) System riser locations
(11) Type and number of system components/devices on each circuit, on each floor or level
(12) Type and quantity of conductors and conduit (if used) for each circuit
(13) Identification of any ceiling over 10 ft (3.0 m) in height where automatic fire detection is being proposed
(14) Details of ceiling geometries, including beams and solid joists, where automatic fire detection is being
proposed
(15) Where known, acoustic properties of spaces
(16) Pathway class designations in accordance with Section 12.3 for all types of circuits used, including the
location of any end-of-line supervisory or power devices that may be required by the pathway class.
(17) Pathway survivability level designations in accordance with Section 12.4 for all types of circuits.
Committee Statement
7.4.6
System riser diagrams shall be coordinated with the floor plans and shall include the following information,
where applicable to the particular system :
(1) General arrangement of the system in building cross-section
(2) Number of risers
(3) Type and number of circuits in each riser
(4) Type and number of system components/devices on each circuit, on each floor or level
(5) Number of conductors for each circuit
(6) Pathway class designation in accordance with Section 12.3 for all types of circuits used, including the
provision of any end-of-line supervisory or power devices that may be required by the pathway class.
(7) Pathway survivability level designations in accordance with Section 12.4 for all types of circuits.
NFPA 72 already requires circuit Pathway Class and Pathway Survivability to be detailed to the AHJ, but the
requirements of Chapter 7 do not include this as a requirement to be noted on the riser diagram. Both
classifications should be detailed on the riser diagram for review and approval by the AHJ. These details are
critical for review and approval of the system.
The “where applicable to the particular system” is redundant language to other language in Chapter 7.
NOTE FOR DISCUSSION: IN ANOTHER PI WE HAVE PROPOSED TO DELETE THE "WHERE APPLICABLE"
LANGUAGE AND NOW WE ARE PROPOSING TO ADD IT. IS THAT WHAT WE REALLY WANT?
Committee Statement
Additionally, the text clarifies that the riser diagram should show the location of required pathway
survivability.
7.4.7
Control unit diagrams shall be provided for all control equipment (i.e., equipment listed as either a control
unit or control unit accessory), power supplies, battery chargers, and annunciators and shall include the
following information:
(1) Identification of the control equipment depicted
(2) Location(s) of control equipment
(3) All field wiring terminals and terminal identifications
(4) All circuits connected to field wiring terminals and circuit identifications
(5) All indicators and manual controls
(6) Location(s) of power disconnecting means for each control unit
(7) Field connections to supervising station signaling equipment, releasing equipment, or emergency
safety control interfaces, where provided
Each control unit other than FACU should be also identified with the location of its associated power disconnecting
means such as specifically required for fire alarm control units.
Committee Statement
7.4.11
Pathway diagrams between the control unit and shared communications equipment within the protected
premises required in 7.2 (12) shall be shown on the shop drawings.
Having the required pathway diagram(s) on the drawing will better ensure compliance with the standard. This will
also get the diagram onto the record drawings.
Committee Statement
Resolution: The proposed language covers material that is not necessarily formatted for shop drawings, reference
A.7.2.1(12).
7.5.3
All systems including new systems and additions or alterations to existing systems shall include the
following documentation, which shall be delivered to the owner or the owner’s representative upon final
acceptance of the system:
(1) * An owner’s manual and manufacturer’s published instructions covering all system equipment
(2) Record (as-built) drawings in accordance with 7.5.5
(3) A completed record of completion form in accordance with 7.5.6
(4) For software-based systems, record copy of the site-specific software in accordance with 7.5.7
(SIG-FUN)
(5) For software-based systems, documentation stating the name of the cybersecurity standard(s) and
level to which the system has been designed in accordance with 10.5.3(new)
The cybersecurity design level is important in determining the robustness of the system in various environments.
Committee Statement
7.5.3
All systems including new systems and additions or alterations to existing systems shall include the
following documentation, which shall be delivered to the owner or the owner’s representative upon final
acceptance of the system:
(1) * An owner’s manual and manufacturer’s published instructions covering all system equipment
(2) Record (as-built) drawings in accordance with 7.5.5
(3) A completed record of completion form in accordance with 7.5.6
(4) For software-based systems, record copy of the site-specific software in accordance with 7.5.7
(SIG-FUN)
(6) For software-based systems, documentation containing instructions regarding the installation and
maintenance of cybersecurity related system elements in accordance with 10.5.4(new)
Cybersecurity features can be readily compromised by improper installation and maintenance practices.
Committee Statement
The intent is for the building owner to be able to obtain the software security access to their equipment and not be
placed in a position that other qualified vendors could not be utilized.
Committee Statement
A7.5.7.2
An example of a device for the site-specfic software shall be stored on site shall be on a USB or CD that is
nonvolatile, non-erasable and non-rewritable memory.
Committee Statement
7.5.7.2
A copy of the site-specific software shall be stored on-site in nonvolatile , nonerasable, nonrewritable
memory.
The current text would only allow a CD and as such is not enforceable.
Committee Statement
The annex clearly states that the intent of the Inspection and Testing forms has always been to serve as a guide,
not a mandate, for how ITM activities should be documented. Even so, jurisdictions still require that these forms be
used due to their presence in the body of the Code. This has posed a problem for many service contractors as
many of the fields in the forms may not be applicable, creating the onerous task of having to populate "N/A" in all
fields that do not apply to the tested system and creates a report that is cluttered with non-applicable data for the
end-user to have to review. These forms should be in the annex where it can still be referred to as a guide, if
needed, and and thus provide better guidance to the service contractor and to enforcers that these forms can still
be used if preferred but are not mandatory.
Committee Statement
Resolution: The referenced forms contain a statement that permits the forms to be modified as needed.
Often the individual testing for pressure variations required in Chapter 17 of the dry valve trim does not understand
the process. Sometimes the incorrect vale is opened and causes the dry valve to open. The result is a flooded
main and requires extensive labor to restore the system to normal operation. Having the test procedure in place
and visible to individuals testing the system.
Committee Statement
Resolution: This requirement does not belong on NFPA 72, it would be better placed in NFPA 13, NFPA 25, or
NFPA 4.
Figure 7.8.2(d) Notification Appliance Power Panel Supplementary Record of Completion. (SIG-
FUN)
Figure 7.8.2(f) Deviations from Adopted Codes and Standards Supplementary Record of
Completion. (SIG-FUN)
Figure 7.8.2(h) Notification Appliance Supplementary Record of Inspection and Testing. (SIG-TMS)
Figure 7.8.2(i) Initiating Device Supplementary Record of Inspection and Testing. (SIG-TMS)
Figure 7.8.2(j) Mass Notification System Supplementary Record of Inspection and Testing. (SIG-
TMS)
Figure 7.8.2(l) Interface Component Supplementary Record of Inspection and Testing. (SIG-TMS)
Figure 7.8.2(m) Installation and Inspection Form Single- and Multiple-Station Alarms and
Household Fire Alarm Systems.
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date: Mon May 06 11:28:46 EDT 2019
Committee: SIG-HOU
Committee Statement
Figure 7.8.2(d) Notification Appliance Power Panel Supplementary Record of Completion. (SIG-
FUN)
Figure 7.8.2(f) Deviations from Adopted Codes and Standards Supplementary Record of
Completion. (SIG-FUN)
Figure 7.8.2(h) Notification Appliance Supplementary Record of Inspection and Testing. (SIG-TMS)
Figure 7.8.2(i) Initiating Device Supplementary Record of Inspection and Testing. (SIG-TMS)
Figure 7.8.2(j) Mass Notification System Supplementary Record of Inspection and Testing. (SIG-
TMS)
Figure 7.8.2(l) Interface Component Supplementary Record of Inspection and Testing. (SIG-TMS)
Figure 7.8.2(m) Installation and Inspection Form Single- and Multiple-Station Alarms and
Household Fire Alarm Systems.
Committee Statement
Figure 7.8.2(d) Notification Appliance Power Panel Supplementary Record of Completion. (SIG-
FUN)
Figure 7.8.2(f) Deviations from Adopted Codes and Standards Supplementary Record of
Completion. (SIG-FUN)
Figure 7.8.2(h) Notification Appliance Supplementary Record of Inspection and Testing. (SIG-TMS)
Figure 7.8.2(i) Initiating Device Supplementary Record of Inspection and Testing. (SIG-TMS)
Figure 7.8.2(j) Mass Notification System Supplementary Record of Inspection and Testing. (SIG-
TMS)
Figure 7.8.2(l) Interface Component Supplementary Record of Inspection and Testing. (SIG-TMS)
Figure 7.8.2(m) Installation and Inspection Form Single- and Multiple-Station Alarms and
Household Fire Alarm Systems.
The word "Media" should be removed because this term references broadcasting, newspaper, TV, radio, etc. and
could create confusion.
Committee Statement
Figure 7.8.2(d) Notification Appliance Power Panel Supplementary Record of Completion. (SIG-
FUN)
Figure 7.8.2(f) Deviations from Adopted Codes and Standards Supplementary Record of
Completion. (SIG-FUN)
Figure 7.8.2(h) Notification Appliance Supplementary Record of Inspection and Testing. (SIG-
TMS)
Figure 7.8.2(i) Initiating Device Supplementary Record of Inspection and Testing. (SIG-TMS)
Figure 7.8.2(j) Mass Notification System Supplementary Record of Inspection and Testing. (SIG-
TMS)
Figure 7.8.2(l) Interface Component Supplementary Record of Inspection and Testing. (SIG-TMS)
Figure 7.8.2(m) Installation and Inspection Form Single- and Multiple-Station Alarms and
Household Fire Alarm Systems.
Revise Section 9 of the System Record of Completion to include a column to identify addressable notification
appliances as these may be connected to signaling line circuits and not to notification pathways.
Figure 7.8.2(d) Notification Appliance Power Panel Supplementary Record of Completion. (SIG-
FUN)
Figure 7.8.2(f) Deviations from Adopted Codes and Standards Supplementary Record of
Completion. (SIG-FUN)
Figure 7.8.2(h) Notification Appliance Supplementary Record of Inspection and Testing. (SIG-TMS)
Figure 7.8.2(i) Initiating Device Supplementary Record of Inspection and Testing. (SIG-TMS)
Figure 7.8.2(j) Mass Notification System Supplementary Record of Inspection and Testing. (SIG-
TMS)
Figure 7.8.2(l) Interface Component Supplementary Record of Inspection and Testing. (SIG-TMS)
Figure 7.8.2(m) Installation and Inspection Form Single- and Multiple-Station Alarms and
Household Fire Alarm Systems.
Please see PI: 599. These PIs are part of a whole, spread across chapters 2, 3, 7, 14, 10, 21, 23, 24, 26, & 27
and are meant to work together.
Committee Statement
Resolution: The forms need to be further reviewed to determine the exact placement of cyber security
documentation.
Figure 7.8.2(d) Notification Appliance Power Panel Supplementary Record of Completion. (SIG-
FUN)
Figure 7.8.2(f) Deviations from Adopted Codes and Standards Supplementary Record of
Completion. (SIG-FUN)
Figure 7.8.2(g)
System Record of Inspection and Testing. (SIG-TMS)
Figure 7.8.2(h) Notification Appliance Supplementary Record of Inspection and Testing. (SIG-
TMS)
Figure 7.8.2(i) Initiating Device Supplementary Record of Inspection and Testing. (SIG-TMS)
Figure 7.8.2(j) Mass Notification System Supplementary Record of Inspection and Testing. (SIG-
TMS)
Figure 7.8.2(l) Interface Component Supplementary Record of Inspection and Testing. (SIG-TMS)
Figure 7.8.2(m)
Installation and Inspection Form Single- and Multiple-Station Alarms and Household Fire
Alarm Systems.
In keeping with the Code's intent for the Inspection and Testing forms to be used as a guide and not a mandate for
ITM documentation, this PI proposes to relocate (not remove) the Inspection and Testing forms to the Annex and
relate them to Section 7.6.6. This will provide better guidance to the service contractor and to enforcers that these
forms can still be used if preferred but are not mandatory.
Committee Statement
Resolution: The referenced forms contain a statement that permits the forms to be modified as needed.
The standard does not address abandoned equipment or already installed equipment that is no longer needed.
The intent of the modification is to provide the system owner with options regarding equipment that it is already
installed, but no longer needed.
Committee Statement
Equipment required for seismic risk category usage shall be evaluated for the purpose to AC156 - "Seismic
Certification by Shake-table Testing of Nonstructural Components."
As more buildings are being constructed to withstand seismic activity the fire alarm control unit is being asked to
also meet some type of testing compliance to prove the system is able to withstand seismic activity in a building.
Language has been added for other life safety systems like sprinkler and battery systems but NFPA 72 has not
addressed the concept. This language should be added to start the recognition of fire alarm and life safety systems
needing to be hardened to withstand seismic activity and still operate to notify the occupants and send signals
offsite.
More information about the testing criteria can be found at https://icc-es.org/acceptance-criteria/ac156/
Committee Statement
10.3.3*
All devices and appliances that receive their operating power from the an initiating device circuit (IDC) or
from a signaling line circuit (SLC) of a control unit shall be listed for use with the control unit.
Clarification that the "power" in question is operating power, not, for example, signaling power and not political
power. See related edits to annex material.
Committee Statement
10.3.5
Equipment shall be designed so that it is capable of performing its intended functions under the following
conditions:
(1) * At 85 percent and at 110 percent of the nameplate primary (main) and secondary (standby) input
voltage(s)
(2) At ambient temperatures of 32°F (0°C) and 120°F 100°F (49°C 38°C )
(3) At a relative humidity of 85 percent and an ambient temperature of 86°F (30°C)
This clause appears to be in conflict with 17.7.1.8 and UL 217/UL 268. Chapter 17 only requires that detectors be
listed to work to 100 degrees F.
Committee Statement
Resolution: The requirements of Chapter 10 apply to all equipment unless otherwise modified by other chapters.
Section 17.1.3 states that Chapters 7, 10,12, 21, 23, and 24 apply unless they are in conflict with
Chapter 17.
10.3.5
Equipment shall be designed so that it is capable of performing its intended functions under the following
conditions:
(1) * At 85 percent and at 110 percent of the nameplate primary (main) and secondary (standby) input
voltage(s)
(2) At ambient temperatures of 32°F (0°C) and 120°F (49°C)
(3) At a relative humidity of 85 percent and an ambient temperature of 86°F (30°C)
Delete the statement "(3) At a relative humidity of 85 percent and an ambient temperature of 86 degrees F
(30 degrees C)."
In its place, please insert "(3) At a relative humidity of 10 percent and a relative humidity of 90 percent,
irrespective of temperature."
The 90 percent RH number is being suggested as a "shift" from the 85 percent relative humidity because in hot
humid climates, many mornings could present conditions that exceed 85 percent relative humidity. Without this
wider tolerance, the Code, in effect, would mandate air conditioning in hot humid climates, and clearly this is not
the intent.
Committee Statement
Resolution: The parameters are used by the listing agencies to confirm the ability of the equipment to be installed
to meet the requirements of NFPA 72. These values are the minimum requirements that the test
standards use to establish their testing guidelines. Air-conditioning may be needed for certain
installations based on ambient conditions. There is no technical substantiation provided supporting
the change in values.
Power supplies and control panels require servicing, inspection, testing or maintenance while energized need to be
readily accessible so that they can be safely serviced. This is an existing requirement in NFPA 70-, (NEC) Article
110.26 and needs to be added here for additional clarity.
Committee Statement
Resolution: The proposed language is too restrictive based on the definitions of accessible and readily accessible
as defined in NFPA 72.
10.4.4*
Unless otherwise permitted required by the authority having jurisdiction, control unit displays, visible
indicators, or controls shall be mounted such that the distance to the highest switch, lamp, or textual display
does not exceed 6 ft (1.8 m) above the finished floor, and the lowest switch, lamp, or textual display shall
not be less than 15 in 48 in . (375 mm) above the finished floor.
The current text of Section 10.4.4 is problematic for the fire service. First, the text indicates that "Unless otherwise
permitted by the authority having jurisdiction..." the displays, indicators or controls shall be mounted such that they
are located within a specified range above and below the finished floor. The use of the word "permitted" allows the
AHJ to authorize a different mounting height, but does not allow the AHJ to specify a height which may allow for the
functional access to the displays, indicators or controls by firefighters. An AHJ may "permit" a mounting height of
60 inches AFF, but, as currently worded, the installer could still choose to mount the equipment anywhere within
the prescribed range. The use of the word "...required..." would allow the AHJ to specify a more practical range, or
specific mounting height, than currently is indicated in the code.
Second, a mounting height of 15 inches above the finish floor is not functionally practical for a firefighter wearing an
SCBA. In order to read the display a firefighter would have to get down on their hands and knees. A minimal
mounting height of 48 inches would be practical for any firefighter while remaining on their feet.
Committee Statement
Resolution: Based on the size of panels and space where they are located it may not be possible to install them
within the proposed range. The panels consist of LED lights, switches, and textual displays (labels)
which are intended to be allowed to be installed within 15 in. of the finished floor.
10.4.4*
Unless otherwise permitted by the authority having jurisdiction, control unit displays, visible indicators, or
controls shall be mounted such that the distance to the highest switch, lamp, or the center line of the
textual display does not exceed 6 ft (1.8 m) above the finished floor, and the lowest switch, lamp, or the
center line of the textual display shall not be less than 15 in. (375 mm) above the finished floor.
This revision is added since different panels or control units have different types of textual displays that can have
various dimensions (some of them can be very large displays) . In order to prevent inconsistencies regarding the
intent of the code, this PI proposes to apply the specific measurements to the center line of any textual display.
Committee Statement
Resolution: The construction of the panels for the space where they are installed may not place the center line
within this range.
10.4.5*
(3) When the FACU is installed on the exterior of the building, a heat detector shall be installed in
accordance with this code to protect the FACU.
This section does not address a FACU being installed on the exterior of the building. A heat detector shall be
required to be installed to protect the FACU.
Committee Statement
Resolution: Proposed changes to the Code gives one both a prescriptive and risk assessment options.
10.4.5*
Unless otherwise permitted by 10.4.6 5.1 or 10.4.5.2 , in areas that are not continuously occupied, early
warning fire detection shall be at the location of each control unit(s), notification appliance circuit power
extender(s), and supervising station transmitting equipment to provide notification of fire at that location by
one of the following means:
(1) An automatic smoke detector at the location of each control unit(s), notification appliance circuit power
extender(s), and supervising station transmitting equipment
(2) An automatic heat detector where ambient conditions prohibit installation of an automatic smoke
detector
The Correlating Committee has directed the Technical Committee to review 10.4.5 with regard to the following:
• Does this section require a detector if the FACU is installed in a NEMA enclosure on the exterior wall of the
building?
• If so, is the intent to provide a heat detector (assuming the environment is not suitable for smoke detection) on
the wall or overhang above the enclosure or should the detector be installed inside the NEMA enclosure?
• If a detector is not required when the panel is located outdoors, can clarifying language be provided?
The questions above focus on the FACU being installed in a NEMA enclosure, however, there are likely many other
applications that would create a list of similar questions. A risk analysis needs to be performed to determine if
early warning fire detection is necessary to provide protection for the control unit(s), notification appliance circuit
power extender(s) and supervising station transmitting equipment AND if the risk analysis shows smoke or heat
detectors are not necessary, the omission must be approved by the AHJ.
Committee Statement
10.4.5*
Unless otherwise permitted by 10.4.6 and 10.4.6.1 , in areas that are not continuously occupied, early
warning fire detection shall be at the location of each control unit(s), notification appliance circuit power
extender(s), and supervising station transmitting equipment to provide notification of fire at that location by
one of the following means:
(1) An automatic smoke detector at the location of each control unit(s), notification appliance circuit power
extender(s), and supervising station transmitting equipment
(2) An automatic heat detector where ambient conditions prohibit installation of an automatic smoke
detector
Committee Statement
Resolution: This section reference is not required as Section 10.4.5 already references risk analysis which would
allow the removal of the detector based on the results of the risk analysis.
Committee Statement
I have proposed to provide an additional reasonable and cost effective option via a new subsection for ensuring the
performance of the fire alarm control unit(s) located within a fire command center/emergency command center.
This option would permit fire control unit(s) located in a fire command center/emergency command center
protected by an automatic sprinkler system designed in accordance with NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of
Sprinkler Systems to not be required to have early warning fire detection installed at the location of the fire control
unit(s).This option acknowledges the benefits of a building protected throughout by an automatic sprinkler system
designed and installed in accordance with NFPA 13. Since the purpose of a sprinkler system is to control fire
spread, it makes sense that in a sprinklered fire command center/emergency command center fire would not
experience growth to the point of disabling equipment. This option would also reduce the costs associated with the
current protection requirements (e.g., installation and ITM).
Committee Statement
Resolution: The intent is, should there be a risk of fire in the fire command center that the fire control unit shall be
capable of initiating onsite and/or supervising station notification signals prior to potential damage
from the activation of a sprinkler system.
10.4.6 5.1 *
Smoke or heat detector(s) shall not be required to be installed at the location of dedicated function(s) fire
alarm control unit(s) that are not required to provide local or supervising station notification signals.
Required as part of PI#210. New appendix section needed due to incorrect references.
Committee Statement
Legislation has been enacted in several jurisdictions requiring design for cyber security. The standards proposed
here contain the current industry recognized methodology for cyber security software design and maintenance and
should be included in the fundamental requirements for fire alarm and signaling systems.
Committee Statement
10.4.8 Cybersecurity Classifica on
Emergency Communica ons Systems (ECS) and fire alarm systems shall be designated as a) Cybersecurity
Cer fied, or b) Cybersecurity not cer fied, or c) Cybersecurity not applicable.
10.4.8.1 Emergency communica on systems and fire alarm systems designated as Cybersecurity Cer fied must
maintain a record of cer fica on in accordance with Chapter 7.
10.4.8.2* In accordance with sec on 21.2.11 cybersecurity classifica on designa on shall be acceptable to the
authority having jurisdic on.
10.4.8.3 Cybersecurity Cer ficate issuing body and reference standard shall be interna onally recognized such
as:
Underwriters Laboratory UL 2900‐2‐3, Outline of Inves ga on for So ware Cybersecurity for Network‐
Connectable Products, Part 2‐3: Par cular Requirements for Security and Life Safety Signaling Systems
NIST Framework for Improving Critical Infrastructure Cybersecurity
ISO/IEC 27001, Information technology – Security techniques – Information security
management systems – Requirements
ISO 15408, Information technology -- Security techniques -- Evaluation criteria for IT security
ANSI/ISA/IEC 62443 , Security for industrial automation and control system.
To quote from Casey Grant, executive director of the Fire Protection Research Foundation. “Today, built-in fire
protection systems are everywhere, including fire alarm systems, sprinkler systems, special suppression systems,
and so on. To improve their capabilities, these systems are becoming more and more interconnected—the ability of
these systems to actively communicate with other systems is critical to their functionality and effectiveness. But this
interconnectedness also raises a great concern: Are fire protection systems being exposed as the soft underbelly
of the cyber safety infrastructure?” [https://www.nfpa.org/News-and-Research/Publications-and-media/NFPA-
Journal/2019/May-June-2019/Columns/Research].
Cybersecurity is not a one size fits all risk. An isolated fire alarm, with no direct interconnection with other systems
or networks is at minimal risk of being manipulated remotely by bad actors accessing the system via a computer
network. Existing emergency control function code already creates data security requirements for interconnected
systems. Systems that only transmit data, rather then receive are at a lower risk of being inappropriately
manipulated. However, as technology evolves, so do the risks. Unforeseen or unknown vulnerabilities in the most
secure interconnected systems are discovered and exploited by bad actors.
Cybersecurity standards utilize risk assessment models and tools that are routinely updated as new threats and
vulnerabilities become known. This code should take the same approach to cybersecurity, applying a risk
assessment model, creating appropriate requirements. Higher likelihood risks with moderate to catastrophic
consequences should be required to prove the efficacy of the systems resistance to cyber attacks. Since
cybersecurity threats are always evolving, this concern cannot be treated as a static design factor but must be
considered ongoingly. Once a system has been determined to have a risk profile to mandate ongoing and evolving
protection, certification becomes a necessity. Cybersecurity certificates issued by independent testing laboratories
purposely expire in a short time frame (i.e., one year) to establish an ongoing pattern of assessment, testing, and
updates to address newly discovered vulnerabilities.
This series of public inputs addresses the issue of introducing cybersecurity concerns and actions in a responsible
manor that respects both the risks, and the individuality of a multitude of system types and occupancies. By
avoiding a painting every system with the same brush approach, and instead utilizing the risk assessment
principles of the cybersecurity industry, the costs associated with providing a comprehensive level of cybersecurity
and the additional cost of ongoing independent testing and verification can be applied where the risk likelihood and
consequences require it.
Committee Statement
Resolution: The Technical Committee has proposed a first revision which addresses the cyber security concerns.
The cyber security design level is important in determining the robustness of the system in various environments.
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date: Mon Jun 24 14:48:57 EDT 2019
Committee: SIG-FUN
Committee Statement
Resolution: The requirements are proposed in the wrong location and have been addressed in the
documentation, Chapter 7.
Qualifications are a required and have acceptable means to demonstrate qualifications are included in the code.
Just being employed by either a listing agency or working for a company that is listed does not provide any
evidence of the individuals qualifications. We not allow AHJ inspections and plan review personnel to perform
those duties just because the chief has assigned them to to that job, then why are we allowing this qualification.
Committee Statement
Resolution: The section in question clearly states that the personnel must be qualified by the listed organization.
Cyber security features can be readily compromised by improper installation and maintenance practices and the
responsible parties must be made aware of the installation and maintenance required practices.
Committee Statement
Resolution: The requirements are proposed in the wrong location and have been addressed in the
documentation, Chapter 7.
10.5.7.2 Trained response personnel shall be qualified or shall be supervised by persons who are qualified in the
receipt, handling, inves ga on, and documenta on of life safety system alarm response.
10.5.7.3 Fire service response personnel shall meet the requirement of qualified and trained response personnel.
A.10.5.7.1 For the purposes of this Code, Trained Response Personnel shall be trained and experienced personnel
who should be thoroughly aware or trained, including the following items:
(1) Be thoroughly familiar with the floor plan and layout of the facility, including room names and
descrip ons.
(2) Understand the programmed fire alarm sequence, including presignal, posi ve alarm sequence, cross‐
zoning, or other applicable sequences. This includes understanding the specific me sequences involved in
the programming.
(3) Be able to accurately dis nguish all specific fire alarm devices by sight and accurately understand what
ac vates each device.
(4) Be able to make an accurate and thorough decision regarding the emergency situa on in a limited
amount of me.
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date: Mon Jun 24 23:01:18 EDT 2019
Committee: SIG-FUN
Committee Statement
Resolution: Trained response personnel may not only be the fire service but could be onsite fire brigades or
facility managers for example. Qualified personnel are already defined and used within the body of
the code.
Aligned with NFPA 111 termanology. ESS are now covered by NFPA 855 and carry a different meaning/use than
SEPSS.
Committee Statement
See related PI that removes Class 24. This makes it clear that the ESS must have the same storage capability as
secondary power supplies. That is 24/5, 25/15 or 4/5, 4/15.
Committee Statement
An ESS stores energy. Like a keg. However, I can have a large energy capacity, but the system might not be able
to discharge at the rate that the system needs. That is the difference between power and energy. It is typically
only with very large systems where the ability to provide sufficient current is hampered by ESS capabilities. In
short, I can have a full keg (7.75 gallons) but will go thirsty is it it can only discharge at a rate of 1/4 gal/hour. An
ESS might have a capacity of 1000 amp-hours, but not be able to discharge at a rate of 15 amps (made up
example). While this might be an issue also for secondary batteries, it is rare because the charger and power
supply are designed by the mfg to work over a specified range. An ESS is a complete 3rd party system, so
requires additional engineering scrutiny.
Committee Statement
10.6.4.1
The ESS device shall be configured in compliance with NFPA 111 for a Type O, Class 24, Level 1 system.
Committee Statement
10.6.4.3
The ESS device shall ESS shall comply with the requirements of 10.6.5.
Committee Statement
10.6.7.2 *
Capacity
Capacity .
10.6.7.2.1
The
The secondary power supply for all systems that do not use in-building fire emergency voice/alarm
communications service shall have sufficient capacity to operate the system under quiescent load (system operating
in a nonalarm condition) for a minimum of 24 hours and, at the end of that period, shall be capable of operating all
alarm notification appliances used for evacuation or to direct aid to the location of an emergency for 5 minutes,
unless otherwise permitted or required by 10.6.7.2.
1.1
2 through 10.6.7.2.
2.
10.
6.7.
2.
1.1 *
Battery calculations shall include a minimum 20 percent safety margin above the calculated amp-hour
capacity required.
10.6.7.2.
1.
2
The secondary power supply for in-building fire emergency voice/alarm communications service shall be capable of
operating the system under quiescent load for a minimum of 24 hours and then shall be capable of operating the
system during a fire or other emergency condition for a period of 15 minutes at maximum connected load.
10.6.7.2.
1.
3
The secondary power supply capacity for supervising station facilities and equipment shall be capable of supporting
operations for a minimum of 24 hours.
10.6.7.2.
1.
4
The secondary power supply for high-power loudspeaker arrays used for wide-area mass notification systems shall
be in accordance with 24.6.5.2 .
10.6.7.2.
1.
5
The secondary power supply for textual visual notification appliances shall be in accordance with 24.6.10.1 .
10.6.7.2.
1.
6
The secondary power supply capacity for emergency command centers of a wide-area mass notification systems
shall be capable of supporting operations for a minimum of 24 hours.
10.6.7.2.
1.
7
The secondary power supply for in-building mass notification systems shall be capable of operating the system under
quiescent load for a minimum of 24 hours and then shall be capable of operating the system during emergency
conditions for a period of 15 minutes at maximum connected load.
10.6.7.2.
2
8 The secondary power supply capacity required shall include all power supply loads that are not automatically
disconnected upon the transfer to secondary power supply.
10.6.7.2.
3*
9* Battery calculations shall include a minimum 20 percent safety margin above the calculated amp-hour capacity
required. (note: annex would be the old A.10.6.7.2.1.1)
10.6.7.2.10 Carbon Monoxide Detection
10.6.7.2.10.1* Where carbon monoxide detection is not monitored by a supervising station, the secondary power
supply shall have sufficient capacity to operate the carbon monoxide detection system under quiescent load (system
operating in a nonalarm condition) for a minimum of 24 hours and, at the end of that period, shall be capable of
operating the carbon monoxide detection system and all carbon monoxide notification appliances for 12 hours.
This is suggested as a reorganization that is not intended to change any requirements, but to make the
requirements more clear. The problem is that the sections are not mutually exclusive, so the Code contradicts
itself and the 20% safety factor technically only applies to section 10.6.7.2.1 since it is a subset of that section. It
could be argued that the 20% safety factor does not apply to existing section 10.6.7.2.1.2 since it is a subset of
10.6.7.2.1 and has no effect on 10.6.7.2.1.2, but the intent of the committee seems to be that they want it to apply
to 10.6.7.2.1.2.
The language of 10.6.7.2.1.2 is contradictory to 10.6.7.2.1.1 since 10.6.7.2.1.1 seems to apply to all systems. The
language needs to clarify that 10.6.7.2.1.1 only applies to those systems where 10.6.7.2.1.2 does not apply. I have
tried to fix these problems with the reorganization.
Committee Statement
The Technical Committee revises the text for derating batteries (10.6.7.2.3) to apply a minimum 1.25
correction factor and adds further guidance to the annex for other battery technologies and
temperature compensation.
The Technical Committee adds the section numbered 10.6.7.2.1.7 to clarify that communications
equipment at the protected premises that is used to transmit signals to a supervising station must
have primary and secondary power sources.
The Technical Committee does not accept a mandated minimum with respect to the number of
addressable devices that should be supported during an alarm condition. This parameter should be
specified by the manufacturer in accordance with the product listing.
10.6.7.2.1.1*
Battery calculations shall include a minimum 20 percent safety margin above the calculated amp-hour
capacity required. When calculating the battery alarm load in systems with Signaling Line Circuits, the
designer shall allow for a maximun of 20% of the initiating device being in alarm per circuit that must
include the total number of signal and relay modules that will operate to a worst case alarm conditon.
There is no real set or defined amounts of devices in addressable system that must be calculated to be in alarm
when figuring the back up battery requirements. Figuring 100% percent is not realistic and from my investigation
the manufactures are not stating a number but just providing a chart used to figure this out. For example, a
system with three loops may have a total of three hundred smoke detectors, if all were in alarm at the same time all
the lights on they would not be on due to loop current power limitations and the likelihood of this happening with the
building being fully occupied is little to none. Everyone would or should have been out or safe by that point.
There got to be some sort of a rule and number to use here just like the 20% figure for over sizing the batteries.
This was recently discussed with a manufactures and others in the industry with me. Additionally there are
limitations as to the size batteries that these fire alarm systems can handle and charge so there got to be
limitations here as well. To figure 100% can exceed the sized of the battery changes so what then? We are
forced by AHJ's to figure 100% because this is undefined as it must be and not at 100%. The alarm operation
time is set and this should be as well. What is calculated for the backup battery load but does not state when doing
the backup battery load calculations what percent of the alarm detection devices must be calculated to be in alarm
and using the 100% figure on a very large addressable systems does not make any sense. This should apply to
systems with IDC's and conventional detection zones since the same issues applies with the LED operation based
upon current limitations. I can also applies to conventional system without IDC’s.
Committee Statement
The Technical Committee revises the text for derating batteries (10.6.7.2.3) to apply a minimum 1.25
correction factor and adds further guidance to the annex for other battery technologies and
temperature compensation.
The Technical Committee adds the section numbered 10.6.7.2.1.7 to clarify that communications
equipment at the protected premises that is used to transmit signals to a supervising station must
have primary and secondary power sources.
The Technical Committee does not accept a mandated minimum with respect to the number of
addressable devices that should be supported during an alarm condition. This parameter should be
specified by the manufacturer in accordance with the product listing.
10.6.7.2.1.1*
Battery calculations shall include a minimum 20 percent safety margin above the calculated amp-hour
capacity required correction factor of 1.25 to ensure the system's current demand can be met by the
battery after a 20 percent loss in capacity at the end of useful service life .
Fire alarm manufacturer’s published literature (e.g., Simplex 4100ES, Notifier NFS2-640, Gamewell S3 installation
manuals) often list a derating factor of 1.2 in battery calculations to offset reductions in battery performance. A
derating factor of 1.2 is mathematically incorrect and does not provide a 20 percent safety margin at the end of
battery service life. Since a battery must continue to provide 100 percent of the system’s calculated current
demand even when capacity has decreased to 80 percent, the correct multiplication factor that should be used in
battery calculations is 1.25 (e.g., 80% x 1.2 = 96% whereas 80% x 1.25 = 100%). Fire alarm manufacturers should
begin using 1.25 as the standard correction factor. From Section 6.2.3, Aging Factor, of IEEE-Std-485,
Recommended Practice for Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, . . . “to ensure that the battery is
capable of meeting its design loads throughout its service life, the battery’s rated capacity should be at least 125%
(1.25 aging factor) of the load expected at the end of its service life.”
Committee Statement
The Technical Committee revises the text for derating batteries (10.6.7.2.3) to apply a minimum 1.25
correction factor and adds further guidance to the annex for other battery technologies and
temperature compensation.
The Technical Committee adds the section numbered 10.6.7.2.1.7 to clarify that communications
equipment at the protected premises that is used to transmit signals to a supervising station must
have primary and secondary power sources.
The Technical Committee does not accept a mandated minimum with respect to the number of
addressable devices that should be supported during an alarm condition. This parameter should be
specified by the manufacturer in accordance with the product listing.
10.6.7.2.1.2*
For battery operation in environments less than 77F battery calculations shall include a temperature
correction factor for the minimum expected design temperature.
This PI was originally submitted as part of the Chapter 14 Battery Task Group effort to revise battery testing for the
2019 edition. The Task Group included members of the IEEE Stationary Battery Committee who recognized that
provisions for temperature compensation are not included in NFPA 72. Fire panels are listed for temperatures as
low as 32F. As can be seen from the Attachment 1, TABLE 1 of IEEE-Std-485, Recommended Practice for Sizing
Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, there's a temperature correction factor of 1.3 at 40F because
battery capacity is reduced approximately 23 percent between the rated temperature of 77F and 40F. For
example, the capacity of an 18AH battery will be reduced to 13.8 AH at 40F from temperature alone.
Committee Statement
The Technical Committee revises the text for derating batteries (10.6.7.2.3) to apply a minimum 1.25
correction factor and adds further guidance to the annex for other battery technologies and
temperature compensation.
The Technical Committee adds the section numbered 10.6.7.2.1.7 to clarify that communications
equipment at the protected premises that is used to transmit signals to a supervising station must
have primary and secondary power sources.
The Technical Committee does not accept a mandated minimum with respect to the number of
addressable devices that should be supported during an alarm condition. This parameter should be
specified by the manufacturer in accordance with the product listing.
Many times a transmitter used to send signals from a protected premises to a supervising station is integral to the
fire alarm control unit and the secondary power for the FACU will supply secondary power to the transmitter (DACT,
IP Communicator, etc.). There are also many times when the transmitter is detached (Private One-Way radio,
DACT, GSM radio, IP Communicator) from the FACU and receives its own primary power. This equipment would
also require secondary power to ensure its operation during the loss of the primary power. Based on questions
from AHJs and contractors about secondary power requirements for these detached transmission means, SIG-
FUN should consider adding this requirement for clarification.
Committee Statement
The Technical Committee revises the text for derating batteries (10.6.7.2.3) to apply a minimum 1.25
correction factor and adds further guidance to the annex for other battery technologies and
temperature compensation.
The Technical Committee adds the section numbered 10.6.7.2.1.7 to clarify that communications
equipment at the protected premises that is used to transmit signals to a supervising station must
have primary and secondary power sources.
The Technical Committee does not accept a mandated minimum with respect to the number of
addressable devices that should be supported during an alarm condition. This parameter should be
specified by the manufacturer in accordance with the product listing.
NFPA 1221 which is for Emergency Services Communication Systems is required to continue functioning as the
first responders resolve the fire situation at the protected Premise. Therefore the secondary capacity needs to be
24 hours of standby plus alarm for fire alarm panel of either 5 to 10 minutes of alarm or 15 minutes for fire voice at
100% is not enough capacity to comply with the requirementsd of NFPA 1221 which is 12 hours at 100% useage.
Committee Statement
Resolution: NFPA 1221 section 9.6.13.2.1 requires that a dedicated annunciator be provided within the fire
command center to annunciate the status a two-way radio communications enhancement system.
NFPA 1221 section 9.6.12 requires a secondary source of power that provides 12 hours of operation
for all active electronic components. The dedicated annunciator is an active component and it will
therefore provide system status during emergency operations for up to 12 hours. The fire alarm
system should not be required to increase alarm load capacity to 12 hours when the status of the two-
way radio communications enhancement system is available to the emergency operations personnel
via the dedicated annunciator.
Committee Statement
Resolution: A new definition for control equipment has been added to Chapter 3.
10.6.8.5 Commercial Uninterruptable Power Supplies (UPS) u lized as an energy storage system (ESS) for
remotely located control equipment are permi ed to be listed to UL 1778 in leu of being configured in
compliance with UL 111 when providing capacity in compliance with sec on 10.6.7.2.
Commercial UPS are a well developed and mature standby power technology that is widely utilized in commercial,
security, and health care applications for computer, network, and other equipment utilized for critical infrastructure
and life safety purposes. It is often utilized to support power supply reliability requirements for remote equipment
powered by means of power over ethernet, such as may be deployed on a Class N network. 10.6.8 recognizes the
need for reliable power for remotely located control equipment and applies the same requirements as for other
emergency equipment (as given by 10.6.1 through 10.6.6 and 10.6.9).
Power supply sources may consist of either “secondary power” or “energy storage systems”. In the case of Class
N equipment powered over ethernet, the “secondary power option” of 10.6.3.2 – 10.6.3.4 is not appropriate
because:
(a) The requirement calls for "at least two independent and reliable power supplies"…"one primary and one
secondary", which could be interpreted such that commercial UPS don't qualify because they are often one
integral device.
(b) Monitoring of the integrity of the power supply is required "at the point of connection to the system" which is not
appropriate for remote equipment in general, and in the case of Power over Ethernet, it is monitored at the UPS
itself, not the equipment being supplied.
(c) The storage battery must be dedicated to the system. For a UPS powering a PoE switch suppling power to
remote equipment, it may be hard to argue that the battery is dedicated to the system. This requirement clearly
reflects the traditional practice of installing batteries directly in the control panels, rather than as part of an external
remote device as would be reflected by a commercial UPS.
The natural conclusion is that the option presented by 10.6.4, Energy Storage Systems, could be utilized. However,
commercial UPS were removed from the body of the code and relegated to the Annex as a subset of an energy
storage system. And while it is true that UPS in the broad definition is an energy storage system, the context of
energy storage systems as used in 10.6.4 tends to practically speaking exclude commercial UPS.
10.6.4 creates the context of a Stored Electrical Energy Emergency and Standby Power Systems (SEPSS) by tying
compliance to NFPA 111. These standby power systems, as expressed by NFPA 111 are distinct from a
commercial UPS. NFPA 111 is written for a SEPSS. It separately and distinctly defines an Emergency Power
System, and a UPS. NFPA 111 is not meant to apply to specific equipment or devices. It is designed to address
the emergency standby power requirements of an entire facility. The scope of NFPA 111 is specifically:
"installation, maintenance, operation, and testing requirements as they pertain to the performance of the stored
energy emergency power supply system (SEPSS)".
Searching several leading commercial UPS manufactures product offerings, I did not discover a single reference to
NFPA 111. However, very commonly these devices were listed to UL 1778, Standard for Uninterruptible Power
System Equipment. There are no references to UL 1778 in NFPA 111, nor are there any references to NFPA111 in
UL 1778. The conclusion is that NFPA 111 was not intended to apply to commercial UPS's - these are different
things. So even though in the broad sense a commercial UPS is a type of ESS, in the context created by 10.6.4, it
is not.
Class N devices are legitimately recognized by NFPA 72 and are expected to be deployed remotely. The Class N
network pathway was created with power over ethernet networking in mind with expectation of leveraging
commercially available technology ubiquitously deployed worldwide. A mature, listed, and readily available class of
energy storage devices are available to support remote power supply requirements, but are excluded from use for
remote devices by 10.6 as it currently stands. This public input resolves this problem in a responsible way by
leveraging an ANSI/UL standard ensuring that these devices are listed for their purpose, and making a direct
reference to the capacity requirements in 10.6.7.2 that are missing from 10.6.4 (but which certainly applies to
remote control equipment deployed for emergency systems). Additionally, it re-introduces UPS in a way that
clearly differentiates it from Stored Electrical Energy Emergency Standby Power Systems intended to be deployed
on a larger scale then a commercial UPS device.
Committee Statement
As the energy density and safety concerns increase we need to take steps to ensure these energy storage devices
meet basic safety standards.
Committee Statement
10.6.11.3.1.3
Where survivability of pathway survivability of circuits is required by another section of the Code, equal
protection shall be provided for the secondary power supply circuits.
Committee Statement
10.7.10
Combination systems shall comply with 23.8.4.7.
Committee Statement
Sequence of Operation.
The system Sequence of Operation shall be inidcated on the system drawings and shall indicate the
required notification appliances operations, sub-functions opeations, superviory operations, and the intiating
device operations.
Fire alarm and other systems drawings require a "Sequence of Operation" and this code does not provide guidance
or reference a Sequence of Operations.
Committee Statement
Resolution: Chapter 7 contains requirements for a sequence of operation and the associated Annex material
provides an example of how to document the sequence of operation.
10.10.9
Carbon monoxide alarm signals shall comply with 18.4.4 3 .2 .
18.4.4.2 is the section that permits audible signaling to be eliminated for public mode where approved and when
visual signaling is provided.
Committee Statement
10.12.2 *
When an occupant notification alarm signal deactivation means is actuated, both audible and visual
notification appliances shall be simultaneously deactivated, unless deactivation of only the audible devices
is approved by the AHJ .
The current provisions of 10.12.2 are not always helpful to responders, particularly to larger buildings with multiple
exterior assembly points. The FD needs to turn off the audible device so they can hear each other and their radios
while searching for the problem. When evacuated occupants no longer hear the audible device and no longer see
the visual devices operating, they assume it is clear and safe to return through access points, most not controlled
by the FD. The suggestions in A.10.12.2 are likewise not helpful as it is difficult to command an incident near an
entrance with an audible device sounding.
Committee Statement
Resolution: The Technical Committee continues to require that both audible and visual notification appliances to
alert the public be activated and deactivated simultaneously so as not to treat blind and hard of
hearing individuals differently.
10.15.9.2
The audible and visible trouble signal associated with signaling the depletion or failure of the primary
battery of a wireless system as required by 23.16.2.1 (3) and (4) and 23.16.2.2 (3), (4) nad (6) shall
automatically resound every 4 hours or less until the depletion signal is restored to normal.
Editorial revision. The reference to Clause 23.16.2.is not accurate because the clause was separated into two
clauses - 23.16.2.1 and 23.16.2.2. This revision adds the intended referenced clauses.
Committee Statement
10.17.2*
Notification appliance circuits that do not have notification appliances connected directly to the circuit shall
be considered control circuits A circuit that is connected to the notification appliance circuit terminals of a
fire alarm system or NAC extender panel and is not directly connected to a notification appliance shall be
considered a control circuit .
This statement is in conflict with the definition of Notification Appliance Circuit. How can there be a notification
appliance circuit without a notification appliance connected to it? That is the very definition of a notification
appliance circuit. This would be similar to saying "An SLC that is not addressable" , "A heat detector that does not
detect heat". This language adds clarity to what a control circuit is.
Committee Statement
The Technical Committee requests the SIG-PRO Technical Committee and the Correlating
Committee change 21.2.4 and A.21.2.4 to replace the term “control circuit” with “pathway” to avoid
conflict.
10.17.3
Control circuits used for the purpose of controlling NAC extender panels shall comply with all of the
following:
(1) The NAC extender panel(s) connected to the control circuit shall not serve more than one notification
zone where partial evacuation or reolcation is used within the building .
(2) The control circuit shall be monitored for integrity in accordance with Section 12.6.
(3) A fault in the control circuit installation conductors shall result in a trouble signal in accordance with
Section 10.15.
The text of the NFPA 72 Handbook explains that Section 10.17.3 applies to extender panels where partial
evacuation or relocation is the chosen method of signaling the occupants of the building. The revised code text
would clarify this requirement as the current code text makes no mention of this condition.
Committee Statement
10.17.3
Control circuits used for the purpose of controlling NAC extender panels shall comply with all of the
following:
(1) The A control circuit connected to a NAC extender panel (s) connected to the control circuit shall not
serve more than one notification zone.
(2) The control circuit shall be monitored for integrity in accordance with Section 12.6.
(3) A fault in the control circuit installation conductors shall result in a trouble signal in accordance with
Section 10.15.
Currently, An extender panel could not serve more than one floor of a building. This is an enormous expense in
additional installation time and materials. By making this change an extender panel served by more than one
control circuit can be used to serve different notification zones. If one control circuit is opened, only one
notification zone is affected. This is accomplish by programming of the extender panel by the setting of dip
switches, for example.
Committee Statement
10.17.3
Control circuits used for the purpose of controlling NAC extender panels shall comply with all of the
following:
(1) The NAC extender panel(s) connected to the control circuit shall not serve more than one notification
zone.
(2) The control circuit shall be monitored for integrity in accordance with Section 12.6.
(3) A fault in the control circuit installation conductors shall result in a trouble signal in accordance with
Section 10.15.
(4) Notification Appliances shall not be connected to control circuits.
Circuits that are used for control of a NAC extender panel are not notification appliance circuits. This makes is clear
that notification appliances are only to be installed on notification appliance circuits.
Committee Statement
The Technical Committee requests the SIG-PRO Technical Committee and the Correlating
Committee change 21.2.4 and A.21.2.4 to replace the term “control circuit” with “pathway” to avoid
conflict.
10.17.3
Control circuits used for the purpose of controlling NAC multiple NAC extender panels shall comply with all
of the following:
(1) The NAC extender panel(s) connected to the control The control circuit shall not serve more than one
notification zone.
(2) The control circuit shall be monitored for integrity in accordance with Section 12.6.
(3) A fault in the control circuit installation conductors shall result in a trouble signal in accordance with
Section 10.15.
Clarifies the intent of the document with respect to NAC extender panels serving multiple floors in a building.
Committee Statement
Committee Statement
10.18.1.1.2
The visible annunciation of the location of operated initiating devices shall not be canceled by the means
used to deactivate other alarm notification appliances.
Technically, the visual alarm display is an alarm notification appliance. This addition of "other" clarifies the intent
and works with proposed Annex text.
Committee Statement
10.18.2.1.2 Where addressable initiating devices are used, they shall be programmed with the
room number, room description, general area, or specific location of the device.
Some contractors do not properly program addressable devices to facilitate an efficient response. The AHJ is left
with somewhat vague language to enforce proper identification of the area where alarm signals originate. This
change would provide the teeth needed to ensure devices indicate the correct room or area they serve.
Committee Statement
Resolution: The Technical Committee does not consider 10.18.1 to be the appropriate location for a requirement
on the specificity of location for addressable initiating devices. Neither was the Technical Committee
able to identify a suitable location without setting out different requirements for conventional,
addressable, and hybrid systems. As this section is invoked only when required, this issue would be
better handled by specifications, other codes, and standards when they specify addressable systems
or limits on zones.
10.18.2.1 is an orphan - there is no 10.18.2.2. The existing 10.18.2.1.1 and 10.18.2.1.2 are subordinate to 10.18.2
and do not have to be subordinate to 10.18.2.1.
Technically, the visual alarm display is an alarm notification appliance. The addition of "other" clarifies the intent
and works with proposed Annex text.
Deleted "a" before printout to be consistent with existing 10.18.1.1.1.
Committee Statement
12.2.1*
Performance and pathway survivability characteristics of signaling pathways (interconnections) shall
comply with the defined designations of this chapter.
There is no NFPA 72 definition of “survivability characteristics”. Thus, it is more accurate and defined to state
“pathway survivability” in this reference. Thus, when pathway survivability is required by Chapter 23 or 24, this
requirement is applicable.
Committee Statement
12.2.3.1
Optical fiber cables installed as part of the fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of NFPA 70 Article
770, and be protected against physical damage in accordance with NFPA 70 Article 760 300 .4.
Article 760 only sends one to Article 300.4 so the user of NFPA 72 should be sent more directly to the
requirements.
Committee Statement
Resolution: The Technical Committee doesn’t agree that the removal of Article 760 is appropriate. Article 760
does provide physical damage requirements and already points to appropriate subsections of Article
300. In previous committee actions, it was determined to only identify the overall article and not the
section.
12.3.8.1
In order to provide adequate separation between outgoing and return cables, the minimum separation to
prevent physical demage is 12 in. (300 mm) where the cable is installed vertically and 48 in. (1.22 m) whre
the cable is installed horizontally.
12.3.8.2
The separation distances required by 12.3.8.1 apply for the length of the given circuit except the room or
area of circuit origin and room or area of circuit termination where outgoing and return circuites must
inevitably be routed in close proximity as otherwise allowed in 12.3.8.3.
This idea has been in the Annex of the Code for many cycles. It is time that this is moved to the body of the Code
to provide enforceable definition of a very important characteristic of Class A, N, and X pathways. By moving this
from the Annex to the Code, it provides more defined language for engineers and designers to use when defining
and designing how certain circuits should be installed and allowing qualified performance alternatives to be
explored. This is not a difficult requirement to meet, especially since the requirement provides exemption for
spaces close to the origin and termination of circuits, which by nature will be terminating in the same control unit or
terminal cabinet. AHJs must have actionable and enforceable language for these circuit pathway class
designations in order to enforce proper installation.
Committee Statement
Resolution: The Technical Committee rejects the proposed change because moving the material to the body of
the code requires technical justification. The 1-foot and 4-foot spacing are simple guidance and has
allowed a starting point for evaluating the wiring protection. Additionally, these proposed requirements
do not allow for other means of protection that have been accepted as standard engineering practice.
Public Input No. 13-NFPA 72-2018 [ Section No. 12.3.8 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
Class A, Class N, and Class X circuits using physical conductors (e.g., metallic, optical fiber) shall be
installed so that the primary and redundant, or outgoing and return, conductors exiting from and returning to
the control unit, respectively, are routed separately.
Class A risers shall be seperated by a minimum of at least thirty six inches apart when in the same area or
enclosed space such as a closet or room with a preference of being seperated by a fire rated wall or two
completly seperate areas.
There is nothing specifically address some sort of standard here other than in the annex that is not code. Other
related items specifically address items such as sprinklers etc. This needs to be defined. Three feet is not based
upon anything specific, but there got to be a starting point. The code does not specifically address the building riser
(going form the bottom to top floor of a building) as opposed to vertical wire runs in a space or on just one floor and
as explained to me the Annex is consider a suggestion as opposed to code. This needs a definite requirement at it
applies to survivability of class "A" risers.
Committee Statement
Resolution: The Technical Committee does not accept the change The intent of this section is to cover all of the
redundant type classes (Class A, N and X). The proposed text only requires a 36-inch spacing for
Class A risers and not all Class A, N, and X circuits. The submitter did not provide substantiation for
the separation distance. The Manual of Style does not permit orders of preference.
12.6.6
Monitoring for integrity shall not be required for the circuit of an alarm notification appliance installed in the
same room with the central control equipment, control unit it is connected to provided that the notification
appliance circuit conductors are installed in conduit or are equivalently protected against mechanical injury.
The term "control equipment" is not defined in the standard. The term "control unit" is defined in the standard and is
the term that is appropriate to convey the intended meaning.
Committee Statement
The word "central" is deleted because this requirement applies to any control unit.
12.6.9
Monitoring for integrity shall not be required for the interconnection between enclosures containing control
equipment located units located within 20 ft (6 m) of each other where the conductors are installed in
conduit or equivalently protected against mechanical injury.
The term "control equipment" is not defined in the standard. The term "control unit" is defined in the standard and is
the term that is appropriate to convey the intended meaning.
Committee Statement
Resolution: The Technical Committee does not agree that the term “control units” is the proper term. Paragraph
3.3.63 defines a control unit as a system component that monitors inputs and controls outputs
through various types of circuits. 12.6.9 allows multiple enclosures to be interconnected.
Interconnecting a battery box to a control unit is not interconnecting control units, because the battery
box doesn’t control outputs per the definition.
12.7* Nomenclature.
The following nomenclature shall be used to identify the required properties of the system(s)
interconnections and pathway survivability:
(1) System(s) interconnections
(2) Survivability Pathway survivability levels (not required if Level 0)
(3) Shared pathway levels (not required if Level 0)
(4) Pathway class designation
There is no NFPA 72 definition of “survivability levels”. Thus, it is more accurate and defined to state “pathway
survivability” in this reference. Also, since the Code clearly defines Level 0-3 of pathway survivability levels, it
should be required to define what level of survivability is being required. Just because Level 0 is being required
does not mean this should not be “required” to be noted clearly.
Item (4) must be added to match the requirements of the rest of Chapter 12. The nomenclature of each system
shall include the pathway class designation of all circuits. It was an error to not include this previously. This will
align to other public inputs to Chapter 7 to include circuit designations in design and shop drawings.
Committee Statement
Item (4) is added to match the requirements of the rest of Chapter 12. The nomenclature of each
system shall include the pathway class designation of all circuits.
Impairments and Deficiencies are defined separately in Chapter 3 and Impairments are addressed separately in
Chapter 10. Therefore, they should be treated separately in Chapter 14 and not categorized together in one
section. Section numbers may need to be corrected in line with MOS requirements.
Committee Statement
The revision clarifies when periodic testing is considered to cause an impairment and eliminates
needless impairments for minor out-of-service events.
14.2.2.2.1
The
*
Where an automatic function of a fire alarm or signaling system is taken out of service for performance
testing in accordance with Table 14.4.3.2 and manual means or compensatory measures are unavailable
to compensate for the automatic function, the system or portion thereof shall be impaired and the
requirements of Section 10.21 shall be applicable when a system is impaired apply until the automatic
function is restored .
The proposed change would clarify when an impairment was actually needed for periodic testing and eliminate
needless impairments for de minimis out of service events.
Committee Statement
The revision clarifies when periodic testing is considered to cause an impairment and eliminates
needless impairments for minor out-of-service events.
Resubmitting 2019 Public Input. Passed by one vote in NFPA 72 2019 TMS TC 1 Salt Lake City, Lost by one vote
in NFPA 72 2019 TMS TC2 Charlotte. Support existed for floor vote, not pursued. Several instances over the past
two years where formalized definition of recommendation would have been of benefit (example, "when is a
descriptive label deficient versus inaccurate but acceptable"). Informal poll of Regional AFAA offers more support
for (90%) than against. Where one trends on the issue favors the interests represented, but it is unreasonable to
expect installer/servicer/maintainers to communicate critical non impairment/deficiency concerns without a
formalized definition and submission vehicle for the system owner/representative to consider the recommendation
in context. Provides remedy for the circle of blame.
Committee Statement
Currently the owner or owners representative are responsible for the care of systems. This would allow owners or
reps the opportunity to save costs in obtain that certification from the manufacturer to test and inspect their own
equipment. Several manufacturers require testing personnel to attend training on specific equipment in order to
maintain warranties.
Committee Statement
Resolution: With the exception of Central Station Service, Chapter 10 already permits the system owner to
perform testing if they meet the qualification requirements of testing personnel in 10.5.3.
Committee Statement
Resolution: SIG-TMS requests that the Correlating Committee form a Task Group with members from SIG-PRO,
SIG-ECS, and SIG-TMS to update Table 14.3.1 and Table 14.4.3.2 for all new equipment in those
chapters that is not addressed in these tables. Some of the items suggested for Table 14.3.1 are
testing requirements that would be more appropriately placed in Table 14.4.3.2.
Thank you very much for the opportunity to submit this Input. It is intended to solve the problem of existing hotels
that do not currently offer any protection for their guests from carbon monoxide poisoning.
Every hotel in America has smoke detectors in every guest room and in its public areas. Would you hazard a
guess as to how many have carbon monoxide detection? I bet the answer is very, very few. I am a hotelier,
developer, and formerly a city planner with nine years experience in municipal government. My wife and I were
recently poisoned by CO while staying in an out-of-state hotel. It was an upscale three star property, 3-4 years old
-- and there was not one CO detector in the entire building As a result, I am working with local Fire Marshals to
improve our hotel properties’ CO detection capabilities. In addition, I would like to see a program that expands CO
detection capability in hotels around the country.
The International Fire Code 2015, Section 1103.9 addresses this directly, and similar language has been in place
since 2012.
Section 1103.9 EXISTING Group I-1, I-2, and R Occupancies shall be equipped with carbon monoxide alarms
in accordance with Section 915 [new construction], except the CO alarms shall be allowed to be solely battery
operated. (Emphasis added).
But it is apparent that just having this language in the Code is not in itself sufficient to make it happen. If local
officials are even aware of IFC 1103.9, I do not believe they understand how to interpret IFC 2015 Section 915.1
requirements. Furthermore, local officials I have spoken with say they simply do not have the resources to enforce
the codes in this respect.
My concept is to institutionalize and outsource implementation of Section 1103.9. It is based on the annual fire
testing and inspection (FTI) that every hotel is required to carry out using a qualified 3rd party inspection company
(see NFPA 72, 10.5.3 and 14.2.3.1-14.2.3.6). The hotel pays for this inspection and the results are reported to the
local Fire Marshal. Under this proposal, if the FTI finds a hotel does not have CO capability, the hotel FAILS the
inspection and will soon be getting a letter or visit from the Fire Marshal’s office. FTI companies prepare their own
checklists for inspections based on Chapter 14 in NFPA 72. I have spoken to several FTIs who tell me it would be
easy to add an item for visual inspection and verification that the hotel has provided CO protection for its guests.
I am proposing an amendment to Chapter 14 of NFPA 72, specifically Table 14.3.1, to require visual inspection in
order to verify that CO detectors have been installed. Table 14.4.3.2 currently requires testing of approximately
20% of the devices every year, with the requirement that all devices are tested within a five-year period. As I read
the current text, the second table requires the FTI to test any detectors he finds in the hotel -- but the first table
does not require him to verify and report whether the detectors are there in the first place.
I have consulted with experts regarding the relative merits of IFC Section 908.7 in the 2012 edition vs. Section 915
in 2015 and 2018. I have read the reasons for the changes, and I understand a task force with a variety of
interests drew up the changes. But I respectfully submit the changes have two principal drawbacks. First, they are
very difficult to interpret and understand. After looking at the 2015 edition of Section 915, a recent conference of
fire officials and industry professionals in my home state could not agree on its interpretation. They concluded the
language of Section 915, specifically the reference to a “communicating opening,” would have to be amended at
the state level to clarify the meaning and correct ambiguities. Second, CO does not need “communicating
openings.” Just Google the question “Can CO pass through drywall?” The answer is yes, even if the doors are
sealed and there are no communicating openings.
When you consider that CO can be introduced into a guest room from inside the building by passing through walls,
or from outside the building by passing into individual guest room vents (as happened to us), it is pretty hard to get
around the idea that the best protection is to have single station alarms in every guest room. If not, then there
must be a central CO detection system and at a minimum a single station alarm in every room on the floor of a fuel-
burning appliance, and on the floor above. That is what I read the 2012 codes to call for, and I still believe they
offer more protection than the newer editions. The fact remains that most hotels in the US do not now have CO
protection and, despite good intentions on the part of many people, I do not yet see a clear path to remedying that.
Let’s suppose we are successful in amending NFPA 72, Chapter 14, and annual verification and testing of CO
detection become part of every hotel’s FTI regimen. I believe this would be a force-multiplier welcomed by local
Fire Marshals! But exactly what are the FTIs looking for in their visual inspection of a hotel’s CO capability? How
many detectors should the hotel have, and where? For this approach to be successful, there has to be a clear,
simple, quantifiable, easy to read standard for existing hotels to satisfy the requirements of 1103.9. FTIs are
frequently asked to provide bids for their services, and low bid wins. When arriving at a hotel and working on a
fixed price contract requiring them to “get in and get out,” FTIs have neither the time nor expertise to interpret 915
as it is written in 2015 and 2018 in order to determine whether a hotel meets the requirements of 1103.9 and
passes or fails the FTI in terms of CO protection.
Some time ago, I submitted Public Input to NFPA “Life Safety” 101 2019 Sections 28.3.4.6.1 and Section 29.3.4.6.1
that mirrors IFC 2012 Section 908.7.
A single station CO alarm with 10-year lithium battery, meeting UL 2034 standards, is readily available for $20-$25.
If a multi-story hotel has a central system, under the 2012 code it is likely just two floors will require guest room
alarms. For most existing properties in the range of 60-120 guest rooms that do not have a central system,
however, a Home Depot or Amazon alarm in every guest room would be affordable and would save lives.
This practical, layman’s approach is all about implementation. I believe it would “move the needle” in CO
protection at hotels around the country. Fire Marshals can put together an education program for local hotels.
Then, using the leverage of an annually required FTI paid for by the hotels, thus extending the FMs’ resources,
they will be able get the job done.
Committee Statement
Resolution: Visual inspection of CO detectors is covered under Table 14.3.1 (19), but it is not the within the scope
of NFPA 72 to establish when CO detection is required to be installed in a structure.
14.3.1*
Unless otherwise permitted by 14.3.2, visual inspections shall be performed in accordance with the
schedules in Table 14.3.1 or more often if required by the authority having jurisdiction.
Table 14.3.1 Visual Inspection
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
Ensure there
are no
changes that
affect
equipment
performance.
Inspect for
building
modifications,
occupancy
changes,
changes in
1. All equipment X Annual 14.3.4
environmental
conditions,
device
location,
physical
obstructions,
device
orientation,
physical
damage, and
degree of
cleanliness.
Control
2.
equipment:
(1) Fire alarm
systems Verify a
monitored for system
alarm, normal
supervisory, and condition.
trouble signals
(a) Fuses X Annual
(b)
Interfaced X Annual
equipment
(c) Lamps
X Annual
and LEDs
(d) Primary
(main) power X Annual
supply
(e) Trouble
X Semiannual
signals
(2) Fire alarm
systems Verify a
unmonitored for system
alarm, normal
supervisory, and condition.
trouble signals
(a) Fuses X Weekly
(b)
Interfaced X Weekly
equipment
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
(c) Lamps
X Weekly
and LEDs
(d) Primary
(main) power X Weekly
supply
(e) Trouble
X Weekly
signals
3. Reserved
Verify location,
Supervising physical
station alarm condition, and
4.
systems — a system
transmitters normal
condition.
(1) Digital alarm
communicator
X Annual
transmitter
(DACT)
(2) Digital
alarm radio
X Annual
transmitter
(DART)
(3) McCulloh X Annual
(4) Radio alarm
X Annual
transmitter (RAT)
(5) All other
types of X Annual
communicators
In-building fire
emergency
Verify location
5. voice/alarm X Semiannual
and condition.
communications
equipment
6. Reserved
7. Reserved
8. Reserved
9.* Batteries
(1) Valve-
regulated lead-
acid (VRLA)
batteries
Ensure month
and year of
manufacture is
marked in the
month/year
format on each
battery cell/unit.
Verify tightness of
(a) General X N/A battery
connections.
Inspect terminals
for corrosion,
excessive
container/cover
distortion, cracks
in cell/unit or
leakage of
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
electrolyte.
Replace any
battery cell/unit if
corrosion,
distortion, or
leakage is
observed.
Verify marking of
the month/year of
manufacture on
each battery
cell/unit. Replace
(b) Marking N/A Semiannual any cell/unit if
alarm equipment
manufacturer’s
replacement date
has been
exceeded.
Verify marking of
the month/year of
(2) Primary (dry
X Semiannual manufacture.
cell) Replace if alarm
equipment/battery
manufacturer’s
replacement date
has been
exceeded.
Replacement
date not to
other than exceed
those used in low- 12 months. Verify
power radio tightness of
(wireless) connections.
systems in Inspect for
accordance with corrosion or
Chapter 23 leakage. Replace
any battery
cell/unit if
corrosion or
leakage is
observed.
10. Reserved
Remote Verify location
11. X Semiannual
annunciators and condition.
Verify proper
fuse ratings, if
any. Verify
Notification that lamps
appliance circuit and LEDs
12. X Annual 10.6
power indicate
extenders normal
operating
status of the
equipment.
Verify proper
fuse ratings, if
any. Verify
Remote power that lamps
13. X Annual 10.6
supplies and LEDs
indicate
normal
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
operating
status of the
equipment.
Transient Verify location
14. X Semiannual
suppressors and condition.
15. Reserved
Fiber-optic
Verify location
16. cable X Annual
and condition.
connections
Verify location
Initiating
17. and condition
devices
(all devices).
(1) Air sampling
Verify that in-line
(a) General X Semiannual filters, if any, are 17.7.3.6
clean.
Verify that
sampling system
piping and fittings
are installed
properly, appear
airtight, and are
(b) Sampling permanently
system piping and X N/A fixed. Confirm 17.7.3.6
sampling ports that sampling
pipe is
conspicuously
identified. Verify
that sample ports
or points are not
obstructed.
(2) Duct
detectors
Verify that
detector is rigidly
mounted. Confirm
that no
penetrations in a
return air duct
exist in the
(a) General X Semiannual vicinity of the 17.7.5.5
detector. Confirm
the detector is
installed so as to
sample the
airstream at the
proper location in
the duct.
Verify proper
orientation.
Confirm the
(b) Sampling sampling tube
X Annual 17.7.5.5
tube protrudes into the
duct in
accordance with
system design.
(3)
Electromechanical X Semiannual
releasing devices
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
(4) Fire
extinguishing
system(s) or
X Semiannual
suppression
system(s)
switches
(5) Manual fire
X Semiannual
alarm boxes
(6) Heat
X Semiannual
detectors
Verify no point
requiring
(7) Radiant detection is
energy fire X Quarterly obstructed or 17.8
detectors outside the
detector’s field of
view.
Verify no point
requiring
(8) Video image detection is
smoke and fire X Quarterly obstructed or 17.7.7; 17.11.5
detectors outside the
detector’s field of
view.
(9) Smoke
detectors
(excluding one- X Semiannual
and two-family
dwellings)
(10) Projected
Verify beam path
beam smoke X Semiannual
is unobstructed.
detectors
(11)
Supervisory signal X Quarterly
devices
(12)
Waterflow X Quarterly
devices
18. Reserved
Verify location
Combination
19. and condition
systems
(all types).
(1) Fire
extinguisher
electronic X Semiannual
monitoring
devices/systems
(2) Carbon
monoxide X Semiannual
detectors/systems
Alarm control
interface and
Verify location
20. emergency X Semiannual
and condition.
control function
interface
Guard’s tour Verify location
21. X Semiannual
equipment and condition.
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
Verify location
Notification and condition
22.
appliances (all
appliances).
(1) Audible
X Semiannual
appliances
(2)
X Semiannual
Loudspeakers
(3) Visual
appliances
(a) General X Semiannual 18.5.5
Verify the
appliance
candela rating
marking or the
(b) Candela
X N/A FACU controlled 18.5.5
rating
candela rating
agrees with the
approved
drawings.
Exit marking
audible Verify location
23. X Semiannual
notification and condition.
appliances
24. Reserved
Two-way
emergency Verify location
25. X Annual
communications and condition.
systems
26. Reserved
Supervising
station alarm
27.
systems —
receivers
(1) Signal Verify receipt of
X Daily
receipt signal.
Verify location
(2) Receivers X Annual and normal
condition.
Public
emergency
alarm reporting Verify location
28.
system and condition.
transmission
equipment
(1) Publicly
accessible alarm X Semiannual
box
(2) Auxiliary box X Annual
(3) Master
box
(a) Manual
X Semiannual
operation
(b)
Auxiliary X Annual
operation
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
Two-way
Emergency
Communciation
Systems
(1) Monitored
for integrity
29. Reserved X
((Add all the
rest like MNS
below, Terra
would not
allow me to
cleanly
revise))
Mass
30. notification
system
Verify a
(1) Monitored system
for integrity normal
condition.
(a) Control
equipment
(i) Fuses X Annual
(ii)
X Annual
Interfaces
(iii)
X Annual
Lamps/LED
(iv) Primary
(main) power X Annual
supply
(b)
Secondary power X Annual
batteries
(c) Initiating
X Annual
devices
(d)
Notification X Annual
appliances
(2) Not
monitored for Verify a
integrity; installed system
prior to adoption normal
of the 2010 condition.
edition
(a) Control
equipment
(i) Fuses X Semiannual
(ii)
X Semiannual
Interfaces
(iii)
X Semiannual
Lamps/LED
(iv) Primary
(main) power X Semiannual
supply
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
(b)
Secondary power X Semiannual
batteries
(c) Initiating
X Semiannual
devices
(d)
Notification X Semiannual
appliances
Verify location
(3) Antenna X Annual
and condition.
(4) Verify location
X Annual
Transceivers and condition.
Note: N/A = not applicable, no minimum requirement established.
*For other than VRLA or primary (dry) cell batteries, refer to the battery manufacturer’s published
instructions or IEEE 450, Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented
Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, for vented lead-acid batteries, and IEEE 1106,
Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented Nickel-
Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications, for nickel-cadmium batteries.
72 has requirements for two way emergency communications systems but does not have testing and inspection
requirements for them. This section needs to be added.
Committee Statement
Resolution: SIG-TMS requests that the Correlating Committee form a task group with members from SIG-PRO,
SIG-ECS, and SIG-TMS to update Table 14.3.1 and Table 14.4.3.2 for all new equipment in those
chapters that is not addressed in these tables.
14.3.1 *
Unless otherwise permitted by 14.3.2, visual inspections shall be performed in accordance with the
schedules in Table 14.3.1 or more often if required by the authority having jurisdiction.
Table 14.3.1 Visual Inspection
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
Ensure there are no changes that affect
equipment performance. Inspect for building
All modifications, occupancy changes, changes in 14.3.4 and
1. X Annual
equipment environmental conditions, device location, 14.3.5
physical obstructions, device orientation,
physical damage, and degree of cleanliness.
Control
2.
equipment:
(1) Fire alarm systems monitored for alarm, supervisory, and trouble signals
(2) Fire alarm systems unmonitored for alarm, supervisory, and trouble signals
3. Reserved
6. Reserved
7. Reserved
8. Reserved
9.* Batteries
10.6.10
Ensure month and year of manufacture is marked in the month/year format on each
(a) battery cell/unit. Verify tightness of battery connections. Inspect terminals for corrosion,
X N/A
General excessive container/cover distortion, cracks in cell/unit or leakage of electrolyte.
Replace any battery cell/unit if corrosion, distortion, or leakage is observed.
other than those used in low-power radio (wireless) systems in accordance with Chapter 23
10. Reserved
15. Reserved
(a) General X Semiannual Verify that in-line filters, if any, are clean. 17.7.3.6
Verify that sampling system piping and fittings are installed properly,
(b) Sampling
appear airtight, and are permanently fixed. Confirm that sampling
system piping and X N/A 17.7.3.6
pipe is conspicuously identified. Verify that sample ports or points
sampling ports
are not obstructed.
(b) Verify proper orientation. Confirm the sampling tube protrudes into
X Annual 17.7.5.5
Sampling tube the duct in accordance with system design.
(7) Radiant energy fire Verify no point requiring detection is obstructed or outside
X Quarterly 17.8
detectors the detector’s field of view.
(8) Video image smoke Verify no point requiring detection is obstructed or 17.7.7;
X Quarterly
and fire detectors outside the detector’s field of view. 17.11.5
(10) Projected beam smoke detectors X Semiannual Verify beam path is unobstructed.
18. Reserved
Alarm control interface and emergency control function Verify location and
20. X Semiannual
interface condition.
18.5.5
24. Reserved
25. Two-way emergency communications systems X Annual Verify location and condition.
26. Reserved
29. Reserved
(2) Not monitored for integrity; installed prior to adoption of the 2010 edition
In Table 14.3.1, Item 1, the reference should be to BOTH 14.3.4 and 14.3.5. Table 14.3.1 applies to initial
inspections, re-acceptance inspections, and periodic inspections. At the present time, the reference to Item 1 is to
14.3.4, which is for initial and re-acceptance inspections. 14.3.5 should be referenced as it pertains to periodic
inspections.
Committee Statement
The Technical Committee revises the text in Table 14.3.1 Item (2) from control equipment to control
unit to clarify that the requirement applies to control units.
The Technical Committee revises the text in Table 14.3.1 Item (14) to change "transient suppressors"
to "surge protective devices" in accordance with the terminology used in Chapter 27 and the NEC and
the request of SIG-TMS (see CI-5187).
The Technical Committee revises the text in Table 14.3.1 Item (17)(11) and (17)(12) from “quarterly”
to “semiannual.” This aligns the frequency of inspection for condition and location of tamper switches
and waterflow switches with the frequency for all other equipment, except for flame detectors and
video smoke detectors.
14.3.1*
Unless otherwise permitted by 14.3.2, visual inspections shall be performed in accordance with the
schedules in Table 14.3.1 or more often if required by the authority having jurisdiction.
Table 14.3.1 Visual Inspection
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
Ensure there
are no
changes that
affect
equipment
performance.
Inspect for
building
modifications,
occupancy
changes,
changes in
1. All equipment X Annual 14.3.4
environmental
conditions,
device
location,
physical
obstructions,
device
orientation,
physical
damage, and
degree of
cleanliness.
Control
2.
equipment:
(1) Fire alarm
systems Verify a
monitored for system
alarm, normal
supervisory, and condition.
trouble signals
(a) Fuses X Annual
(b)
Interfaced X Annual
equipment
(c) Lamps
X Annual
and LEDs
(d) Primary
(main) power X Annual
supply
(e) Trouble
X Semiannual
signals
(2) Fire alarm
systems Verify a
unmonitored for system
alarm, normal
supervisory, and condition.
trouble signals
(a) Fuses X Weekly
(b)
Interfaced X Weekly
equipment
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
(c) Lamps
X Weekly
and LEDs
(d) Primary
(main) power X Weekly
supply
(e) Trouble
X Weekly
signals
3. Reserved
Verify
location,
Supervising physical
station alarm condition,
4.
systems — and a
transmitters system
normal
condition.
(1) Digital alarm
communicator
X Annual
transmitter
(DACT)
(2) Digital
alarm radio
X Annual
transmitter
(DART)
(3) McCulloh X Annual
(4) Radio alarm
X Annual
transmitter (RAT)
(5) All other
types of X Annual
communicators
In-building fire
emergency
Verify location
5. voice/alarm X Semiannual
and condition.
communications
equipment
6. Reserved
7. Reserved
8. Reserved
9.* Batteries 10.6
(1) Valve-
regulated lead-
acid (VRLA)
batteries
Ensure month
and year of
manufacture is
marked in the
month/year
format on each
battery cell/unit.
(a) General X N/A Verify tightness of
battery
connections.
Inspect terminals
for corrosion,
excessive
container/cover
distortion, cracks
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
in cell/unit or
leakage of
electrolyte.
Replace any
battery cell/unit if
corrosion,
distortion, or
leakage is
observed.
Verify marking of
the month/year of
manufacture on
each battery
cell/unit. Replace
(b) Marking N/A Semiannual any cell/unit if
alarm equipment
manufacturer’s
replacement date
has been
exceeded.
Verify marking of
the month/year of
(2) Primary (dry
X Semiannual manufacture.
cell) Replace if alarm
equipment/battery
manufacturer’s
replacement date
has been
exceeded.
Replacement
date not to
exceed
other than 12 months from
those used in low- the manufacture
power radio month/year .
(wireless) Verify tightness of
systems in connections.
accordance with Inspect for
Chapter 23 corrosion or
leakage. Replace
any battery
cell/unit if
corrosion or
leakage is
observed.
10. Reserved
Remote Verify location
11. X Semiannual
annunciators and condition.
Verify proper
fuse ratings, if
any. Verify
Notification that lamps
appliance circuit and LEDs
12. X Annual 10.6
power indicate
extenders normal
operating
status of the
equipment.
Verify proper
Remote power fuse ratings, if
13. X Annual 10.6
supplies any. Verify
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
that lamps
and LEDs
indicate
normal
operating
status of the
equipment.
Transient Verify location
14. X Semiannual
suppressors and condition.
15. Reserved
Fiber-optic
Verify location
16. cable X Annual
and condition.
connections
Verify
location
Initiating and
17.
devices condition
(all
devices).
(1) Air sampling
Verify that in-line
(a) General X Semiannual filters, if any, are 17.7.3.6
clean.
Verify that
sampling system
piping and fittings
are installed
properly, appear
airtight, and are
(b) Sampling permanently
system piping and X N/A fixed. Confirm 17.7.3.6
sampling ports that sampling
pipe is
conspicuously
identified. Verify
that sample ports
or points are not
obstructed.
(2) Duct
detectors
Verify that
detector is rigidly
mounted. Confirm
that no
penetrations in a
return air duct
exist in the
(a) General X Semiannual vicinity of the 17.7.5.5
detector. Confirm
the detector is
installed so as to
sample the
airstream at the
proper location in
the duct.
Verify proper
orientation.
(b) Sampling Confirm the
X Annual 17.7.5.5
tube sampling tube
protrudes into the
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
duct in
accordance with
system design.
(3)
Electromechanical X Semiannual
releasing devices
(4) Fire
extinguishing
system(s) or
X Semiannual
suppression
system(s)
switches
(5) Manual fire
X Semiannual
alarm boxes
(6) Heat
X Semiannual
detectors
Verify no point
requiring
(7) Radiant detection is
energy fire X Quarterly obstructed or 17.8
detectors outside the
detector’s field of
view.
Verify no point
requiring
(8) Video image detection is
17.7.7;
smoke and fire X Quarterly obstructed or
17.11.5
detectors outside the
detector’s field of
view.
(9) Smoke
detectors
(excluding one- X Semiannual
and two-family
dwellings)
(10) Projected
Verify beam path
beam smoke X Semiannual
is unobstructed.
detectors
(11)
Supervisory signal X Quarterly
devices
(12)
Waterflow X Quarterly
devices
18. Reserved
Verify
location
Combination
19. and
systems
condition
(all types).
(1) Fire
extinguisher
electronic X Semiannual
monitoring
devices/systems
(2) Carbon
monoxide X Semiannual
detectors/systems
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
Alarm control
interface and
Verify location
20. emergency X Semiannual
and condition.
control function
interface
Guard’s tour Verify location
21. X Semiannual
equipment and condition.
Verify
location
Notification and
22.
appliances condition
(all
appliances).
(1) Audible
X Semiannual
appliances
(2)
X Semiannual
Loudspeakers
(3) Visual
appliances
(a) General X Semiannual 18.5.5
Verify the
appliance
candela rating
marking or the
(b) Candela
X N/A FACU controlled 18.5.5
rating
candela rating
agrees with the
approved
drawings.
Exit marking
audible Verify location
23. X Semiannual
notification and condition.
appliances
24. Reserved
Two-way
emergency Verify location
25. X Annual
communications and condition.
systems
26. Reserved
Supervising
station alarm
27.
systems —
receivers
(1) Signal Verify receipt of
X Daily
receipt signal.
Verify location
(2) Receivers X Annual and normal
condition.
Public
emergency Verify
alarm reporting location
28.
system and
transmission condition.
equipment
(1) Publicly
accessible alarm X Semiannual
box
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
(2) Auxiliary box X Annual
(3) Master
box
(a) Manual
X Semiannual
operation
(b)
Auxiliary X Annual
operation
29. Reserved
Mass
30. notification
system
Verify a
(1) Monitored system
for integrity normal
condition.
(a) Control
equipment
(i) Fuses X Annual
(ii)
X Annual
Interfaces
(iii)
X Annual
Lamps/LED
(iv) Primary
(main) power X Annual
supply
(b)
Secondary power X Annual
batteries
(c) Initiating
X Annual
devices
(d)
Notification X Annual
appliances
(2) Not
monitored for Verify a
integrity; installed system
prior to adoption normal
of the 2010 condition.
edition
(a) Control
equipment
(i) Fuses X Semiannual
(ii)
X Semiannual
Interfaces
(iii)
X Semiannual
Lamps/LED
(iv) Primary
(main) power X Semiannual
supply
(b)
Secondary power X Semiannual
batteries
(c) Initiating
X Semiannual
devices
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
(d)
Notification X Semiannual
appliances
Verify location
(3) Antenna X Annual
and condition.
(4) Verify location
X Annual
Transceivers and condition.
Note: N/A = not applicable, no minimum requirement established.
*For other than VRLA or primary (dry) cell batteries, refer to the battery manufacturer’s published
instructions or IEEE 450, Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented
Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, for vented lead-acid batteries, and IEEE 1106,
Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented Nickel-
Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications, for nickel-cadmium batteries.
This section is not clear that there is a 12 month grace period to replace the battery. Just trying to add verbiage
that you have 12 months from the manufacture month/year to replace the battery.
Committee Statement
Resolution: The proposed text does not clarify the requirement. There is no requirement that the batteries be
replaced within 12 months of the date of manufacture.
14.3.1*
Unless otherwise permitted by 14.3.2, visual inspections shall be performed in accordance with the
schedules in Table 14.3.1 or more often if required by the authority having jurisdiction.
Table 14.3.1 Visual Inspection
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
Ensure there
are no
changes that
affect
equipment
performance.
Inspect for
building
modifications,
occupancy
changes,
changes in
1. All equipment X Annual 14.3.4
environmental
conditions,
device
location,
physical
obstructions,
device
orientation,
physical
damage, and
degree of
cleanliness.
Control
2.
equipment:
(1) Fire alarm
systems Verify a
monitored for system
alarm, normal
supervisory, and condition.
trouble signals
(a) Fuses X Annual
(b) Interfaced
X Annual
equipment
(c) Lamps
X Annual
and LEDs
(d) Primary
(main) power X Annual
supply
(e) Trouble
X Semiannual
signals
(2) Fire alarm
systems Verify a
unmonitored for system
alarm, normal
supervisory, and condition.
trouble signals
(a) Fuses X Weekly
(b) Interfaced
X Weekly
equipment
(c) Lamps
X Weekly
and LEDs
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
(d) Primary
(main) power X Weekly
supply
(e) Trouble
X Weekly
signals
3. Reserved
Verify
location,
Supervising physical
station alarm condition,
4.
systems — and a
transmitters system
normal
condition.
(1) Digital alarm
communicator
X Annual
transmitter
(DACT)
(2) Digital alarm
radio transmitter X Annual
(DART)
(3) McCulloh X Annual
(4) Radio alarm
X Annual
transmitter (RAT)
(5) All other
types of X Annual
communicators
In-building fire
emergency
Verify location
5. voice/alarm X Semiannual
and condition.
communications
equipment
6. Reserved
7. Reserved
8. Reserved
9.* Batteries 1
(1) Valve-
regulated lead-
acid (VRLA)
batteries
Ensure month
and year of
manufacture is
marked in the
month/year
format on each
battery cell/unit.
Verify tightness of
battery
(a) General X N/A connections.
Inspect terminals
for corrosion,
excessive
container/cover
distortion, cracks
in cell/unit or
leakage of
electrolyte.
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
Replace any
battery cell/unit if
corrosion,
distortion, or
leakage is
observed.
Verify marking of
the month/year of
manufacture on
each battery
cell/unit. Replace
(b) Marking N/A Semiannual any cell/unit if
alarm equipment
manufacturer’s
replacement date
has been
exceeded.
Verify marking of
the month/year of
(2) Primary (dry
X Semiannual manufacture.
cell) Replace if alarm
equipment/battery
manufacturer’s
replacement date
has been
exceeded.
Replacement
date not to
other than exceed
those used in low- 12 months. Verify
power radio tightness of
(wireless) connections.
systems in Inspect for
accordance with corrosion or
Chapter 23 leakage. Replace
any battery
cell/unit if
corrosion or
leakage is
observed.
10. Reserved
Remote Verify location
11. X Semiannual
annunciators and condition.
Verify proper
fuse ratings, if
any. Verify
that lamps
Notification
and LEDs
12. appliance circuit X Annual 10.6
indicate
power extenders
normal
operating
status of the
equipment.
Verify proper
fuse ratings, if
any. Verify
that lamps
Remote power
13. X Annual and LEDs 10.6
supplies
indicate
normal
operating
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
status of the
equipment.
Transient
suppressors Surge Verify location
14. X Semiannual
Protection Device and condition.
(SPD)
15. Reserved
Fiber-optic cable Verify location
16. X Annual
connections and condition.
Verify
location
and
17. Initiating devices
condition
(all
devices).
(1) Air sampling
Verify that in-line
(a) General X Semiannual filters, if any, are 17.7.3.6
clean.
Verify that
sampling system
piping and fittings
are installed
properly, appear
airtight, and are
(b) Sampling permanently
system piping and X N/A fixed. Confirm 17.7.3.6
sampling ports that sampling
pipe is
conspicuously
identified. Verify
that sample ports
or points are not
obstructed.
(2) Duct
detectors
Verify that
detector is rigidly
mounted. Confirm
that no
penetrations in a
return air duct
exist in the
(a) General X Semiannual vicinity of the 17.7.5.5
detector. Confirm
the detector is
installed so as to
sample the
airstream at the
proper location in
the duct.
Verify proper
orientation.
Confirm the
(b) Sampling sampling tube
X Annual 17.7.5.5
tube protrudes into the
duct in
accordance with
system design.
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
(3)
Electromechanical X Semiannual
releasing devices
(4) Fire
extinguishing
system(s) or
X Semiannual
suppression
system(s)
switches
(5) Manual fire
X Semiannual
alarm boxes
(6) Heat
X Semiannual
detectors
Verify no point
requiring
(7) Radiant detection is
energy fire X Quarterly obstructed or 17.8
detectors outside the
detector’s field of
view.
Verify no point
requiring
(8) Video image detection is
17.7.7;
smoke and fire X Quarterly obstructed or
17.11.5
detectors outside the
detector’s field of
view.
(9) Smoke
detectors
(excluding one- X Semiannual
and two-family
dwellings)
(10) Projected
Verify beam path
beam smoke X Semiannual
is unobstructed.
detectors
(11)
Supervisory signal X Quarterly
devices
(12) Waterflow
X Quarterly
devices
18. Reserved
Verify
location
Combination
19. and
systems
condition
(all types).
(1) Fire
extinguisher
electronic X Semiannual
monitoring
devices/systems
(2) Carbon
monoxide X Semiannual
detectors/systems
Alarm control
interface and Verify location
20. X Semiannual
emergency control and condition.
function interface
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
Guard’s tour Verify location
21. X Semiannual
equipment and condition.
Verify
location
Notification and
22.
appliances condition
(all
appliances).
(1) Audible
X Semiannual
appliances
(2)
X Semiannual
Loudspeakers
(3) Visual
appliances
(a) General X Semiannual 18.5.5
Verify the
appliance
candela rating
marking or the
(b) Candela
X N/A FACU controlled 18.5.5
rating
candela rating
agrees with the
approved
drawings.
Exit marking
Verify location
23. audible notification X Semiannual
and condition.
appliances
24. Reserved
Two-way
emergency Verify location
25. X Annual
communications and condition.
systems
26. Reserved
Supervising
station alarm
27.
systems —
receivers
(1) Signal Verify receipt of
X Daily
receipt signal.
Verify location
(2) Receivers X Annual and normal
condition.
Public emergency
Verify
alarm reporting
location
28. system
and
transmission
condition.
equipment
(1) Publicly
accessible alarm X Semiannual
box
(2) Auxiliary box X Annual
(3) Master box
(a) Manual
X Semiannual
operation
(b) Auxiliary
X Annual
operation
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
29. Reserved
Mass notification
30.
system
Verify a
(1) Monitored system
for integrity normal
condition.
(a) Control
equipment
(i) Fuses X Annual
(ii)
X Annual
Interfaces
(iii)
X Annual
Lamps/LED
(iv) Primary
(main) power X Annual
supply
(b)
Secondary power X Annual
batteries
(c) Initiating
X Annual
devices
(d)
Notification X Annual
appliances
(2) Not
monitored for Verify a
integrity; installed system
prior to adoption normal
of the 2010 condition.
edition
(a) Control
equipment
(i) Fuses X Semiannual
(ii)
X Semiannual
Interfaces
(iii)
X Semiannual
Lamps/LED
(iv) Primary
(main) power X Semiannual
supply
(b)
Secondary power X Semiannual
batteries
(c) Initiating
X Semiannual
devices
(d)
Notification X Semiannual
appliances
Verify location
(3) Antenna X Annual
and condition.
Verify location
(4) Transceivers X Annual
and condition.
Note: N/A = not applicable, no minimum requirement established.
*For other than VRLA or primary (dry) cell batteries, refer to the battery manufacturer’s published
instructions or IEEE 450, Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented
Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, for vented lead-acid batteries, and IEEE 1106,
Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented Nickel-
Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications, for nickel-cadmium batteries.
Committee Statement
The Technical Committee revises the text in Table 14.3.1 Item (2) from control equipment to control
unit to clarify that the requirement applies to control units.
The Technical Committee revises the text in Table 14.3.1 Item (14) to change "transient suppressors"
to "surge protective devices" in accordance with the terminology used in Chapter 27 and the NEC and
the request of SIG-TMS (see CI-5187).
The Technical Committee revises the text in Table 14.3.1 Item (17)(11) and (17)(12) from “quarterly”
to “semiannual.” This aligns the frequency of inspection for condition and location of tamper switches
and waterflow switches with the frequency for all other equipment, except for flame detectors and
video smoke detectors.
14.3.1*
Unless otherwise permitted by 14.3.2, visual inspections shall be performed in accordance with the
schedules in Table 14.3.1 or more often if required by the authority having jurisdiction.
Table 14.3.1 Visual Inspection
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
Ensure there
are no
changes that
affect
equipment
performance.
Inspect for
building
modifications,
occupancy
changes,
changes in
1. All equipment X Annual 14.3.4
environmental
conditions,
device
location,
physical
obstructions,
device
orientation,
physical
damage, and
degree of
cleanliness.
Control
2.
equipment unit :
(1) Fire alarm
systems Verify a
monitored for system
alarm, normal
supervisory, and condition.
trouble signals
(a) Fuses X Annual
(b)
Interfaced X Annual
equipment
(c) Lamps
X Annual
and LEDs
(d) Primary
(main) power X Annual
supply
(e) Trouble
X Semiannual
signals
(2) Fire alarm
systems Verify a
unmonitored for system
alarm, normal
supervisory, and condition.
trouble signals
(a) Fuses X Weekly
(b)
Interfaced X Weekly
equipment
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
(c) Lamps
X Weekly
and LEDs
(d) Primary
(main) power X Weekly
supply
(e) Trouble
X Weekly
signals
3. Reserved
Verify
location,
Supervising physical
station alarm condition,
4.
systems — and a
transmitters system
normal
condition.
(1) Digital alarm
communicator
X Annual
transmitter
(DACT)
(2) Digital
alarm radio
X Annual
transmitter
(DART)
(3) McCulloh X Annual
(4) Radio alarm
X Annual
transmitter (RAT)
(5) All other
types of X Annual
communicators
In-building fire
emergency
Verify location
5. voice/alarm X Semiannual
and condition.
communications
equipment
6. Reserved
7. Reserved
8. Reserved
9.* Batteries 10.6
(1) Valve-
regulated lead-
acid (VRLA)
batteries
Ensure month
and year of
manufacture is
marked in the
month/year
format on each
battery cell/unit.
(a) General X N/A Verify tightness of
battery
connections.
Inspect terminals
for corrosion,
excessive
container/cover
distortion, cracks
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
in cell/unit or
leakage of
electrolyte.
Replace any
battery cell/unit if
corrosion,
distortion, or
leakage is
observed.
Verify marking of
the month/year of
manufacture on
each battery
cell/unit. Replace
(b) Marking N/A Semiannual any cell/unit if
alarm equipment
manufacturer’s
replacement date
has been
exceeded.
Verify marking of
the month/year of
(2) Primary (dry
X Semiannual manufacture.
cell) Replace if alarm
equipment/battery
manufacturer’s
replacement date
has been
exceeded.
Replacement
date not to
other than exceed
those used in low- 12 months. Verify
power radio tightness of
(wireless) connections.
systems in Inspect for
accordance with corrosion or
Chapter 23 leakage. Replace
any battery
cell/unit if
corrosion or
leakage is
observed.
10. Reserved
Remote Verify location
11. X Semiannual
annunciators and condition.
Verify proper
fuse ratings, if
any. Verify
Notification that lamps
appliance circuit and LEDs
12. X Annual 10.6
power indicate
extenders normal
operating
status of the
equipment.
Verify proper
fuse ratings, if
Remote power any. Verify
13. X Annual 10.6
supplies that lamps
and LEDs
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
indicate
normal
operating
status of the
equipment.
Transient Verify location
14. X Semiannual
suppressors and condition.
15. Reserved
Fiber-optic
Verify location
16. cable X Annual
and condition.
connections
Verify
location
Initiating and
17.
devices condition
(all
devices).
(1) Air sampling
Verify that in-line
(a) General X Semiannual filters, if any, are 17.7.3.6
clean.
Verify that
sampling system
piping and fittings
are installed
properly, appear
airtight, and are
(b) Sampling permanently
system piping and X N/A fixed. Confirm 17.7.3.6
sampling ports that sampling
pipe is
conspicuously
identified. Verify
that sample ports
or points are not
obstructed.
(2) Duct
detectors
Verify that
detector is rigidly
mounted. Confirm
that no
penetrations in a
return air duct
exist in the
(a) General X Semiannual vicinity of the 17.7.5.5
detector. Confirm
the detector is
installed so as to
sample the
airstream at the
proper location in
the duct.
Verify proper
orientation.
Confirm the
(b) Sampling sampling tube
X Annual 17.7.5.5
tube protrudes into the
duct in
accordance with
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
system design.
(3)
Electromechanical X Semiannual
releasing devices
(4) Fire
extinguishing
system(s) or
X Semiannual
suppression
system(s)
switches
(5) Manual fire
X Semiannual
alarm boxes
(6) Heat
X Semiannual
detectors
Verify no point
requiring
(7) Radiant detection is
energy fire X Quarterly obstructed or 17.8
detectors outside the
detector’s field of
view.
Verify no point
requiring
(8) Video image detection is
17.7.7;
smoke and fire X Quarterly obstructed or
17.11.5
detectors outside the
detector’s field of
view.
(9) Smoke
detectors
(excluding one- X Semiannual
and two-family
dwellings)
(10) Projected
Verify beam path
beam smoke X Semiannual
is unobstructed.
detectors
(11)
Supervisory signal X Quarterly
devices
(12)
Waterflow X Quarterly
devices
18. Reserved
Verify
location
Combination
19. and
systems
condition
(all types).
(1) Fire
extinguisher
electronic X Semiannual
monitoring
devices/systems
(2) Carbon
monoxide X Semiannual
detectors/systems
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
Alarm control
interface and
Verify location
20. emergency X Semiannual
and condition.
control function
interface
Guard’s tour Verify location
21. X Semiannual
equipment and condition.
Verify
location
Notification and
22.
appliances condition
(all
appliances).
(1) Audible
X Semiannual
appliances
(2)
X Semiannual
Loudspeakers
(3) Visual
appliances
(a) General X Semiannual 18.5.5
Verify the
appliance
candela rating
marking or the
(b) Candela
X N/A FACU controlled 18.5.5
rating
candela rating
agrees with the
approved
drawings.
Exit marking
audible Verify location
23. X Semiannual
notification and condition.
appliances
24. Reserved
Two-way
emergency Verify location
25. X Annual
communications and condition.
systems
26. Reserved
Supervising
station alarm
27.
systems —
receivers
(1) Signal Verify receipt of
X Daily
receipt signal.
Verify location
(2) Receivers X Annual and normal
condition.
Public
emergency Verify
alarm reporting location
28.
system and
transmission condition.
equipment
(1) Publicly
accessible alarm X Semiannual
box
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
(2) Auxiliary box X Annual
(3) Master
box
(a) Manual
X Semiannual
operation
(b)
Auxiliary X Annual
operation
29. Reserved
Mass
30. notification
system
Verify a
(1) Monitored system
for integrity normal
condition.
(a) Control
unit
equipment
(i) Fuses X Annual
(ii)
X Annual
Interfaces
(iii)
X Annual
Lamps/LED
(iv) Primary
(main) power X Annual
supply
(b)
Secondary power X Annual
batteries
(c) Initiating
X Annual
devices
(d)
Notification X Annual
appliances
(2) Not
monitored for Verify a
integrity; installed system
prior to adoption normal
of the 2010 condition.
edition
(a) Control
unit
equipment
(i) Fuses X Semiannual
(ii)
X Semiannual
Interfaces
(iii)
X Semiannual
Lamps/LED
(iv) Primary
(main) power X Semiannual
supply
(b)
Secondary power X Semiannual
batteries
(c) Initiating
X Semiannual
devices
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
(d)
Notification X Semiannual
appliances
Verify location
(3) Antenna X Annual
and condition.
(4) Verify location
X Annual
Transceivers and condition.
Note: N/A = not applicable, no minimum requirement established.
*For other than VRLA or primary (dry) cell batteries, refer to the battery manufacturer’s published
instructions or IEEE 450, Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented
Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, for vented lead-acid batteries, and IEEE 1106,
Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented Nickel-
Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications, for nickel-cadmium batteries.
The term "control equipment" is not defined in the standard. The term "control unit" is defined in the standard and is
the term that is appropriate to convey the intended meaning.
Committee Statement
The Technical Committee revises the text in Table 14.3.1 Item (2) from control equipment to control
unit to clarify that the requirement applies to control units.
The Technical Committee revises the text in Table 14.3.1 Item (14) to change "transient suppressors"
to "surge protective devices" in accordance with the terminology used in Chapter 27 and the NEC and
the request of SIG-TMS (see CI-5187).
The Technical Committee revises the text in Table 14.3.1 Item (17)(11) and (17)(12) from “quarterly”
to “semiannual.” This aligns the frequency of inspection for condition and location of tamper switches
and waterflow switches with the frequency for all other equipment, except for flame detectors and
video smoke detectors.
14.3.1*
Unless otherwise permitted by 14.3.2, visual inspections shall be performed in accordance with the
schedules in Table 14.3.1 or more often if required by the authority having jurisdiction.
Table 14.3.1 Visual Inspection
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
Ensure there
are no
changes that
affect
equipment
performance.
Inspect for
building
modifications,
occupancy
changes,
changes in
1. All equipment X Annual 14.3.4
environmental
conditions,
device
location,
physical
obstructions,
device
orientation,
physical
damage, and
degree of
cleanliness.
2. Control equipment:
(1) Fire alarm
systems Ve
monitored for sy
alarm, no
supervisory, and co
trouble signals
(a) Fuses X Annual
(b) Interfaced
X Annual
equipment
(c) Lamps
X Annual
and LEDs
(d) Primary
(main) power X Annual
supply
(e) Trouble
X Semiannual
signals
(2) Fire alarm
systems Ve
unmonitored for sy
alarm, no
supervisory, and co
trouble signals
(a) Fuses X Weekly
(b) Interfaced
X Weekly
equipment
(c) Lamps
X Weekly
and LEDs
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
(d) Primary
(main) power X Weekly
supply
(e) Trouble
X Weekly
signals
3. Reserved
Verify location,
physical
Supervising station
condition, and
4. alarm systems —
a system
transmitters
normal
condition.
(1) Digital alarm
communicator
X Annual
transmitter
(DACT)
(2) Digital alarm radio
X Annual
transmitter (DART)
(3) McCulloh X Annual
(4) Radio alarm
X Annual
transmitter (RAT)
(5) All other
types of X Annual
communicators
In-building fire
emergency voice/alarm Verify location
5. X Semiannual
communications and condition.
equipment
Verify that
there are no
changes to
network
connec vity
that would
render ini al
acceptance as
no longer valid.
6. Reserved Cybersecurity X Annual 1
Verify that any
system that is
designated with
cybersecurity
cer fica on,
has maintained
a valid
cer ficate.
7. Reserved
8. Reserved
9.* Batteries
(1) Valve-
regulated lead-
acid (VRLA)
batteries
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
Ensure month
and year of
manufacture is
marked in the
month/year
format on each
battery cell/unit.
Verify tightness of
battery
connections.
Inspect terminals
for corrosion,
(a) General X N/A
excessive
container/cover
distortion, cracks
in cell/unit or
leakage of
electrolyte.
Replace any
battery cell/unit if
corrosion,
distortion, or
leakage is
observed.
Verify marking of
the month/year of
manufacture on
each battery
cell/unit. Replace
(b) Marking N/A Semiannual any cell/unit if
alarm equipment
manufacturer’s
replacement date
has been
exceeded.
Verify marking of
the month/year of
(2) Primary (dry
X Semiannual manufacture.
cell) Replace if alarm
equipment/battery
manufacturer’s
replacement date
has been
exceeded.
Replacement
date not to
other than exceed
those used in low- 12 months. Verify
power radio tightness of
(wireless) connections.
systems in Inspect for
accordance with corrosion or
Chapter 23 leakage. Replace
any battery
cell/unit if
corrosion or
leakage is
observed.
10. Reserved
Verify location
11. Remote annunciators X Semiannual
and condition.
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
Verify proper
fuse ratings, if
any. Verify
that lamps
Notification appliance and LEDs
12. X Annual 10.6
circuit power extenders indicate
normal
operating
status of the
equipment.
Verify proper
fuse ratings, if
any. Verify
that lamps
and LEDs
13. Remote power supplies X Annual 10.6
indicate
normal
operating
status of the
equipment.
Verify location
14. Transient suppressors X Semiannual
and condition.
15. Reserved
Fiber-optic cable Verify location
16. X Annual
connections and condition.
Verify location
17. Initiating devices and condition
(all devices).
(1) Air sampling
Verify that in-line
(a) General X Semiannual filters, if any, are 17.7.3.6
clean.
Verify that
sampling system
piping and fittings
are installed
properly, appear
airtight, and are
(b) Sampling permanently
system piping and X N/A fixed. Confirm 17.7.3.6
sampling ports that sampling
pipe is
conspicuously
identified. Verify
that sample ports
or points are not
obstructed.
(2) Duct
detectors
Verify that
detector is rigidly
mounted. Confirm
that no
penetrations in a
(a) General X Semiannual return air duct 17.7.5.5
exist in the
vicinity of the
detector. Confirm
the detector is
installed so as to
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
sample the
airstream at the
proper location in
the duct.
Verify proper
orientation.
Confirm the
(b) Sampling sampling tube
X Annual 17.7.5.5
tube protrudes into the
duct in
accordance with
system design.
(3)
Electromechanical X Semiannual
releasing devices
(4) Fire
extinguishing
system(s) or
X Semiannual
suppression
system(s)
switches
(5) Manual fire
X Semiannual
alarm boxes
(6) Heat
X Semiannual
detectors
Verify no point
requiring
(7) Radiant detection is
energy fire X Quarterly obstructed or 17.8
detectors outside the
detector’s field of
view.
Verify no point
requiring
(8) Video image detection is
smoke and fire X Quarterly obstructed or 17.7.7; 17.11.5
detectors outside the
detector’s field of
view.
(9) Smoke
detectors
(excluding one- X Semiannual
and two-family
dwellings)
(10) Projected
Verify beam path
beam smoke X Semiannual
is unobstructed.
detectors
(11)
Supervisory signal X Quarterly
devices
(12) Waterflow
X Quarterly
devices
18. Reserved
Verify location
19. Combination systems and condition
(all types).
(1) Fire
extinguisher X Semiannual
electronic
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
monitoring
devices/systems
(2) Carbon
monoxide X Semiannual
detectors/systems
Alarm control interface
Verify location
20. and emergency control X Semiannual
and condition.
function interface
Verify location
21. Guard’s tour equipment X Semiannual
and condition.
Verify location
and condition
22. Notification appliances
(all
appliances).
(1) Audible
X Semiannual
appliances
(2) Loudspeakers X Semiannual
(3) Visual
appliances
(a) General X Semiannual 1
Verify the
appliance
candela rating
marking or the
(b) Candela
X N/A FACU controlled 18.5.5
rating
candela rating
agrees with the
approved
drawings.
Exit marking audible Verify location
23. X Semiannual
notification appliances and condition.
24. Reserved
Two-way emergency
Verify location
25. communications X Annual
and condition.
systems
26. Reserved
Supervising station
27. alarm systems —
receivers
(1) Signal Verify receipt of
X Daily
receipt signal.
Verify location
(2) Receivers X Annual and normal
condition.
Public emergency alarm
Verify location
28. reporting system
and condition.
transmission equipment
(1) Publicly
accessible alarm X Semiannual
box
(2) Auxiliary box X Annual
(3) Master box
(a) Manual
X Semiannual
operation
(b) Auxiliary
X Annual
operation
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
29. Reserved
Mass notification
30.
system
Ve
(1) Monitored sy
for integrity no
co
(a) Control
equipment
(i) Fuses X Annual
(ii) Interfaces X Annual
(iii)
X Annual
Lamps/LED
(iv) Primary
(main) power X Annual
supply
(b)
Secondary power X Annual
batteries
(c) Initiating
X Annual
devices
(d) Notification
X Annual
appliances
(2) Not
monitored for Ve
integrity; installed sy
prior to adoption no
of the 2010 co
edition
(a) Control
equipment
(i) Fuses X Semiannual
(ii) Interfaces X Semiannual
(iii)
X Semiannual
Lamps/LED
(iv) Primary
(main) power X Semiannual
supply
(b)
Secondary power X Semiannual
batteries
(c) Initiating
X Semiannual
devices
(d) Notification
X Semiannual
appliances
Verify location
(3) Antenna X Annual
and condition.
Verify location
(4) Transceivers X Annual
and condition.
Note: N/A = not applicable, no minimum requirement established.
*For other than VRLA or primary (dry) cell batteries, refer to the battery manufacturer’s published
instructions or IEEE 450, Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented
Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, for vented lead-acid batteries, and IEEE 1106,
Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented Nickel-
Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications, for nickel-cadmium batteries.
Please see PI: 599. These PIs are part of a whole, spread across chapters 2, 3, 7, 14, 10, 21, 23, 24, 26, & 27
and are meant to work together.
Committee Statement
Resolution: The Technical Committee requests the Correlating Committee to establish a Task Group with
members from the affected Technical Committees to address all cyber security Public Inputs.
14.3.1*
Unless otherwise permitted by 14.3.2, visual inspections shall be performed in accordance with the
schedules in Table 14.3.1 or more often if required by the authority having jurisdiction.
Table 14.3.1 Visual Inspection
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
Ensure there
are no
changes that
affect
equipment
performance.
Inspect for
building
modifications,
occupancy
changes,
changes in
1. All equipment X Annual 14.3.4
environmental
conditions,
device
location,
physical
obstructions,
device
orientation,
physical
damage, and
degree of
cleanliness.
Control
2.
equipment:
(1) Fire alarm
systems Verify a
monitored for system
alarm, normal
supervisory, and condition.
trouble signals
(a) Fuses X Annual
(b)
Interfaced X Annual
equipment
(c) Lamps
X Annual
and LEDs
(d) Primary
(main) power X Annual
supply
(e) Trouble
X Semiannual
signals
(2) Fire alarm
systems Verify a
unmonitored for system
alarm, normal
supervisory, and condition.
trouble signals
(a) Fuses X Weekly
(b)
Interfaced X Weekly
equipment
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
(c) Lamps
X Weekly
and LEDs
(d) Primary
(main) power X Weekly
supply
(e) Trouble
X Weekly
signals
3. Reserved
Verify
location,
Supervising physical
station alarm condition,
4.
systems — and a
transmitters system
normal
condition.
(1) Digital alarm
communicator
X Annual
transmitter
(DACT)
(2) Digital
alarm radio
X Annual
transmitter
(DART)
(3) McCulloh X Annual
(4) Radio alarm
X Annual
transmitter (RAT)
(5) All other
types of X Annual
communicators
In-building fire
emergency
Verify location
5. voice/alarm X Semiannual
and condition.
communications
equipment
6. Reserved
7. Reserved
8. Reserved
9.* Batteries 1
(1) Valve-
regulated lead-
acid (VRLA)
batteries
Ensure month
and year of
manufacture is
marked in the
month/year
format on each
battery cell/unit.
(a) General X N/A Verify tightness of
battery
connections.
Inspect terminals
for corrosion,
excessive
container/cover
distortion, cracks
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
in cell/unit or
leakage of
electrolyte.
Replace any
battery cell/unit if
corrosion,
distortion, or
leakage is
observed.
Verify marking of
the month/year of
manufacture on
each battery
cell/unit. Replace
(b) Marking N/A Semiannual any cell/unit if
alarm equipment
manufacturer’s
replacement date
has been
exceeded.
Verify marking of
the month/year of
(2) Primary (dry
X Semiannual manufacture.
cell) Replace if alarm
equipment/battery
manufacturer’s
replacement date
has been
exceeded.
Replacement
date not to
other than exceed
those used in low- 12 months. Verify
power radio tightness of
(wireless) connections.
systems in Inspect for
accordance with corrosion or
Chapter 23 leakage. Replace
any battery
cell/unit if
corrosion or
leakage is
observed.
10. Reserved
Remote Verify location
11. X Semiannual
annunciators and condition.
Verify proper
fuse ratings, if
any. Verify
Notification that lamps
appliance circuit and LEDs
12. X Annual 10.6
power indicate
extenders normal
operating
status of the
equipment.
Verify proper
fuse ratings, if
Remote power any. Verify
13. X Annual 10.6
supplies that lamps
and LEDs
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
indicate
normal
operating
status of the
equipment.
Transient Verify location
14. X Semiannual
suppressors and condition.
15. Reserved
Fiber-optic
Verify location
16. cable X Annual
and condition.
connections
Verify
location
Initiating and
17.
devices condition
(all
devices).
(1) Air sampling
Verify that in-line
(a) General X Semiannual filters, if any, are 17.7.3.6
clean.
Verify that
sampling system
piping and fittings
are installed
properly, appear
airtight, and are
(b) Sampling permanently
system piping and X N/A fixed. Confirm 17.7.3.6
sampling ports that sampling
pipe is
conspicuously
identified. Verify
that sample ports
or points are not
obstructed.
(2) Duct
detectors
Verify that
detector is rigidly
mounted. Confirm
that no
penetrations in a
return air duct
exist in the
(a) General X Semiannual vicinity of the 17.7.5.5
detector. Confirm
the detector is
installed so as to
sample the
airstream at the
proper location in
the duct.
Verify proper
orientation.
Confirm the
(b) Sampling sampling tube
X Annual 17.7.5.5
tube protrudes into the
duct in
accordance with
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
system design.
(3)
Electromechanical X Semiannual
releasing devices
(4) Fire
extinguishing
system(s) or
X Semiannual
suppression
system(s)
switches
(5) Manual fire
X Semiannual
alarm boxes
(6) Heat
X Semiannual
detectors
Verify no point
requiring
(7) Radiant detection is
energy fire X Quarterly obstructed or 17.8
detectors outside the
detector’s field of
view.
Verify no point
requiring
(8) Video image detection is
17.7.7;
smoke and fire X Quarterly obstructed or
17.11.5
detectors outside the
detector’s field of
view.
(9) Smoke
detectors
(excluding one- X Semiannual
and two-family
dwellings)
(10) Projected
Verify beam path
beam smoke X Semiannual
is unobstructed.
detectors
(11)
Supervisory signal X Quarterly Sem
devices
(12)
Waterflow XQuarterly Semiannual
devices
18. Reserved
Verify
location
Combination
19. and
systems
condition
(all types).
(1) Fire
extinguisher
electronic X Semiannual
monitoring
devices/systems
(2) Carbon
monoxide X Semiannual
detectors/systems
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
Alarm control
interface and
Verify location
20. emergency X Semiannual
and condition.
control function
interface
Guard’s tour Verify location
21. X Semiannual
equipment and condition.
Verify
location
Notification and
22.
appliances condition
(all
appliances).
(1) Audible
X Semiannual
appliances
(2)
X Semiannual
Loudspeakers
(3) Visual
appliances
(a) General X Semiannual 18.5.5
Verify the
appliance
candela rating
marking or the
(b) Candela
X N/A FACU controlled 18.5.5
rating
candela rating
agrees with the
approved
drawings.
Exit marking
audible Verify location
23. X Semiannual
notification and condition.
appliances
24. Reserved
Two-way
emergency Verify location
25. X Annual
communications and condition.
systems
26. Reserved
Supervising
station alarm
27.
systems —
receivers
(1) Signal Verify receipt of
X Daily
receipt signal.
Verify location
(2) Receivers X Annual and normal
condition.
Public
emergency Verify
alarm reporting location
28.
system and
transmission condition.
equipment
(1) Publicly
accessible alarm X Semiannual
box
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
(2) Auxiliary box X Annual
(3) Master
box
(a) Manual
X Semiannual
operation
(b)
Auxiliary X Annual
operation
29. Reserved
Mass
30. notification
system
Verify a
(1) Monitored system
for integrity normal
condition.
(a) Control
equipment
(i) Fuses X Annual
(ii)
X Annual
Interfaces
(iii)
X Annual
Lamps/LED
(iv) Primary
(main) power X Annual
supply
(b)
Secondary power X Annual
batteries
(c) Initiating
X Annual
devices
(d)
Notification X Annual
appliances
(2) Not
monitored for Verify a
integrity; installed system
prior to adoption normal
of the 2010 condition.
edition
(a) Control
equipment
(i) Fuses X Semiannual
(ii)
X Semiannual
Interfaces
(iii)
X Semiannual
Lamps/LED
(iv) Primary
(main) power X Semiannual
supply
(b)
Secondary power X Semiannual
batteries
(c) Initiating
X Semiannual
devices
Initial Periodic
Component Method Reference
Acceptance Frequency
(d)
Notification X Semiannual
appliances
Verify location
(3) Antenna X Annual
and condition.
(4) Verify location
X Annual
Transceivers and condition.
Note: N/A = not applicable, no minimum requirement established.
*For other than VRLA or primary (dry) cell batteries, refer to the battery manufacturer’s published
instructions or IEEE 450, Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented
Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, for vented lead-acid batteries, and IEEE 1106,
Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented Nickel-
Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications, for nickel-cadmium batteries.
NFPA 25 requires a quarterly inspection of both components so it is not necessary for NFPA 72 to require it as well.
It is not the intent that the NFPA 25 Committee change the inspection frequency to coincide with this change to
NFPA 72.
Committee Statement
The Technical Committee revises the text in Table 14.3.1 Item (2) from control equipment to control
unit to clarify that the requirement applies to control units.
The Technical Committee revises the text in Table 14.3.1 Item (14) to change "transient suppressors"
to "surge protective devices" in accordance with the terminology used in Chapter 27 and the NEC and
the request of SIG-TMS (see CI-5187).
The Technical Committee revises the text in Table 14.3.1 Item (17)(11) and (17)(12) from “quarterly”
to “semiannual.” This aligns the frequency of inspection for condition and location of tamper switches
and waterflow switches with the frequency for all other equipment, except for flame detectors and
video smoke detectors.
14.4.2.3
When modifications or repairs to control equipment hardware are made, the control equipment shall be
tested in accordance with Table 14.4.3.2, items 2( a 1 ) and 2( d 4 ).
These are invalid references. The correct reference is Table 14.4.3.2, Item 2 with components 1 and 4 being
applicable.
Committee Statement
The correct reference is Table 14.4.3.2, Item 2 with components 1 and 4 being applicable.
14.4.2.3
When modifications or repairs to control equipment hardware unit hardware are made, the control
equipment shall unit shall be tested in accordance with Table 14.4.3.2, items 2(a) and 2(d).
The term "control equipment" is not defined in the standard. The term "control unit" is defined in the standard and is
the term that is appropriate to convey the intended meaning.
Committee Statement
The correct reference is Table 14.4.3.2, Item 2 with components 1 and 4 being applicable.
14.4.2.4
When changes are made to site-specific software, the following shall apply:
(1) All functions known to be affected by the change, or identified by a means that indicates changes, shall
be 100 percent tested.
(2) In addition, for other than customized descriptive location label changes, 10 percent of initiating
devices that are not directly affected by the change, up to a maximum of 50 devices, also shall be
tested and correct system operation shall be verified.
(3) A revised record of completion in accordance with 7.5.6 shall be prepared to reflect these changes.
When changing the custom descriptive location labeling of an input, output, zone or other custom description of a
system element, it should be sufficient to test only the affected aspects of the system. Changing the text of a
descriptive label should not cause any change in operation other than for the system to display the revised custom
label text. Other changes like revising the input/output matrix attributes should continue to require the 10% up to
50 input device testing.
Committee Statement
Resolution: Even where the only programming being changed is a descriptive label, there is a possibility of
human or upload error that could have unexpected consequences.
Committee Statement
14.4.2.5
Changes to the system executive software other than those required solely for cyber security purposes,
shall require a 10 percent functional test of the system, including a test of at least one device on each input
and output circuit to verify critical system functions such as notification appliances, control functions, and
off-premises reporting.
14.4.2.6 Changes to the system executive software limited to cybersecurity enhancements shall not
require system retest.
Revisions made for cyber security reasons only are not related to the required system functions and should not
require extensive testing to confirm operation.
Committee Statement
Resolution: SIG-TMS requests that the Correlating Committee form a Task Group to study cyber security,
including this public input.
14.4.3.2*
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
1. All equipment X See Table 14.3.1.
Control
2. equipment and
transponder
Verify correct
receipt of alarm,
supervisory, and
trouble signals
(inputs); operation
of evacuation
signals and
auxiliary functions
(outputs); circuit
supervision,
(1) Functions X Annually including
detection of open
circuits and
ground faults; and
power supply
supervision for
detection of loss
of ac power and
disconnection of
secondary
batteries.
Verify rating and
(2) Fuses X Annually
supervision.
Verify integrity of
single or multiple
circuits providing
interface between
two or more
control units. Test
interfaced
equipment
(3) Interfaced
X Annually connections by
equipment
operating or
simulating
operation of the
equipment being
supervised. Verify
signals required to
be transmitted at
the control unit.
Illuminate lamps
(4) Lamps and LEDs X Annually
and LEDs.
Disconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
and test under
maximum load,
including all alarm
(5) Primary (main) appliances
X Annually
power supply requiring
simultaneous
operation.
Reconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
at end of test. Test
redundant power
supplies
separately.
Alarm control
3. unit trouble
signals
Verify operation of
control unit
trouble signals.
Verify ring-back
(1) Audible and visual X Annually feature for
systems using a
trouble-silencing
switch that
requires resetting.
If control unit has
disconnect or
isolating switches,
verify
performance of
intended function
(2) Disconnect
X Annually of each switch.
switches
Verify receipt of
trouble signal
when a
supervised
function is
disconnected.
If the system has
a ground
detection feature,
verify the
occurrence of
(3) Ground-fault
X Annually ground-fault
monitoring circuit
indication
whenever any
installation
conductor is
grounded.
Actuate an
initiating device
(4) Transmission of
and verify receipt
signals to off-premises X Annually
of alarm signal at
location
the off-premises
location.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Supervising
station alarm
4. systems —
transmission
equipment
aTest all system
functions and
features in
accordance with
the equipment
manufacturer’s
(1) All equipment X Annually published
instructions for
correct operation
in conformance
with the
applicable
sections of
Chapter 26.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Except for DACTs
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72 that are
connected to a
telephone line
(2) Digital alarm (number) that is
communicator X Annually also supervised
transmitter (DACT) for adverse
conditions by a
derived local
channel, ensure
connection of the
DACT to two
separate means
of transmission.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Disconnect the
primary telephone
line. Verify
transmission of a
(3) Digital alarm radio
X Annually trouble signal to
transmitter (DART)
the supervising
station by the
DART occurs
within 4 minutes.
Actuate initiating
device. Verify
production of not
less than three
(4) McCulloh complete rounds
X Annually
transmitter of not less than
three signal
impulses each by
the McCulloh
transmitter.
(2) Ground
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
(2) Ground
Cause a fault
between elements
of the transmitting
equipment. Verify
indication of the
(5) Radio alarm fault at the
X Annually
transmitter (RAT) protected
premises, or
transmission of
trouble signal to
the supervising
station.
Perform tests to
ensure the
monitoring of
integrity of the
transmission
technology and
technology
path.Where
shared
communications
(6) Performance- equipment is used
X Annually
based technologies as permitted by
26.6.3.1.14,
provided
secondary
(standby) power
sources shall be
tested in
accordance with
Table 14.4.3.2,
item 7, 8, or 9, as
applicable.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
W
c
p
u
d
b
c
p
M
in
a
tr
V
p
c
a
th
w
2
o
tr
fa
R
c
p
Emergency
5. communications
equipment
Verify correct
switching and
(1) Amplifier/tone
X Annually operation of
generators
backup
equipment.
Operate/function
(2) Call-in signal and verify receipt
X Annually of correct visual
silence
and audible
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
signals at control
unit.
Install phone set
or remove phone
(3) Off-hook indicator from hook and
X Annually
(ring down) verify receipt of
signal at control
unit.
Visually inspect
phone jack and
(4) Phone jacks X Annually initiate
communications
path through jack.
Actuate each
phone set and
(5) Phone set X Annually
verify correct
operation.
Operate the
system with a
minimum of any
(6) System
X Annually five handsets
performance
simultaneously.
Verify voice
quality and clarity.
If an engine-
driven
generator
dedicated to the
system is used
as a required
power source,
Engine-driven
6. X Monthly verify operation
generator
of the generator
and transfer
switch in
accordance
with NFPA 110
by the building
owner.
If an ESS
system
dedicated to the
system is used
as a required
Energy storage power source,
7. X Annually
systems (ESS) verify by the
building owner
operation of the
ESS system in
accordance
with NFPA 111.
Disconnect all
primary (main)
power supplies
and verify the
Secondary occurrence of
8. (standby) power X Annually required trouble
supplyc indication for
loss of primary
power. Measure
or verify the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
system’s
standby and
alarm current
demand using
the equipment
manufacturer’s
data and verify
the battery’s
rated capacity
exceeds the
system’s power
demand,
including the
safety margin.
Operate
general alarm
systems a
minimum of
5 minutes and
emergency
voice
communications
systems for a
minimum of
15 minutes.
Reconnect
primary (main)
power supply at
end of test.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Prior to
conducting
any battery
testing, verify
by the person
conducting the
VRLA battery test, that all
9.
and chargerd system
software
stored in
volatile
memory is
protected from
loss.
Upon initially
opening the
cabinet door,
measure and
record the
temperature of
each battery
cell/unit at the
(1) Temperature test X Semiannually negative terminal
with an infrared
thermometer.
Replace any
battery cell/unit if
the temperature is
greater than 18°F
(10°C) above
ambient.
With the battery
fully charged and
connected to the
charger, measure
the voltage across
the battery with a
voltmeter. Verify
the voltage is
within the
battery/alarm
(2) Charger testf X Semiannually
equipment
manufacturer’s
recommendations.
If the voltage is
outside of the
specified limits,
either adjust the
charger to within
limits or replace
the charger.
With the battery
fully charged and
connected to the
charger, measure
(3) Cell/Unit voltage the voltage of
X Semiannually
test each cell/unit with
a voltmeter.
Replace the
battery when any
cell/unit measures
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
a voltage less
than 13.26 volts.
When the battery
is installed,
establish a
baseline ohmic
value for each
battery cell/unit or
where available
use baseline
ohmic values
(4) Ohmic testg X N/A
provided by the
battery or test
equipment
manufacturer. In
either case record
the base line
ohmic value on
each battery
cell/unit.
W
b
c
c
th
m
in
v
b
c
R
te
o
o
c
R
b
th
m
o
d
Semiannually th
e
b
3
fo
c
a
m
re
im
W
b
e
m
b
v
u
th
w
c
in
v
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
o
a
ra
Replace the
battery or
conduct a load
test of the
battery
capacity. Load
test the battery
based on the
manufacturer’s
specifications
for a discharge
rate of 3 hours
or more by
applying the
current
indicated for
the selected
hourly
discharge rate
continuously,
until the
terminal
voltage
(5) decreases to
Replacement/Load 3 years the end
testh voltage
specified by
the
manufacturer.
Record the
test duration
and calculate
the battery
capacity
including
adjustment for
ambient
temperature.
Replace the
battery if
capacity is
less than or
equal to 80%
or at the next
scheduled test
interval if
battery
capacity is
less than 85%.
Manual tests of
the power
supply for
Public public reporting
emergency circuits shall be
10. alarm reporting X Daily made and
system — wired recorded at
system least once
during each 24-
hour period.
Such tests shall
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
include the
following:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Verify the
correct
Remote operation and
11. X Annually
annunciators identification of
annunciators. If
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
provided, verify
the correct
operation of
annunciator
under a fault
condition.
12. Reserved
13. Reserved
14. Reserved
Conductors —
15.
metallic
Test all installation
conductors with a
volt/ohmmeter to
verify that there
are no stray
(unwanted)
voltages between
installation
conductors or
between
installation
conductors and
(1) Stray voltage X N/A ground. Verify the
maximum
allowable stray
voltage does not
exceed 1 volt
ac/dc, unless a
different threshold
is specified in the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
installed
equipment.
Test all installation
conductors, other
than those
intentionally and
permanently
grounded, for
(2) Ground faults X N/A isolation from
ground per the
installed
equipment
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Test all installation
conductors, other
than those
intentionally
connected
together, for
(3) Short-circuit faults X N/A conductor-to-
conductor
isolation per the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
installed
equipment. Also
test these same
circuits conductor-
to-ground.
With each
initiating and
indicating circuit
installation
conductor pair
short-circuited at
the far end,
measure and
record the
resistance of each
(4) Loop resistance X N/A circuit. Verify that
the loop
resistance does
not exceed the
limits specified in
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
installed
equipment.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, confirm
the introduction of
a fault in any
circuit monitored
for integrity results
in a trouble
indication at the
fire alarm control
unit. Open one
connection at not
less than
10 percent of the
(5) Circuit integrity X N/A
initiating devices,
notification
appliances and
controlled devices
on every initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance circuit,
and signaling line
circuit. Confirm all
circuits perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and 23.7.
For periodic
testing, test
each initiating
device circuit,
N/A Annually notification
appliance
circuit, and
signaling line
circuit for
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
correct
indication at
the control
unit. Confirm
all circuits
perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and
23.7.
Conductors —
16.
nonmetallic
Test the fiber-optic
transmission line
by the use of an
optical power
meter or by an
optical time
domain
reflectometer
used to measure
the relative power
loss of the line.
Test result data
must meet or
(1) Fiber optics X N/A
exceed ANSI/TIA
568-C.3, Optical
Fiber Cabling
Components
Standard, related
to fiber-optic lines
and
connection/splice
losses and the
control unit
manufacturer’s
published
specifications.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, confirm
the introduction of
a fault in any
circuit monitored
for integrity results
in a trouble
indication at the
fire alarm control
unit. Open one
connection at not
(2) Circuit integrity X N/A less than
10 percent of the
initiating devices,
notification
appliances, and
controlled devices
on every initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance circuit,
and signaling line
circuit. Confirm all
circuits perform as
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and 23.7.
For periodic
testing, test
each initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance
circuit, and
signaling line
circuit for
N/A Annually correct
indication at
the control
unit. Confirm
all circuits
perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and
23.7.
Initiating
17.
devicesj
(1) Electromechanical
releasing device
Verify correct
operation by
removal of the
(a) Nonrestorable-
X Annually fusible link and
type link
operation of the
associated
device.
Verify correct
operation by
(b) Restorable-type removal of the
X Annually fusible link and
linkk operation of the
associated
device.
Operate the
switch
(2) Fire extinguishing
mechanically or
system(s) or
X Annually electrically and
suppression system(s)
verify receipt of
alarm switch
signal by the fire
alarm control unit.
Test fire–gas
detectors and
other fire
(3) Fire–gas and detectors as
X Annually
other detectors prescribed by the
manufacturer and
as necessary for
the application.
(4) Heat detectors
(a) Fixed- Perform heat test
temperature, rate-of- Annually (see with a listed and
rise, rate of X labeled heat
14.4.4.5)
compensation, source or in
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Assure that the
test method for
restorable line, spot the installed
type (excluding equipment does
pneumatic tube type) not damage the
nonrestorable
fixed-temperature
element of a
combination rate-
of-rise/fixed-
temperature
element detector.
Do not perform
heat test. Test
functionality
mechanically and
(b) Fixed- electrically.
temperature, X Annually Measure and
nonrestorable line type record loop
resistance.
Investigate
changes from
acceptance test.
After 15 years
from initial
installation,
replace all
devices or have 2
detectors per 100
laboratory tested.
Replace the 2
detectors with
new devices. If a
failure occurs on
(c) Fixed-
any of the
temperature, X See Method
detectors
nonrestorable spot type
removed, remove
and test additional
detectors to
determine either a
general problem
involving faulty
detectors or a
localized problem
involving 1 or 2
defective
detectors.
Do not perform
(d) Nonrestorable heat tests. Test
X Annually functionality
(general)
mechanically and
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
electrically.
Perform heat tests
(where test
chambers are in
circuit), with a
listed and labeled
heat source or in
(e) Restorable line accordance with
type, pneumatic tube X Annually the
only manufacturer's
published
instructions of the
detector or
conduct a test
with pressure
pump.
Conduct
functional tests
according to
manufacturer’s
(f) Single- and
published
multiple-station heat X Annually
instructions. Do
alarms
not test
nonrestorable
heat detectors
with heat.
Operate manual
fire alarm boxes
per the
manufacturer’s
published
(5) Manual fire alarm
X Annually instructions. Test
boxes
both key-operated
presignal and
general alarm
manual fire alarm
boxes.
Test flame
detectors and
spark/ember
detectors in
accordance with
(6) Radiant energy the
X Semiannually
fire detectors manufacturer’s
published
instructions to
determine that
each detector is
operative.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
instructions. Other
methods listed in
the
manufacturer's
published
instructions that
ensure smoke
entry from the
protected area,
through the vents,
into the sensing
chamber can be
used.
Perform a
functional test on
all single- and
multiple-station
(b) Single- and
smoke alarms
multiple-station smoke
connected to a
alarms connected to X Annually
protected
protected premises
premises fire
systems
alarm system by
putting the smoke
alarm into an
alarm condition.
Conduct
(c) System smoke functional tests
detectors used in one- according to
X Annually
and two-family manufacturer’s
dwellings published
instructions.
Test with smoke
or a listed and
labeled product
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
(d) Air sampling X Annually
instructions. Test
from the end
sampling port or
point on each pipe
run. Verify airflow
through all other
ports or points.
In addition to the
testing required in
Table
14.4.3.2(g)(1) and
Table 14.4.3.2(h),
test duct smoke
(e) Duct type X Annually detectors that use
sampling tubes to
ensure that they
will properly
sample the
airstream in the
duct using a
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
method
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
instructions.
Test the detector
by introducing
(f) Projected beam smoke, other
X Annually
type aerosol, or an
optical filter into
the beam path.
Operate both
portions of the
(g) Smoke detector detector
with built-in thermal X Annually independently as
element described for the
respective
devices.
Verify that the
control capability
remains operable
even if all of the
(h) Smoke initiating devices
detectors with control X Annually connected to the
output functions same initiating
device circuit or
signaling line
circuit are in an
alarm state.
(8) Smoke detectors
— sensitivity testing
mPerform any of
the following tests
In other than one- to ensure that
and two-family
N/A See 14.4.4.3 each smoke
dwellings, system detector is within
detectors its listed and
marked sensitivity
range:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
device circuit or
signaling line
circuit are in an
alarm state.
(10) Initiating
devices, supervisory
Operate valve and
verify signal
receipt to be
within the first two
revolutions of the
handwheel or
within one-fifth of
the travel
distance, or per
(a) Control valve the
X Semiannual
switch manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Continue to cycle
outside stem and
yoke valves and
verify switch does
not reset during
full travel of the
valve stem.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained where
the required
(b) High- or low-air pressure is
X Annually
pressure switch increased or
decreased a
maximum 10 psi
(70 kPa) from the
required pressure
level.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained before
pressure
decreases to
(c) Steam pressure X Annually
110 percent of the
minimum
operating
pressure of the
steam-operated
equipment.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained where
the required
(d) Pressure pressure is
supervisory devices for X Annually increased or
other sources decreased from
the normal
operating
pressure by an
amount specified
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
in approved
design
documents.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal to
indicate the
(e) Room decrease in room
X Annually
temperature switch temperature to
40°F (4.4°C) and
its restoration to
above 40°F
(4.4°C).
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal
indicating the
water level raised
or lowered a
maximum 3 in.
(70 mm) from the
(f) Water level required level
X Annually
switch within a pressure
tank, or a
maximum 12 in.
(300 mm) from the
required level of a
nonpressure tank.
Also verify its
restoral to
required level.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal to
indicate the
(g) Water decrease in water
X Annually
temperature switch temperature to
40°F (4.4°C) and
its restoration to
above 40°F
(4.4°C).
Water shall be
flowed through an
inspector's test
connection
indicating the flow
of water equal to
that from a single
sprinkler of the
smallest orifice
(11) Mechanical, size installed in
electrosonic, or
X Semiannually the system or
pressure-type waterflow other listed and
device approved
waterflow switch
test methods for
wet-pipe systems,
or an alarm test
bypass
connection for
dry-pipe, pre-
action, or deluge
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
systems in
accordance with
NFPA 25.
Test each of the
detection
principles present
within the detector
(e.g.,
smoke/heat/CO,
etc.)
independently for
(12) Multi-sensor fire the specific
detector or multi-criteria detection
fire detector or X Annually principle,
combination fire regardless of the
detector configuration
status at the time
of testing. Also
test each detector
in accordance
with the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
T
s
to
te
a
in
s
re
b
P
a
fo
re
d
in
th
p
th
c
e
e
c
(m
a
e
s
c
th
re
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
C
re
s
th
in
th
c
W
in
s
c
te
in
te
p
s
R
te
re
Special hazard
18.
equipment
Operate abort
(1) Abort switch switch and verify
X Annually
(dead-man type) correct sequence
and operation.
Operate abort
switch and verify
(2) Abort switch development of
X Annually
(recycle type) correct matrix with
each sensor
operated.
Operate abort
switch and verify
correct sequence
and operation in
accordance with
authority having
(3) Abort switch
X Annually jurisdiction.
(special type)
Observe
sequencing as
specified on as-
built drawings or
in system owner’s
manual.
Operate one
sensor or detector
on each zone.
Verify occurrence
(4) Cross-zone of correct
X Annually
detection circuit sequence with
operation of first
zone and then
with operation of
second zone.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Operate all
sensors in
system. Verify
(5) Matrix-type circuit X Annually development of
correct matrix with
each sensor
operated.
(6) Release solenoid Verify operation of
X Annually
circuito solenoid.
Use AGI flashbulb
or other test light
(7) Squibb release approved by the
X Annually
circuit manufacturer.
Verify operation of
flashbulb or light.
Operate required
sensors at a
minimum of four
(8) Verified, locations in circuit.
sequential, or counting X Annually Verify correct
zone circuit sequence with
both the first and
second detector in
alarm.
Verify supervision
(9) All above devices
of circuits by
or circuits or X Annually
creating an open
combinations thereof
circuit.
Combination
19.
systems
Test
communication
between the
device connecting
the fire
extinguisher
electronic
monitoring
(1) Fire extinguisher
device/system
electronic monitoring X Annually
and the fire alarm
device/system
control unit to
ensure proper
signals are
received at the fire
alarm control unit
and remote
annunciator(s) if
applicable.
Test
communication
between the
device connecting
the carbon
monoxide
(2) Carbon device/system
X Annually
monoxidedevice/system and the fire alarm
control unit to
ensure proper
signals are
received at the fire
alarm control unit
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
and remote
annunciator(s) if
applicable.
Test interface
equipment
connections by
operating or
simulating the
equipment
being
supervised.
Verify signals
required to be
transmitted are
Interface received at the
20. X See 14.4.4.4 control unit.
equipmentp Test frequency
for interface
equipment is
the same as the
frequency
required by the
applicable
NFPA
standard(s) for
the equipment
being
supervised.
Test the device
in accordance
Guard’s tour with the
21. X Annually
equipment manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Alarm
22. notification
appliances
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, measure
sound pressure
levels for signals
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure sound
(1) Audibleq X N/A
pressure levels
throughout the
protected area to
confirm that to
determine if they
are in compliance
with Chapter 18
and the required
performance as
documented per
7 .3.4. Set the
sound level meter
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
in accordance
with ANSI/ASA
S3.41, American
National Standard
Audible
Emergency
Evacuation (E2)
and Evacuation
Signals with
Relocation
Instructions
(ESRI), using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST).
rFor periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually the operation
of the
notification
appliances.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, measure
sound pressure
levels for signals
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure sound
pressure levels
throughout the
protected area to
confirm that
determine if they
(2) Audible textual
are in compliance
notification appliances
with Chapter 18.
(loudspeakers and
X N/A Chapter 18and
other appliances to
the required
convey voice
performance as
messages)
documented per
7.3.4. Set the
sound level meter
in accordance
with ANSI/ASA
S3.41, American
National Standard
Audible
Emergency
Evacuation (E2)
and Evacuation
Signals with
Relocation
Instructions
(ESRI), using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST).
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
rFor periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually the operation
of the
notification
appliances.
Perform initial and
reacceptance
testing in
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions. Verify
appliance
locations to be per
approved layout
and confirm that
no floor plan
(3) Visual X N/A changes affect the
approved layout.
Verify the candela
rating or method
of candela control
marking on each
visual appliance
and rating when
reported by the
FACU agrees with
the approved
drawings. Confirm
that each
appliance flashes.
For periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually that each
appliance
flashes.
Perform tests in
Exit marking accordance
audible with
23. X Annually
notification manufacturer's
appliance published
instructions.
For initial,
reacceptance,
and periodic
testing, verify
Emergency emergency
control function
24. control X Annually
interface device
functionss activation.
Where an
emergency
control function
interface device
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
is disabled or
disconnected
during initiating
device testing,
verify that the
disabled or
disconnected
emergency
control function
interface device
has been
properly
restored,
including
electromagnetic
devices used
for door
releasing
services as part
of a fire alarm
system.
Use the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions and
the as-built
drawings
provided by the
Two-way system supplier
emergency to verify correct
25. X Annually
communications operation after
systems the initial testing
phase has been
performed by
the supplier or
by the
supplier’s
designated
representative.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Special
26.
procedures
Verify time delay
and alarm
response for
(1) Alarm verification X Annually smoke detector
circuits identified
as having alarm
verification.
Verify
communications
between sending
(2) Multiplex systems X Annually and receiving
units under both
primary and
secondary power.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Supervising
station alarm
27. systems —
receiving
equipment
Perform tests on
all system
functions and
features in
accordance with
the equipment
manufacturer’s
(1) All equipment X Monthly published
instructions for
correct operation
in conformance
with the
applicable
sections of
Chapter 26.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Disconnect each
transmission
means in turn
from the DACR,
(2) Digital alarm
and verify audible
communicator receiver X Monthly
and visual
(DACR)
annunciation of a
trouble signal in
the supervising
station.
Cause the
following
conditions of all
DARRs on all
subsidiary and
repeater station
(3) Digital alarm radio receiving
X Monthly
receiver (DARR) equipment. Verify
receipt at the
supervising
station of correct
signals for each of
the following
conditions:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Perform tests to
ensure the
monitoring of
(7) Performance- integrity of the
X Monthly
based technologies transmission
technology and
technology path.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Where a single
communications
path is used,
disconnect the
communication
path. Verify that
failure of the path
is annunciated at
the supervising
station within
60 minutes of the
failure (within
5 minutes for
communication
equipment
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72).
Restore the
communication
path. Where
multiple
communication
paths are used,
disconnect both
communication
paths and confirm
that failure of the
path is
annunciated at
the supervising
station within not
more than 6 hours
of the failure
(within 24 hours
for communication
equipment
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72).
Restore both
communication
paths.
Public
emergency
alarm reporting
28.
system
transmission
equipment
Actuate publicly
accessible
initiating device(s)
and verify receipt
of not less than
(1) Publicly three complete
X Semiannually rounds of signal
accessible alarm box
impulses. Perform
this test under
normal circuit
conditions. If the
device is
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
equipped for open
circuit operation
(ground return),
test it in this
condition as one
of the semiannual
tests.
Test each
initiating circuit of
the auxiliary box
by actuation of a
protected
premises initiating
(2) Auxiliary box X Annually device connected
to that circuit.
Verify receipt of
not less than
three complete
rounds of signal
impulses.
(3) Master box
Perform the tests
(a) Manual
X Semiannually prescribed for
operation
28(a).
Perform the tests
(b) Auxiliary
X Annually prescribed for
operation
28(b).
The following
procedures
describe
additional
Low-power acceptance and
29. radio (wireless X N/A reacceptance
systems) test methods to
verify wireless
protection
system
operation:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Mass
30. notification
systems
At a minimum,
test control
equipment to
verify correct
receipt of alarm,
supervisory, and
trouble signals
(inputs); operation
of evacuation
signals and
auxiliary functions
(outputs); circuit
(1) Functions X Annually
supervision,
including
detection of open
circuits and
ground faults; and
power supply
supervision for
detection of loss
of ac power and
disconnection of
secondary
batteries.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Verify the rating
(2) Fuses X Annually
and supervision.
Verify integrity of
single or multiple
circuits providing
interface between
two or more
control units. Test
interfaced
equipment
(3) Interfaced
X Annually connections by
equipment
operating or
simulating
operation of the
equipment being
supervised. Verify
signals required to
be transmitted at
the control unit.
Illuminate lamps
(4) Lamps and LEDs X Annually
and LEDs.
Disconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
and test under
maximum load,
including all alarm
appliances
requiring
(5) Primary (main)
X Annually simultaneous
power supply
operation.
Reconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
at end of test. For
redundant power
supplies, test
each separately.
Measure sound
pressure level
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
(6) Audible textual Measure and
notification appliances record levels
(loudspeakers and throughout
X Annually protected area.
other appliances to
convey voice Set the sound
messages) level meter in
accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation
Signal, using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
(FAST). Record
the maximum
output when the
audible
emergency
evacuation signal
is on.
Perform test in
accordance with
manufacturer’s
published
instructions. Verify
appliance
locations to be per
approved layout
and confirm that
no floor plan
changes affect the
approved layout.
(7) Visual X Annually
Verify the candela
rating or method
of candela control
marking on each
visual appliance
and rating when
reported by the
FACU agrees with
the approved
drawings. Confirm
that each
appliance flashes.
Review event log
file and verify that
the correct events
were logged.
Review system
diagnostic log file;
correct
deficiencies noted
in file. Delete
unneeded log
(8) Control unit
files. Delete
functions and no
X Annually unneeded error
diagnostic failures are
files. Verify that
indicated
sufficient free disk
space is available.
Verify
unobstructed flow
of cooling air is
available.
Change/clean
filters, cooling
fans, and intake
vents.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Power down the
central control unit
(9) Control unit reset X Annually
computer and
restart it.
If remote control
software is loaded
onto the system,
(10) Control unit verify that it is
X Annually
security disabled to
prevent
unauthorized
system access.
Send out an alert
to a diverse set of
predesignated
receiving devices
(11) Audible/visual
X Annually and confirm
functional test
receipt. Include at
least one of each
type of receiving
device.
Make full system
software backup.
Rotate backups
(12) Software backup X Annually
based on
accepted practice
at site.
Disconnect ac
power. Verify the
ac power failure
alarm status on
central control
(13) Secondary power
X Annually equipment. With
test
ac power
disconnected,
verify battery
voltage under
load.
Check
forward/reflected
(14) Wireless signals X Annually radio power is
within
specifications.
Check
forward/reflected
radio power is
within
specifications.
(15) Antenna X Annually
Verify solid
electrical
connections with
no observable
corrosion.
Verify proper
operation and
(16) Transceivers X Annually
mounting is not
compromised.
aSome transmission equipment (such as, but not limited to, cable modems, fiber-optic interface nodes, and
VoIP interfaces) are typically powered by the building's electrical system using a secondary (standby)
power supply that does not meet the requirements of this Code. This is intended to ensure that the testing
authority verifies full secondary (standby) power as required by Chapter 10. Additionally, refer to Table
cSee Table 14.4.3.2, Item 4(1) for the testing of transmission equipment.
dThe battery tests in Table 14.4.3.2 Item 9 are based on VRLA batteries and it is the intent that the tests
specified in (1) through (4) be performed in order. For other secondary battery types, refer to the battery
manufacturer’s published instructions or IEEE 450, Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and
Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, for vented lead-acid batteries, and
IEEE 1106, Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented
Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications, for nickel-cadmium batteries.
eExample: 4000 mAh × 1⁄25 = 160 mA charging current at 77°F (25°C).
fIf the charger is adjustable, adjust the output voltage to 2.265 volts per cell ±0.015 volts at 77°F (25°C) or
as specified by the alarm equipment manufacturer.
gSee A.14.4.3.2 Item 9(4). A load test per Item 9(5) is permitted in lieu of an ohmic test.
iThe voltmeter sensitivity has been changed from 1000 ohms per volt to 100 ohms per volt so that the false
ground readings (caused by induced voltages) are minimized.
jInitiating devices such as smoke detectors used for elevator recall, closing dampers, or releasing doors
held in the open position that are permitted by the Code (see9.6.3 of NFPA 101) to initiate supervisory
signals at the fire alarm control unit (FACU) should be tested at the same frequency (annual) as those
devices when they are generating an alarm signal. They are not supervisory devices, but they initiate a
supervisory signal at the FACU.
kFusible thermal link detectors are commonly used to close fire doors and fire dampers electrically
connected to the fire alarm control unit. They are actuated by the presence of external heat, which causes a
solder element in the link to fuse, or by an electric thermal device, which, when energized, generates heat
within the body of the link, causing the link to fuse and separate.
lNote, it is customary for the manufacturer of the smoke detector to test a particular product from an aerosol
provider to determine acceptability for use in smoke entry testing of their smoke detector/smoke alarm.
Magnets are not acceptable for smoke entry tests.
m There are some detectors that use magnets as a manufacturer's calibrated sensitivity test instrument.
nFor example, it might not be possible to individually test the heat sensor in a thermally enhanced smoke
detector.
oManufacturer's published instructions should be consulted to ensure a proper operational test. No
suppression gas or agent is expected to be discharged during the test of the solenoid. See Test Plan of
14.2.10.
pA monitor module installed on an interface device is not considered a supervisory device and therefore not
subject to the quarterly testing frequency requirement. Test frequencies for interface devices should be in
accordance with the applicable standard. For example, fire pump controller alarms such as phase reversal
are required to be tested annually. If a monitor module is installed to identify phase reversal on the fire
alarm control unit, it is not necessary to test for phase reversal four times a year.
q Chapter 18 would require 15 dB over average ambient sound for public mode spaces. Sometimes the
ambient sound levels are different from what the design was based upon. Private operating mode would
require 10 dB over average ambient at the location of the device.
rWhere building, system, or occupancy changes have been observed, the owner should be notified of the
changes. New devices might need to be installed and tested per the initial acceptance testing criteria.
sSee A.14.4.3.2 and Table 14.4.3.2, Item 24.
Committee Statement
[9.]
This revision makes three changes to the battery test methods in (9).
Firstly, with the introduction of a test method for temperature testing of batteries in (9)(1), there has
been confusion in the field as to where the ambient temperature should be taken. Some have
concluded that the ambient temperature should be taken in the room or area where the FACU cabinet
is located. However, the industry standard is for ambient temperature to be taken from inside the
cabinet, which is not currently stated. This revision clarifies that language and provides clarification
regarding the comparison of the battery cell/unit temperature with the ambient temperature
measurement.
Secondly, with regard to the semi-annual Ohmic Test in (9)(4), the phrase "and connected to the
charger" has created confusion in the field since the related annex note states that offline testing may
also be acceptable. Since Chapter 14's wording appears to indicate that testing online is the only
option, the reference to connection to the charger has been deleted, as that may not be the best
practice recommendation depending on the manufacture of the ohmic meter being utilized.
Finally, the revision in (9)(4) addresses the Ohmic Test method for VRLA batteries, changing "and" to
"or" to better indicate the intent of this test method. Either a conductance test "or" a
Resistance/Impedance test is required, not both.
[14.]
Wireless communications is added to Item 14 to address new technology. (See new sections
23.16.4.8 and 23.16.4.9 on Class A and Class B radio pathways.) The Technical Committee requests
that the Correlating Committee form a Task Group with members from SIG-TMS, SIG-PRO, SIG-
PRS, and SIG-FUN to address the requirements for these systems.
[17.]
Items 17(4)(c) and (d) are revised to minimize confusion with regard to the test method for non-
restorable, spot-type heat detectors.
In 17(9), only devices connected to protected premises systems are required to be tested annually.
Household CO devices are tested per Sections 14.4.6 or 14.4.8 and are under the scope of the (SIG-
HOU) Technical Committee.
Item 17(10)(b) is revised to correlate with 2019 changes made to Paragraph 17.17.2.2, particularly
(C) for valves that use lower settings. Also refer to A.17.17.2.2.
The test in 17(7)(d) is revised to permit the use of a listed feature that is capable of supervising
airflow to each sampling port, in lieu of a manual test.
The references to other items in the table are corrected in Item 17(7)(e).
The smoke entry test in 17(8) is for single-criteria detectors only. There is a separate entry in the table
for multi-criteria detectors.
[22.]
The direction in Chapter 14 regarding test methods for sound level testing for loudspeakers should
correlate with Chapter 18, which is to use the meter on alert tone signals only. This provides good
guidance for testing personnel, reminding them that audible information is not to be tested with the
meter.
The revision also removes "throughout the protected area," as it is unenforceable and undefined.
Language referencing the actual required performance metric has been added. Finally, "confirm" is
changed to "determine," as it is more reflective of the proper test reason.
[Table note d]
The added text in Table Note d facilitates a technology-based alternative to the current VRLA battery
testing procedure.
[Table note e]
Footnote "e" pertains to the charging current for Nickel-Cadmium batteries. However, this battery type
was deleted from the table in the 2019 edition, and the footnote was mistakenly retained. Footnote "e
" is, therefore, deleted.
[Annex]
With the introduction of new language for ohmic testing of batteries, there has been some confusion
in the field as to whether to conduct this test online or offline. While the test method in Chapter 14
states that the test is to be done online (connected to the charger), the related annex material stated
that offline testing is also acceptable. This revision clarifies that, while online testing is the preferred
method for the Ohmic Test, offline testing may be the recommended practice on the part of certain
ohmic meter manufacturers.
14.4.3.2*
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
1. All equipment X See Table 14.3.1.
Control
2. equipment and
transponder
Verify correct
receipt of alarm,
supervisory, and
trouble signals
(inputs); operation
of evacuation
signals and
auxiliary functions
(outputs); circuit
supervision,
(1) Functions X Annually including
detection of open
circuits and
ground faults; and
power supply
supervision for
detection of loss
of ac power and
disconnection of
secondary
batteries.
Verify rating and
(2) Fuses X Annually
supervision.
Verify integrity of
single or multiple
circuits providing
interface between
two or more
control units. Test
interfaced
equipment
(3) Interfaced
X Annually connections by
equipment
operating or
simulating
operation of the
equipment being
supervised. Verify
signals required to
be transmitted at
the control unit.
Illuminate lamps
(4) Lamps and LEDs X Annually
and LEDs.
Disconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
and test under
maximum load,
including all alarm
(5) Primary (main) appliances
X Annually
power supply requiring
simultaneous
operation.
Reconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
at end of test. Test
redundant power
supplies
separately.
Alarm control
3. unit trouble
signals
Verify operation of
control unit
trouble signals.
Verify ring-back
(1) Audible and visual X Annually feature for
systems using a
trouble-silencing
switch that
requires resetting.
If control unit has
disconnect or
isolating switches,
verify
performance of
intended function
(2) Disconnect
X Annually of each switch.
switches
Verify receipt of
trouble signal
when a
supervised
function is
disconnected.
If the system has
a ground
detection feature,
verify the
occurrence of
(3) Ground-fault
X Annually ground-fault
monitoring circuit
indication
whenever any
installation
conductor is
grounded.
Actuate an
initiating device
(4) Transmission of
and verify receipt
signals to off-premises X Annually
of alarm signal at
location
the off-premises
location.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Supervising
station alarm
4. systems —
transmission
equipment
aTest all system
functions and
features in
accordance with
the equipment
manufacturer’s
(1) All equipment X Annually published
instructions for
correct operation
in conformance
with the
applicable
sections of
Chapter 26.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Except for DACTs
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72 that are
connected to a
telephone line
(2) Digital alarm (number) that is
communicator X Annually also supervised
transmitter (DACT) for adverse
conditions by a
derived local
channel, ensure
connection of the
DACT to two
separate means
of transmission.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Disconnect the
primary telephone
line. Verify
transmission of a
(3) Digital alarm radio
X Annually trouble signal to
transmitter (DART)
the supervising
station by the
DART occurs
within 4 minutes.
Actuate initiating
device. Verify
production of not
less than three
(4) McCulloh complete rounds
X Annually
transmitter of not less than
three signal
impulses each by
the McCulloh
transmitter.
(2) Ground
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
(2) Ground
Cause a fault
between elements
of the transmitting
equipment. Verify
indication of the
(5) Radio alarm fault at the
X Annually
transmitter (RAT) protected
premises, or
transmission of
trouble signal to
the supervising
station.
Perform tests to
ensure the
monitoring of
integrity of the
transmission
technology and
technology
path.Where
shared
communications
(6) Performance- equipment is used
X Annually
based technologies as permitted by
26.6.3.1.14,
provided
secondary
(standby) power
sources shall be
tested in
accordance with
Table 14.4.3.2,
item 7, 8, or 9, as
applicable.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
W
c
p
u
d
b
c
p
M
in
a
tr
V
p
c
a
th
w
2
o
tr
fa
R
c
p
Emergency
5. communications
equipment
Verify correct
switching and
(1) Amplifier/tone
X Annually operation of
generators
backup
equipment.
Operate/function
(2) Call-in signal and verify receipt
X Annually of correct visual
silence
and audible
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
signals at control
unit.
Install phone set
or remove phone
(3) Off-hook indicator from hook and
X Annually
(ring down) verify receipt of
signal at control
unit.
Visually inspect
phone jack and
(4) Phone jacks X Annually initiate
communications
path through jack.
Actuate each
phone set and
(5) Phone set X Annually
verify correct
operation.
Operate the
system with a
minimum of any
(6) System
X Annually five handsets
performance
simultaneously.
Verify voice
quality and clarity.
If an engine-
driven
generator
dedicated to the
system is used
as a required
power source,
Engine-driven
6. X Monthly verify operation
generator
of the generator
and transfer
switch in
accordance
with NFPA 110
by the building
owner.
If an ESS
system
dedicated to the
system is used
as a required
Energy storage power source,
7. X Annually
systems (ESS) verify by the
building owner
operation of the
ESS system in
accordance
with NFPA 111.
Disconnect all
primary (main)
power supplies
and verify the
Secondary occurrence of
8. (standby) power X Annually required trouble
supplyc indication for
loss of primary
power. Measure
or verify the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
system’s
standby and
alarm current
demand using
the equipment
manufacturer’s
data and verify
the battery’s
rated capacity
exceeds the
system’s power
demand,
including the
safety margin.
Operate
general alarm
systems a
minimum of
5 minutes and
emergency
voice
communications
systems for a
minimum of
15 minutes.
Reconnect
primary (main)
power supply at
end of test.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Prior to
conducting
any battery
testing, verify
by the person
conducting the
VRLA battery test, that all
9.
and chargerd system
software
stored in
volatile
memory is
protected from
loss.
Upon initially
opening the
cabinet door,
measure and
record the
temperature of
each battery
cell/unit at the
(1) Temperature test X Semiannually negative terminal
with an infrared
thermometer.
Replace any
battery cell/unit if
the temperature is
greater than 18°F
(10°C) above
ambient.
With the battery
fully charged and
connected to the
charger, measure
the voltage across
the battery with a
voltmeter. Verify
the voltage is
within the
battery/alarm
(2) Charger testf X Semiannually
equipment
manufacturer’s
recommendations.
If the voltage is
outside of the
specified limits,
either adjust the
charger to within
limits or replace
the charger.
With the battery
fully charged and
connected to the
charger, measure
(3) Cell/Unit voltage the voltage of
X Semiannually
test each cell/unit with
a voltmeter.
Replace the
battery when any
cell/unit measures
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
a voltage less
than 13.26 volts.
When the battery
is installed,
establish a
baseline ohmic
value for each
battery cell/unit or
where available
use baseline
ohmic values
(4) Ohmic testg X N/A
provided by the
battery or test
equipment
manufacturer. In
either case record
the base line
ohmic value on
each battery
cell/unit.
W
b
c
c
th
m
in
v
b
c
R
te
o
o
c
R
b
th
m
o
d
Semiannually th
e
b
3
fo
c
a
m
re
im
W
b
e
m
b
v
u
th
w
c
in
v
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
o
a
ra
Replace the
battery or
conduct a load
test of the
battery
capacity. Load
test the battery
based on the
manufacturer’s
specifications
for a discharge
rate of 3 hours
or more by
applying the
current
indicated for
the selected
hourly
discharge rate
continuously,
until the
terminal
voltage
(5) decreases to
Replacement/Load 3 years the end
testh voltage
specified by
the
manufacturer.
Record the
test duration
and calculate
the battery
capacity
including
adjustment for
ambient
temperature.
Replace the
battery if
capacity is
less than or
equal to 80%
or at the next
scheduled test
interval if
battery
capacity is
less than 85%.
Manual tests of
the power
supply for
Public public reporting
emergency circuits shall be
10. alarm reporting X Daily made and
system — wired recorded at
system least once
during each 24-
hour period.
Such tests shall
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
include the
following:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Verify the
correct
Remote operation and
11. X Annually
annunciators identification of
annunciators. If
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
provided, verify
the correct
operation of
annunciator
under a fault
condition.
12. Reserved
13. Reserved
14. Reserved
Conductors —
15.
metallic
Test all installation
conductors with a
volt/ohmmeter to
verify that there
are no stray
(unwanted)
voltages between
installation
conductors or
between
installation
conductors and
(1) Stray voltage X N/A ground. Verify the
maximum
allowable stray
voltage does not
exceed 1 volt
ac/dc, unless a
different threshold
is specified in the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
installed
equipment.
Test all installation
conductors, other
than those
intentionally and
permanently
grounded, for
(2) Ground faults X N/A isolation from
ground per the
installed
equipment
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Test all installation
conductors, other
than those
intentionally
connected
together, for
(3) Short-circuit faults X N/A conductor-to-
conductor
isolation per the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
installed
equipment. Also
test these same
circuits conductor-
to-ground.
With each
initiating and
indicating circuit
installation
conductor pair
short-circuited at
the far end,
measure and
record the
resistance of each
(4) Loop resistance X N/A circuit. Verify that
the loop
resistance does
not exceed the
limits specified in
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
installed
equipment.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, confirm
the introduction of
a fault in any
circuit monitored
for integrity results
in a trouble
indication at the
fire alarm control
unit. Open one
connection at not
less than
10 percent of the
(5) Circuit integrity X N/A
initiating devices,
notification
appliances and
controlled devices
on every initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance circuit,
and signaling line
circuit. Confirm all
circuits perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and 23.7.
For periodic
testing, test
each initiating
device circuit,
N/A Annually notification
appliance
circuit, and
signaling line
circuit for
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
correct
indication at
the control
unit. Confirm
all circuits
perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and
23.7.
Conductors —
16.
nonmetallic
Test the fiber-optic
transmission line
by the use of an
optical power
meter or by an
optical time
domain
reflectometer
used to measure
the relative power
loss of the line.
Test result data
must meet or
(1) Fiber optics X N/A
exceed ANSI/TIA
568-C.3, Optical
Fiber Cabling
Components
Standard, related
to fiber-optic lines
and
connection/splice
losses and the
control unit
manufacturer’s
published
specifications.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, confirm
the introduction of
a fault in any
circuit monitored
for integrity results
in a trouble
indication at the
fire alarm control
unit. Open one
connection at not
(2) Circuit integrity X N/A less than
10 percent of the
initiating devices,
notification
appliances, and
controlled devices
on every initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance circuit,
and signaling line
circuit. Confirm all
circuits perform as
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and 23.7.
For periodic
testing, test
each initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance
circuit, and
signaling line
circuit for
N/A Annually correct
indication at
the control
unit. Confirm
all circuits
perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and
23.7.
Initiating
17.
devicesj
(1) Electromechanical
releasing device
Verify correct
operation by
removal of the
(a) Nonrestorable-
X Annually fusible link and
type link
operation of the
associated
device.
Verify correct
operation by
(b) Restorable-type removal of the
X Annually fusible link and
linkk operation of the
associated
device.
Operate the
switch
(2) Fire extinguishing
mechanically or
system(s) or
X Annually electrically and
suppression system(s)
verify receipt of
alarm switch
signal by the fire
alarm control unit.
Test fire–gas
detectors and
other fire
(3) Fire–gas and detectors as
X Annually
other detectors prescribed by the
manufacturer and
as necessary for
the application.
(4) Heat detectors
(a) Fixed- Perform heat test
temperature, rate-of- Annually (see with a listed and
rise, rate of X labeled heat
14.4.4.5)
compensation, source or in
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Assure that the
test method for
restorable line, spot the installed
type (excluding equipment does
pneumatic tube type) not damage the
nonrestorable
fixed-temperature
element of a
combination rate-
of-rise/fixed-
temperature
element detector.
Do not perform
heat test. Test
functionality
mechanically and
(b) Fixed- electrically.
temperature, X Annually Measure and
nonrestorable line type record loop
resistance.
Investigate
changes from
acceptance test.
Do not perform
(c) Fixed- heat tests. Test
temperature, X Annually functionality
nonrestorable spot type mechanically and
electrically.
After 15 years
from initial
installation,
replace all
devices or
have 2
detectors per
100 laboratory
tested. Replace
the 2 detectors
with new
devices. If a
failure occurs
on any of the
See Method detectors
removed,
remove and
test additional
detectors to
determine
either a general
problem
involving faulty
detectors or a
localized
problem
involving 1 or 2
defective
detectors.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Do not perform
heat tests. Test
(d) Nonrestorable
X Annually functionality
(general)
mechanically and
electrically.
Perform heat tests
(where test
chambers are in
circuit), with a
listed and labeled
heat source or in
(e) Restorable line accordance with
type, pneumatic tube X Annually the
only manufacturer's
published
instructions of the
detector or
conduct a test
with pressure
pump.
Conduct
functional tests
according to
manufacturer’s
(f) Single- and
published
multiple-station heat X Annually
instructions. Do
alarms
not test
nonrestorable
heat detectors
with heat.
Operate manual
fire alarm boxes
per the
manufacturer’s
published
(5) Manual fire alarm
X Annually instructions. Test
boxes
both key-operated
presignal and
general alarm
manual fire alarm
boxes.
Test flame
detectors and
spark/ember
detectors in
accordance with
(6) Radiant energy the
X Semiannually
fire detectors manufacturer’s
published
instructions to
determine that
each detector is
operative.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
and labeled
product
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
instructions. Other
methods listed in
the
manufacturer's
published
instructions that
ensure smoke
entry from the
protected area,
through the vents,
into the sensing
chamber can be
used.
Perform a
functional test on
all single- and
multiple-station
(b) Single- and
smoke alarms
multiple-station smoke
connected to a
alarms connected to X Annually
protected
protected premises
premises fire
systems
alarm system by
putting the smoke
alarm into an
alarm condition.
Conduct
(c) System smoke functional tests
detectors used in one- according to
X Annually
and two-family manufacturer’s
dwellings published
instructions.
Test with smoke
or a listed and
labeled product
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
(d) Air sampling X Annually
instructions. Test
from the end
sampling port or
point on each pipe
run. Verify airflow
through all other
ports or points.
In addition to the
testing required in
Table
14.4.3.2(g)(1) and
Table 14.4.3.2(h),
(e) Duct type X Annually test duct smoke
detectors that use
sampling tubes to
ensure that they
will properly
sample the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
airstream in the
duct using a
method
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
instructions.
Test the detector
by introducing
(f) Projected beam smoke, other
X Annually
type aerosol, or an
optical filter into
the beam path.
Operate both
portions of the
(g) Smoke detector detector
with built-in thermal X Annually independently as
element described for the
respective
devices.
Verify that the
control capability
remains operable
even if all of the
(h) Smoke initiating devices
detectors with control X Annually connected to the
output functions same initiating
device circuit or
signaling line
circuit are in an
alarm state.
(8) Smoke detectors
— sensitivity testing
mPerform any of
the following tests
In other than one- to ensure that
and two-family
N/A See 14.4.4.3 each smoke
dwellings, system detector is within
detectors its listed and
marked sensitivity
range:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
connected to the
same initiating
device circuit or
signaling line
circuit are in an
alarm state.
(10) Initiating
devices, supervisory
Operate valve and
verify signal
receipt to be
within the first two
revolutions of the
handwheel or
within one-fifth of
the travel
distance, or per
(a) Control valve the
X Semiannual
switch manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Continue to cycle
outside stem and
yoke valves and
verify switch does
not reset during
full travel of the
valve stem.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained where
the required
(b) High- or low-air pressure is
X Annually
pressure switch increased or
decreased a
maximum 10 psi
(70 kPa) from the
required pressure
level.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained before
pressure
decreases to
(c) Steam pressure X Annually
110 percent of the
minimum
operating
pressure of the
steam-operated
equipment.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained where
(d) Pressure the required
supervisory devices for X Annually pressure is
other sources increased or
decreased from
the normal
operating
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
pressure by an
amount specified
in approved
design
documents.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal to
indicate the
(e) Room decrease in room
X Annually
temperature switch temperature to
40°F (4.4°C) and
its restoration to
above 40°F
(4.4°C).
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal
indicating the
water level raised
or lowered a
maximum 3 in.
(70 mm) from the
(f) Water level required level
X Annually
switch within a pressure
tank, or a
maximum 12 in.
(300 mm) from the
required level of a
nonpressure tank.
Also verify its
restoral to
required level.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal to
indicate the
(g) Water decrease in water
X Annually
temperature switch temperature to
40°F (4.4°C) and
its restoration to
above 40°F
(4.4°C).
Water shall be
flowed through an
inspector's test
connection
indicating the flow
of water equal to
that from a single
sprinkler of the
(11) Mechanical, smallest orifice
electrosonic, or
X Semiannually size installed in
pressure-type waterflow the system or
device other listed and
approved
waterflow switch
test methods for
wet-pipe systems,
or an alarm test
bypass
connection for
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
dry-pipe, pre-
action, or deluge
systems in
accordance with
NFPA 25.
Test each of the
detection
principles present
within the detector
(e.g.,
smoke/heat/CO,
etc.)
independently for
(12) Multi-sensor fire the specific
detector or multi-criteria detection
fire detector or X Annually principle,
combination fire regardless of the
detector configuration
status at the time
of testing. Also
test each detector
in accordance
with the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
T
s
to
te
a
in
s
re
b
P
a
fo
re
d
in
th
p
th
c
e
e
c
(m
a
e
s
c
th
re
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
C
re
s
th
in
th
c
W
in
s
c
te
in
te
p
s
R
te
re
Special hazard
18.
equipment
Operate abort
(1) Abort switch switch and verify
X Annually
(dead-man type) correct sequence
and operation.
Operate abort
switch and verify
(2) Abort switch development of
X Annually
(recycle type) correct matrix with
each sensor
operated.
Operate abort
switch and verify
correct sequence
and operation in
accordance with
authority having
(3) Abort switch
X Annually jurisdiction.
(special type)
Observe
sequencing as
specified on as-
built drawings or
in system owner’s
manual.
Operate one
sensor or detector
on each zone.
Verify occurrence
(4) Cross-zone
X Annually of correct
detection circuit
sequence with
operation of first
zone and then
with operation of
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
second zone.
Operate all
sensors in
system. Verify
(5) Matrix-type circuit X Annually development of
correct matrix with
each sensor
operated.
(6) Release solenoid Verify operation of
X Annually
circuito solenoid.
Use AGI flashbulb
or other test light
(7) Squibb release approved by the
X Annually
circuit manufacturer.
Verify operation of
flashbulb or light.
Operate required
sensors at a
minimum of four
(8) Verified, locations in circuit.
sequential, or counting X Annually Verify correct
zone circuit sequence with
both the first and
second detector in
alarm.
Verify supervision
(9) All above devices
of circuits by
or circuits or X Annually
creating an open
combinations thereof
circuit.
Combination
19.
systems
Test
communication
between the
device connecting
the fire
extinguisher
electronic
monitoring
(1) Fire extinguisher
device/system
electronic monitoring X Annually
and the fire alarm
device/system
control unit to
ensure proper
signals are
received at the fire
alarm control unit
and remote
annunciator(s) if
applicable.
Test
communication
between the
device connecting
the carbon
(2) Carbon monoxide
X Annually
monoxidedevice/system device/system
and the fire alarm
control unit to
ensure proper
signals are
received at the fire
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
alarm control unit
and remote
annunciator(s) if
applicable.
Test interface
equipment
connections by
operating or
simulating the
equipment
being
supervised.
Verify signals
required to be
transmitted are
Interface received at the
20. X See 14.4.4.4 control unit.
equipmentp Test frequency
for interface
equipment is
the same as the
frequency
required by the
applicable
NFPA
standard(s) for
the equipment
being
supervised.
Test the device
in accordance
Guard’s tour with the
21. X Annually
equipment manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Alarm
22. notification
appliances
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, measure
sound pressure
levels for signals
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
(1) Audibleq X N/A Measure sound
pressure levels
throughout the
protected area to
confirm that they
are in compliance
with Chapter 18.
Set the sound
level meter in
accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation (E2)
and Evacuation
Signals with
Relocation
Instructions
(ESRI), using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST).
rFor periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually the operation
of the
notification
appliances.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, measure
sound pressure
levels for signals
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure sound
pressure levels
throughout the
(2) Audible textual
protected area to
notification appliances
confirm that they
(loudspeakers and
X N/A are in compliance
other appliances to
with Chapter 18.
convey voice
Set the sound
messages)
level meter in
accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation (E2)
and Evacuation
Signals with
Relocation
Instructions
(ESRI), using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST).
rFor periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually
the operation
of the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
notification
appliances.
Perform initial and
reacceptance
testing in
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions. Verify
appliance
locations to be per
approved layout
and confirm that
no floor plan
(3) Visual X N/A changes affect the
approved layout.
Verify the candela
rating or method
of candela control
marking on each
visual appliance
and rating when
reported by the
FACU agrees with
the approved
drawings. Confirm
that each
appliance flashes.
For periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually that each
appliance
flashes.
Perform tests in
Exit marking accordance
audible with
23. X Annually
notification manufacturer's
appliance published
instructions.
For initial,
reacceptance,
and periodic
testing, verify
emergency
control function
interface device
activation.
Where an
emergency
Emergency control function
24. control X Annually interface device
functionss is disabled or
disconnected
during initiating
device testing,
verify that the
disabled or
disconnected
emergency
control function
interface device
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
has been
properly
restored,
including
electromagnetic
devices used
for door
releasing
services as part
of a fire alarm
system.
Use the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions and
the as-built
drawings
provided by the
Two-way system supplier
emergency to verify correct
25. X Annually
communications operation after
systems the initial testing
phase has been
performed by
the supplier or
by the
supplier’s
designated
representative.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Special
26.
procedures
Verify time delay
and alarm
response for
(1) Alarm verification X Annually smoke detector
circuits identified
as having alarm
verification.
Verify
communications
between sending
(2) Multiplex systems X Annually and receiving
units under both
primary and
secondary power.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Supervising
station alarm
27. systems —
receiving
equipment
Perform tests on
all system
functions and
features in
accordance with
the equipment
manufacturer’s
(1) All equipment X Monthly published
instructions for
correct operation
in conformance
with the
applicable
sections of
Chapter 26.
Disconnect each
(2) Digital alarm
transmission
communicator receiver X Monthly
means in turn
(DACR)
from the DACR,
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
and verify audible
and visual
annunciation of a
trouble signal in
the supervising
station.
Cause the
following
conditions of all
DARRs on all
subsidiary and
repeater station
(3) Digital alarm radio receiving
X Monthly
receiver (DARR) equipment. Verify
receipt at the
supervising
station of correct
signals for each of
the following
conditions:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
station under the
following
conditions:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
and receiving
equipment; verify
receipt of correct
signals at the
supervising
station:
Perform tests to
ensure the
monitoring of
integrity of the
transmission
technology and
technology path.
Where a single
communications
(7) Performance-
X Monthly path is used,
based technologies
disconnect the
communication
path. Verify that
failure of the path
is annunciated at
the supervising
station within
60 minutes of the
failure (within
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
5 minutes for
communication
equipment
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72).
Restore the
communication
path. Where
multiple
communication
paths are used,
disconnect both
communication
paths and confirm
that failure of the
path is
annunciated at
the supervising
station within not
more than 6 hours
of the failure
(within 24 hours
for communication
equipment
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72).
Restore both
communication
paths.
Public
emergency
alarm reporting
28.
system
transmission
equipment
Actuate publicly
accessible
initiating device(s)
and verify receipt
of not less than
three complete
rounds of signal
impulses. Perform
this test under
(1) Publicly
X Semiannually normal circuit
accessible alarm box
conditions. If the
device is
equipped for open
circuit operation
(ground return),
test it in this
condition as one
of the semiannual
tests.
Test each
initiating circuit of
(2) Auxiliary box X Annually the auxiliary box
by actuation of a
protected
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
premises initiating
device connected
to that circuit.
Verify receipt of
not less than
three complete
rounds of signal
impulses.
(3) Master box
Perform the tests
(a) Manual
X Semiannually prescribed for
operation
28(a).
Perform the tests
(b) Auxiliary
X Annually prescribed for
operation
28(b).
The following
procedures
describe
additional
Low-power acceptance and
29. radio (wireless X N/A reacceptance
systems) test methods to
verify wireless
protection
system
operation:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Mass
30. notification
systems
At a minimum,
test control
equipment to
verify correct
receipt of alarm,
supervisory, and
trouble signals
(inputs); operation
of evacuation
signals and
auxiliary functions
(outputs); circuit
(1) Functions X Annually
supervision,
including
detection of open
circuits and
ground faults; and
power supply
supervision for
detection of loss
of ac power and
disconnection of
secondary
batteries.
Verify the rating
(2) Fuses X Annually
and supervision.
Verify integrity of
single or multiple
circuits providing
interface between
two or more
(3) Interfaced control units. Test
X Annually interfaced
equipment
equipment
connections by
operating or
simulating
operation of the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
equipment being
supervised. Verify
signals required to
be transmitted at
the control unit.
Illuminate lamps
(4) Lamps and LEDs X Annually
and LEDs.
Disconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
and test under
maximum load,
including all alarm
appliances
requiring
(5) Primary (main)
X Annually simultaneous
power supply
operation.
Reconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
at end of test. For
redundant power
supplies, test
each separately.
Measure sound
pressure level
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure and
record levels
throughout
protected area.
(6) Audible textual
Set the sound
notification appliances
level meter in
(loudspeakers and
X Annually accordance with
other appliances to
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
convey voice
American National
messages)
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation
Signal, using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST). Record
the maximum
output when the
audible
emergency
evacuation signal
is on.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Perform test in
accordance with
manufacturer’s
published
instructions. Verify
appliance
locations to be per
approved layout
and confirm that
no floor plan
changes affect the
approved layout.
(7) Visual X Annually
Verify the candela
rating or method
of candela control
marking on each
visual appliance
and rating when
reported by the
FACU agrees with
the approved
drawings. Confirm
that each
appliance flashes.
Review event log
file and verify that
the correct events
were logged.
Review system
diagnostic log file;
correct
deficiencies noted
in file. Delete
unneeded log
(8) Control unit
files. Delete
functions and no
X Annually unneeded error
diagnostic failures are
files. Verify that
indicated
sufficient free disk
space is available.
Verify
unobstructed flow
of cooling air is
available.
Change/clean
filters, cooling
fans, and intake
vents.
Power down the
central control unit
(9) Control unit reset X Annually
computer and
restart it.
If remote control
software is loaded
onto the system,
(10) Control unit verify that it is
X Annually
security disabled to
prevent
unauthorized
system access.
Send out an alert
(11) Audible/visual to a diverse set of
X Annually
functional test predesignated
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
receiving devices
and confirm
receipt. Include at
least one of each
type of receiving
device.
Make full system
software backup.
Rotate backups
(12) Software backup X Annually
based on
accepted practice
at site.
Disconnect ac
power. Verify the
ac power failure
alarm status on
central control
(13) Secondary power
X Annually equipment. With
test
ac power
disconnected,
verify battery
voltage under
load.
Check
forward/reflected
(14) Wireless signals X Annually radio power is
within
specifications.
Check
forward/reflected
radio power is
within
specifications.
(15) Antenna X Annually
Verify solid
electrical
connections with
no observable
corrosion.
Verify proper
operation and
(16) Transceivers X Annually
mounting is not
compromised.
aSome transmission equipment (such as, but not limited to, cable modems, fiber-optic interface nodes, and
VoIP interfaces) are typically powered by the building's electrical system using a secondary (standby)
power supply that does not meet the requirements of this Code. This is intended to ensure that the testing
authority verifies full secondary (standby) power as required by Chapter 10. Additionally, refer to Table
14.4.3.2, items 7 through 9, for secondary (standby) power supply testing.
bThe automatic transmission of the check-in (handshake) signal can take up to 60 minutes to occur.
cSee Table 14.4.3.2, Item 4(1) for the testing of transmission equipment.
dThe battery tests in Table 14.4.3.2 Item 9 are based on VRLA batteries and it is the intent that the tests
specified in (1) through (4) be performed in order. For other secondary battery types, refer to the battery
manufacturer’s published instructions or IEEE 450, Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and
Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, for vented lead-acid batteries, and
IEEE 1106, Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented
Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications, for nickel-cadmium batteries.
eExample: 4000 mAh × 1⁄25 = 160 mA charging current at 77°F (25°C).
fIf the charger is adjustable, adjust the output voltage to 2.265 volts per cell ±0.015 volts at 77°F (25°C) or
iThe voltmeter sensitivity has been changed from 1000 ohms per volt to 100 ohms per volt so that the false
ground readings (caused by induced voltages) are minimized.
jInitiating devices such as smoke detectors used for elevator recall, closing dampers, or releasing doors
held in the open position that are permitted by the Code (see9.6.3 of NFPA 101) to initiate supervisory
signals at the fire alarm control unit (FACU) should be tested at the same frequency (annual) as those
devices when they are generating an alarm signal. They are not supervisory devices, but they initiate a
supervisory signal at the FACU.
kFusible thermal link detectors are commonly used to close fire doors and fire dampers electrically
connected to the fire alarm control unit. They are actuated by the presence of external heat, which causes a
solder element in the link to fuse, or by an electric thermal device, which, when energized, generates heat
within the body of the link, causing the link to fuse and separate.
lNote, it is customary for the manufacturer of the smoke detector to test a particular product from an aerosol
provider to determine acceptability for use in smoke entry testing of their smoke detector/smoke alarm.
Magnets are not acceptable for smoke entry tests.
m There are some detectors that use magnets as a manufacturer's calibrated sensitivity test instrument.
nFor example, it might not be possible to individually test the heat sensor in a thermally enhanced smoke
detector.
oManufacturer's published instructions should be consulted to ensure a proper operational test. No
suppression gas or agent is expected to be discharged during the test of the solenoid. See Test Plan of
14.2.10.
pA monitor module installed on an interface device is not considered a supervisory device and therefore not
subject to the quarterly testing frequency requirement. Test frequencies for interface devices should be in
accordance with the applicable standard. For example, fire pump controller alarms such as phase reversal
are required to be tested annually. If a monitor module is installed to identify phase reversal on the fire
alarm control unit, it is not necessary to test for phase reversal four times a year.
qChapter 18 would require 15 dB over average ambient sound for public mode spaces. Sometimes the
ambient sound levels are different from what the design was based upon. Private operating mode would
require 10 dB over average ambient at the location of the device.
rWhere building, system, or occupancy changes have been observed, the owner should be notified of the
changes. New devices might need to be installed and tested per the initial acceptance testing criteria.
sSee A.14.4.3.2 and Table 14.4.3.2, Item 24.
This PI seeks to minimize confusion with regard to the test method for non-restorable, spot-type heat detectors.
Currently, it would appear that these detectors do not need to be tested electronically and mechanically but line
item 17(4)(d) appears to contradict this as it requires all non-restorable heat detectors to have that test performed.
Therefore, that wording has been copied over to line item 17(4)(c) and the information regarding the 15 year lab
test or replace requirement has been moved to the next line. This hopefully makes it clearer that non-restorable,
spot type heat detectors, while unique in requiring the 15 year lab test or replacement, still require the
electronic/mechanical test as with other non-restorable heat detectors.
Committee Statement
[9.]
This revision makes three changes to the battery test methods in (9).
Firstly, with the introduction of a test method for temperature testing of batteries in (9)(1), there has
been confusion in the field as to where the ambient temperature should be taken. Some have
concluded that the ambient temperature should be taken in the room or area where the FACU cabinet
is located. However, the industry standard is for ambient temperature to be taken from inside the
cabinet, which is not currently stated. This revision clarifies that language and provides clarification
regarding the comparison of the battery cell/unit temperature with the ambient temperature
measurement.
Secondly, with regard to the semi-annual Ohmic Test in (9)(4), the phrase "and connected to the
charger" has created confusion in the field since the related annex note states that offline testing may
also be acceptable. Since Chapter 14's wording appears to indicate that testing online is the only
option, the reference to connection to the charger has been deleted, as that may not be the best
practice recommendation depending on the manufacture of the ohmic meter being utilized.
Finally, the revision in (9)(4) addresses the Ohmic Test method for VRLA batteries, changing "and" to
"or" to better indicate the intent of this test method. Either a conductance test "or" a
Resistance/Impedance test is required, not both.
[14.]
Wireless communications is added to Item 14 to address new technology. (See new sections
23.16.4.8 and 23.16.4.9 on Class A and Class B radio pathways.) The Technical Committee requests
that the Correlating Committee form a Task Group with members from SIG-TMS, SIG-PRO, SIG-
PRS, and SIG-FUN to address the requirements for these systems.
[17.]
Items 17(4)(c) and (d) are revised to minimize confusion with regard to the test method for non-
restorable, spot-type heat detectors.
In 17(9), only devices connected to protected premises systems are required to be tested annually.
Household CO devices are tested per Sections 14.4.6 or 14.4.8 and are under the scope of the (SIG-
HOU) Technical Committee.
Item 17(10)(b) is revised to correlate with 2019 changes made to Paragraph 17.17.2.2, particularly
(C) for valves that use lower settings. Also refer to A.17.17.2.2.
The test in 17(7)(d) is revised to permit the use of a listed feature that is capable of supervising
airflow to each sampling port, in lieu of a manual test.
The references to other items in the table are corrected in Item 17(7)(e).
The smoke entry test in 17(8) is for single-criteria detectors only. There is a separate entry in the table
for multi-criteria detectors.
[22.]
The direction in Chapter 14 regarding test methods for sound level testing for loudspeakers should
correlate with Chapter 18, which is to use the meter on alert tone signals only. This provides good
guidance for testing personnel, reminding them that audible information is not to be tested with the
meter.
The revision also removes "throughout the protected area," as it is unenforceable and undefined.
Language referencing the actual required performance metric has been added. Finally, "confirm" is
changed to "determine," as it is more reflective of the proper test reason.
[Table note d]
The added text in Table Note d facilitates a technology-based alternative to the current VRLA battery
testing procedure.
[Table note e]
Footnote "e" pertains to the charging current for Nickel-Cadmium batteries. However, this battery type
was deleted from the table in the 2019 edition, and the footnote was mistakenly retained. Footnote "e
" is, therefore, deleted.
[Annex]
With the introduction of new language for ohmic testing of batteries, there has been some confusion
in the field as to whether to conduct this test online or offline. While the test method in Chapter 14
states that the test is to be done online (connected to the charger), the related annex material stated
that offline testing is also acceptable. This revision clarifies that, while online testing is the preferred
method for the Ohmic Test, offline testing may be the recommended practice on the part of certain
ohmic meter manufacturers.
14.4.3.2*
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
1. All equipment X See Table 14.3.1.
Control
2. equipment and
transponder
Verify correct
receipt of alarm,
supervisory, and
trouble signals
(inputs); operation
of evacuation
signals and
auxiliary functions
(outputs); circuit
supervision,
(1) Functions X Annually including
detection of open
circuits and
ground faults; and
power supply
supervision for
detection of loss
of ac power and
disconnection of
secondary
batteries.
Verify rating and
(2) Fuses X Annually
supervision.
Verify integrity of
single or multiple
circuits providing
interface between
two or more
control units. Test
interfaced
equipment
(3) Interfaced
X Annually connections by
equipment
operating or
simulating
operation of the
equipment being
supervised. Verify
signals required to
be transmitted at
the control unit.
Illuminate lamps
(4) Lamps and LEDs X Annually
and LEDs.
Disconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
and test under
maximum load,
including all alarm
(5) Primary (main) appliances
X Annually
power supply requiring
simultaneous
operation.
Reconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
at end of test. Test
redundant power
supplies
separately.
Alarm control
3. unit trouble
signals
Verify operation of
control unit
trouble signals.
Verify ring-back
(1) Audible and visual X Annually feature for
systems using a
trouble-silencing
switch that
requires resetting.
If control unit has
disconnect or
isolating switches,
verify
performance of
intended function
(2) Disconnect
X Annually of each switch.
switches
Verify receipt of
trouble signal
when a
supervised
function is
disconnected.
If the system has
a ground
detection feature,
verify the
occurrence of
(3) Ground-fault
X Annually ground-fault
monitoring circuit
indication
whenever any
installation
conductor is
grounded.
Actuate an
initiating device
(4) Transmission of
and verify receipt
signals to off-premises X Annually
of alarm signal at
location
the off-premises
location.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Supervising
station alarm
4. systems —
transmission
equipment
aTest all system
functions and
features in
accordance with
the equipment
manufacturer’s
(1) All equipment X Annually published
instructions for
correct operation
in conformance
with the
applicable
sections of
Chapter 26.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Except for DACTs
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72 that are
connected to a
telephone line
(2) Digital alarm (number) that is
communicator X Annually also supervised
transmitter (DACT) for adverse
conditions by a
derived local
channel, ensure
connection of the
DACT to two
separate means
of transmission.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Disconnect the
primary telephone
line. Verify
transmission of a
(3) Digital alarm radio
X Annually trouble signal to
transmitter (DART)
the supervising
station by the
DART occurs
within 4 minutes.
Actuate initiating
device. Verify
production of not
less than three
(4) McCulloh complete rounds
X Annually
transmitter of not less than
three signal
impulses each by
the McCulloh
transmitter.
(2) Ground
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
(2) Ground
Cause a fault
between elements
of the transmitting
equipment. Verify
indication of the
(5) Radio alarm fault at the
X Annually
transmitter (RAT) protected
premises, or
transmission of
trouble signal to
the supervising
station.
Perform tests to
ensure the
monitoring of
integrity of the
transmission
technology and
technology
path.Where
shared
communications
(6) Performance- equipment is used
X Annually
based technologies as permitted by
26.6.3.1.14,
provided
secondary
(standby) power
sources shall be
tested in
accordance with
Table 14.4.3.2,
item 7, 8, or 9, as
applicable.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
W
c
p
u
d
b
c
p
M
in
a
tr
V
p
c
a
th
w
2
o
tr
fa
R
c
p
Emergency
5. communications
equipment
Verify correct
switching and
(1) Amplifier/tone
X Annually operation of
generators
backup
equipment.
Operate/function
(2) Call-in signal and verify receipt
X Annually of correct visual
silence
and audible
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
signals at control
unit.
Install phone set
or remove phone
(3) Off-hook indicator from hook and
X Annually
(ring down) verify receipt of
signal at control
unit.
Visually inspect
phone jack and
(4) Phone jacks X Annually initiate
communications
path through jack.
Actuate each
phone set and
(5) Phone set X Annually
verify correct
operation.
Operate the
system with a
minimum of any
(6) System
X Annually five handsets
performance
simultaneously.
Verify voice
quality and clarity.
If an engine-
driven
generator
dedicated to the
system is used
as a required
power source,
Engine-driven
6. X Monthly verify operation
generator
of the generator
and transfer
switch in
accordance
with NFPA 110
by the building
owner.
If an ESS
system
dedicated to the
system is used
as a required
Energy storage power source,
7. X Annually
systems (ESS) verify by the
building owner
operation of the
ESS system in
accordance
with NFPA 111.
Disconnect all
primary (main)
power supplies
and verify the
Secondary occurrence of
8. (standby) power X Annually required trouble
supplyc indication for
loss of primary
power. Measure
or verify the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
system’s
standby and
alarm current
demand using
the equipment
manufacturer’s
data and verify
the battery’s
rated capacity
exceeds the
system’s power
demand,
including the
safety margin.
Operate
general alarm
systems a
minimum of
5 minutes and
emergency
voice
communications
systems for a
minimum of
15 minutes.
Reconnect
primary (main)
power supply at
end of test.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Prior to
conducting
any battery
testing, verify
by the person
conducting the
VRLA battery test, that all
9.
and chargerd system
software
stored in
volatile
memory is
protected from
loss.
Upon initially
opening the
cabinet door,
measure and
record the
temperature of
each battery
cell/unit at the
(1) Temperature test X Semiannually negative terminal
with an infrared
thermometer.
Replace any
battery cell/unit if
the temperature is
greater than 18°F
(10°C) above
ambient.
With the battery
fully charged and
connected to the
charger, measure
the voltage across
the battery with a
voltmeter. Verify
the voltage is
within the
battery/alarm
(2) Charger testf X Semiannually
equipment
manufacturer’s
recommendations.
If the voltage is
outside of the
specified limits,
either adjust the
charger to within
limits or replace
the charger.
With the battery
fully charged and
connected to the
charger, measure
(3) Cell/Unit voltage the voltage of
X Semiannually
test each cell/unit with
a voltmeter.
Replace the
battery when any
cell/unit measures
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
a voltage less
than 13.26 volts.
When the battery
is installed,
establish a
baseline ohmic
value for each
battery cell/unit or
where available
use baseline
ohmic values
(4) Ohmic testg X N/A
provided by the
battery or test
equipment
manufacturer. In
either case record
the base line
ohmic value on
each battery
cell/unit.
W
b
c
c
th
m
in
v
b
c
R
te
o
o
c
R
b
th
m
o
d
Semiannually th
e
b
3
fo
c
a
m
re
im
W
b
e
m
b
v
u
th
w
c
in
v
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
o
a
ra
Replace the
battery or
conduct a load
test of the
battery
capacity. Load
test the battery
based on the
manufacturer’s
specifications
for a discharge
rate of 3 hours
or more by
applying the
current
indicated for
the selected
hourly
discharge rate
continuously,
until the
terminal
voltage
(5) decreases to
Replacement/Load 3 years the end
testh voltage
specified by
the
manufacturer.
Record the
test duration
and calculate
the battery
capacity
including
adjustment for
ambient
temperature.
Replace the
battery if
capacity is
less than or
equal to 80%
or at the next
scheduled test
interval if
battery
capacity is
less than 85%.
Manual tests of
the power
supply for
Public public reporting
emergency circuits shall be
10. alarm reporting X Daily made and
system — wired recorded at
system least once
during each 24-
hour period.
Such tests shall
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
include the
following:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Verify the
correct
Remote operation and
11. X Annually
annunciators identification of
annunciators. If
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
provided, verify
the correct
operation of
annunciator
under a fault
condition.
12. Reserved
13. Reserved
14. Reserved
Conductors —
15.
metallic
Test all installation
conductors with a
volt/ohmmeter to
verify that there
are no stray
(unwanted)
voltages between
installation
conductors or
between
installation
conductors and
(1) Stray voltage X N/A ground. Verify the
maximum
allowable stray
voltage does not
exceed 1 volt
ac/dc, unless a
different threshold
is specified in the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
installed
equipment.
Test all installation
conductors, other
than those
intentionally and
permanently
grounded, for
(2) Ground faults X N/A isolation from
ground per the
installed
equipment
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Test all installation
conductors, other
than those
intentionally
connected
together, for
(3) Short-circuit faults X N/A conductor-to-
conductor
isolation per the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
installed
equipment. Also
test these same
circuits conductor-
to-ground.
With each
initiating and
indicating circuit
installation
conductor pair
short-circuited at
the far end,
measure and
record the
resistance of each
(4) Loop resistance X N/A circuit. Verify that
the loop
resistance does
not exceed the
limits specified in
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
installed
equipment.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, confirm
the introduction of
a fault in any
circuit monitored
for integrity results
in a trouble
indication at the
fire alarm control
unit. Open one
connection at not
less than
10 percent of the
(5) Circuit integrity X N/A
initiating devices,
notification
appliances and
controlled devices
on every initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance circuit,
and signaling line
circuit. Confirm all
circuits perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and 23.7.
For periodic
testing, test
each initiating
device circuit,
N/A Annually notification
appliance
circuit, and
signaling line
circuit for
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
correct
indication at
the control
unit. Confirm
all circuits
perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and
23.7.
Conductors —
16.
nonmetallic
Test the fiber-optic
transmission line
by the use of an
optical power
meter or by an
optical time
domain
reflectometer
used to measure
the relative power
loss of the line.
Test result data
must meet or
(1) Fiber optics X N/A
exceed ANSI/TIA
568-C.3, Optical
Fiber Cabling
Components
Standard, related
to fiber-optic lines
and
connection/splice
losses and the
control unit
manufacturer’s
published
specifications.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, confirm
the introduction of
a fault in any
circuit monitored
for integrity results
in a trouble
indication at the
fire alarm control
unit. Open one
connection at not
(2) Circuit integrity X N/A less than
10 percent of the
initiating devices,
notification
appliances, and
controlled devices
on every initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance circuit,
and signaling line
circuit. Confirm all
circuits perform as
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and 23.7.
For periodic
testing, test
each initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance
circuit, and
signaling line
circuit for
N/A Annually correct
indication at
the control
unit. Confirm
all circuits
perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and
23.7.
Initiating
17.
devicesj
(1) Electromechanical
releasing device
Verify correct
operation by
removal of the
(a) Nonrestorable-
X Annually fusible link and
type link
operation of the
associated
device.
Verify correct
operation by
(b) Restorable-type removal of the
X Annually fusible link and
linkk operation of the
associated
device.
Operate the
switch
(2) Fire extinguishing
mechanically or
system(s) or
X Annually electrically and
suppression system(s)
verify receipt of
alarm switch
signal by the fire
alarm control unit.
Test fire–gas
detectors and
other fire
(3) Fire–gas and detectors as
X Annually
other detectors prescribed by the
manufacturer and
as necessary for
the application.
(4) Heat detectors
(a) Fixed- Perform heat test
temperature, rate-of- Annually (see with a listed and
rise, rate of X labeled heat
14.4.4.5)
compensation, source or in
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Assure that the
test method for
restorable line, spot the installed
type (excluding equipment does
pneumatic tube type) not damage the
nonrestorable
fixed-temperature
element of a
combination rate-
of-rise/fixed-
temperature
element detector.
Do not perform
heat test. Test
functionality
mechanically and
(b) Fixed- electrically.
temperature, X Annually Measure and
nonrestorable line type record loop
resistance.
Investigate
changes from
acceptance test.
After 15 years
from initial
installation,
replace all
devices or have 2
detectors per 100
laboratory tested.
Replace the 2
detectors with
new devices. If a
failure occurs on
(c) Fixed-
any of the
temperature, X See Method
detectors
nonrestorable spot type
removed, remove
and test additional
detectors to
determine either a
general problem
involving faulty
detectors or a
localized problem
involving 1 or 2
defective
detectors.
Do not perform
(d) Nonrestorable heat tests. Test
X Annually functionality
(general)
mechanically and
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
electrically.
Perform heat tests
(where test
chambers are in
circuit), with a
listed and labeled
heat source or in
(e) Restorable line accordance with
type, pneumatic tube X Annually the
only manufacturer's
published
instructions of the
detector or
conduct a test
with pressure
pump.
Conduct
functional tests
according to
manufacturer’s
(f) Single- and
published
multiple-station heat X Annually
instructions. Do
alarms
not test
nonrestorable
heat detectors
with heat.
Operate manual
fire alarm boxes
per the
manufacturer’s
published
(5) Manual fire alarm
X Annually instructions. Test
boxes
both key-operated
presignal and
general alarm
manual fire alarm
boxes.
Test flame
detectors and
spark/ember
detectors in
accordance with
(6) Radiant energy the
X Semiannually
fire detectors manufacturer’s
published
instructions to
determine that
each detector is
operative.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
instructions. Other
methods listed in
the
manufacturer's
published
instructions that
ensure smoke
entry from the
protected area,
through the vents,
into the sensing
chamber can be
used.
Perform a
functional test on
all single- and
multiple-station
(b) Single- and
smoke alarms
multiple-station smoke
connected to a
alarms connected to X Annually
protected
protected premises
premises fire
systems
alarm system by
putting the smoke
alarm into an
alarm condition.
Conduct
(c) System smoke functional tests
detectors used in one- according to
X Annually
and two-family manufacturer’s
dwellings published
instructions.
Test with smoke
or a listed and
labeled product
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
(d) Air sampling X Annually
instructions. Test
from the end
sampling port or
point on each pipe
run. Verify airflow
through all other
ports or points.
In addition to the
testing required in
Table
14.4.3.2(g)(1) and
Table 14.4.3.2(h),
test duct smoke
(e) Duct type X Annually detectors that use
sampling tubes to
ensure that they
will properly
sample the
airstream in the
duct using a
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
method
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
instructions.
Test the detector
by introducing
(f) Projected beam smoke, other
X Annually
type aerosol, or an
optical filter into
the beam path.
Operate both
portions of the
(g) Smoke detector detector
with built-in thermal X Annually independently as
element described for the
respective
devices.
Verify that the
control capability
remains operable
even if all of the
(h) Smoke initiating devices
detectors with control X Annually connected to the
output functions same initiating
device circuit or
signaling line
circuit are in an
alarm state.
(8) Smoke detectors
— sensitivity testing
mPerform any of
the following tests
In other than one- to ensure that
and two-family
N/A See 14.4.4.3 each smoke
dwellings, system detector is within
detectors its listed and
marked sensitivity
range:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
device circuit or
signaling line
circuit are in an
alarm state.
(10) Initiating
devices, supervisory
Operate valve and
verify signal
receipt to be
within the first two
revolutions of the
handwheel or
within one-fifth of
the travel
distance, or per
(a) Control valve the
X Semiannual
switch manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Continue to cycle
outside stem and
yoke valves and
verify switch does
not reset during
full travel of the
valve stem.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained where
the required
(b) High- or low-air pressure is
X Annually
pressure switch increased or
decreased a
maximum 10 psi
(70 kPa) from the
required pressure
level.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained before
pressure
decreases to
(c) Steam pressure X Annually
110 percent of the
minimum
operating
pressure of the
steam-operated
equipment.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained where
the required
(d) Pressure pressure is
supervisory devices for X Annually increased or
other sources decreased from
the normal
operating
pressure by an
amount specified
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
in approved
design
documents.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal to
indicate the
(e) Room decrease in room
X Annually
temperature switch temperature to
40°F (4.4°C) and
its restoration to
above 40°F
(4.4°C).
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal
indicating the
water level raised
or lowered a
maximum 3 in.
(70 mm) from the
(f) Water level required level
X Annually
switch within a pressure
tank, or a
maximum 12 in.
(300 mm) from the
required level of a
nonpressure tank.
Also verify its
restoral to
required level.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal to
indicate the
(g) Water decrease in water
X Annually
temperature switch temperature to
40°F (4.4°C) and
its restoration to
above 40°F
(4.4°C).
Water shall be
flowed through an
inspector's test
connection
indicating the flow
of water equal to
that from a single
sprinkler of the
smallest orifice
(11) Mechanical, size installed in
electrosonic, or
X Semiannually the system or
pressure-type waterflow other listed and
device approved
waterflow switch
test methods for
wet-pipe systems,
or an alarm test
bypass
connection for
dry-pipe, pre-
action, or deluge
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
systems in
accordance with
NFPA 25.
Test each of the
detection
principles present
within the detector
(e.g.,
smoke/heat/CO,
etc.)
independently for
(12) Multi-sensor fire the specific
detector or multi-criteria detection
fire detector or X Annually principle,
combination fire regardless of the
detector configuration
status at the time
of testing. Also
test each detector
in accordance
with the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
T
s
to
te
a
in
s
re
b
P
a
fo
re
d
in
th
p
th
c
e
e
c
(m
a
e
s
c
th
re
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
C
re
s
th
in
th
c
W
in
s
c
te
in
te
p
s
R
te
re
Special hazard
18.
equipment
Operate abort
(1) Abort switch switch and verify
X Annually
(dead-man type) correct sequence
and operation.
Operate abort
switch and verify
(2) Abort switch development of
X Annually
(recycle type) correct matrix with
each sensor
operated.
Operate abort
switch and verify
correct sequence
and operation in
accordance with
authority having
(3) Abort switch
X Annually jurisdiction.
(special type)
Observe
sequencing as
specified on as-
built drawings or
in system owner’s
manual.
Operate one
sensor or detector
on each zone.
Verify occurrence
(4) Cross-zone of correct
X Annually
detection circuit sequence with
operation of first
zone and then
with operation of
second zone.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Operate all
sensors in
system. Verify
(5) Matrix-type circuit X Annually development of
correct matrix with
each sensor
operated.
(6) Release solenoid Verify operation of
X Annually
circuito solenoid.
Use AGI flashbulb
or other test light
(7) Squibb release approved by the
X Annually
circuit manufacturer.
Verify operation of
flashbulb or light.
Operate required
sensors at a
minimum of four
(8) Verified, locations in circuit.
sequential, or counting X Annually Verify correct
zone circuit sequence with
both the first and
second detector in
alarm.
Verify supervision
(9) All above devices
of circuits by
or circuits or X Annually
creating an open
combinations thereof
circuit.
Combination
19.
systems
Test
communication
between the
device connecting
the fire
extinguisher
electronic
monitoring
(1) Fire extinguisher
device/system
electronic monitoring X Annually
and the fire alarm
device/system
control unit to
ensure proper
signals are
received at the fire
alarm control unit
and remote
annunciator(s) if
applicable.
Test
communication
between the
device connecting
the carbon
monoxide
(2) Carbon device/system
X Annually
monoxidedevice/system and the fire alarm
control unit to
ensure proper
signals are
received at the fire
alarm control unit
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
and remote
annunciator(s) if
applicable.
Test interface
equipment
connections by
operating or
simulating the
equipment
being
supervised.
Verify signals
required to be
transmitted are
Interface received at the
20. X See 14.4.4.4 control unit.
equipmentp Test frequency
for interface
equipment is
the same as the
frequency
required by the
applicable
NFPA
standard(s) for
the equipment
being
supervised.
Test the device
in accordance
Guard’s tour with the
21. X Annually
equipment manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Alarm
22. notification
appliances
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, measure
sound pressure
levels for signals
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure sound
(1) Audibleq X N/A
pressure levels
throughout the
protected area to
confirm that they
are in compliance
with Chapter 18.
Set the sound
level meter in
accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Standard Audible
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Emergency
Evacuation (E2)
and Evacuation
Signals with
Relocation
Instructions
(ESRI), using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST).
rFor periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually the operation
of the
notification
appliances.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, measure
sound pressure
levels for signals
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure sound
pressure levels
throughout the
(2) Audible textual
protected area to
notification appliances
confirm that they
(loudspeakers and
X N/A are in compliance
other appliances to
with Chapter 18.
convey voice
Set the sound
messages)
level meter in
accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation (E2)
and Evacuation
Signals with
Relocation
Instructions
(ESRI), using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST).
rFor periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually the operation
of the
notification
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
appliances.
Perform initial and
reacceptance
testing in
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions. Verify
appliance
locations to be per
approved layout
and confirm that
no floor plan
(3) Visual X N/A changes affect the
approved layout.
Verify the candela
rating or method
of candela control
marking on each
visual appliance
and rating when
reported by the
FACU agrees with
the approved
drawings. Confirm
that each
appliance flashes.
For periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually that each
appliance
flashes.
Perform tests in
Exit marking accordance
audible with
23. X Annually
notification manufacturer's
appliance published
instructions.
For initial,
reacceptance,
and periodic
testing, verify
emergency
control function
interface device
activation.
Where an
emergency
Emergency control function
24. control X Annually interface device
is disabled or
functionss
disconnected
during initiating
device testing,
verify that the
disabled or
disconnected
emergency
control function
interface device
has been
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
properly
restored,
including
electromagnetic
devices used
for door
releasing
services as part
of a fire alarm
system.
Use the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions and
the as-built
drawings
provided by the
Two-way system supplier
emergency to verify correct
25. X Annually
communications operation after
systems the initial testing
phase has been
performed by
the supplier or
by the
supplier’s
designated
representative.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Special
26.
procedures
Verify time delay
and alarm
response for
(1) Alarm verification X Annually smoke detector
circuits identified
as having alarm
verification.
Verify
communications
between sending
(2) Multiplex systems X Annually and receiving
units under both
primary and
secondary power.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Supervising
station alarm
27. systems —
receiving
equipment
Perform tests on
all system
functions and
features in
accordance with
the equipment
manufacturer’s
(1) All equipment X Monthly published
instructions for
correct operation
in conformance
with the
applicable
sections of
Chapter 26.
Disconnect each
(2) Digital alarm transmission
communicator receiver X Monthly means in turn
(DACR) from the DACR,
and verify audible
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
and visual
annunciation of a
trouble signal in
the supervising
station.
Cause the
following
conditions of all
DARRs on all
subsidiary and
repeater station
(3) Digital alarm radio receiving
X Monthly
receiver (DARR) equipment. Verify
receipt at the
supervising
station of correct
signals for each of
the following
conditions:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
following
conditions:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
equipment; verify
receipt of correct
signals at the
supervising
station:
Perform tests to
ensure the
monitoring of
integrity of the
transmission
technology and
technology path.
Where a single
communications
(7) Performance- path is used,
X Monthly
based technologies disconnect the
communication
path. Verify that
failure of the path
is annunciated at
the supervising
station within
60 minutes of the
failure (within
5 minutes for
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
communication
equipment
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72).
Restore the
communication
path. Where
multiple
communication
paths are used,
disconnect both
communication
paths and confirm
that failure of the
path is
annunciated at
the supervising
station within not
more than 6 hours
of the failure
(within 24 hours
for communication
equipment
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72).
Restore both
communication
paths.
Public
emergency
alarm reporting
28.
system
transmission
equipment
Actuate publicly
accessible
initiating device(s)
and verify receipt
of not less than
three complete
rounds of signal
impulses. Perform
this test under
(1) Publicly
X Semiannually normal circuit
accessible alarm box
conditions. If the
device is
equipped for open
circuit operation
(ground return),
test it in this
condition as one
of the semiannual
tests.
Test each
initiating circuit of
the auxiliary box
(2) Auxiliary box X Annually by actuation of a
protected
premises initiating
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
device connected
to that circuit.
Verify receipt of
not less than
three complete
rounds of signal
impulses.
(3) Master box
Perform the tests
(a) Manual
X Semiannually prescribed for
operation
28(a).
Perform the tests
(b) Auxiliary
X Annually prescribed for
operation
28(b).
The following
procedures
describe
additional
Low-power acceptance and
29. radio (wireless X N/A reacceptance
systems) test methods to
verify wireless
protection
system
operation:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Mass
30. notification
systems
At a minimum,
test control
equipment to
verify correct
receipt of alarm,
supervisory, and
trouble signals
(inputs); operation
of evacuation
signals and
auxiliary functions
(outputs); circuit
(1) Functions X Annually
supervision,
including
detection of open
circuits and
ground faults; and
power supply
supervision for
detection of loss
of ac power and
disconnection of
secondary
batteries.
Verify the rating
(2) Fuses X Annually
and supervision.
Verify integrity of
single or multiple
circuits providing
interface between
two or more
control units. Test
(3) Interfaced interfaced
X Annually
equipment equipment
connections by
operating or
simulating
operation of the
equipment being
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
supervised. Verify
signals required to
be transmitted at
the control unit.
Illuminate lamps
(4) Lamps and LEDs X Annually
and LEDs.
Disconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
and test under
maximum load,
including all alarm
appliances
requiring
(5) Primary (main)
X Annually simultaneous
power supply
operation.
Reconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
at end of test. For
redundant power
supplies, test
each separately.
Measure sound
pressure level
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure and
record levels
throughout
protected area.
(6) Audible textual
Set the sound
notification appliances
level meter in
(loudspeakers and
X Annually accordance with
other appliances to
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
convey voice
American National
messages)
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation
Signal, using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST). Record
the maximum
output when the
audible
emergency
evacuation signal
is on.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Perform test in
accordance with
manufacturer’s
published
instructions. Verify
appliance
locations to be per
approved layout
and confirm that
no floor plan
changes affect the
approved layout.
(7) Visual X Annually
Verify the candela
rating or method
of candela control
marking on each
visual appliance
and rating when
reported by the
FACU agrees with
the approved
drawings. Confirm
that each
appliance flashes.
Review event log
file and verify that
the correct events
were logged.
Review system
diagnostic log file;
correct
deficiencies noted
in file. Delete
unneeded log
(8) Control unit
files. Delete
functions and no
X Annually unneeded error
diagnostic failures are
files. Verify that
indicated
sufficient free disk
space is available.
Verify
unobstructed flow
of cooling air is
available.
Change/clean
filters, cooling
fans, and intake
vents.
Power down the
central control unit
(9) Control unit reset X Annually
computer and
restart it.
If remote control
software is loaded
onto the system,
(10) Control unit verify that it is
X Annually
security disabled to
prevent
unauthorized
system access.
Send out an alert
(11) Audible/visual to a diverse set of
X Annually
functional test predesignated
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
receiving devices
and confirm
receipt. Include at
least one of each
type of receiving
device.
Make full system
software backup.
Rotate backups
(12) Software backup X Annually
based on
accepted practice
at site.
Disconnect ac
power. Verify the
ac power failure
alarm status on
central control
(13) Secondary power
X Annually equipment. With
test
ac power
disconnected,
verify battery
voltage under
load.
Check
forward/reflected
(14) Wireless signals X Annually radio power is
within
specifications.
Check
forward/reflected
radio power is
within
specifications.
(15) Antenna X Annually
Verify solid
electrical
connections with
no observable
corrosion.
Verify proper
operation and
mounting is not
compromised.
(16) Transceivers X Annually Add Two way
emergency
communcations
systems and their
components
aSome transmission equipment (such as, but not limited to, cable modems, fiber-optic interface nodes, and
VoIP interfaces) are typically powered by the building's electrical system using a secondary (standby)
power supply that does not meet the requirements of this Code. This is intended to ensure that the testing
authority verifies full secondary (standby) power as required by Chapter 10. Additionally, refer to Table
14.4.3.2, items 7 through 9, for secondary (standby) power supply testing.
bThe automatic transmission of the check-in (handshake) signal can take up to 60 minutes to occur.
cSee Table 14.4.3.2, Item 4(1) for the testing of transmission equipment.
dThe battery tests in Table 14.4.3.2 Item 9 are based on VRLA batteries and it is the intent that the tests
specified in (1) through (4) be performed in order. For other secondary battery types, refer to the battery
manufacturer’s published instructions or IEEE 450, Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and
Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, for vented lead-acid batteries, and
IEEE 1106, Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented
Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications, for nickel-cadmium batteries.
eExample: 4000 mAh × 1⁄25 = 160 mA charging current at 77°F (25°C).
fIf the charger is adjustable, adjust the output voltage to 2.265 volts per cell ±0.015 volts at 77°F (25°C) or
as specified by the alarm equipment manufacturer.
gSee A.14.4.3.2 Item 9(4). A load test per Item 9(5) is permitted in lieu of an ohmic test.
iThe voltmeter sensitivity has been changed from 1000 ohms per volt to 100 ohms per volt so that the false
ground readings (caused by induced voltages) are minimized.
jInitiating devices such as smoke detectors used for elevator recall, closing dampers, or releasing doors
held in the open position that are permitted by the Code (see9.6.3 of NFPA 101) to initiate supervisory
signals at the fire alarm control unit (FACU) should be tested at the same frequency (annual) as those
devices when they are generating an alarm signal. They are not supervisory devices, but they initiate a
supervisory signal at the FACU.
kFusible thermal link detectors are commonly used to close fire doors and fire dampers electrically
connected to the fire alarm control unit. They are actuated by the presence of external heat, which causes a
solder element in the link to fuse, or by an electric thermal device, which, when energized, generates heat
within the body of the link, causing the link to fuse and separate.
lNote, it is customary for the manufacturer of the smoke detector to test a particular product from an aerosol
provider to determine acceptability for use in smoke entry testing of their smoke detector/smoke alarm.
Magnets are not acceptable for smoke entry tests.
m There are some detectors that use magnets as a manufacturer's calibrated sensitivity test instrument.
nFor example, it might not be possible to individually test the heat sensor in a thermally enhanced smoke
detector.
oManufacturer's published instructions should be consulted to ensure a proper operational test. No
suppression gas or agent is expected to be discharged during the test of the solenoid. See Test Plan of
14.2.10.
pA monitor module installed on an interface device is not considered a supervisory device and therefore not
subject to the quarterly testing frequency requirement. Test frequencies for interface devices should be in
accordance with the applicable standard. For example, fire pump controller alarms such as phase reversal
are required to be tested annually. If a monitor module is installed to identify phase reversal on the fire
alarm control unit, it is not necessary to test for phase reversal four times a year.
qChapter 18 would require 15 dB over average ambient sound for public mode spaces. Sometimes the
ambient sound levels are different from what the design was based upon. Private operating mode would
require 10 dB over average ambient at the location of the device.
rWhere building, system, or occupancy changes have been observed, the owner should be notified of the
changes. New devices might need to be installed and tested per the initial acceptance testing criteria.
sSee A.14.4.3.2 and Table 14.4.3.2, Item 24.
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date: Tue Jun 04 17:15:39 EDT 2019
Committee: SIG-TMS
Committee Statement
Resolution: The submitter did not provide suggested text. The Technical Committee requests the Correlating
Committee to assign this topic, along with visual inspection criteria for Table 14.3.1, to a Task Group
to develop recommended text.
14.4.3.2*
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
1. All equipment X See Table 14.3.1.
Control
2. equipment and
transponder
Verify correct
receipt of alarm,
supervisory, and
trouble signals
(inputs); operation
of evacuation
signals and
auxiliary functions
(outputs); circuit
supervision,
(1) Functions X Annually including
detection of open
circuits and
ground faults; and
power supply
supervision for
detection of loss
of ac power and
disconnection of
secondary
batteries.
Verify rating and
(2) Fuses X Annually
supervision.
Verify integrity of
single or multiple
circuits providing
interface between
two or more
control units. Test
interfaced
equipment
(3) Interfaced
X Annually connections by
equipment
operating or
simulating
operation of the
equipment being
supervised. Verify
signals required to
be transmitted at
the control unit.
Illuminate lamps
(4) Lamps and LEDs X Annually
and LEDs.
Disconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
and test under
maximum load,
including all alarm
(5) Primary (main) appliances
X Annually
power supply requiring
simultaneous
operation.
Reconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
at end of test. Test
redundant power
supplies
separately.
Alarm control
3. unit trouble
signals
Verify operation of
control unit
trouble signals.
Verify ring-back
(1) Audible and visual X Annually feature for
systems using a
trouble-silencing
switch that
requires resetting.
If control unit has
disconnect or
isolating switches,
verify
performance of
intended function
(2) Disconnect
X Annually of each switch.
switches
Verify receipt of
trouble signal
when a
supervised
function is
disconnected.
If the system has
a ground
detection feature,
verify the
occurrence of
(3) Ground-fault
X Annually ground-fault
monitoring circuit
indication
whenever any
installation
conductor is
grounded.
Actuate an
initiating device
(4) Transmission of
and verify receipt
signals to off-premises X Annually
of alarm signal at
location
the off-premises
location.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Supervising
station alarm
4. systems —
transmission
equipment
aTest all system
functions and
features in
accordance with
the equipment
manufacturer’s
(1) All equipment X Annually published
instructions for
correct operation
in conformance
with the
applicable
sections of
Chapter 26.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Except for DACTs
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72 that are
connected to a
telephone line
(2) Digital alarm (number) that is
communicator X Annually also supervised
transmitter (DACT) for adverse
conditions by a
derived local
channel, ensure
connection of the
DACT to two
separate means
of transmission.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Disconnect the
primary telephone
line. Verify
transmission of a
(3) Digital alarm radio
X Annually trouble signal to
transmitter (DART)
the supervising
station by the
DART occurs
within 4 minutes.
Actuate initiating
device. Verify
production of not
less than three
(4) McCulloh complete rounds
X Annually
transmitter of not less than
three signal
impulses each by
the McCulloh
transmitter.
(2) Ground
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
(2) Ground
Cause a fault
between elements
of the transmitting
equipment. Verify
indication of the
(5) Radio alarm fault at the
X Annually
transmitter (RAT) protected
premises, or
transmission of
trouble signal to
the supervising
station.
Perform tests to
ensure the
monitoring of
integrity of the
transmission
technology and
technology
path.Where
shared
communications
(6) Performance- equipment is used
X Annually
based technologies as permitted by
26.6.3.1.14,
provided
secondary
(standby) power
sources shall be
tested in
accordance with
Table 14.4.3.2,
item 7, 8, or 9, as
applicable.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
W
c
p
u
d
b
c
p
M
in
a
tr
V
p
c
a
th
w
2
o
tr
fa
R
c
p
Emergency
5. communications
equipment
Verify correct
switching and
(1) Amplifier/tone
X Annually operation of
generators
backup
equipment.
Operate/function
(2) Call-in signal and verify receipt
X Annually of correct visual
silence
and audible
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
signals at control
unit.
Install phone set
or remove phone
(3) Off-hook indicator from hook and
X Annually
(ring down) verify receipt of
signal at control
unit.
Visually inspect
phone jack and
(4) Phone jacks X Annually initiate
communications
path through jack.
Actuate each
phone set and
(5) Phone set X Annually
verify correct
operation.
Operate the
system with a
minimum of any
(6) System
X Annually five handsets
performance
simultaneously.
Verify voice
quality and clarity.
If an engine-
driven
generator
dedicated to the
system is used
as a required
power source,
Engine-driven
6. X Monthly verify operation
generator
of the generator
and transfer
switch in
accordance
with NFPA 110
by the building
owner.
If an ESS
system
dedicated to the
system is used
as a required
Energy storage power source,
7. X Annually
systems (ESS) verify by the
building owner
operation of the
ESS system in
accordance
with NFPA 111.
Disconnect all
primary (main)
power supplies
and verify the
Secondary occurrence of
8. (standby) power X Annually required trouble
supplyc indication for
loss of primary
power. Measure
or verify the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
system’s
standby and
alarm current
demand using
the equipment
manufacturer’s
data and verify
the battery’s
rated capacity
exceeds the
system’s power
demand,
including the
safety margin.
Operate
general alarm
systems a
minimum of
5 minutes and
emergency
voice
communications
systems for a
minimum of
15 minutes.
Reconnect
primary (main)
power supply at
end of test.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Prior to
conducting
any battery
testing, verify
by the person
conducting the
VRLA battery test, that all
9.
and chargerd system
software
stored in
volatile
memory is
protected from
loss.
Upon initially
opening the
cabinet door,
measure and
record the
temperature of
each battery
cell/unit at the
(1) Temperature test X Semiannually negative terminal
with an infrared
thermometer.
Replace any
battery cell/unit if
the temperature is
greater than 18°F
(10°C) above
ambient.
With the battery
fully charged and
connected to the
charger, measure
the voltage across
the battery with a
voltmeter. Verify
the voltage is
within the
battery/alarm
(2) Charger testf X Semiannually
equipment
manufacturer’s
recommendations.
If the voltage is
outside of the
specified limits,
either adjust the
charger to within
limits or replace
the charger.
With the battery
fully charged and
connected to the
charger, measure
(3) Cell/Unit voltage the voltage of
X Semiannually
test each cell/unit with
a voltmeter.
Replace the
battery when any
cell/unit measures
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
a voltage less
than 13.26 volts.
When the battery
is installed,
establish a
baseline ohmic
value for each
battery cell/unit or
where available
use baseline
ohmic values
(4) Ohmic testg X N/A
provided by the
battery or test
equipment
manufacturer. In
either case record
the base line
ohmic value on
each battery
cell/unit.
W
b
c
c
th
m
in
v
b
c
R
te
o
o
c
R
b
th
m
o
d
Semiannually th
e
b
3
fo
c
a
m
re
im
W
b
e
m
b
v
u
th
w
c
in
v
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
o
a
ra
Replace the
battery or
conduct a load
test of the
battery
capacity. Load
test the battery
based on the
manufacturer’s
specifications
for a discharge
rate of 3 hours
or more by
applying the
current
indicated for
the selected
hourly
discharge rate
continuously,
until the
terminal
voltage
(5) decreases to
Replacement/Load 3 years the end
testh voltage
specified by
the
manufacturer.
Record the
test duration
and calculate
the battery
capacity
including
adjustment for
ambient
temperature.
Replace the
battery if
capacity is
less than or
equal to 80%
or at the next
scheduled test
interval if
battery
capacity is
less than 85%.
Manual tests of
the power
supply for
Public public reporting
emergency circuits shall be
10. alarm reporting X Daily made and
system — wired recorded at
system least once
during each 24-
hour period.
Such tests shall
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
include the
following:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Verify the
correct
Remote operation and
11. X Annually
annunciators identification of
annunciators. If
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
provided, verify
the correct
operation of
annunciator
under a fault
condition.
12. Reserved
13. Reserved
14. Reserved
Conductors —
15.
metallic
Test all installation
conductors with a
volt/ohmmeter to
verify that there
are no stray
(unwanted)
voltages between
installation
conductors or
between
installation
conductors and
(1) Stray voltage X N/A ground. Verify the
maximum
allowable stray
voltage does not
exceed 1 volt
ac/dc, unless a
different threshold
is specified in the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
installed
equipment.
Test all installation
conductors, other
than those
intentionally and
permanently
grounded, for
(2) Ground faults X N/A isolation from
ground per the
installed
equipment
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Test all installation
conductors, other
than those
intentionally
connected
together, for
(3) Short-circuit faults X N/A conductor-to-
conductor
isolation per the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
installed
equipment. Also
test these same
circuits conductor-
to-ground.
With each
initiating and
indicating circuit
installation
conductor pair
short-circuited at
the far end,
measure and
record the
resistance of each
(4) Loop resistance X N/A circuit. Verify that
the loop
resistance does
not exceed the
limits specified in
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
installed
equipment.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, confirm
the introduction of
a fault in any
circuit monitored
for integrity results
in a trouble
indication at the
fire alarm control
unit. Open one
connection at not
less than
10 percent of the
(5) Circuit integrity X N/A
initiating devices,
notification
appliances and
controlled devices
on every initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance circuit,
and signaling line
circuit. Confirm all
circuits perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and 23.7.
For periodic
testing, test
each initiating
device circuit,
N/A Annually notification
appliance
circuit, and
signaling line
circuit for
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
correct
indication at
the control
unit. Confirm
all circuits
perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and
23.7.
Conductors —
16.
nonmetallic
Test the fiber-optic
transmission line
by the use of an
optical power
meter or by an
optical time
domain
reflectometer
used to measure
the relative power
loss of the line.
Test result data
must meet or
(1) Fiber optics X N/A
exceed ANSI/TIA
568-C.3, Optical
Fiber Cabling
Components
Standard, related
to fiber-optic lines
and
connection/splice
losses and the
control unit
manufacturer’s
published
specifications.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, confirm
the introduction of
a fault in any
circuit monitored
for integrity results
in a trouble
indication at the
fire alarm control
unit. Open one
connection at not
(2) Circuit integrity X N/A less than
10 percent of the
initiating devices,
notification
appliances, and
controlled devices
on every initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance circuit,
and signaling line
circuit. Confirm all
circuits perform as
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and 23.7.
For periodic
testing, test
each initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance
circuit, and
signaling line
circuit for
N/A Annually correct
indication at
the control
unit. Confirm
all circuits
perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and
23.7.
Initiating
17.
devicesj
(1) Electromechanical
releasing device
Verify correct
operation by
removal of the
(a) Nonrestorable-
X Annually fusible link and
type link
operation of the
associated
device.
Verify correct
operation by
(b) Restorable-type removal of the
X Annually fusible link and
linkk operation of the
associated
device.
Operate the
switch
(2) Fire extinguishing
mechanically or
system(s) or
X Annually electrically and
suppression system(s)
verify receipt of
alarm switch
signal by the fire
alarm control unit.
Test fire–gas
detectors and
other fire
(3) Fire–gas and detectors as
X Annually
other detectors prescribed by the
manufacturer and
as necessary for
the application.
(4) Heat detectors
(a) Fixed- Perform heat test
temperature, rate-of- Annually (see with a listed and
rise, rate of X labeled heat
14.4.4.5)
compensation, source or in
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Assure that the
test method for
restorable line, spot the installed
type (excluding equipment does
pneumatic tube type) not damage the
nonrestorable
fixed-temperature
element of a
combination rate-
of-rise/fixed-
temperature
element detector.
Do not perform
heat test. Test
functionality
mechanically and
(b) Fixed- electrically.
temperature, X Annually Measure and
nonrestorable line type record loop
resistance.
Investigate
changes from
acceptance test.
After 15 years
from initial
installation,
replace all
devices or have 2
detectors per 100
laboratory tested.
Replace the 2
detectors with
new devices. If a
failure occurs on
(c) Fixed-
any of the
temperature, X See Method
detectors
nonrestorable spot type
removed, remove
and test additional
detectors to
determine either a
general problem
involving faulty
detectors or a
localized problem
involving 1 or 2
defective
detectors.
Do not perform
(d) Nonrestorable heat tests. Test
X Annually functionality
(general)
mechanically and
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
electrically.
Perform heat tests
(where test
chambers are in
circuit), with a
listed and labeled
heat source or in
(e) Restorable line accordance with
type, pneumatic tube X Annually the
only manufacturer's
published
instructions of the
detector or
conduct a test
with pressure
pump.
Conduct
functional tests
according to
manufacturer’s
(f) Single- and
published
multiple-station heat X Annually
instructions. Do
alarms
not test
nonrestorable
heat detectors
with heat.
Operate manual
fire alarm boxes
per the
manufacturer’s
published
(5) Manual fire alarm
X Annually instructions. Test
boxes
both key-operated
presignal and
general alarm
manual fire alarm
boxes.
Test flame
detectors and
spark/ember
detectors in
accordance with
(6) Radiant energy the
X Semiannually
fire detectors manufacturer’s
published
instructions to
determine that
each detector is
operative.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
instructions. Other
methods listed in
the
manufacturer's
published
instructions that
ensure smoke
entry from the
protected area,
through the vents,
into the sensing
chamber can be
used.
Perform a
functional test on
all single- and
multiple-station
(b) Single- and
smoke alarms
multiple-station smoke
connected to a
alarms connected to X Annually
protected
protected premises
premises fire
systems
alarm system by
putting the smoke
alarm into an
alarm condition.
Conduct
(c) System smoke functional tests
detectors used in one- according to
X Annually
and two-family manufacturer’s
dwellings published
instructions.
Test with smoke
or a listed and
labeled product
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
(d) Air sampling X Annually
instructions. Test
from the end
sampling port or
point on each pipe
run. Verify airflow
through all other
ports or points.
In addition to the
testing required in
Table
14.4.3.2(g)(1) and
Table 14.4.3.2(h),
test duct smoke
(e) Duct type X Annually detectors that use
sampling tubes to
ensure that they
will properly
sample the
airstream in the
duct using a
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
method
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
instructions.
Test the detector
by introducing
(f) Projected beam smoke, other
X Annually
type aerosol, or an
optical filter into
the beam path.
Operate both
portions of the
(g) Smoke detector detector
with built-in thermal X Annually independently as
element described for the
respective
devices.
Verify that the
control capability
remains operable
even if all of the
(h) Smoke initiating devices
detectors with control X Annually connected to the
output functions same initiating
device circuit or
signaling line
circuit are in an
alarm state.
(8) Smoke detectors
— sensitivity testing
mPerform any of
the following tests
In other than one- to ensure that
and two-family
N/A See 14.4.4.3 each smoke
dwellings, system detector is within
detectors its listed and
marked sensitivity
range:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
device circuit or
signaling line
circuit are in an
alarm state.
(10) Initiating
devices, supervisory
Operate valve and
verify signal
receipt to be
within the first two
revolutions of the
handwheel or
within one-fifth of
the travel
distance, or per
(a) Control valve the
X Semiannual
switch manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Continue to cycle
outside stem and
yoke valves and
verify switch does
not reset during
full travel of the
valve stem.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained where
the required
(b) High- or low-air pressure is
X Annually
pressure switch increased or
decreased a
maximum 10 psi
(70 kPa) from the
required pressure
level.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained before
pressure
decreases to
(c) Steam pressure X Annually
110 percent of the
minimum
operating
pressure of the
steam-operated
equipment.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained where
the required
(d) Pressure pressure is
supervisory devices for X Annually increased or
other sources decreased from
the normal
operating
pressure by an
amount specified
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
in approved
design
documents.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal to
indicate the
(e) Room decrease in room
X Annually
temperature switch temperature to
40°F (4.4°C) and
its restoration to
above 40°F
(4.4°C).
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal
indicating the
water level raised
or lowered a
maximum 3 in.
(70 mm) from the
(f) Water level required level
X Annually
switch within a pressure
tank, or a
maximum 12 in.
(300 mm) from the
required level of a
nonpressure tank.
Also verify its
restoral to
required level.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal to
indicate the
(g) Water decrease in water
X Annually
temperature switch temperature to
40°F (4.4°C) and
its restoration to
above 40°F
(4.4°C).
Water shall be
flowed through an
inspector's test
connection
indicating the flow
of water equal to
that from a single
sprinkler of the
smallest orifice
(11) Mechanical, size installed in
electrosonic, or
X Semiannually the system or
pressure-type waterflow other listed and
device approved
waterflow switch
test methods for
wet-pipe systems,
or an alarm test
bypass
connection for
dry-pipe, pre-
action, or deluge
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
systems in
accordance with
NFPA 25.
Test each of the
detection
principles present
within the detector
(e.g.,
smoke/heat/CO,
etc.)
independently for
(12) Multi-sensor fire the specific
detector or multi-criteria detection
fire detector or X Annually principle,
combination fire regardless of the
detector configuration
status at the time
of testing. Also
test each detector
in accordance
with the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
T
s
to
te
a
in
s
re
b
P
a
fo
re
d
in
th
p
th
c
e
e
c
(m
a
e
s
c
th
re
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
C
re
s
th
in
th
c
W
in
s
c
te
in
te
p
s
R
te
re
Special hazard
18.
equipment
Operate abort
(1) Abort switch switch and verify
X Annually
(dead-man type) correct sequence
and operation.
Operate abort
switch and verify
(2) Abort switch development of
X Annually
(recycle type) correct matrix with
each sensor
operated.
Operate abort
switch and verify
correct sequence
and operation in
accordance with
authority having
(3) Abort switch
X Annually jurisdiction.
(special type)
Observe
sequencing as
specified on as-
built drawings or
in system owner’s
manual.
Operate one
sensor or detector
on each zone.
Verify occurrence
(4) Cross-zone of correct
X Annually
detection circuit sequence with
operation of first
zone and then
with operation of
second zone.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Operate all
sensors in
system. Verify
(5) Matrix-type circuit X Annually development of
correct matrix with
each sensor
operated.
(6) Release solenoid Verify operation of
X Annually
circuito solenoid.
Use AGI flashbulb
or other test light
(7) Squibb release approved by the
X Annually
circuit manufacturer.
Verify operation of
flashbulb or light.
Operate required
sensors at a
minimum of four
(8) Verified, locations in circuit.
sequential, or counting X Annually Verify correct
zone circuit sequence with
both the first and
second detector in
alarm.
Verify supervision
(9) All above devices
of circuits by
or circuits or X Annually
creating an open
combinations thereof
circuit.
Combination
19.
systems
Test
communication
between the
device connecting
the fire
extinguisher
electronic
monitoring
(1) Fire extinguisher
device/system
electronic monitoring X Annually
and the fire alarm
device/system
control unit to
ensure proper
signals are
received at the fire
alarm control unit
and remote
annunciator(s) if
applicable.
Test
communication
between the
device connecting
the carbon
monoxide
(2) Carbon device/system
X Annually
monoxidedevice/system and the fire alarm
control unit to
ensure proper
signals are
received at the fire
alarm control unit
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
and remote
annunciator(s) if
applicable.
Test interface
equipment
connections by
operating or
simulating the
equipment
being
supervised.
Verify signals
required to be
transmitted are
Interface received at the
20. X See 14.4.4.4 control unit.
equipmentp Test frequency
for interface
equipment is
the same as the
frequency
required by the
applicable
NFPA
standard(s) for
the equipment
being
supervised.
Test the device
in accordance
Guard’s tour with the
21. X Annually
equipment manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Alarm
22. notification
appliances
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, measure
sound pressure
levels for signals
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure sound
(1) Audibleq X N/A
pressure levels
throughout the
protected area to
confirm that they
are in compliance
with Chapter 18.
Set the sound
level meter in
accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Standard Audible
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Emergency
Evacuation (E2)
and Evacuation
Signals with
Relocation
Instructions
(ESRI), using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST).
rFor periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually the operation
of the
notification
appliances.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, measure
sound pressure
levels for signals
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure sound
pressure levels
throughout the
(2) Audible textual
protected area to
notification appliances
confirm that they
(loudspeakers and
X N/A are in compliance
other appliances to
with Chapter 18.
convey voice
Set the sound
messages)
level meter in
accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation (E2)
and Evacuation
Signals with
Relocation
Instructions
(ESRI), using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST).
rFor periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually the operation
of the
notification
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
appliances.
Perform initial and
reacceptance
testing in
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions. Verify
appliance
locations to be per
approved layout
and confirm that
no floor plan
(3) Visual X N/A changes affect the
approved layout.
Verify the candela
rating or method
of candela control
marking on each
visual appliance
and rating when
reported by the
FACU agrees with
the approved
drawings. Confirm
that each
appliance flashes.
For periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually that each
appliance
flashes.
Perform tests in
Exit marking accordance
audible with
23. X Annually
notification manufacturer's
appliance published
instructions.
For initial,
reacceptance,
and periodic
testing, verify
emergency
control function
interface device
activation.
Where an
emergency
Emergency control function
24. control X Annually interface device
is disabled or
functionss
disconnected
during initiating
device testing,
verify that the
disabled or
disconnected
emergency
control function
interface device
has been
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
properly
restored,
including
electromagnetic
devices used
for door
releasing
services as part
of a fire alarm
system.
Use the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions and
the as-built
drawings
provided by the
Two-way system supplier
emergency to verify correct
25. X Annually
communications operation after
systems the initial testing
phase has been
performed by
the supplier or
by the
supplier’s
designated
representative.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Special
26.
procedures
Verify time delay
and alarm
response for
(1) Alarm verification X Annually smoke detector
circuits identified
as having alarm
verification.
Verify
communications
between sending
(2) Multiplex systems X Annually and receiving
units under both
primary and
secondary power.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Supervising
station alarm
27. systems —
receiving
equipment
Perform tests on
all system
functions and
features in
accordance with
the equipment
manufacturer’s
(1) All equipment X Monthly published
instructions for
correct operation
in conformance
with the
applicable
sections of
Chapter 26.
Disconnect each
(2) Digital alarm transmission
communicator receiver X Monthly means in turn
(DACR) from the DACR,
and verify audible
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
and visual
annunciation of a
trouble signal in
the supervising
station.
Cause the
following
conditions of all
DARRs on all
subsidiary and
repeater station
(3) Digital alarm radio receiving
X Monthly
receiver (DARR) equipment. Verify
receipt at the
supervising
station of correct
signals for each of
the following
conditions:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
following
conditions:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
equipment; verify
receipt of correct
signals at the
supervising
station:
Perform tests to
ensure the
monitoring of
integrity of the
transmission
technology and
technology path.
Where a single
communications
(7) Performance- path is used,
X Monthly
based technologies disconnect the
communication
path. Verify that
failure of the path
is annunciated at
the supervising
station within
60 minutes of the
failure (within
5 minutes for
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
communication
equipment
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72).
Restore the
communication
path. Where
multiple
communication
paths are used,
disconnect both
communication
paths and confirm
that failure of the
path is
annunciated at
the supervising
station within not
more than 6 hours
of the failure
(within 24 hours
for communication
equipment
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72).
Restore both
communication
paths.
Public
emergency
alarm reporting
28.
system
transmission
equipment
Actuate publicly
accessible
initiating device(s)
and verify receipt
of not less than
three complete
rounds of signal
impulses. Perform
this test under
(1) Publicly
X Semiannually normal circuit
accessible alarm box
conditions. If the
device is
equipped for open
circuit operation
(ground return),
test it in this
condition as one
of the semiannual
tests.
Test each
initiating circuit of
the auxiliary box
(2) Auxiliary box X Annually by actuation of a
protected
premises initiating
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
device connected
to that circuit.
Verify receipt of
not less than
three complete
rounds of signal
impulses.
(3) Master box
Perform the tests
(a) Manual
X Semiannually prescribed for
operation
28(a).
Perform the tests
(b) Auxiliary
X Annually prescribed for
operation
28(b).
The following
procedures
describe
additional
Low-power acceptance and
29. radio (wireless X N/A reacceptance
systems) test methods to
verify wireless
protection
system
operation:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Mass
30. notification
systems
At a minimum,
test control
equipment to
verify correct
receipt of alarm,
supervisory, and
trouble signals
(inputs); operation
of evacuation
signals and
auxiliary functions
(outputs); circuit
(1) Functions X Annually
supervision,
including
detection of open
circuits and
ground faults; and
power supply
supervision for
detection of loss
of ac power and
disconnection of
secondary
batteries.
Verify the rating
(2) Fuses X Annually
and supervision.
Verify integrity of
single or multiple
circuits providing
interface between
two or more
control units. Test
(3) Interfaced interfaced
X Annually
equipment equipment
connections by
operating or
simulating
operation of the
equipment being
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
supervised. Verify
signals required to
be transmitted at
the control unit.
Illuminate lamps
(4) Lamps and LEDs X Annually
and LEDs.
Disconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
and test under
maximum load,
including all alarm
appliances
requiring
(5) Primary (main)
X Annually simultaneous
power supply
operation.
Reconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
at end of test. For
redundant power
supplies, test
each separately.
Measure sound
pressure level
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure and
record levels
throughout
protected area.
(6) Audible textual
Set the sound
notification appliances
level meter in
(loudspeakers and
X Annually accordance with
other appliances to
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
convey voice
American National
messages)
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation
Signal, using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST). Record
the maximum
output when the
audible
emergency
evacuation signal
is on.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Perform test in
accordance with
manufacturer’s
published
instructions. Verify
appliance
locations to be per
approved layout
and confirm that
no floor plan
changes affect the
approved layout.
(7) Visual X Annually
Verify the candela
rating or method
of candela control
marking on each
visual appliance
and rating when
reported by the
FACU agrees with
the approved
drawings. Confirm
that each
appliance flashes.
Review event log
file and verify that
the correct events
were logged.
Review system
diagnostic log file;
correct
deficiencies noted
in file. Delete
unneeded log
(8) Control unit
files. Delete
functions and no
X Annually unneeded error
diagnostic failures are
files. Verify that
indicated
sufficient free disk
space is available.
Verify
unobstructed flow
of cooling air is
available.
Change/clean
filters, cooling
fans, and intake
vents.
Power down the
central control unit
(9) Control unit reset X Annually
computer and
restart it.
If remote control
software is loaded
onto the system,
(10) Control unit verify that it is
X Annually
security disabled to
prevent
unauthorized
system access.
Send out an alert
(11) Audible/visual to a diverse set of
X Annually
functional test predesignated
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
receiving devices
and confirm
receipt. Include at
least one of each
type of receiving
device.
Make full system
software backup.
Rotate backups
(12) Software backup X Annually
based on
accepted practice
at site.
Disconnect ac
power. Verify the
ac power failure
alarm status on
central control
(13) Secondary power
X Annually equipment. With
test
ac power
disconnected,
verify battery
voltage under
load.
Check
forward/reflected
(14) Wireless signals X Annually radio power is
within
specifications.
Check
forward/reflected
radio power is
within
specifications.
(15) Antenna X Annually
Verify solid
electrical
connections with
no observable
corrosion.
Verify proper
operation and
(16) Transceivers X Annually
mounting is not
compromised.
aSome transmission equipment (such as, but not limited to, cable modems, fiber-optic interface nodes, and
VoIP interfaces) are typically powered by the building's electrical system using a secondary (standby)
power supply that does not meet the requirements of this Code. This is intended to ensure that the testing
authority verifies full secondary (standby) power as required by Chapter 10. Additionally, refer to Table
14.4.3.2, items 7 through 9, for secondary (standby) power supply testing.
bThe automatic transmission of the check-in (handshake) signal can take up to 60 minutes to occur.
cSee Table 14.4.3.2, Item 4(1) for the testing of transmission equipment.
dThe battery tests in Table 14.4.3.2 Item 9 are based on VRLA batteries and it is the intent that the tests
specified in (1) through (4) be performed in order. For other secondary battery types, refer to the battery
manufacturer’s published instructions or IEEE 450, Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and
Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, for vented lead-acid batteries, and
IEEE 1106, Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented
Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications, for nickel-cadmium batteries.
e Example: 4000 mAh × 1 ⁄ 25 = 160 mA charging current at 77°F (25°C).
fIf the charger is adjustable, adjust the output voltage to 2.265 volts per cell ±0.015 volts at 77°F (25°C) or
iThe voltmeter sensitivity has been changed from 1000 ohms per volt to 100 ohms per volt so that the false
ground readings (caused by induced voltages) are minimized.
jInitiating devices such as smoke detectors used for elevator recall, closing dampers, or releasing doors
held in the open position that are permitted by the Code (see9.6.3 of NFPA 101) to initiate supervisory
signals at the fire alarm control unit (FACU) should be tested at the same frequency (annual) as those
devices when they are generating an alarm signal. They are not supervisory devices, but they initiate a
supervisory signal at the FACU.
kFusible thermal link detectors are commonly used to close fire doors and fire dampers electrically
connected to the fire alarm control unit. They are actuated by the presence of external heat, which causes a
solder element in the link to fuse, or by an electric thermal device, which, when energized, generates heat
within the body of the link, causing the link to fuse and separate.
lNote, it is customary for the manufacturer of the smoke detector to test a particular product from an aerosol
provider to determine acceptability for use in smoke entry testing of their smoke detector/smoke alarm.
Magnets are not acceptable for smoke entry tests.
m There are some detectors that use magnets as a manufacturer's calibrated sensitivity test instrument.
nFor example, it might not be possible to individually test the heat sensor in a thermally enhanced smoke
detector.
oManufacturer's published instructions should be consulted to ensure a proper operational test. No
suppression gas or agent is expected to be discharged during the test of the solenoid. See Test Plan of
14.2.10.
pA monitor module installed on an interface device is not considered a supervisory device and therefore not
subject to the quarterly testing frequency requirement. Test frequencies for interface devices should be in
accordance with the applicable standard. For example, fire pump controller alarms such as phase reversal
are required to be tested annually. If a monitor module is installed to identify phase reversal on the fire
alarm control unit, it is not necessary to test for phase reversal four times a year.
qChapter 18 would require 15 dB over average ambient sound for public mode spaces. Sometimes the
ambient sound levels are different from what the design was based upon. Private operating mode would
require 10 dB over average ambient at the location of the device.
rWhere building, system, or occupancy changes have been observed, the owner should be notified of the
changes. New devices might need to be installed and tested per the initial acceptance testing criteria.
sSee A.14.4.3.2 and Table 14.4.3.2, Item 24.
This pertains to footnote "e" at the end of the test methods table. This used to be footnote "d", as it existed in the
2016 edition, and pertained to the charging current for Nickel-Cadmium batteries. However, this battery type was
deleted from the table in the 2019 edition but the footnote was mistakenly retained and re-designated as "e".
Footnote "e " should, therefore, be deleted from the 2021 edition.
Committee Statement
[9.]
This revision makes three changes to the battery test methods in (9).
Firstly, with the introduction of a test method for temperature testing of batteries in (9)(1), there has
been confusion in the field as to where the ambient temperature should be taken. Some have
concluded that the ambient temperature should be taken in the room or area where the FACU cabinet
is located. However, the industry standard is for ambient temperature to be taken from inside the
cabinet, which is not currently stated. This revision clarifies that language and provides clarification
regarding the comparison of the battery cell/unit temperature with the ambient temperature
measurement.
Secondly, with regard to the semi-annual Ohmic Test in (9)(4), the phrase "and connected to the
charger" has created confusion in the field since the related annex note states that offline testing may
also be acceptable. Since Chapter 14's wording appears to indicate that testing online is the only
option, the reference to connection to the charger has been deleted, as that may not be the best
practice recommendation depending on the manufacture of the ohmic meter being utilized.
Finally, the revision in (9)(4) addresses the Ohmic Test method for VRLA batteries, changing "and" to
"or" to better indicate the intent of this test method. Either a conductance test "or" a
Resistance/Impedance test is required, not both.
[14.]
Wireless communications is added to Item 14 to address new technology. (See new sections
23.16.4.8 and 23.16.4.9 on Class A and Class B radio pathways.) The Technical Committee requests
that the Correlating Committee form a Task Group with members from SIG-TMS, SIG-PRO, SIG-
PRS, and SIG-FUN to address the requirements for these systems.
[17.]
Items 17(4)(c) and (d) are revised to minimize confusion with regard to the test method for non-
restorable, spot-type heat detectors.
In 17(9), only devices connected to protected premises systems are required to be tested annually.
Household CO devices are tested per Sections 14.4.6 or 14.4.8 and are under the scope of the (SIG-
HOU) Technical Committee.
Item 17(10)(b) is revised to correlate with 2019 changes made to Paragraph 17.17.2.2, particularly
(C) for valves that use lower settings. Also refer to A.17.17.2.2.
The test in 17(7)(d) is revised to permit the use of a listed feature that is capable of supervising
airflow to each sampling port, in lieu of a manual test.
The references to other items in the table are corrected in Item 17(7)(e).
The smoke entry test in 17(8) is for single-criteria detectors only. There is a separate entry in the table
for multi-criteria detectors.
[22.]
The direction in Chapter 14 regarding test methods for sound level testing for loudspeakers should
correlate with Chapter 18, which is to use the meter on alert tone signals only. This provides good
guidance for testing personnel, reminding them that audible information is not to be tested with the
meter.
The revision also removes "throughout the protected area," as it is unenforceable and undefined.
Language referencing the actual required performance metric has been added. Finally, "confirm" is
changed to "determine," as it is more reflective of the proper test reason.
[Table note d]
The added text in Table Note d facilitates a technology-based alternative to the current VRLA battery
testing procedure.
[Table note e]
Footnote "e" pertains to the charging current for Nickel-Cadmium batteries. However, this battery type
was deleted from the table in the 2019 edition, and the footnote was mistakenly retained. Footnote "e
" is, therefore, deleted.
[Annex]
With the introduction of new language for ohmic testing of batteries, there has been some confusion
in the field as to whether to conduct this test online or offline. While the test method in Chapter 14
states that the test is to be done online (connected to the charger), the related annex material stated
that offline testing is also acceptable. This revision clarifies that, while online testing is the preferred
method for the Ohmic Test, offline testing may be the recommended practice on the part of certain
ohmic meter manufacturers.
14.4.3.2*
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
1. All equipment X See Table 14.3.1.
Control
2. equipment and
transponder
Verify correct
receipt of alarm,
supervisory, and
trouble signals
(inputs); operation
of evacuation
signals and
auxiliary functions
(outputs); circuit
supervision,
(1) Functions X Annually including
detection of open
circuits and
ground faults; and
power supply
supervision for
detection of loss
of ac power and
disconnection of
secondary
batteries.
Verify rating and
(2) Fuses X Annually
supervision.
Verify integrity of
single or multiple
circuits providing
interface between
two or more
control units. Test
interfaced
equipment
(3) Interfaced
X Annually connections by
equipment
operating or
simulating
operation of the
equipment being
supervised. Verify
signals required to
be transmitted at
the control unit.
Illuminate lamps
(4) Lamps and LEDs X Annually
and LEDs.
Disconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
and test under
maximum load,
including all alarm
(5) Primary (main) appliances
X Annually
power supply requiring
simultaneous
operation.
Reconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
at end of test. Test
redundant power
supplies
separately.
Alarm control
3. unit trouble
signals
Verify operation of
control unit
trouble signals.
Verify ring-back
(1) Audible and visual X Annually feature for
systems using a
trouble-silencing
switch that
requires resetting.
If control unit has
disconnect or
isolating switches,
verify
performance of
intended function
(2) Disconnect
X Annually of each switch.
switches
Verify receipt of
trouble signal
when a
supervised
function is
disconnected.
If the system has
a ground
detection feature,
verify the
occurrence of
(3) Ground-fault
X Annually ground-fault
monitoring circuit
indication
whenever any
installation
conductor is
grounded.
Actuate an
initiating device
(4) Transmission of
and verify receipt
signals to off-premises X Annually
of alarm signal at
location
the off-premises
location.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Supervising
station alarm
4. systems —
transmission
equipment
aTest all system
functions and
features in
accordance with
the equipment
manufacturer’s
(1) All equipment X Annually published
instructions for
correct operation
in conformance
with the
applicable
sections of
Chapter 26.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Except for DACTs
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72 that are
connected to a
telephone line
(2) Digital alarm (number) that is
communicator X Annually also supervised
transmitter (DACT) for adverse
conditions by a
derived local
channel, ensure
connection of the
DACT to two
separate means
of transmission.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Disconnect the
primary telephone
line. Verify
transmission of a
(3) Digital alarm radio
X Annually trouble signal to
transmitter (DART)
the supervising
station by the
DART occurs
within 4 minutes.
Actuate initiating
device. Verify
production of not
less than three
(4) McCulloh complete rounds
X Annually
transmitter of not less than
three signal
impulses each by
the McCulloh
transmitter.
(2) Ground
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
(2) Ground
Cause a fault
between elements
of the transmitting
equipment. Verify
indication of the
(5) Radio alarm fault at the
X Annually
transmitter (RAT) protected
premises, or
transmission of
trouble signal to
the supervising
station.
Perform tests to
ensure the
monitoring of
integrity of the
transmission
technology and
technology
path.Where
shared
communications
(6) Performance- equipment is used
X Annually
based technologies as permitted by
26.6.3.1.14,
provided
secondary
(standby) power
sources shall be
tested in
accordance with
Table 14.4.3.2,
item 7, 8, or 9, as
applicable.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
W
c
p
u
d
b
c
p
M
in
a
tr
V
p
c
a
th
w
2
o
tr
fa
R
c
p
Emergency
5. communications
equipment
Verify correct
switching and
(1) Amplifier/tone
X Annually operation of
generators
backup
equipment.
Operate/function
(2) Call-in signal and verify receipt
X Annually of correct visual
silence
and audible
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
signals at control
unit.
Install phone set
or remove phone
(3) Off-hook indicator from hook and
X Annually
(ring down) verify receipt of
signal at control
unit.
Visually inspect
phone jack and
(4) Phone jacks X Annually initiate
communications
path through jack.
Actuate each
phone set and
(5) Phone set X Annually
verify correct
operation.
Operate the
system with a
minimum of any
(6) System
X Annually five handsets
performance
simultaneously.
Verify voice
quality and clarity.
If an engine-
driven
generator
dedicated to the
system is used
as a required
power source,
Engine-driven
6. X Monthly verify operation
generator
of the generator
and transfer
switch in
accordance
with NFPA 110
by the building
owner.
If an ESS
system
dedicated to the
system is used
as a required
Energy storage power source,
7. X Annually
systems (ESS) verify by the
building owner
operation of the
ESS system in
accordance
with NFPA 111.
Disconnect all
primary (main)
power supplies
and verify the
Secondary occurrence of
8. (standby) power X Annually required trouble
supplyc indication for
loss of primary
power. Measure
or verify the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
system’s
standby and
alarm current
demand using
the equipment
manufacturer’s
data and verify
the battery’s
rated capacity
exceeds the
system’s power
demand,
including the
safety margin.
Operate
general alarm
systems a
minimum of
5 minutes and
emergency
voice
communications
systems for a
minimum of
15 minutes.
Reconnect
primary (main)
power supply at
end of test.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Prior to
conducting
any battery
testing, verify
by the person
conducting the
VRLA battery test, that all
9.
and chargerd system
software
stored in
volatile
memory is
protected from
loss.
Upon initially
opening the
cabinet door,
measure and
record the
internal ambient
temperature of
the enclosure.
Measure the
temperature of
each battery
cell/unit at the
(1) Temperature test X Semiannually negative terminal
with an infrared
thermometer.
Replace any
battery cell/unit if
the its
temperature is
greater than 18°F
(10°C) above the
measured
internal ambient
temperature of
the enclosure .
With the battery
fully charged and
connected to the
charger, measure
the voltage across
the battery with a
voltmeter. Verify
the voltage is
within the
battery/alarm
(2) Charger testf X Semiannually
equipment
manufacturer’s
recommendations.
If the voltage is
outside of the
specified limits,
either adjust the
charger to within
limits or replace
the charger.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
With the battery
fully charged and
connected to the
charger, measure
the voltage of
(3) Cell/Unit voltage each cell/unit with
X Semiannually
test a voltmeter.
Replace the
battery when any
cell/unit measures
a voltage less
than 13.26 volts.
When the battery
is installed,
establish a
baseline ohmic
value for each
battery cell/unit or
where available
use baseline
ohmic values
(4) Ohmic testg X N/A
provided by the
battery or test
equipment
manufacturer. In
either case record
the base line
ohmic value on
each battery
cell/unit.
W
b
c
c
th
m
in
v
b
c
R
te
o
o
c
R
Semiannually b
th
m
o
d
th
e
b
3
fo
c
a
m
re
im
W
b
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
e
m
b
v
u
th
w
c
in
v
o
a
ra
Replace the
battery or
conduct a load
test of the
battery
capacity. Load
test the battery
based on the
manufacturer’s
specifications
for a discharge
rate of 3 hours
or more by
applying the
current
indicated for
the selected
hourly
discharge rate
continuously,
until the
terminal
voltage
(5) decreases to
Replacement/Load 3 years the end
testh voltage
specified by
the
manufacturer.
Record the
test duration
and calculate
the battery
capacity
including
adjustment for
ambient
temperature.
Replace the
battery if
capacity is
less than or
equal to 80%
or at the next
scheduled test
interval if
battery
capacity is
less than 85%.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Manual tests of
the power
supply for
public reporting
Public circuits shall be
emergency made and
10. alarm reporting X Daily recorded at
system — wired least once
system during each 24-
hour period.
Such tests shall
include the
following:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Verify the
correct
operation and
identification of
annunciators. If
Remote
11. X Annually provided, verify
annunciators
the correct
operation of
annunciator
under a fault
condition.
12. Reserved
13. Reserved
14. Reserved
Conductors —
15.
metallic
Test all installation
conductors with a
volt/ohmmeter to
verify that there
are no stray
(unwanted)
voltages between
installation
conductors or
between
installation
conductors and
(1) Stray voltage X N/A ground. Verify the
maximum
allowable stray
voltage does not
exceed 1 volt
ac/dc, unless a
different threshold
is specified in the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
installed
equipment.
Test all installation
conductors, other
than those
intentionally and
permanently
grounded, for
(2) Ground faults X N/A isolation from
ground per the
installed
equipment
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Test all installation
conductors, other
than those
intentionally
connected
together, for
conductor-to-
conductor
(3) Short-circuit faults X N/A isolation per the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
installed
equipment. Also
test these same
circuits conductor-
to-ground.
With each
initiating and
indicating circuit
installation
conductor pair
short-circuited at
the far end,
measure and
record the
resistance of each
(4) Loop resistance X N/A circuit. Verify that
the loop
resistance does
not exceed the
limits specified in
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
installed
equipment.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, confirm
the introduction of
a fault in any
circuit monitored
for integrity results
in a trouble
indication at the
fire alarm control
unit. Open one
connection at not
(5) Circuit integrity X N/A less than
10 percent of the
initiating devices,
notification
appliances and
controlled devices
on every initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance circuit,
and signaling line
circuit. Confirm all
circuits perform as
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and 23.7.
For periodic
testing, test
each initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance
circuit, and
signaling line
circuit for
N/A Annually correct
indication at
the control
unit. Confirm
all circuits
perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and
23.7.
Conductors —
16.
nonmetallic
Test the fiber-optic
transmission line
by the use of an
optical power
meter or by an
optical time
domain
reflectometer
used to measure
the relative power
loss of the line.
Test result data
must meet or
(1) Fiber optics X N/A
exceed ANSI/TIA
568-C.3, Optical
Fiber Cabling
Components
Standard, related
to fiber-optic lines
and
connection/splice
losses and the
control unit
manufacturer’s
published
specifications.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, confirm
the introduction of
a fault in any
circuit monitored
(2) Circuit integrity X N/A for integrity results
in a trouble
indication at the
fire alarm control
unit. Open one
connection at not
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
less than
10 percent of the
initiating devices,
notification
appliances, and
controlled devices
on every initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance circuit,
and signaling line
circuit. Confirm all
circuits perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and 23.7.
For periodic
testing, test
each initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance
circuit, and
signaling line
circuit for
N/A Annually correct
indication at
the control
unit. Confirm
all circuits
perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and
23.7.
Initiating
17.
devicesj
(1) Electromechanical
releasing device
Verify correct
operation by
removal of the
(a) Nonrestorable-
X Annually fusible link and
type link
operation of the
associated
device.
Verify correct
operation by
(b) Restorable-type removal of the
X Annually fusible link and
linkk operation of the
associated
device.
Operate the
switch
(2) Fire extinguishing
mechanically or
system(s) or
X Annually electrically and
suppression system(s)
verify receipt of
alarm switch
signal by the fire
alarm control unit.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Test fire–gas
detectors and
other fire
(3) Fire–gas and detectors as
X Annually
other detectors prescribed by the
manufacturer and
as necessary for
the application.
(4) Heat detectors
Perform heat test
with a listed and
labeled heat
source or in
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
(a) Fixed- published
temperature, rate-of- instructions.
rise, rate of Assure that the
Annually (see
compensation, X test method for
14.4.4.5)
restorable line, spot the installed
type (excluding equipment does
pneumatic tube type) not damage the
nonrestorable
fixed-temperature
element of a
combination rate-
of-rise/fixed-
temperature
element detector.
Do not perform
heat test. Test
functionality
mechanically and
(b) Fixed- electrically.
temperature, X Annually Measure and
nonrestorable line type record loop
resistance.
Investigate
changes from
acceptance test.
After 15 years
from initial
installation,
replace all
devices or have 2
detectors per 100
laboratory tested.
Replace the 2
detectors with
(c) Fixed- new devices. If a
temperature, X See Method failure occurs on
nonrestorable spot type any of the
detectors
removed, remove
and test additional
detectors to
determine either a
general problem
involving faulty
detectors or a
localized problem
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
involving 1 or 2
defective
detectors.
Do not perform
heat tests. Test
(d) Nonrestorable
X Annually functionality
(general)
mechanically and
electrically.
Perform heat tests
(where test
chambers are in
circuit), with a
listed and labeled
heat source or in
(e) Restorable line accordance with
type, pneumatic tube X Annually the
only manufacturer's
published
instructions of the
detector or
conduct a test
with pressure
pump.
Conduct
functional tests
according to
manufacturer’s
(f) Single- and
published
multiple-station heat X Annually
instructions. Do
alarms
not test
nonrestorable
heat detectors
with heat.
Operate manual
fire alarm boxes
per the
manufacturer’s
published
(5) Manual fire alarm
X Annually instructions. Test
boxes
both key-operated
presignal and
general alarm
manual fire alarm
boxes.
Test flame
detectors and
spark/ember
detectors in
accordance with
(6) Radiant energy the
X Semiannually
fire detectors manufacturer’s
published
instructions to
determine that
each detector is
operative.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
ITest smoke
detectors in place
to ensure smoke
entry into the
sensing chamber
and an alarm
response. Use
smoke or a listed
and labeled
product
acceptable to the
(a) In other than manufacturer or in
one- and two-family accordance with
X Annually their published
dwellings, system
detectors instructions. Other
methods listed in
the
manufacturer's
published
instructions that
ensure smoke
entry from the
protected area,
through the vents,
into the sensing
chamber can be
used.
Perform a
functional test on
all single- and
multiple-station
(b) Single- and
smoke alarms
multiple-station smoke
connected to a
alarms connected to X Annually
protected
protected premises
premises fire
systems
alarm system by
putting the smoke
alarm into an
alarm condition.
Conduct
(c) System smoke functional tests
detectors used in one- according to
X Annually
and two-family manufacturer’s
dwellings published
instructions.
Test with smoke
or a listed and
labeled product
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
(d) Air sampling X Annually
instructions. Test
from the end
sampling port or
point on each pipe
run. Verify airflow
through all other
ports or points.
In addition to the
(e) Duct type X Annually testing required in
Table
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
14.4.3.2(g)(1) and
Table 14.4.3.2(h),
test duct smoke
detectors that use
sampling tubes to
ensure that they
will properly
sample the
airstream in the
duct using a
method
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
instructions.
Test the detector
by introducing
(f) Projected beam smoke, other
X Annually
type aerosol, or an
optical filter into
the beam path.
Operate both
portions of the
(g) Smoke detector detector
with built-in thermal X Annually independently as
element described for the
respective
devices.
Verify that the
control capability
remains operable
even if all of the
(h) Smoke initiating devices
detectors with control X Annually connected to the
output functions same initiating
device circuit or
signaling line
circuit are in an
alarm state.
(8) Smoke detectors
— sensitivity testing
mPerform any of
the following tests
In other than one- to ensure that
and two-family
N/A See 14.4.4.3 each smoke
dwellings, system detector is within
detectors its listed and
marked sensitivity
range:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Within each
protected space,
verify that the
control capability
remains operable
(d) CO detector even if all of the
with control output X Annually initiating devices
functions connected to the
same initiating
device circuit or
signaling line
circuit are in an
alarm state.
(10) Initiating
devices, supervisory
Operate valve and
verify signal
receipt to be
within the first two
revolutions of the
handwheel or
within one-fifth of
the travel
distance, or per
(a) Control valve the
X Semiannual
switch manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Continue to cycle
outside stem and
yoke valves and
verify switch does
not reset during
full travel of the
valve stem.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained where
the required
(b) High- or low-air pressure is
X Annually
pressure switch increased or
decreased a
maximum 10 psi
(70 kPa) from the
required pressure
level.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained before
pressure
decreases to
(c) Steam pressure X Annually
110 percent of the
minimum
operating
pressure of the
steam-operated
equipment.
(d) Pressure Operate switch
supervisory devices for X Annually and verify receipt
other sources of signal is
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
obtained where
the required
pressure is
increased or
decreased from
the normal
operating
pressure by an
amount specified
in approved
design
documents.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal to
indicate the
(e) Room decrease in room
X Annually
temperature switch temperature to
40°F (4.4°C) and
its restoration to
above 40°F
(4.4°C).
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal
indicating the
water level raised
or lowered a
maximum 3 in.
(70 mm) from the
(f) Water level required level
X Annually
switch within a pressure
tank, or a
maximum 12 in.
(300 mm) from the
required level of a
nonpressure tank.
Also verify its
restoral to
required level.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal to
indicate the
(g) Water decrease in water
X Annually
temperature switch temperature to
40°F (4.4°C) and
its restoration to
above 40°F
(4.4°C).
Water shall be
flowed through an
inspector's test
connection
(11) Mechanical, indicating the flow
electrosonic, or of water equal to
X Semiannually that from a single
pressure-type waterflow
device sprinkler of the
smallest orifice
size installed in
the system or
other listed and
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
approved
waterflow switch
test methods for
wet-pipe systems,
or an alarm test
bypass
connection for
dry-pipe, pre-
action, or deluge
systems in
accordance with
NFPA 25.
Test each of the
detection
principles present
within the detector
(e.g.,
smoke/heat/CO,
etc.)
independently for
(12) Multi-sensor fire the specific
detector or multi-criteria detection
fire detector or X Annually principle,
combination fire regardless of the
detector configuration
status at the time
of testing. Also
test each detector
in accordance
with the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
T
s
to
te
a
in
s
re
b
P
a
fo
re
d
in
th
p
th
c
e
e
c
(m
a
e
s
c
th
re
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
C
re
s
th
in
th
c
W
in
s
c
te
in
te
p
s
R
te
re
Special hazard
18.
equipment
Operate abort
(1) Abort switch switch and verify
X Annually
(dead-man type) correct sequence
and operation.
Operate abort
switch and verify
(2) Abort switch development of
X Annually
(recycle type) correct matrix with
each sensor
operated.
Operate abort
switch and verify
correct sequence
and operation in
accordance with
authority having
(3) Abort switch
X Annually jurisdiction.
(special type)
Observe
sequencing as
specified on as-
built drawings or
in system owner’s
manual.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Operate one
sensor or detector
on each zone.
Verify occurrence
(4) Cross-zone of correct
X Annually
detection circuit sequence with
operation of first
zone and then
with operation of
second zone.
Operate all
sensors in
system. Verify
(5) Matrix-type circuit X Annually development of
correct matrix with
each sensor
operated.
(6) Release solenoid Verify operation of
X Annually
circuito solenoid.
Use AGI flashbulb
or other test light
(7) Squibb release approved by the
X Annually
circuit manufacturer.
Verify operation of
flashbulb or light.
Operate required
sensors at a
minimum of four
(8) Verified, locations in circuit.
sequential, or counting X Annually Verify correct
zone circuit sequence with
both the first and
second detector in
alarm.
Verify supervision
(9) All above devices
of circuits by
or circuits or X Annually
creating an open
combinations thereof
circuit.
Combination
19.
systems
Test
communication
between the
device connecting
the fire
extinguisher
electronic
monitoring
(1) Fire extinguisher
device/system
electronic monitoring X Annually
and the fire alarm
device/system
control unit to
ensure proper
signals are
received at the fire
alarm control unit
and remote
annunciator(s) if
applicable.
Test
(2) Carbon
X Annually communication
monoxidedevice/system
between the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
device connecting
the carbon
monoxide
device/system
and the fire alarm
control unit to
ensure proper
signals are
received at the fire
alarm control unit
and remote
annunciator(s) if
applicable.
Test interface
equipment
connections by
operating or
simulating the
equipment
being
supervised.
Verify signals
required to be
transmitted are
Interface received at the
20. X See 14.4.4.4 control unit.
equipmentp Test frequency
for interface
equipment is
the same as the
frequency
required by the
applicable
NFPA
standard(s) for
the equipment
being
supervised.
Test the device
in accordance
Guard’s tour with the
21. X Annually
equipment manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Alarm
22. notification
appliances
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, measure
sound pressure
levels for signals
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
(1) Audibleq X N/A
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure sound
pressure levels
throughout the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
protected area to
confirm that they
are in compliance
with Chapter 18.
Set the sound
level meter in
accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation (E2)
and Evacuation
Signals with
Relocation
Instructions
(ESRI), using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST).
rFor periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually the operation
of the
notification
appliances.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, measure
sound pressure
levels for signals
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure sound
pressure levels
throughout the
(2) Audible textual
protected area to
notification appliances
confirm that they
(loudspeakers and
X N/A are in compliance
other appliances to
with Chapter 18.
convey voice
Set the sound
messages)
level meter in
accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation (E2)
and Evacuation
Signals with
Relocation
Instructions
(ESRI), using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST).
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
rFor periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually the operation
of the
notification
appliances.
Perform initial and
reacceptance
testing in
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions. Verify
appliance
locations to be per
approved layout
and confirm that
no floor plan
(3) Visual X N/A changes affect the
approved layout.
Verify the candela
rating or method
of candela control
marking on each
visual appliance
and rating when
reported by the
FACU agrees with
the approved
drawings. Confirm
that each
appliance flashes.
For periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually that each
appliance
flashes.
Perform tests in
Exit marking accordance
audible with
23. X Annually
notification manufacturer's
appliance published
instructions.
For initial,
reacceptance,
and periodic
testing, verify
Emergency emergency
control function
24. control X Annually
interface device
functionss activation.
Where an
emergency
control function
interface device
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
is disabled or
disconnected
during initiating
device testing,
verify that the
disabled or
disconnected
emergency
control function
interface device
has been
properly
restored,
including
electromagnetic
devices used
for door
releasing
services as part
of a fire alarm
system.
Use the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions and
the as-built
drawings
provided by the
Two-way system supplier
emergency to verify correct
25. X Annually
communications operation after
systems the initial testing
phase has been
performed by
the supplier or
by the
supplier’s
designated
representative.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Special
26.
procedures
Verify time delay
and alarm
response for
(1) Alarm verification X Annually smoke detector
circuits identified
as having alarm
verification.
Verify
communications
between sending
(2) Multiplex systems X Annually and receiving
units under both
primary and
secondary power.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Supervising
station alarm
27. systems —
receiving
equipment
Perform tests on
all system
functions and
features in
accordance with
the equipment
manufacturer’s
(1) All equipment X Monthly published
instructions for
correct operation
in conformance
with the
applicable
sections of
Chapter 26.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Disconnect each
transmission
means in turn
from the DACR,
(2) Digital alarm
and verify audible
communicator receiver X Monthly
and visual
(DACR)
annunciation of a
trouble signal in
the supervising
station.
Cause the
following
conditions of all
DARRs on all
subsidiary and
repeater station
(3) Digital alarm radio receiving
X Monthly
receiver (DARR) equipment. Verify
receipt at the
supervising
station of correct
signals for each of
the following
conditions:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Perform tests to
ensure the
monitoring of
(7) Performance- integrity of the
X Monthly
based technologies transmission
technology and
technology path.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Where a single
communications
path is used,
disconnect the
communication
path. Verify that
failure of the path
is annunciated at
the supervising
station within
60 minutes of the
failure (within
5 minutes for
communication
equipment
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72).
Restore the
communication
path. Where
multiple
communication
paths are used,
disconnect both
communication
paths and confirm
that failure of the
path is
annunciated at
the supervising
station within not
more than 6 hours
of the failure
(within 24 hours
for communication
equipment
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72).
Restore both
communication
paths.
Public
emergency
alarm reporting
28.
system
transmission
equipment
Actuate publicly
accessible
initiating device(s)
and verify receipt
of not less than
(1) Publicly three complete
X Semiannually rounds of signal
accessible alarm box
impulses. Perform
this test under
normal circuit
conditions. If the
device is
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
equipped for open
circuit operation
(ground return),
test it in this
condition as one
of the semiannual
tests.
Test each
initiating circuit of
the auxiliary box
by actuation of a
protected
premises initiating
(2) Auxiliary box X Annually device connected
to that circuit.
Verify receipt of
not less than
three complete
rounds of signal
impulses.
(3) Master box
Perform the tests
(a) Manual
X Semiannually prescribed for
operation
28(a).
Perform the tests
(b) Auxiliary
X Annually prescribed for
operation
28(b).
The following
procedures
describe
additional
Low-power acceptance and
29. radio (wireless X N/A reacceptance
systems) test methods to
verify wireless
protection
system
operation:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Mass
30. notification
systems
At a minimum,
test control
equipment to
verify correct
receipt of alarm,
supervisory, and
trouble signals
(inputs); operation
of evacuation
signals and
auxiliary functions
(outputs); circuit
(1) Functions X Annually
supervision,
including
detection of open
circuits and
ground faults; and
power supply
supervision for
detection of loss
of ac power and
disconnection of
secondary
batteries.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Verify the rating
(2) Fuses X Annually
and supervision.
Verify integrity of
single or multiple
circuits providing
interface between
two or more
control units. Test
interfaced
equipment
(3) Interfaced
X Annually connections by
equipment
operating or
simulating
operation of the
equipment being
supervised. Verify
signals required to
be transmitted at
the control unit.
Illuminate lamps
(4) Lamps and LEDs X Annually
and LEDs.
Disconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
and test under
maximum load,
including all alarm
appliances
requiring
(5) Primary (main)
X Annually simultaneous
power supply
operation.
Reconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
at end of test. For
redundant power
supplies, test
each separately.
Measure sound
pressure level
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
(6) Audible textual Measure and
notification appliances record levels
(loudspeakers and throughout
X Annually protected area.
other appliances to
convey voice Set the sound
messages) level meter in
accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation
Signal, using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
(FAST). Record
the maximum
output when the
audible
emergency
evacuation signal
is on.
Perform test in
accordance with
manufacturer’s
published
instructions. Verify
appliance
locations to be per
approved layout
and confirm that
no floor plan
changes affect the
approved layout.
(7) Visual X Annually
Verify the candela
rating or method
of candela control
marking on each
visual appliance
and rating when
reported by the
FACU agrees with
the approved
drawings. Confirm
that each
appliance flashes.
Review event log
file and verify that
the correct events
were logged.
Review system
diagnostic log file;
correct
deficiencies noted
in file. Delete
unneeded log
(8) Control unit
files. Delete
functions and no
X Annually unneeded error
diagnostic failures are
files. Verify that
indicated
sufficient free disk
space is available.
Verify
unobstructed flow
of cooling air is
available.
Change/clean
filters, cooling
fans, and intake
vents.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Power down the
central control unit
(9) Control unit reset X Annually
computer and
restart it.
If remote control
software is loaded
onto the system,
(10) Control unit verify that it is
X Annually
security disabled to
prevent
unauthorized
system access.
Send out an alert
to a diverse set of
predesignated
receiving devices
(11) Audible/visual
X Annually and confirm
functional test
receipt. Include at
least one of each
type of receiving
device.
Make full system
software backup.
Rotate backups
(12) Software backup X Annually
based on
accepted practice
at site.
Disconnect ac
power. Verify the
ac power failure
alarm status on
central control
(13) Secondary power
X Annually equipment. With
test
ac power
disconnected,
verify battery
voltage under
load.
Check
forward/reflected
(14) Wireless signals X Annually radio power is
within
specifications.
Check
forward/reflected
radio power is
within
specifications.
(15) Antenna X Annually
Verify solid
electrical
connections with
no observable
corrosion.
Verify proper
operation and
(16) Transceivers X Annually
mounting is not
compromised.
aSome transmission equipment (such as, but not limited to, cable modems, fiber-optic interface nodes, and
VoIP interfaces) are typically powered by the building's electrical system using a secondary (standby)
power supply that does not meet the requirements of this Code. This is intended to ensure that the testing
authority verifies full secondary (standby) power as required by Chapter 10. Additionally, refer to Table
cSee Table 14.4.3.2, Item 4(1) for the testing of transmission equipment.
dThe battery tests in Table 14.4.3.2 Item 9 are based on VRLA batteries and it is the intent that the tests
specified in (1) through (4) be performed in order. For other secondary battery types, refer to the battery
manufacturer’s published instructions or IEEE 450, Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and
Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, for vented lead-acid batteries, and
IEEE 1106, Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented
Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications, for nickel-cadmium batteries.
eExample: 4000 mAh × 1⁄25 = 160 mA charging current at 77°F (25°C).
fIf the charger is adjustable, adjust the output voltage to 2.265 volts per cell ±0.015 volts at 77°F (25°C) or
as specified by the alarm equipment manufacturer.
gSee A.14.4.3.2 Item 9(4). A load test per Item 9(5) is permitted in lieu of an ohmic test.
iThe voltmeter sensitivity has been changed from 1000 ohms per volt to 100 ohms per volt so that the false
ground readings (caused by induced voltages) are minimized.
jInitiating devices such as smoke detectors used for elevator recall, closing dampers, or releasing doors
held in the open position that are permitted by the Code (see9.6.3 of NFPA 101) to initiate supervisory
signals at the fire alarm control unit (FACU) should be tested at the same frequency (annual) as those
devices when they are generating an alarm signal. They are not supervisory devices, but they initiate a
supervisory signal at the FACU.
kFusible thermal link detectors are commonly used to close fire doors and fire dampers electrically
connected to the fire alarm control unit. They are actuated by the presence of external heat, which causes a
solder element in the link to fuse, or by an electric thermal device, which, when energized, generates heat
within the body of the link, causing the link to fuse and separate.
lNote, it is customary for the manufacturer of the smoke detector to test a particular product from an aerosol
provider to determine acceptability for use in smoke entry testing of their smoke detector/smoke alarm.
Magnets are not acceptable for smoke entry tests.
m There are some detectors that use magnets as a manufacturer's calibrated sensitivity test instrument.
nFor example, it might not be possible to individually test the heat sensor in a thermally enhanced smoke
detector.
oManufacturer's published instructions should be consulted to ensure a proper operational test. No
suppression gas or agent is expected to be discharged during the test of the solenoid. See Test Plan of
14.2.10.
pA monitor module installed on an interface device is not considered a supervisory device and therefore not
subject to the quarterly testing frequency requirement. Test frequencies for interface devices should be in
accordance with the applicable standard. For example, fire pump controller alarms such as phase reversal
are required to be tested annually. If a monitor module is installed to identify phase reversal on the fire
alarm control unit, it is not necessary to test for phase reversal four times a year.
qChapter 18 would require 15 dB over average ambient sound for public mode spaces. Sometimes the
ambient sound levels are different from what the design was based upon. Private operating mode would
require 10 dB over average ambient at the location of the device.
rWhere building, system, or occupancy changes have been observed, the owner should be notified of the
changes. New devices might need to be installed and tested per the initial acceptance testing criteria.
sSee A.14.4.3.2 and Table 14.4.3.2, Item 24.
FACU cabinet is located. However, the industry standard is for ambient temperature to be taken from inside the
cabinet, which is not currently stated. This PI proposes to clarify that language as well as provide clarification
regarding the comparison of the battery cell/unit temperature with the ambient temperature measurement.
Secondly, with regard to the semi-annual Ohmic Test, the phrase "and connected to the charger" has created
confusion in the field since the related annex note states that offline testing may also be acceptable. Since Chapter
14's wording appears to indicate that testing online is the only option, it is proposed that reference to connection to
the charger be deleted, as that may not be the best practice recommendation depending on the manufacture of the
ohmic meter being utilized. This harmonizes more clearly with the related annex note, which is also the subject of a
related PI.
Committee Statement
[9.]
This revision makes three changes to the battery test methods in (9).
Firstly, with the introduction of a test method for temperature testing of batteries in (9)(1), there has
been confusion in the field as to where the ambient temperature should be taken. Some have
concluded that the ambient temperature should be taken in the room or area where the FACU cabinet
is located. However, the industry standard is for ambient temperature to be taken from inside the
cabinet, which is not currently stated. This revision clarifies that language and provides clarification
regarding the comparison of the battery cell/unit temperature with the ambient temperature
measurement.
Secondly, with regard to the semi-annual Ohmic Test in (9)(4), the phrase "and connected to the
charger" has created confusion in the field since the related annex note states that offline testing may
also be acceptable. Since Chapter 14's wording appears to indicate that testing online is the only
option, the reference to connection to the charger has been deleted, as that may not be the best
practice recommendation depending on the manufacture of the ohmic meter being utilized.
Finally, the revision in (9)(4) addresses the Ohmic Test method for VRLA batteries, changing "and" to
"or" to better indicate the intent of this test method. Either a conductance test "or" a
Resistance/Impedance test is required, not both.
[14.]
Wireless communications is added to Item 14 to address new technology. (See new sections
23.16.4.8 and 23.16.4.9 on Class A and Class B radio pathways.) The Technical Committee requests
that the Correlating Committee form a Task Group with members from SIG-TMS, SIG-PRO, SIG-
[17.]
Items 17(4)(c) and (d) are revised to minimize confusion with regard to the test method for non-
restorable, spot-type heat detectors.
In 17(9), only devices connected to protected premises systems are required to be tested annually.
Household CO devices are tested per Sections 14.4.6 or 14.4.8 and are under the scope of the (SIG-
HOU) Technical Committee.
Item 17(10)(b) is revised to correlate with 2019 changes made to Paragraph 17.17.2.2, particularly
(C) for valves that use lower settings. Also refer to A.17.17.2.2.
The test in 17(7)(d) is revised to permit the use of a listed feature that is capable of supervising
airflow to each sampling port, in lieu of a manual test.
The references to other items in the table are corrected in Item 17(7)(e).
The smoke entry test in 17(8) is for single-criteria detectors only. There is a separate entry in the table
for multi-criteria detectors.
[22.]
The direction in Chapter 14 regarding test methods for sound level testing for loudspeakers should
correlate with Chapter 18, which is to use the meter on alert tone signals only. This provides good
guidance for testing personnel, reminding them that audible information is not to be tested with the
meter.
The revision also removes "throughout the protected area," as it is unenforceable and undefined.
Language referencing the actual required performance metric has been added. Finally, "confirm" is
changed to "determine," as it is more reflective of the proper test reason.
[Table note d]
The added text in Table Note d facilitates a technology-based alternative to the current VRLA battery
testing procedure.
[Table note e]
Footnote "e" pertains to the charging current for Nickel-Cadmium batteries. However, this battery type
was deleted from the table in the 2019 edition, and the footnote was mistakenly retained. Footnote "e
" is, therefore, deleted.
[Annex]
With the introduction of new language for ohmic testing of batteries, there has been some confusion
in the field as to whether to conduct this test online or offline. While the test method in Chapter 14
states that the test is to be done online (connected to the charger), the related annex material stated
that offline testing is also acceptable. This revision clarifies that, while online testing is the preferred
method for the Ohmic Test, offline testing may be the recommended practice on the part of certain
ohmic meter manufacturers.
14.4.3.2*
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
1. All equipment X See Table 14.3.1.
Control
2. equipment and
transponder
Verify correct
receipt of alarm,
supervisory, and
trouble signals
(inputs); operation
of evacuation
signals and
auxiliary functions
(outputs); circuit
supervision,
(1) Functions X Annually including
detection of open
circuits and
ground faults; and
power supply
supervision for
detection of loss
of ac power and
disconnection of
secondary
batteries.
Verify rating and
(2) Fuses X Annually
supervision.
Verify integrity of
single or multiple
circuits providing
interface between
two or more
control units. Test
interfaced
equipment
(3) Interfaced
X Annually connections by
equipment
operating or
simulating
operation of the
equipment being
supervised. Verify
signals required to
be transmitted at
the control unit.
Illuminate lamps
(4) Lamps and LEDs X Annually
and LEDs.
Disconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
and test under
maximum load,
including all alarm
(5) Primary (main) appliances
X Annually
power supply requiring
simultaneous
operation.
Reconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
at end of test. Test
redundant power
supplies
separately.
Alarm control
3. unit trouble
signals
Verify operation of
control unit
trouble signals.
Verify ring-back
(1) Audible and visual X Annually feature for
systems using a
trouble-silencing
switch that
requires resetting.
If control unit has
disconnect or
isolating switches,
verify
performance of
intended function
(2) Disconnect
X Annually of each switch.
switches
Verify receipt of
trouble signal
when a
supervised
function is
disconnected.
If the system has
a ground
detection feature,
verify the
occurrence of
(3) Ground-fault
X Annually ground-fault
monitoring circuit
indication
whenever any
installation
conductor is
grounded.
Actuate an
initiating device
(4) Transmission of
and verify receipt
signals to off-premises X Annually
of alarm signal at
location
the off-premises
location.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Supervising
station alarm
4. systems —
transmission
equipment
aTest all system
functions and
features in
accordance with
the equipment
manufacturer’s
(1) All equipment X Annually published
instructions for
correct operation
in conformance
with the
applicable
sections of
Chapter 26.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Except for DACTs
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72 that are
connected to a
telephone line
(2) Digital alarm (number) that is
communicator X Annually also supervised
transmitter (DACT) for adverse
conditions by a
derived local
channel, ensure
connection of the
DACT to two
separate means
of transmission.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Disconnect the
primary telephone
line. Verify
transmission of a
(3) Digital alarm radio
X Annually trouble signal to
transmitter (DART)
the supervising
station by the
DART occurs
within 4 minutes.
Actuate initiating
device. Verify
production of not
less than three
(4) McCulloh complete rounds
X Annually
transmitter of not less than
three signal
impulses each by
the McCulloh
transmitter.
(2) Ground
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
(2) Ground
Cause a fault
between elements
of the transmitting
equipment. Verify
indication of the
(5) Radio alarm fault at the
X Annually
transmitter (RAT) protected
premises, or
transmission of
trouble signal to
the supervising
station.
Perform tests to
ensure the
monitoring of
integrity of the
transmission
technology and
technology
path.Where
shared
communications
(6) Performance- equipment is used
X Annually
based technologies as permitted by
26.6.3.1.14,
provided
secondary
(standby) power
sources shall be
tested in
accordance with
Table 14.4.3.2,
item 7, 8, or 9, as
applicable.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Emergency
5. communications
equipment
Verify correct
switching and
(1) Amplifier/tone
X Annually operation of
generators
backup
equipment.
Operate/function
(2) Call-in signal and verify receipt
X Annually of correct visual
silence
and audible
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
signals at control
unit.
Install phone set
or remove phone
(3) Off-hook indicator from hook and
X Annually
(ring down) verify receipt of
signal at control
unit.
Visually inspect
phone jack and
(4) Phone jacks X Annually initiate
communications
path through jack.
Actuate each
phone set and
(5) Phone set X Annually
verify correct
operation.
Operate the
system with a
minimum of any
(6) System
X Annually five handsets
performance
simultaneously.
Verify voice
quality and clarity.
If an engine-
driven
generator
dedicated to the
system is used
as a required
power source,
Engine-driven
6. X Monthly verify operation
generator
of the generator
and transfer
switch in
accordance
with NFPA 110
by the building
owner.
If an ESS
system
dedicated to the
system is used
as a required
Energy storage power source,
7. X Annually
systems (ESS) verify by the
building owner
operation of the
ESS system in
accordance
with NFPA 111.
Disconnect all
primary (main)
power supplies
and verify the
Secondary occurrence of
8. (standby) power X Annually required trouble
supplyc indication for
loss of primary
power. Measure
or verify the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
system’s
standby and
alarm current
demand using
the equipment
manufacturer’s
data and verify
the battery’s
rated capacity
exceeds the
system’s power
demand,
including the
safety margin.
Operate
general alarm
systems a
minimum of
5 minutes and
emergency
voice
communications
systems for a
minimum of
15 minutes.
Reconnect
primary (main)
power supply at
end of test.
measurement
and
verification.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Prior t
condu
any ba
testing
by the
condu
VRLA battery test, th
9.
and chargerd system
softwa
stored
volatile
memo
protec
loss.
Upon initially
opening the
cabinet door,
measure and
record the
temperature of
each battery
cell/unit at the
(1) Temperature test X Semiannually negative terminal
with an infrared
thermometer.
Replace any
battery cell/unit if
the temperature is
greater than 18°F
(10°C) above
ambient.
With the battery
fully charged and
connected to the
charger, measure
the voltage across
the battery with a
voltmeter. Verify
the voltage is
within the
battery/alarm
(2) Charger testf X Semiannually
equipment
manufacturer’s
recommendations.
If the voltage is
outside of the
specified limits,
either adjust the
charger to within
limits or replace
the charger.
With the battery
fully charged and
(3) Cell/Unit voltage connected to the
X Semiannually charger, measure
test
the voltage of
each cell/unit with
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
a voltmeter.
Replace the
battery when any
cell/unit measures
a voltage less
than 13.26 volts.
When the battery
is installed,
establish a
baseline ohmic
value for each
battery cell/unit or
where available
use baseline
ohmic values
(4) Ohmic testg X N/A
provided by the
battery or test
equipment
manufacturer. In
either case record
the base line
ohmic value on
each battery
cell/unit.
Semia
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Repla
battery
condu
test of
battery
capac
test th
based
manuf
specif
for a d
rate of
or mor
applyi
curren
indicat
the se
hourly
discha
contin
until th
termin
voltag
(5) decrea
Replacement/Load 3 years the en
testh voltag
specif
the
manuf
Recor
test du
and ca
the ba
capac
includ
adjust
ambie
tempe
Repla
battery
capac
less th
equal
or at th
sched
interva
battery
capac
less th
Manual tests of
Public the power
emergency supply for
10. alarm reporting X Daily public reporting
system — wired circuits shall be
system made and
recorded at
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
least once
during each 24-
hour period.
Such tests shall
include the
following:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Verify the
correct
operation and
identification of
annunciators. If
Remote
11. X Annually provided, verify
annunciators
the correct
operation of
annunciator
under a fault
condition.
12. Reserved
13. Reserved
14. Reserved
Conductors —
15.
metallic
Test all installation
conductors with a
volt/ohmmeter to
verify that there
are no stray
(unwanted)
voltages between
installation
conductors or
between
installation
conductors and
(1) Stray voltage X N/A ground. Verify the
maximum
allowable stray
voltage does not
exceed 1 volt
ac/dc, unless a
different threshold
is specified in the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
installed
equipment.
Test all installation
conductors, other
than those
intentionally and
permanently
grounded, for
(2) Ground faults X N/A isolation from
ground per the
installed
equipment
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Test all installation
conductors, other
than those
(3) Short-circuit faults X N/A intentionally
connected
together, for
conductor-to-
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
conductor
isolation per the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
installed
equipment. Also
test these same
circuits conductor-
to-ground.
With each
initiating and
indicating circuit
installation
conductor pair
short-circuited at
the far end,
measure and
record the
resistance of each
(4) Loop resistance X N/A circuit. Verify that
the loop
resistance does
not exceed the
limits specified in
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
installed
equipment.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, confirm
the introduction of
a fault in any
circuit monitored
for integrity results
in a trouble
indication at the
fire alarm control
unit. Open one
connection at not
less than
10 percent of the
(5) Circuit integrity X N/A
initiating devices,
notification
appliances and
controlled devices
on every initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance circuit,
and signaling line
circuit. Confirm all
circuits perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and 23.7.
For pe
testing
N/A Annually each i
device
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
notific
applia
circuit
signal
circuit
correc
indicat
the co
unit. C
all circ
perfor
indicat
Sectio
23.6, a
23.7.
Conductors —
16.
nonmetallic
Test the fiber-optic
transmission line
by the use of an
optical power
meter or by an
optical time
domain
reflectometer
used to measure
the relative power
loss of the line.
Test result data
must meet or
(1) Fiber optics X N/A
exceed ANSI/TIA
568-C.3, Optical
Fiber Cabling
Components
Standard, related
to fiber-optic lines
and
connection/splice
losses and the
control unit
manufacturer’s
published
specifications.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, confirm
the introduction of
a fault in any
circuit monitored
for integrity results
in a trouble
indication at the
fire alarm control
(2) Circuit integrity X N/A unit. Open one
connection at not
less than
10 percent of the
initiating devices,
notification
appliances, and
controlled devices
on every initiating
device circuit,
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
notification
appliance circuit,
and signaling line
circuit. Confirm all
circuits perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and 23.7.
For pe
testing
each i
device
notific
applia
circuit
signal
circuit
N/A Annually correc
indicat
the co
unit. C
all circ
perfor
indicat
Sectio
23.6, a
23.7.
Initiating
17.
devicesj
(1) Electromechanical
releasing device
Verify correct
operation by
removal of the
(a) Nonrestorable-
X Annually fusible link and
type link
operation of the
associated
device.
Verify correct
operation by
(b) Restorable-type removal of the
X Annually fusible link and
linkk operation of the
associated
device.
Operate the
switch
(2) Fire extinguishing
mechanically or
system(s) or
X Annually electrically and
suppression system(s)
verify receipt of
alarm switch
signal by the fire
alarm control unit.
Test fire–gas
detectors and
other fire
(3) Fire–gas and detectors as
X Annually
other detectors prescribed by the
manufacturer and
as necessary for
the application.
(4) Heat detectors
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Perform heat test
with a listed and
labeled heat
source or in
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
(a) Fixed- published
temperature, rate-of- instructions.
rise, rate of Assure that the
Annually (see
compensation, X test method for
14.4.4.5)
restorable line, spot the installed
type (excluding equipment does
pneumatic tube type) not damage the
nonrestorable
fixed-temperature
element of a
combination rate-
of-rise/fixed-
temperature
element detector.
Do not perform
heat test. Test
functionality
mechanically and
(b) Fixed- electrically.
temperature, X Annually Measure and
nonrestorable line type record loop
resistance.
Investigate
changes from
acceptance test.
After 15 years
from initial
installation,
replace all
devices or have 2
detectors per 100
laboratory tested.
Replace the 2
detectors with
new devices. If a
failure occurs on
(c) Fixed-
any of the
temperature, X See Method
detectors
nonrestorable spot type
removed, remove
and test additional
detectors to
determine either a
general problem
involving faulty
detectors or a
localized problem
involving 1 or 2
defective
detectors.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Do not perform
heat tests. Test
(d) Nonrestorable
X Annually functionality
(general)
mechanically and
electrically.
Perform heat tests
(where test
chambers are in
circuit), with a
listed and labeled
heat source or in
(e) Restorable line accordance with
type, pneumatic tube X Annually the
only manufacturer's
published
instructions of the
detector or
conduct a test
with pressure
pump.
Conduct
functional tests
according to
manufacturer’s
(f) Single- and
published
multiple-station heat X Annually
instructions. Do
alarms
not test
nonrestorable
heat detectors
with heat.
Operate manual
fire alarm boxes
per the
manufacturer’s
published
(5) Manual fire alarm
X Annually instructions. Test
boxes
both key-operated
presignal and
general alarm
manual fire alarm
boxes.
Test flame
detectors and
spark/ember
detectors in
accordance with
(6) Radiant energy the
X Semiannually
fire detectors manufacturer’s
published
instructions to
determine that
each detector is
operative.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
and labeled
product
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
instructions. Other
methods listed in
the
manufacturer's
published
instructions that
ensure smoke
entry from the
protected area,
through the vents,
into the sensing
chamber can be
used.
Perform a
functional test on
all single- and
multiple-station
(b) Single- and
smoke alarms
multiple-station smoke
connected to a
alarms connected to X Annually
protected
protected premises
premises fire
systems
alarm system by
putting the smoke
alarm into an
alarm condition.
Conduct
(c) System smoke functional tests
detectors used in one- according to
X Annually
and two-family manufacturer’s
dwellings published
instructions.
Test with smoke
or a listed and
labeled product
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
(d) Air sampling X Annually
instructions. Test
from the end
sampling port or
point on each pipe
run. Verify airflow
through all other
ports or points.
In addition to the
testing required in
Table
14.4.3.2(g)(1) and
Table 14.4.3.2(h),
(e) Duct type X Annually test duct smoke
detectors that use
sampling tubes to
ensure that they
will properly
sample the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
airstream in the
duct using a
method
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
instructions.
Test the detector
by introducing
(f) Projected beam smoke, other
X Annually
type aerosol, or an
optical filter into
the beam path.
Operate both
portions of the
(g) Smoke detector detector
with built-in thermal X Annually independently as
element described for the
respective
devices.
Verify that the
control capability
remains operable
even if all of the
(h) Smoke initiating devices
detectors with control X Annually connected to the
output functions same initiating
device circuit or
signaling line
circuit are in an
alarm state.
(8) Smoke detectors
— sensitivity testing
mPerform any of
the following tests
In other than one- to ensure that
and two-family
N/A See 14.4.4.3 each smoke
dwellings, system detector is within
detectors its listed and
marked sensitivity
range:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
connected to the
same initiating
device circuit or
signaling line
circuit are in an
alarm state.
(10) Initiating
devices, supervisory
Operate valve and
verify signal
receipt to be
within the first two
revolutions of the
handwheel or
within one-fifth of
the travel
distance, or per
(a) Control valve the
X Semiannual
switch manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Continue to cycle
outside stem and
yoke valves and
verify switch does
not reset during
full travel of the
valve stem.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained where
the required
(b) High- or low-air pressure is
X Annually
pressure switch increased or
decreased a
maximum 10 psi
(70 kPa) from the
required pressure
level.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained before
pressure
decreases to
(c) Steam pressure X Annually
110 percent of the
minimum
operating
pressure of the
steam-operated
equipment.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained where
(d) Pressure the required
supervisory devices for X Annually pressure is
other sources increased or
decreased from
the normal
operating
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
pressure by an
amount specified
in approved
design
documents.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal to
indicate the
(e) Room decrease in room
X Annually
temperature switch temperature to
40°F (4.4°C) and
its restoration to
above 40°F
(4.4°C).
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal
indicating the
water level raised
or lowered a
maximum 3 in.
(70 mm) from the
(f) Water level required level
X Annually
switch within a pressure
tank, or a
maximum 12 in.
(300 mm) from the
required level of a
nonpressure tank.
Also verify its
restoral to
required level.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal to
indicate the
(g) Water decrease in water
X Annually
temperature switch temperature to
40°F (4.4°C) and
its restoration to
above 40°F
(4.4°C).
Water shall be
flowed through an
inspector's test
connection
indicating the flow
of water equal to
that from a single
sprinkler of the
(11) Mechanical, smallest orifice
electrosonic, or
X Semiannually size installed in
pressure-type waterflow the system or
device other listed and
approved
waterflow switch
test methods for
wet-pipe systems,
or an alarm test
bypass
connection for
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
dry-pipe, pre-
action, or deluge
systems in
accordance with
NFPA 25.
Test each of the
detection
principles present
within the detector
(e.g.,
smoke/heat/CO,
etc.)
independently for
(12) Multi-sensor fire the specific
detector or multi-criteria detection
fire detector or X Annually principle,
combination fire regardless of the
detector configuration
status at the time
of testing. Also
test each detector
in accordance
with the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Special hazard
18.
equipment
Operate abort
(1) Abort switch switch and verify
X Annually
(dead-man type) correct sequence
and operation.
Operate abort
switch and verify
(2) Abort switch development of
X Annually
(recycle type) correct matrix with
each sensor
operated.
Operate abort
switch and verify
correct sequence
and operation in
accordance with
authority having
(3) Abort switch
X Annually jurisdiction.
(special type)
Observe
sequencing as
specified on as-
built drawings or
in system owner’s
manual.
Operate one
sensor or detector
on each zone.
Verify occurrence
(4) Cross-zone
X Annually of correct
detection circuit
sequence with
operation of first
zone and then
with operation of
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
second zone.
Operate all
sensors in
system. Verify
(5) Matrix-type circuit X Annually development of
correct matrix with
each sensor
operated.
(6) Release solenoid Verify operation of
X Annually
circuito solenoid.
Use AGI flashbulb
or other test light
(7) Squibb release approved by the
X Annually
circuit manufacturer.
Verify operation of
flashbulb or light.
Operate required
sensors at a
minimum of four
(8) Verified, locations in circuit.
sequential, or counting X Annually Verify correct
zone circuit sequence with
both the first and
second detector in
alarm.
Verify supervision
(9) All above devices
of circuits by
or circuits or X Annually
creating an open
combinations thereof
circuit.
Combination
19.
systems
Test
communication
between the
device connecting
the fire
extinguisher
electronic
monitoring
(1) Fire extinguisher
device/system
electronic monitoring X Annually
and the fire alarm
device/system
control unit to
ensure proper
signals are
received at the fire
alarm control unit
and remote
annunciator(s) if
applicable.
Test
communication
between the
device connecting
the carbon
(2) Carbon monoxide
X Annually
monoxidedevice/system device/system
and the fire alarm
control unit to
ensure proper
signals are
received at the fire
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
alarm control unit
and remote
annunciator(s) if
applicable.
Test interface
equipment
connections by
operating or
simulating the
equipment
being
supervised.
Verify signals
required to be
transmitted are
Interface received at the
20. X See 14.4.4.4 control unit.
equipmentp Test frequency
for interface
equipment is
the same as the
frequency
required by the
applicable
NFPA
standard(s) for
the equipment
being
supervised.
Test the device
in accordance
Guard’s tour with the
21. X Annually
equipment manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Alarm
22. notification
appliances
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, measure
sound pressure
levels for signals
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
(1) Audibleq X N/A Measure sound
pressure levels
throughout the
protected area to
confirm that they
are in compliance
with Chapter 18.
Set the sound
level meter in
accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation (E2)
and Evacuation
Signals with
Relocation
Instructions
(ESRI), using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST).
rFor p
testing
N/A Annually the op
of the
notific
applia
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, measure
sound pressure
levels for signals
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure sound
pressure levels
throughout the
(2) Audible textual
protected area to
notification appliances
confirm that they
(loudspeakers and
X N/A are in compliance
other appliances to
with Chapter 18.
convey voice
Set the sound
messages)
level meter in
accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation (E2)
and Evacuation
Signals with
Relocation
Instructions
(ESRI), using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST).
rFor p
testing
N/A Annually
the op
of the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
notific
applia
Perform initial and
reacceptance
testing in
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions. Verify
appliance
locations to be per
approved layout
and confirm that
no floor plan
(3) Visual X N/A changes affect the
approved layout.
Verify the candela
rating or method
of candela control
marking on each
visual appliance
and rating when
reported by the
FACU agrees with
the approved
drawings. Confirm
that each
appliance flashes.
For pe
testing
N/A Annually that ea
applia
flashe
Perform tests in
Exit marking accordance
audible with
23. X Annually
notification manufacturer's
appliance published
instructions.
For initial,
reacceptance,
and periodic
testing, verify
emergency
control function
interface device
activation.
Where an
emergency
Emergency control function
24. control X Annually interface device
functionss is disabled or
disconnected
during initiating
device testing,
verify that the
disabled or
disconnected
emergency
control function
interface device
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
has been
properly
restored,
including
electromagnetic
devices used
for door
releasing
services as part
of a fire alarm
system.
Use the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions and
the as-built
drawings
provided by the
Two-way system supplier
emergency to verify correct
25. X Annually
communications operation after
systems the initial testing
phase has been
performed by
the supplier or
by the
supplier’s
designated
representative.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Special
26.
procedures
Verify time delay
and alarm
response for
(1) Alarm verification X Annually smoke detector
circuits identified
as having alarm
verification.
Verify
communications
between sending
(2) Multiplex systems X Annually and receiving
units under both
primary and
secondary power.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Supervising
station alarm
27. systems —
receiving
equipment
Perform tests on
all system
functions and
features in
accordance with
the equipment
manufacturer’s
(1) All equipment X Monthly published
instructions for
correct operation
in conformance
with the
applicable
sections of
Chapter 26.
Disconnect each
(2) Digital alarm
transmission
communicator receiver X Monthly
means in turn
(DACR)
from the DACR,
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
and verify audible
and visual
annunciation of a
trouble signal in
the supervising
station.
Cause the
following
conditions of all
DARRs on all
subsidiary and
repeater station
(3) Digital alarm radio receiving
X Monthly
receiver (DARR) equipment. Verify
receipt at the
supervising
station of correct
signals for each of
the following
conditions:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
station under the
following
conditions:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
and receiving
equipment; verify
receipt of correct
signals at the
supervising
station:
Perform tests to
ensure the
monitoring of
integrity of the
transmission
technology and
technology path.
Where a single
communications
(7) Performance-
X Monthly path is used,
based technologies
disconnect the
communication
path. Verify that
failure of the path
is annunciated at
the supervising
station within
60 minutes of the
failure (within
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
5 minutes for
communication
equipment
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72).
Restore the
communication
path. Where
multiple
communication
paths are used,
disconnect both
communication
paths and confirm
that failure of the
path is
annunciated at
the supervising
station within not
more than 6 hours
of the failure
(within 24 hours
for communication
equipment
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72).
Restore both
communication
paths.
Public
emergency
alarm reporting
28.
system
transmission
equipment
Actuate publicly
accessible
initiating device(s)
and verify receipt
of not less than
three complete
rounds of signal
impulses. Perform
this test under
(1) Publicly
X Semiannually normal circuit
accessible alarm box
conditions. If the
device is
equipped for open
circuit operation
(ground return),
test it in this
condition as one
of the semiannual
tests.
Test each
initiating circuit of
(2) Auxiliary box X Annually the auxiliary box
by actuation of a
protected
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
premises initiating
device connected
to that circuit.
Verify receipt of
not less than
three complete
rounds of signal
impulses.
(3) Master box
Perform the tests
(a) Manual
X Semiannually prescribed for
operation
28(a).
Perform the tests
(b) Auxiliary
X Annually prescribed for
operation
28(b).
The following
procedures
describe
additional
Low-power acceptance and
29. radio (wireless X N/A reacceptance
systems) test methods to
verify wireless
protection
system
operation:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Mass
30. notification
systems
At a minimum,
test control
equipment to
verify correct
receipt of alarm,
supervisory, and
trouble signals
(inputs); operation
of evacuation
signals and
auxiliary functions
(outputs); circuit
(1) Functions X Annually
supervision,
including
detection of open
circuits and
ground faults; and
power supply
supervision for
detection of loss
of ac power and
disconnection of
secondary
batteries.
Verify the rating
(2) Fuses X Annually
and supervision.
Verify integrity of
single or multiple
circuits providing
interface between
two or more
(3) Interfaced control units. Test
X Annually interfaced
equipment
equipment
connections by
operating or
simulating
operation of the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
equipment being
supervised. Verify
signals required to
be transmitted at
the control unit.
Illuminate lamps
(4) Lamps and LEDs X Annually
and LEDs.
Disconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
and test under
maximum load,
including all alarm
appliances
requiring
(5) Primary (main)
X Annually simultaneous
power supply
operation.
Reconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
at end of test. For
redundant power
supplies, test
each separately.
Measure sound
pressure level
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure and
record levels
throughout
protected area.
(6) Audible textual
Set the sound
notification appliances
level meter in
(loudspeakers and
X Annually accordance with
other appliances to
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
convey voice
American National
messages)
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation
Signal, using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST). Record
the maximum
output when the
audible
emergency
evacuation signal
is on.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Perform test in
accordance with
manufacturer’s
published
instructions. Verify
appliance
locations to be per
approved layout
and confirm that
no floor plan
changes affect the
approved layout.
(7) Visual X Annually
Verify the candela
rating or method
of candela control
marking on each
visual appliance
and rating when
reported by the
FACU agrees with
the approved
drawings. Confirm
that each
appliance flashes.
Review event log
file and verify that
the correct events
were logged.
Review system
diagnostic log file;
correct
deficiencies noted
in file. Delete
unneeded log
(8) Control unit
files. Delete
functions and no
X Annually unneeded error
diagnostic failures are
files. Verify that
indicated
sufficient free disk
space is available.
Verify
unobstructed flow
of cooling air is
available.
Change/clean
filters, cooling
fans, and intake
vents.
Power down the
central control unit
(9) Control unit reset X Annually
computer and
restart it.
If remote control
software is loaded
onto the system,
(10) Control unit verify that it is
X Annually
security disabled to
prevent
unauthorized
system access.
Send out an alert
(11) Audible/visual to a diverse set of
X Annually
functional test predesignated
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
receiving devices
and confirm
receipt. Include at
least one of each
type of receiving
device.
Make full system
software backup.
Rotate backups
(12) Software backup X Annually
based on
accepted practice
at site.
Disconnect ac
power. Verify the
ac power failure
alarm status on
central control
(13) Secondary power
X Annually equipment. With
test
ac power
disconnected,
verify battery
voltage under
load.
Check
forward/reflected
(14) Wireless signals X Annually radio power is
within
specifications.
Check
forward/reflected
radio power is
within
specifications.
(15) Antenna X Annually
Verify solid
electrical
connections with
no observable
corrosion.
Verify proper
operation and
(16) Transceivers X Annually
mounting is not
compromised.
aSome transmission equipment (such as, but not limited to, cable modems, fiber-optic interface nodes, and
VoIP interfaces) are typically powered by the building's electrical system using a secondary (standby)
power supply that does not meet the requirements of this Code. This is intended to ensure that the testing
authority verifies full secondary (standby) power as required by Chapter 10. Additionally, refer to Table
14.4.3.2, items 7 through 9, for secondary (standby) power supply testing.
bThe automatic transmission of the check-in (handshake) signal can take up to 60 minutes to occur.
cSee Table 14.4.3.2, Item 4(1) for the testing of transmission equipment.
dThe battery tests in Table 14.4.3.2 Item 9 are based on VRLA batteries and it is the intent that the tests
specified in (1) through (4) be performed in order. For other secondary battery types, refer to the battery
manufacturer’s published instructions or IEEE 450, Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and
Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, for vented lead-acid batteries, and
IEEE 1106, Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented
Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications, for nickel-cadmium batteries.
eExample: 4000 mAh × 1⁄25 = 160 mA charging current at 77°F (25°C).
fIf the charger is adjustable, adjust the output voltage to 2.265 volts per cell ±0.015 volts at 77°F (25°C) or
iThe voltmeter sensitivity has been changed from 1000 ohms per volt to 100 ohms per volt so that the false
ground readings (caused by induced voltages) are minimized.
jInitiating devices such as smoke detectors used for elevator recall, closing dampers, or releasing doors
held in the open position that are permitted by the Code (see9.6.3 of NFPA 101) to initiate supervisory
signals at the fire alarm control unit (FACU) should be tested at the same frequency (annual) as those
devices when they are generating an alarm signal. They are not supervisory devices, but they initiate a
supervisory signal at the FACU.
kFusible thermal link detectors are commonly used to close fire doors and fire dampers electrically
connected to the fire alarm control unit. They are actuated by the presence of external heat, which causes a
solder element in the link to fuse, or by an electric thermal device, which, when energized, generates heat
within the body of the link, causing the link to fuse and separate.
lNote, it is customary for the manufacturer of the smoke detector to test a particular product from an aerosol
provider to determine acceptability for use in smoke entry testing of their smoke detector/smoke alarm.
Magnets are not acceptable for smoke entry tests.
m There are some detectors that use magnets as a manufacturer's calibrated sensitivity test instrument.
nFor example, it might not be possible to individually test the heat sensor in a thermally enhanced smoke
detector.
oManufacturer's published instructions should be consulted to ensure a proper operational test. No
suppression gas or agent is expected to be discharged during the test of the solenoid. See Test Plan of
14.2.10.
pA monitor module installed on an interface device is not considered a supervisory device and therefore not
subject to the quarterly testing frequency requirement. Test frequencies for interface devices should be in
accordance with the applicable standard. For example, fire pump controller alarms such as phase reversal
are required to be tested annually. If a monitor module is installed to identify phase reversal on the fire
alarm control unit, it is not necessary to test for phase reversal four times a year.
qChapter 18 would require 15 dB over average ambient sound for public mode spaces. Sometimes the
ambient sound levels are different from what the design was based upon. Private operating mode would
require 10 dB over average ambient at the location of the device.
rWhere building, system, or occupancy changes have been observed, the owner should be notified of the
changes. New devices might need to be installed and tested per the initial acceptance testing criteria.
sSee A.14.4.3.2 and Table 14.4.3.2, Item 24.
As the 5/15 minute alarm operation process already takes place during acceptance testing per the Power Systems
Supplement of the Record of Completion (Section 2.3.4 of that form), this should not be taking place every year
thereafter. The drain on the battery as a result of this test being done every year and the time needed for the
battery to recharge after that test presents a serious concern. What if there is a power outage during the time that
the batteries are trying to recharge after the 5 minute or 15 minute alarm test on standby power has been
performed and there is a fire event at the same time? The panel will likely not be able to perform adequately.
Chapter 10 already mandates that standby power capacity be designed to perform the 5 or 15 minute alarm
notification requirement on standby power following a 24-hour primary power outage. And, again, that is verified at
acceptance. In order to do this test as currently outlined and verify that the panel is still capable of the 5/15 minute
alarm notification per Chapter 10, primary power would need to be dropped for 24 hours prior to the periodic test.
How often, realistically, is this being done annually? How often, realistically, can it be done? And yet, that is what
this test method is calling for currently. There are new, more stringent semiannual test methods now for batteries to
ensure better strength/integrity of secondary/standby power, making this 24 hour off-power test method
requirement unnecessary and potentially dangerous.
14.4.3.2*
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
1. All equipment X See Table 14.3.1.
Control
2. equipment and
transponder
Verify correct
receipt of alarm,
supervisory, and
trouble signals
(inputs); operation
of evacuation
signals and
auxiliary functions
(outputs); circuit
supervision,
(1) Functions X Annually including
detection of open
circuits and
ground faults; and
power supply
supervision for
detection of loss
of ac power and
disconnection of
secondary
batteries.
Verify rating and
(2) Fuses X Annually
supervision.
Verify integrity of
single or multiple
circuits providing
interface between
two or more
control units. Test
interfaced
equipment
(3) Interfaced
X Annually connections by
equipment
operating or
simulating
operation of the
equipment being
supervised. Verify
signals required to
be transmitted at
the control unit.
Illuminate lamps
(4) Lamps and LEDs X Annually
and LEDs.
Disconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
and test under
maximum load,
including all alarm
(5) Primary (main) appliances
X Annually
power supply requiring
simultaneous
operation.
Reconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
at end of test. Test
redundant power
supplies
separately.
Alarm control
3. unit trouble
signals
Verify operation of
control unit
trouble signals.
Verify ring-back
(1) Audible and visual X Annually feature for
systems using a
trouble-silencing
switch that
requires resetting.
If control unit has
disconnect or
isolating switches,
verify
performance of
intended function
(2) Disconnect
X Annually of each switch.
switches
Verify receipt of
trouble signal
when a
supervised
function is
disconnected.
If the system has
a ground
detection feature,
verify the
occurrence of
(3) Ground-fault
X Annually ground-fault
monitoring circuit
indication
whenever any
installation
conductor is
grounded.
Actuate an
initiating device
(4) Transmission of
and verify receipt
signals to off-premises X Annually
of alarm signal at
location
the off-premises
location.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Supervising
station alarm
4. systems —
transmission
equipment
aTest all system
functions and
features in
accordance with
the equipment
manufacturer’s
(1) All equipment X Annually published
instructions for
correct operation
in conformance
with the
applicable
sections of
Chapter 26.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Except for DACTs
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72 that are
connected to a
telephone line
(2) Digital alarm (number) that is
communicator X Annually also supervised
transmitter (DACT) for adverse
conditions by a
derived local
channel, ensure
connection of the
DACT to two
separate means
of transmission.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Disconnect the
primary telephone
line. Verify
transmission of a
(3) Digital alarm radio
X Annually trouble signal to
transmitter (DART)
the supervising
station by the
DART occurs
within 4 minutes.
Actuate initiating
device. Verify
production of not
less than three
(4) McCulloh complete rounds
X Annually
transmitter of not less than
three signal
impulses each by
the McCulloh
transmitter.
(2) Ground
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
(2) Ground
Cause a fault
between elements
of the transmitting
equipment. Verify
indication of the
(5) Radio alarm fault at the
X Annually
transmitter (RAT) protected
premises, or
transmission of
trouble signal to
the supervising
station.
Perform tests to
ensure the
monitoring of
integrity of the
transmission
technology and
technology
path.Where
shared
communications
(6) Performance- equipment is used
X Annually
based technologies as permitted by
26.6.3.1.14,
provided
secondary
(standby) power
sources shall be
tested in
accordance with
Table 14.4.3.2,
item 7, 8, or 9, as
applicable.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
W
c
p
u
d
b
c
p
M
in
a
tr
V
p
c
a
th
w
2
o
tr
fa
R
c
p
Emergency
5. communications
equipment
Verify correct
switching and
(1) Amplifier/tone
X Annually operation of
generators
backup
equipment.
Operate/function
(2) Call-in signal and verify receipt
X Annually of correct visual
silence
and audible
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
signals at control
unit.
Install phone set
or remove phone
(3) Off-hook indicator from hook and
X Annually
(ring down) verify receipt of
signal at control
unit.
Visually inspect
phone jack and
(4) Phone jacks X Annually initiate
communications
path through jack.
Actuate each
phone set and
(5) Phone set X Annually
verify correct
operation.
Operate the
system with a
minimum of any
(6) System
X Annually five handsets
performance
simultaneously.
Verify voice
quality and clarity.
If an engine-
driven
generator
dedicated to the
system is used
as a required
power source,
Engine-driven
6. X Monthly verify operation
generator
of the generator
and transfer
switch in
accordance
with NFPA 110
by the building
owner.
If an ESS
system
dedicated to the
system is used
as a required
Energy storage power source,
7. X Annually
systems (ESS) verify by the
building owner
operation of the
ESS system in
accordance
with NFPA 111.
Disconnect all
primary (main)
power supplies
and verify the
Secondary occurrence of
8. (standby) power X Annually required trouble
supplyc indication for
loss of primary
power. Measure
or verify the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
system’s
standby and
alarm current
demand using
the equipment
manufacturer’s
data and verify
the battery’s
rated capacity
exceeds the
system’s power
demand,
including the
safety margin.
Operate
general alarm
systems a
minimum of
5 minutes and
emergency
voice
communications
systems for a
minimum of
15 minutes.
Reconnect
primary (main)
power supply at
end of test.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Prior to
conducting
any battery
testing, verify
by the person
conducting the
VRLA battery test, that all
9.
and chargerd system
software
stored in
volatile
memory is
protected from
loss.
Upon initially
opening the
cabinet door,
measure and
record the
temperature of
each battery
cell/unit at the
(1) Temperature test X Semiannually negative terminal
with an infrared
thermometer.
Replace any
battery cell/unit if
the temperature is
greater than 18°F
(10°C) above
ambient.
With the battery
fully charged and
connected to the
charger, measure
the voltage across
the battery with a
voltmeter. Verify
the voltage is
within the
battery/alarm
(2) Charger testf X Semiannually
equipment
manufacturer’s
recommendations.
If the voltage is
outside of the
specified limits,
either adjust the
charger to within
limits or replace
the charger.
With the battery
fully charged and
connected to the
charger, measure
(3) Cell/Unit voltage the voltage of
X Semiannually
test each cell/unit with
a voltmeter.
Replace the
battery when any
cell/unit measures
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
a voltage less
than 13.26 volts.
When the battery
is installed,
establish a
baseline ohmic
value for each
battery cell/unit or
where available
use baseline
ohmic values
(4) Ohmic testg X N/A
provided by the
battery or test
equipment
manufacturer. In
either case record
the base line
ohmic value on
each battery
cell/unit.
W
b
c
c
th
m
in
v
b
c
R
te
o
o
c
R
b
th
m
o
d
Semiannually th
e
b
3
fo
c
a
m
re
im
W
b
e
m
b
v
u
th
w
c
in
v
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
o
a
ra
Replace the
battery or
conduct a load
test of the
battery
capacity. Load
test the battery
based on the
manufacturer’s
specifications
for a discharge
rate of 3 hours
or more by
applying the
current
indicated for
the selected
hourly
discharge rate
continuously,
until the
terminal
voltage
(5) decreases to
Replacement/Load 3 years the end
testh voltage
specified by
the
manufacturer.
Record the
test duration
and calculate
the battery
capacity
including
adjustment for
ambient
temperature.
Replace the
battery if
capacity is
less than or
equal to 80%
or at the next
scheduled test
interval if
battery
capacity is
less than 85%.
Manual tests of
the power
supply for
Public public reporting
emergency circuits shall be
10. alarm reporting X Daily made and
system — wired recorded at
system least once
during each 24-
hour period.
Such tests shall
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
include the
following:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Verify the
correct
Remote operation and
11. X Annually
annunciators identification of
annunciators. If
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
provided, verify
the correct
operation of
annunciator
under a fault
condition.
12. Reserved
13. Reserved
14. Reserved
Conductors —
15.
metallic
Test all installation
conductors with a
volt/ohmmeter to
verify that there
are no stray
(unwanted)
voltages between
installation
conductors or
between
installation
conductors and
(1) Stray voltage X N/A ground. Verify the
maximum
allowable stray
voltage does not
exceed 1 volt
ac/dc, unless a
different threshold
is specified in the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
installed
equipment.
Test all installation
conductors, other
than those
intentionally and
permanently
grounded, for
(2) Ground faults X N/A isolation from
ground per the
installed
equipment
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Test all installation
conductors, other
than those
intentionally
connected
together, for
(3) Short-circuit faults X N/A conductor-to-
conductor
isolation per the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
installed
equipment. Also
test these same
circuits conductor-
to-ground.
With each
initiating and
indicating circuit
installation
conductor pair
short-circuited at
the far end,
measure and
record the
resistance of each
(4) Loop resistance X N/A circuit. Verify that
the loop
resistance does
not exceed the
limits specified in
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
installed
equipment.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, confirm
the introduction of
a fault in any
circuit monitored
for integrity results
in a trouble
indication at the
fire alarm control
unit. Open one
connection at not
less than
10 percent of the
(5) Circuit integrity X N/A
initiating devices,
notification
appliances and
controlled devices
on every initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance circuit,
and signaling line
circuit. Confirm all
circuits perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and 23.7.
For periodic
testing, test
each initiating
device circuit,
N/A Annually notification
appliance
circuit, and
signaling line
circuit for
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
correct
indication at
the control
unit. Confirm
all circuits
perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and
23.7.
Conductors —
16.
nonmetallic
Test the fiber-optic
transmission line
by the use of an
optical power
meter or by an
optical time
domain
reflectometer
used to measure
the relative power
loss of the line.
Test result data
must meet or
(1) Fiber optics X N/A
exceed ANSI/TIA
568-C.3, Optical
Fiber Cabling
Components
Standard, related
to fiber-optic lines
and
connection/splice
losses and the
control unit
manufacturer’s
published
specifications.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, confirm
the introduction of
a fault in any
circuit monitored
for integrity results
in a trouble
indication at the
fire alarm control
unit. Open one
connection at not
(2) Circuit integrity X N/A less than
10 percent of the
initiating devices,
notification
appliances, and
controlled devices
on every initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance circuit,
and signaling line
circuit. Confirm all
circuits perform as
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and 23.7.
For periodic
testing, test
each initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance
circuit, and
signaling line
circuit for
N/A Annually correct
indication at
the control
unit. Confirm
all circuits
perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and
23.7.
Initiating
17.
devicesj
(1) Electromechanical
releasing device
Verify correct
operation by
removal of the
(a) Nonrestorable-
X Annually fusible link and
type link
operation of the
associated
device.
Verify correct
operation by
(b) Restorable-type removal of the
X Annually fusible link and
linkk operation of the
associated
device.
Operate the
switch
(2) Fire extinguishing
mechanically or
system(s) or
X Annually electrically and
suppression system(s)
verify receipt of
alarm switch
signal by the fire
alarm control unit.
Test fire–gas
detectors and
other fire
(3) Fire–gas and detectors as
X Annually
other detectors prescribed by the
manufacturer and
as necessary for
the application.
(4) Heat detectors
(a) Fixed- Perform heat test
temperature, rate-of- Annually (see with a listed and
rise, rate of X labeled heat
14.4.4.5)
compensation, source or in
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Assure that the
test method for
restorable line, spot the installed
type (excluding equipment does
pneumatic tube type) not damage the
nonrestorable
fixed-temperature
element of a
combination rate-
of-rise/fixed-
temperature
element detector.
Do not perform
heat test. Test
functionality
mechanically and
(b) Fixed- electrically.
temperature, X Annually Measure and
nonrestorable line type record loop
resistance.
Investigate
changes from
acceptance test.
After 15 years
from initial
installation,
replace all
devices or have 2
detectors per 100
laboratory tested.
Replace the 2
detectors with
new devices. If a
failure occurs on
(c) Fixed-
any of the
temperature, X See Method
detectors
nonrestorable spot type
removed, remove
and test additional
detectors to
determine either a
general problem
involving faulty
detectors or a
localized problem
involving 1 or 2
defective
detectors.
Do not perform
(d) Nonrestorable heat tests. Test
X Annually functionality
(general)
mechanically and
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
electrically.
Perform heat tests
(where test
chambers are in
circuit), with a
listed and labeled
heat source or in
(e) Restorable line accordance with
type, pneumatic tube X Annually the
only manufacturer's
published
instructions of the
detector or
conduct a test
with pressure
pump.
Conduct
functional tests
according to
manufacturer’s
(f) Single- and
published
multiple-station heat X Annually
instructions. Do
alarms
not test
nonrestorable
heat detectors
with heat.
Operate manual
fire alarm boxes
per the
manufacturer’s
published
(5) Manual fire alarm
X Annually instructions. Test
boxes
both key-operated
presignal and
general alarm
manual fire alarm
boxes.
Test flame
detectors and
spark/ember
detectors in
accordance with
(6) Radiant energy the
X Semiannually
fire detectors manufacturer’s
published
instructions to
determine that
each detector is
operative.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
product
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
instructions. Other
methods listed in
the
manufacturer's
published
instructions that
ensure smoke
entry from the
protected area,
through the vents,
into the sensing
chamber can be
used.
Perform a
functional test on
all single- and
multiple-station
(b) Single- and
smoke alarms
multiple-station smoke
connected to a
alarms connected to X Annually
protected
protected premises
premises fire
systems
alarm system by
putting the smoke
alarm into an
alarm condition.
Conduct
(c) System smoke functional tests
detectors used in one- according to
X Annually
and two-family manufacturer’s
dwellings published
instructions.
Test with smoke
or a listed and
labeled product
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
(d) Air sampling X Annually
instructions. Test
from the end
sampling port or
point on each pipe
run. Verify airflow
through all other
ports or points.
In addition to the
testing required in
Table
14.4.3.2(g)(1) and
Table 14.4.3.2(h),
test duct smoke
(e) Duct type X Annually detectors that use
sampling tubes to
ensure that they
will properly
sample the
airstream in the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
duct using a
method
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
instructions.
Test the detector
by introducing
(f) Projected beam smoke, other
X Annually
type aerosol, or an
optical filter into
the beam path.
Operate both
portions of the
(g) Smoke detector detector
with built-in thermal X Annually independently as
element described for the
respective
devices.
Verify that the
control capability
remains operable
even if all of the
(h) Smoke initiating devices
detectors with control X Annually connected to the
output functions same initiating
device circuit or
signaling line
circuit are in an
alarm state.
(8) Smoke detectors
— sensitivity testing
mPerform any of
the following tests
In other than one- to ensure that
and two-family
N/A See 14.4.4.3 each smoke
dwellings, system detector is within
detectors its listed and
marked sensitivity
range:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
same initiating
device circuit or
signaling line
circuit are in an
alarm state.
(10) Initiating
devices, supervisory
Operate valve and
verify signal
receipt to be
within the first two
revolutions of the
handwheel or
within one-fifth of
the travel
distance, or per
(a) Control valve the
X Semiannual
switch manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Continue to cycle
outside stem and
yoke valves and
verify switch does
not reset during
full travel of the
valve stem.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained where
the required
(b) High- or low-air pressure is
X Annually
pressure switch increased or
decreased a
maximum 10 psi
(70 kPa) from the
required pressure
level.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained before
pressure
decreases to
(c) Steam pressure X Annually
110 percent of the
minimum
operating
pressure of the
steam-operated
equipment.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained where
(d) Pressure the required
supervisory devices for X Annually pressure is
other sources increased or
decreased from
the normal
operating
pressure by an
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
amount specified
in approved
design
documents.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal to
indicate the
(e) Room decrease in room
X Annually
temperature switch temperature to
40°F (4.4°C) and
its restoration to
above 40°F
(4.4°C).
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal
indicating the
water level raised
or lowered a
maximum 3 in.
(70 mm) from the
(f) Water level required level
X Annually
switch within a pressure
tank, or a
maximum 12 in.
(300 mm) from the
required level of a
nonpressure tank.
Also verify its
restoral to
required level.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal to
indicate the
(g) Water decrease in water
X Annually
temperature switch temperature to
40°F (4.4°C) and
its restoration to
above 40°F
(4.4°C).
Water shall be
flowed through an
inspector's test
connection
indicating the flow
of water equal to
that from a single
sprinkler of the
(11) Mechanical, smallest orifice
electrosonic, or size installed in
X Semiannually the system or
pressure-type waterflow
device other listed and
approved
waterflow switch
test methods for
wet-pipe systems,
or an alarm test
bypass
connection for
dry-pipe, pre-
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
action, or deluge
systems in
accordance with
NFPA 25.
Test each of the
detection
principles present
within the detector
(e.g.,
smoke/heat/CO,
etc.)
independently for
(12) Multi-sensor fire the specific
detector or multi-criteria detection
fire detector or X Annually principle,
combination fire regardless of the
detector configuration
status at the time
of testing. Also
test each detector
in accordance
with the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
T
s
to
te
a
in
s
re
b
P
a
fo
re
d
in
th
p
th
c
e
e
c
(m
a
e
s
c
th
re
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
C
re
s
th
in
th
c
W
in
s
c
te
in
te
p
s
R
te
re
Special hazard
18.
equipment
Operate abort
(1) Abort switch switch and verify
X Annually
(dead-man type) correct sequence
and operation.
Operate abort
switch and verify
(2) Abort switch development of
X Annually
(recycle type) correct matrix with
each sensor
operated.
Operate abort
switch and verify
correct sequence
and operation in
accordance with
authority having
(3) Abort switch
X Annually jurisdiction.
(special type)
Observe
sequencing as
specified on as-
built drawings or
in system owner’s
manual.
Operate one
sensor or detector
on each zone.
Verify occurrence
(4) Cross-zone of correct
X Annually
detection circuit sequence with
operation of first
zone and then
with operation of
second zone.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Operate all
sensors in
system. Verify
(5) Matrix-type circuit X Annually development of
correct matrix with
each sensor
operated.
(6) Release solenoid Verify operation of
X Annually
circuito solenoid.
Use AGI flashbulb
or other test light
(7) Squibb release approved by the
X Annually
circuit manufacturer.
Verify operation of
flashbulb or light.
Operate required
sensors at a
minimum of four
(8) Verified, locations in circuit.
sequential, or counting X Annually Verify correct
zone circuit sequence with
both the first and
second detector in
alarm.
Verify supervision
(9) All above devices
of circuits by
or circuits or X Annually
creating an open
combinations thereof
circuit.
Combination
19.
systems
Test
communication
between the
device connecting
the fire
extinguisher
electronic
monitoring
(1) Fire extinguisher
device/system
electronic monitoring X Annually
and the fire alarm
device/system
control unit to
ensure proper
signals are
received at the fire
alarm control unit
and remote
annunciator(s) if
applicable.
Test
communication
between the
device connecting
the carbon
monoxide
(2) Carbon device/system
X Annually
monoxidedevice/system and the fire alarm
control unit to
ensure proper
signals are
received at the fire
alarm control unit
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
and remote
annunciator(s) if
applicable.
Test interface
equipment
connections by
operating or
simulating the
equipment
being
supervised.
Verify signals
required to be
transmitted are
Interface received at the
20. X See 14.4.4.4 control unit.
equipmentp Test frequency
for interface
equipment is
the same as the
frequency
required by the
applicable
NFPA
standard(s) for
the equipment
being
supervised.
Test the device
in accordance
Guard’s tour with the
21. X Annually
equipment manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Alarm
22. notification
appliances
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, measure
sound pressure
levels for signals
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure sound
(1) Audibleq X N/A
pressure levels
throughout the
protected area to
confirm that they
are in compliance
with Chapter 18.
Set the sound
level meter in
accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Standard Audible
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Emergency
Evacuation (E2)
and Evacuation
Signals with
Relocation
Instructions
(ESRI), using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST).
rFor periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually the operation
of the
notification
appliances.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, measure
sound pressure
levels for signals
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure sound
pressure levels
throughout the
(2) Audible textual
protected area to
notification appliances
confirm that they
(loudspeakers and
X N/A are in compliance
other appliances to
with Chapter 18.
convey voice
Set the sound
messages)
level meter in
accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation (E2)
and Evacuation
Signals with
Relocation
Instructions
(ESRI), using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST).
rFor periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually the operation
of the
notification
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
appliances.
Perform initial and
reacceptance
testing in
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions. Verify
appliance
locations to be per
approved layout
and confirm that
no floor plan
(3) Visual X N/A changes affect the
approved layout.
Verify the candela
rating or method
of candela control
marking on each
visual appliance
and rating when
reported by the
FACU agrees with
the approved
drawings. Confirm
that each
appliance flashes.
For periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually that each
appliance
flashes.
Perform tests in
Exit marking accordance
audible with
23. X Annually
notification manufacturer's
appliance published
instructions.
For initial,
reacceptance,
and periodic
testing, verify
emergency
control function
interface device
activation.
Where an
emergency
Emergency control function
24. control X Annually interface device
is disabled or
functionss
disconnected
during initiating
device testing,
verify that the
disabled or
disconnected
emergency
control function
interface device
has been
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
properly
restored,
including
electromagnetic
devices used
for door
releasing
services as part
of a fire alarm
system.
Use the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions and
the as-built
drawings
provided by the
Two-way system supplier
emergency to verify correct
25. X Annually
communications operation after
systems the initial testing
phase has been
performed by
the supplier or
by the
supplier’s
designated
representative.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Special
26.
procedures
Verify time delay
and alarm
response for
(1) Alarm verification X Annually smoke detector
circuits identified
as having alarm
verification.
Verify
communications
between sending
(2) Multiplex systems X Annually and receiving
units under both
primary and
secondary power.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Supervising
station alarm
27. systems —
receiving
equipment
Perform tests on
all system
functions and
features in
accordance with
the equipment
manufacturer’s
(1) All equipment X Monthly published
instructions for
correct operation
in conformance
with the
applicable
sections of
Chapter 26.
Disconnect each
(2) Digital alarm transmission
communicator receiver X Monthly means in turn
(DACR) from the DACR,
and verify audible
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
and visual
annunciation of a
trouble signal in
the supervising
station.
Cause the
following
conditions of all
DARRs on all
subsidiary and
repeater station
(3) Digital alarm radio receiving
X Monthly
receiver (DARR) equipment. Verify
receipt at the
supervising
station of correct
signals for each of
the following
conditions:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
following
conditions:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
equipment; verify
receipt of correct
signals at the
supervising
station:
Perform tests to
ensure the
monitoring of
integrity of the
transmission
technology and
technology path.
Where a single
communications
(7) Performance- path is used,
X Monthly
based technologies disconnect the
communication
path. Verify that
failure of the path
is annunciated at
the supervising
station within
60 minutes of the
failure (within
5 minutes for
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
communication
equipment
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72).
Restore the
communication
path. Where
multiple
communication
paths are used,
disconnect both
communication
paths and confirm
that failure of the
path is
annunciated at
the supervising
station within not
more than 6 hours
of the failure
(within 24 hours
for communication
equipment
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72).
Restore both
communication
paths.
Public
emergency
alarm reporting
28.
system
transmission
equipment
Actuate publicly
accessible
initiating device(s)
and verify receipt
of not less than
three complete
rounds of signal
impulses. Perform
this test under
(1) Publicly
X Semiannually normal circuit
accessible alarm box
conditions. If the
device is
equipped for open
circuit operation
(ground return),
test it in this
condition as one
of the semiannual
tests.
Test each
initiating circuit of
the auxiliary box
(2) Auxiliary box X Annually by actuation of a
protected
premises initiating
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
device connected
to that circuit.
Verify receipt of
not less than
three complete
rounds of signal
impulses.
(3) Master box
Perform the tests
(a) Manual
X Semiannually prescribed for
operation
28(a).
Perform the tests
(b) Auxiliary
X Annually prescribed for
operation
28(b).
The following
procedures
describe
additional
Low-power acceptance and
29. radio (wireless X N/A reacceptance
systems) test methods to
verify wireless
protection
system
operation:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Mass
30. notification
systems
At a minimum,
test control
equipment to
verify correct
receipt of alarm,
supervisory, and
trouble signals
(inputs); operation
of evacuation
signals and
auxiliary functions
(outputs); circuit
(1) Functions X Annually
supervision,
including
detection of open
circuits and
ground faults; and
power supply
supervision for
detection of loss
of ac power and
disconnection of
secondary
batteries.
Verify the rating
(2) Fuses X Annually
and supervision.
Verify integrity of
single or multiple
circuits providing
interface between
two or more
control units. Test
(3) Interfaced interfaced
X Annually
equipment equipment
connections by
operating or
simulating
operation of the
equipment being
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
supervised. Verify
signals required to
be transmitted at
the control unit.
Illuminate lamps
(4) Lamps and LEDs X Annually
and LEDs.
Disconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
and test under
maximum load,
including all alarm
appliances
requiring
(5) Primary (main)
X Annually simultaneous
power supply
operation.
Reconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
at end of test. For
redundant power
supplies, test
each separately.
Measure sound
pressure level
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure and
record levels
throughout
protected area.
(6) Audible textual
Set the sound
notification appliances
level meter in
(loudspeakers and
X Annually accordance with
other appliances to
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
convey voice
American National
messages)
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation
Signal, using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST). Record
the maximum
output when the
audible
emergency
evacuation signal
is on.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Perform test in
accordance with
manufacturer’s
published
instructions. Verify
appliance
locations to be per
approved layout
and confirm that
no floor plan
changes affect the
approved layout.
(7) Visual X Annually
Verify the candela
rating or method
of candela control
marking on each
visual appliance
and rating when
reported by the
FACU agrees with
the approved
drawings. Confirm
that each
appliance flashes.
Review event log
file and verify that
the correct events
were logged.
Review system
diagnostic log file;
correct
deficiencies noted
in file. Delete
unneeded log
(8) Control unit
files. Delete
functions and no
X Annually unneeded error
diagnostic failures are
files. Verify that
indicated
sufficient free disk
space is available.
Verify
unobstructed flow
of cooling air is
available.
Change/clean
filters, cooling
fans, and intake
vents.
Power down the
central control unit
(9) Control unit reset X Annually
computer and
restart it.
If remote control
software is loaded
onto the system,
(10) Control unit verify that it is
X Annually
security disabled to
prevent
unauthorized
system access.
Send out an alert
(11) Audible/visual to a diverse set of
X Annually
functional test predesignated
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
receiving devices
and confirm
receipt. Include at
least one of each
type of receiving
device.
Make full system
software backup.
Rotate backups
(12) Software backup X Annually
based on
accepted practice
at site.
Disconnect ac
power. Verify the
ac power failure
alarm status on
central control
(13) Secondary power
X Annually equipment. With
test
ac power
disconnected,
verify battery
voltage under
load.
Check
forward/reflected
(14) Wireless signals X Annually radio power is
within
specifications.
Check
forward/reflected
radio power is
within
specifications.
(15) Antenna X Annually
Verify solid
electrical
connections with
no observable
corrosion.
Verify proper
operation and
(16) Transceivers X Annually
mounting is not
compromised.
aSome transmission equipment (such as, but not limited to, cable modems, fiber-optic interface nodes, and
VoIP interfaces) are typically powered by the building's electrical system using a secondary (standby)
power supply that does not meet the requirements of this Code. This is intended to ensure that the testing
authority verifies full secondary (standby) power as required by Chapter 10. Additionally, refer to Table
14.4.3.2, items 7 through 9, for secondary (standby) power supply testing.
bThe automatic transmission of the check-in (handshake) signal can take up to 60 minutes to occur.
cSee Table 14.4.3.2, Item 4(1) for the testing of transmission equipment.
dThe battery tests in Table 14.4.3.2 Item 9 are based on VRLA batteries and it is the intent that the tests
specified in (1) through (4) be performed in order. For other secondary battery types, refer to the battery
manufacturer’s published instructions or IEEE 450, Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and
Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, for vented lead-acid batteries, and
IEEE 1106, Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented
Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications, for nickel-cadmium batteries.
eExample: 4000 mAh × 1⁄25 = 160 mA charging current at 77°F (25°C).
fIf the charger is adjustable, adjust the output voltage to 2.265 volts per cell ±0.015 volts at 77°F (25°C) or
iThe voltmeter sensitivity has been changed from 1000 ohms per volt to 100 ohms per volt so that the false
ground readings (caused by induced voltages) are minimized.
jInitiating devices such as smoke detectors used for elevator recall, closing dampers, or releasing doors
held in the open position that are permitted by the Code (see9.6.3 of NFPA 101) to initiate supervisory
signals at the fire alarm control unit (FACU) should be tested at the same frequency (annual) as those
devices when they are generating an alarm signal. They are not supervisory devices, but they initiate a
supervisory signal at the FACU.
kFusible thermal link detectors are commonly used to close fire doors and fire dampers electrically
connected to the fire alarm control unit. They are actuated by the presence of external heat, which causes a
solder element in the link to fuse, or by an electric thermal device, which, when energized, generates heat
within the body of the link, causing the link to fuse and separate.
lNote, it is customary for the manufacturer of the smoke detector to test a particular product from an aerosol
provider to determine acceptability for use in smoke entry testing of their smoke detector/smoke alarm.
Magnets are not acceptable for smoke entry tests.
m There are some detectors that use magnets as a manufacturer's calibrated sensitivity test instrument.
nFor example, it might not be possible to individually test the heat sensor in a thermally enhanced smoke
detector.
oManufacturer's published instructions should be consulted to ensure a proper operational test. No
suppression gas or agent is expected to be discharged during the test of the solenoid. See Test Plan of
14.2.10.
pA monitor module installed on an interface device is not considered a supervisory device and therefore not
subject to the quarterly testing frequency requirement. Test frequencies for interface devices should be in
accordance with the applicable standard. For example, fire pump controller alarms such as phase reversal
are required to be tested annually. If a monitor module is installed to identify phase reversal on the fire
alarm control unit, it is not necessary to test for phase reversal four times a year.
qChapter 18 would require 15 dB over average ambient sound for public mode spaces. Sometimes the
ambient sound levels are different from what the design was based upon. Private operating mode would
require 10 dB over average ambient at the location of the device.
rWhere building, system, or occupancy changes have been observed, the owner should be notified of the
changes. New devices might need to be installed and tested per the initial acceptance testing criteria.
sSee A.14.4.3.2 and Table 14.4.3.2, Item 24.
This section of the table addresses both smoke detectors and smoke alarms.
Committee Statement
Resolution: Single- and multiple-station smoke alarms are inspected, tested, and maintained in accordance with
14.4.5.
14.4.3.2*
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
1. All equipment X See Table 14.3.1.
Control
2. equipment and
transponder
Verify correct
receipt of alarm,
supervisory, and
trouble signals
(inputs); operation
of evacuation
signals and
auxiliary functions
(outputs); circuit
supervision,
(1) Functions X Annually including
detection of open
circuits and
ground faults; and
power supply
supervision for
detection of loss
of ac power and
disconnection of
secondary
batteries.
Verify rating and
(2) Fuses X Annually
supervision.
Verify integrity of
single or multiple
circuits providing
interface between
two or more
control units. Test
interfaced
equipment
(3) Interfaced
X Annually connections by
equipment
operating or
simulating
operation of the
equipment being
supervised. Verify
signals required to
be transmitted at
the control unit.
Illuminate lamps
(4) Lamps and LEDs X Annually
and LEDs.
Disconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
and test under
maximum load,
including all alarm
(5) Primary (main) appliances
X Annually
power supply requiring
simultaneous
operation.
Reconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
at end of test. Test
redundant power
supplies
separately.
Alarm control
3. unit trouble
signals
Verify operation of
control unit
trouble signals.
Verify ring-back
(1) Audible and visual X Annually feature for
systems using a
trouble-silencing
switch that
requires resetting.
If control unit has
disconnect or
isolating switches,
verify
performance of
intended function
(2) Disconnect
X Annually of each switch.
switches
Verify receipt of
trouble signal
when a
supervised
function is
disconnected.
If the system has
a ground
detection feature,
verify the
occurrence of
(3) Ground-fault
X Annually ground-fault
monitoring circuit
indication
whenever any
installation
conductor is
grounded.
Actuate an
initiating device
(4) Transmission of
and verify receipt
signals to off-premises X Annually
of alarm signal at
location
the off-premises
location.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Supervising
station alarm
4. systems —
transmission
equipment
aTest all system
functions and
features in
accordance with
the equipment
manufacturer’s
(1) All equipment X Annually published
instructions for
correct operation
in conformance
with the
applicable
sections of
Chapter 26.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Except for DACTs
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72 that are
connected to a
telephone line
(2) Digital alarm (number) that is
communicator X Annually also supervised
transmitter (DACT) for adverse
conditions by a
derived local
channel, ensure
connection of the
DACT to two
separate means
of transmission.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Disconnect the
primary telephone
line. Verify
transmission of a
(3) Digital alarm radio
X Annually trouble signal to
transmitter (DART)
the supervising
station by the
DART occurs
within 4 minutes.
Actuate initiating
device. Verify
production of not
less than three
(4) McCulloh complete rounds
X Annually
transmitter of not less than
three signal
impulses each by
the McCulloh
transmitter.
(2) Ground
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
(2) Ground
Cause a fault
between elements
of the transmitting
equipment. Verify
indication of the
(5) Radio alarm fault at the
X Annually
transmitter (RAT) protected
premises, or
transmission of
trouble signal to
the supervising
station.
Perform tests to
ensure the
monitoring of
integrity of the
transmission
technology and
technology
path.Where
shared
communications
(6) Performance- equipment is used
X Annually
based technologies as permitted by
26.6.3.1.14,
provided
secondary
(standby) power
sources shall be
tested in
accordance with
Table 14.4.3.2,
item 7, 8, or 9, as
applicable.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
W
c
p
u
d
b
c
p
M
in
a
tr
V
p
c
a
th
w
2
o
tr
fa
R
c
p
Emergency
5. communications
equipment
Verify correct
switching and
(1) Amplifier/tone
X Annually operation of
generators
backup
equipment.
Operate/function
(2) Call-in signal and verify receipt
X Annually of correct visual
silence
and audible
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
signals at control
unit.
Install phone set
or remove phone
(3) Off-hook indicator from hook and
X Annually
(ring down) verify receipt of
signal at control
unit.
Visually inspect
phone jack and
(4) Phone jacks X Annually initiate
communications
path through jack.
Actuate each
phone set and
(5) Phone set X Annually
verify correct
operation.
Operate the
system with a
minimum of any
(6) System
X Annually five handsets
performance
simultaneously.
Verify voice
quality and clarity.
If an engine-
driven
generator
dedicated to the
system is used
as a required
power source,
Engine-driven
6. X Monthly verify operation
generator
of the generator
and transfer
switch in
accordance
with NFPA 110
by the building
owner.
If an ESS
system
dedicated to the
system is used
as a required
Energy storage power source,
7. X Annually
systems (ESS) verify by the
building owner
operation of the
ESS system in
accordance
with NFPA 111.
Disconnect all
primary (main)
power supplies
and verify the
Secondary occurrence of
8. (standby) power X Annually required trouble
supplyc indication for
loss of primary
power. Measure
or verify the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
system’s
standby and
alarm current
demand using
the equipment
manufacturer’s
data and verify
the battery’s
rated capacity
exceeds the
system’s power
demand,
including the
safety margin.
Operate
general alarm
systems a
minimum of
5 minutes and
emergency
voice
communications
systems for a
minimum of
15 minutes.
Reconnect
primary (main)
power supply at
end of test.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Prior to
conducting
any battery
testing, verify
by the person
conducting the
VRLA battery test, that all
9.
and chargerd system
software
stored in
volatile
memory is
protected from
loss.
Upon initially
opening the
cabinet door,
measure and
record the
temperature of
each battery
cell/unit at the
(1) Temperature test X Semiannually negative terminal
with an infrared
thermometer.
Replace any
battery cell/unit if
the temperature is
greater than 18°F
(10°C) above
ambient.
With the battery
fully charged and
connected to the
charger, measure
the voltage across
the battery with a
voltmeter. Verify
the voltage is
within the
battery/alarm
(2) Charger testf X Semiannually
equipment
manufacturer’s
recommendations.
If the voltage is
outside of the
specified limits,
either adjust the
charger to within
limits or replace
the charger.
With the battery
fully charged and
connected to the
charger, measure
(3) Cell/Unit voltage the voltage of
X Semiannually
test each cell/unit with
a voltmeter.
Replace the
battery when any
cell/unit measures
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
a voltage less
than 13.26 volts.
When the battery
is installed,
establish a
baseline ohmic
value for each
battery cell/unit or
where available
use baseline
ohmic values
(4) Ohmic testg X N/A
provided by the
battery or test
equipment
manufacturer. In
either case record
the base line
ohmic value on
each battery
cell/unit.
W
b
c
c
th
m
in
v
b
c
R
te
o
o
c
R
b
th
m
o
d
Semiannually th
e
b
3
fo
c
a
m
re
im
W
b
e
m
b
v
u
th
w
c
in
v
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
o
a
ra
Replace the
battery or
conduct a load
test of the
battery
capacity. Load
test the battery
based on the
manufacturer’s
specifications
for a discharge
rate of 3 hours
or more by
applying the
current
indicated for
the selected
hourly
discharge rate
continuously,
until the
terminal
voltage
(5) decreases to
Replacement/Load 3 years the end
testh voltage
specified by
the
manufacturer.
Record the
test duration
and calculate
the battery
capacity
including
adjustment for
ambient
temperature.
Replace the
battery if
capacity is
less than or
equal to 80%
or at the next
scheduled test
interval if
battery
capacity is
less than 85%.
Manual tests of
the power
supply for
Public public reporting
emergency circuits shall be
10. alarm reporting X Daily made and
system — wired recorded at
system least once
during each 24-
hour period.
Such tests shall
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
include the
following:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Verify the
correct
Remote operation and
11. X Annually
annunciators identification of
annunciators. If
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
provided, verify
the correct
operation of
annunciator
under a fault
condition.
12. Reserved
13. Reserved
14. Reserved
Conductors —
15.
metallic
Test all installation
conductors with a
volt/ohmmeter to
verify that there
are no stray
(unwanted)
voltages between
installation
conductors or
between
installation
conductors and
(1) Stray voltage X N/A ground. Verify the
maximum
allowable stray
voltage does not
exceed 1 volt
ac/dc, unless a
different threshold
is specified in the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
installed
equipment.
Test all installation
conductors, other
than those
intentionally and
permanently
grounded, for
(2) Ground faults X N/A isolation from
ground per the
installed
equipment
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Test all installation
conductors, other
than those
intentionally
connected
together, for
(3) Short-circuit faults X N/A conductor-to-
conductor
isolation per the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
installed
equipment. Also
test these same
circuits conductor-
to-ground.
With each
initiating and
indicating circuit
installation
conductor pair
short-circuited at
the far end,
measure and
record the
resistance of each
(4) Loop resistance X N/A circuit. Verify that
the loop
resistance does
not exceed the
limits specified in
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
installed
equipment.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, confirm
the introduction of
a fault in any
circuit monitored
for integrity results
in a trouble
indication at the
fire alarm control
unit. Open one
connection at not
less than
10 percent of the
(5) Circuit integrity X N/A
initiating devices,
notification
appliances and
controlled devices
on every initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance circuit,
and signaling line
circuit. Confirm all
circuits perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and 23.7.
For periodic
testing, test
each initiating
device circuit,
N/A Annually notification
appliance
circuit, and
signaling line
circuit for
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
correct
indication at
the control
unit. Confirm
all circuits
perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and
23.7.
Conductors —
16.
nonmetallic
Test the fiber-optic
transmission line
by the use of an
optical power
meter or by an
optical time
domain
reflectometer
used to measure
the relative power
loss of the line.
Test result data
must meet or
(1) Fiber optics X N/A
exceed ANSI/TIA
568-C.3, Optical
Fiber Cabling
Components
Standard, related
to fiber-optic lines
and
connection/splice
losses and the
control unit
manufacturer’s
published
specifications.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, confirm
the introduction of
a fault in any
circuit monitored
for integrity results
in a trouble
indication at the
fire alarm control
unit. Open one
connection at not
(2) Circuit integrity X N/A less than
10 percent of the
initiating devices,
notification
appliances, and
controlled devices
on every initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance circuit,
and signaling line
circuit. Confirm all
circuits perform as
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and 23.7.
For periodic
testing, test
each initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance
circuit, and
signaling line
circuit for
N/A Annually correct
indication at
the control
unit. Confirm
all circuits
perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and
23.7.
Initiating
17.
devicesj
(1) Electromechanical
releasing device
Verify correct
operation by
removal of the
(a) Nonrestorable-
X Annually fusible link and
type link
operation of the
associated
device.
Verify correct
operation by
(b) Restorable-type removal of the
X Annually fusible link and
linkk operation of the
associated
device.
Operate the
switch
(2) Fire extinguishing
mechanically or
system(s) or
X Annually electrically and
suppression system(s)
verify receipt of
alarm switch
signal by the fire
alarm control unit.
Test fire–gas
detectors and
other fire
(3) Fire–gas and detectors as
X Annually
other detectors prescribed by the
manufacturer and
as necessary for
the application.
(4) Heat detectors
(a) Fixed- Perform heat test
temperature, rate-of- Annually (see with a listed and
rise, rate of X labeled heat
14.4.4.5)
compensation, source or in
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Assure that the
test method for
restorable line, spot the installed
type (excluding equipment does
pneumatic tube type) not damage the
nonrestorable
fixed-temperature
element of a
combination rate-
of-rise/fixed-
temperature
element detector.
Do not perform
heat test. Test
functionality
mechanically and
(b) Fixed- electrically.
temperature, X Annually Measure and
nonrestorable line type record loop
resistance.
Investigate
changes from
acceptance test.
After 15 years
from initial
installation,
replace all
devices or have 2
detectors per 100
laboratory tested.
Replace the 2
detectors with
new devices. If a
failure occurs on
(c) Fixed-
any of the
temperature, X See Method
detectors
nonrestorable spot type
removed, remove
and test additional
detectors to
determine either a
general problem
involving faulty
detectors or a
localized problem
involving 1 or 2
defective
detectors.
Do not perform
(d) Nonrestorable heat tests. Test
X Annually functionality
(general)
mechanically and
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
electrically.
Perform heat tests
(where test
chambers are in
circuit), with a
listed and labeled
heat source or in
(e) Restorable line accordance with
type, pneumatic tube X Annually the
only manufacturer's
published
instructions of the
detector or
conduct a test
with pressure
pump.
Conduct
functional tests
according to
manufacturer’s
(f) Single- and
published
multiple-station heat X Annually
instructions. Do
alarms
not test
nonrestorable
heat detectors
with heat.
Operate manual
fire alarm boxes
per the
manufacturer’s
published
(5) Manual fire alarm
X Annually instructions. Test
boxes
both key-operated
presignal and
general alarm
manual fire alarm
boxes.
Test flame
detectors and
spark/ember
detectors in
accordance with
(6) Radiant energy the
X Semiannually
fire detectors manufacturer’s
published
instructions to
determine that
each detector is
operative.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
instructions. Other
methods listed in
the
manufacturer's
published
instructions that
ensure smoke
entry from the
protected area,
through the vents,
into the sensing
chamber can be
used.
Perform a
functional test on
all single- and
multiple-station
smoke alarms
(b) Single- and
whether they are
multiple-station smoke
connected to a
alarms connected to X Annually
protected
protected premises
premises fire
systems alarms
alarm system or
not by putting the
smoke alarm into
an alarm
condition.
Conduct
(c) System smoke functional tests
detectors used in one- according to
X Annually
and two-family manufacturer’s
dwellings published
instructions.
Test with smoke
or a listed and
labeled product
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
(d) Air sampling X Annually
instructions. Test
from the end
sampling port or
point on each pipe
run. Verify airflow
through all other
ports or points.
In addition to the
testing required in
Table
14.4.3.2(g)(1) and
Table 14.4.3.2(h),
(e) Duct type X Annually test duct smoke
detectors that use
sampling tubes to
ensure that they
will properly
sample the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
airstream in the
duct using a
method
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
instructions.
Test the detector
by introducing
(f) Projected beam smoke, other
X Annually
type aerosol, or an
optical filter into
the beam path.
Operate both
portions of the
(g) Smoke detector detector
with built-in thermal X Annually independently as
element described for the
respective
devices.
Verify that the
control capability
remains operable
even if all of the
(h) Smoke initiating devices
detectors with control X Annually connected to the
output functions same initiating
device circuit or
signaling line
circuit are in an
alarm state.
(8) Smoke detectors
— sensitivity testing
mPerform any of
the following tests
In other than one- to ensure that
and two-family
N/A See 14.4.4.3 each smoke
dwellings, system detector is within
detectors its listed and
marked sensitivity
range:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
connected to the
same initiating
device circuit or
signaling line
circuit are in an
alarm state.
(10) Initiating
devices, supervisory
Operate valve and
verify signal
receipt to be
within the first two
revolutions of the
handwheel or
within one-fifth of
the travel
distance, or per
(a) Control valve the
X Semiannual
switch manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Continue to cycle
outside stem and
yoke valves and
verify switch does
not reset during
full travel of the
valve stem.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained where
the required
(b) High- or low-air pressure is
X Annually
pressure switch increased or
decreased a
maximum 10 psi
(70 kPa) from the
required pressure
level.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained before
pressure
decreases to
(c) Steam pressure X Annually
110 percent of the
minimum
operating
pressure of the
steam-operated
equipment.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained where
(d) Pressure the required
supervisory devices for X Annually pressure is
other sources increased or
decreased from
the normal
operating
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
pressure by an
amount specified
in approved
design
documents.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal to
indicate the
(e) Room decrease in room
X Annually
temperature switch temperature to
40°F (4.4°C) and
its restoration to
above 40°F
(4.4°C).
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal
indicating the
water level raised
or lowered a
maximum 3 in.
(70 mm) from the
(f) Water level required level
X Annually
switch within a pressure
tank, or a
maximum 12 in.
(300 mm) from the
required level of a
nonpressure tank.
Also verify its
restoral to
required level.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal to
indicate the
(g) Water decrease in water
X Annually
temperature switch temperature to
40°F (4.4°C) and
its restoration to
above 40°F
(4.4°C).
Water shall be
flowed through an
inspector's test
connection
indicating the flow
of water equal to
that from a single
sprinkler of the
(11) Mechanical, smallest orifice
electrosonic, or
X Semiannually size installed in
pressure-type waterflow the system or
device other listed and
approved
waterflow switch
test methods for
wet-pipe systems,
or an alarm test
bypass
connection for
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
dry-pipe, pre-
action, or deluge
systems in
accordance with
NFPA 25.
Test each of the
detection
principles present
within the detector
(e.g.,
smoke/heat/CO,
etc.)
independently for
(12) Multi-sensor fire the specific
detector or multi-criteria detection
fire detector or X Annually principle,
combination fire regardless of the
detector configuration
status at the time
of testing. Also
test each detector
in accordance
with the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
T
s
to
te
a
in
s
re
b
P
a
fo
re
d
in
th
p
th
c
e
e
c
(m
a
e
s
c
th
re
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
C
re
s
th
in
th
c
W
in
s
c
te
in
te
p
s
R
te
re
Special hazard
18.
equipment
Operate abort
(1) Abort switch switch and verify
X Annually
(dead-man type) correct sequence
and operation.
Operate abort
switch and verify
(2) Abort switch development of
X Annually
(recycle type) correct matrix with
each sensor
operated.
Operate abort
switch and verify
correct sequence
and operation in
accordance with
authority having
(3) Abort switch
X Annually jurisdiction.
(special type)
Observe
sequencing as
specified on as-
built drawings or
in system owner’s
manual.
Operate one
sensor or detector
on each zone.
Verify occurrence
(4) Cross-zone
X Annually of correct
detection circuit
sequence with
operation of first
zone and then
with operation of
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
second zone.
Operate all
sensors in
system. Verify
(5) Matrix-type circuit X Annually development of
correct matrix with
each sensor
operated.
(6) Release solenoid Verify operation of
X Annually
circuito solenoid.
Use AGI flashbulb
or other test light
(7) Squibb release approved by the
X Annually
circuit manufacturer.
Verify operation of
flashbulb or light.
Operate required
sensors at a
minimum of four
(8) Verified, locations in circuit.
sequential, or counting X Annually Verify correct
zone circuit sequence with
both the first and
second detector in
alarm.
Verify supervision
(9) All above devices
of circuits by
or circuits or X Annually
creating an open
combinations thereof
circuit.
Combination
19.
systems
Test
communication
between the
device connecting
the fire
extinguisher
electronic
monitoring
(1) Fire extinguisher
device/system
electronic monitoring X Annually
and the fire alarm
device/system
control unit to
ensure proper
signals are
received at the fire
alarm control unit
and remote
annunciator(s) if
applicable.
Test
communication
between the
device connecting
the carbon
(2) Carbon monoxide
X Annually
monoxidedevice/system device/system
and the fire alarm
control unit to
ensure proper
signals are
received at the fire
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
alarm control unit
and remote
annunciator(s) if
applicable.
Test interface
equipment
connections by
operating or
simulating the
equipment
being
supervised.
Verify signals
required to be
transmitted are
Interface received at the
20. X See 14.4.4.4 control unit.
equipmentp Test frequency
for interface
equipment is
the same as the
frequency
required by the
applicable
NFPA
standard(s) for
the equipment
being
supervised.
Test the device
in accordance
Guard’s tour with the
21. X Annually
equipment manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Alarm
22. notification
appliances
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, measure
sound pressure
levels for signals
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
(1) Audibleq X N/A Measure sound
pressure levels
throughout the
protected area to
confirm that they
are in compliance
with Chapter 18.
Set the sound
level meter in
accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation (E2)
and Evacuation
Signals with
Relocation
Instructions
(ESRI), using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST).
rFor periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually the operation
of the
notification
appliances.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, measure
sound pressure
levels for signals
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure sound
pressure levels
throughout the
(2) Audible textual
protected area to
notification appliances
confirm that they
(loudspeakers and
X N/A are in compliance
other appliances to
with Chapter 18.
convey voice
Set the sound
messages)
level meter in
accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation (E2)
and Evacuation
Signals with
Relocation
Instructions
(ESRI), using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST).
rFor periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually
the operation
of the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
notification
appliances.
Perform initial and
reacceptance
testing in
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions. Verify
appliance
locations to be per
approved layout
and confirm that
no floor plan
(3) Visual X N/A changes affect the
approved layout.
Verify the candela
rating or method
of candela control
marking on each
visual appliance
and rating when
reported by the
FACU agrees with
the approved
drawings. Confirm
that each
appliance flashes.
For periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually that each
appliance
flashes.
Perform tests in
Exit marking accordance
audible with
23. X Annually
notification manufacturer's
appliance published
instructions.
For initial,
reacceptance,
and periodic
testing, verify
emergency
control function
interface device
activation.
Where an
emergency
Emergency control function
24. control X Annually interface device
functionss is disabled or
disconnected
during initiating
device testing,
verify that the
disabled or
disconnected
emergency
control function
interface device
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
has been
properly
restored,
including
electromagnetic
devices used
for door
releasing
services as part
of a fire alarm
system.
Use the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions and
the as-built
drawings
provided by the
Two-way system supplier
emergency to verify correct
25. X Annually
communications operation after
systems the initial testing
phase has been
performed by
the supplier or
by the
supplier’s
designated
representative.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Special
26.
procedures
Verify time delay
and alarm
response for
(1) Alarm verification X Annually smoke detector
circuits identified
as having alarm
verification.
Verify
communications
between sending
(2) Multiplex systems X Annually and receiving
units under both
primary and
secondary power.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Supervising
station alarm
27. systems —
receiving
equipment
Perform tests on
all system
functions and
features in
accordance with
the equipment
manufacturer’s
(1) All equipment X Monthly published
instructions for
correct operation
in conformance
with the
applicable
sections of
Chapter 26.
Disconnect each
(2) Digital alarm
transmission
communicator receiver X Monthly
means in turn
(DACR)
from the DACR,
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
and verify audible
and visual
annunciation of a
trouble signal in
the supervising
station.
Cause the
following
conditions of all
DARRs on all
subsidiary and
repeater station
(3) Digital alarm radio receiving
X Monthly
receiver (DARR) equipment. Verify
receipt at the
supervising
station of correct
signals for each of
the following
conditions:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
station under the
following
conditions:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
and receiving
equipment; verify
receipt of correct
signals at the
supervising
station:
Perform tests to
ensure the
monitoring of
integrity of the
transmission
technology and
technology path.
Where a single
communications
(7) Performance-
X Monthly path is used,
based technologies
disconnect the
communication
path. Verify that
failure of the path
is annunciated at
the supervising
station within
60 minutes of the
failure (within
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
5 minutes for
communication
equipment
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72).
Restore the
communication
path. Where
multiple
communication
paths are used,
disconnect both
communication
paths and confirm
that failure of the
path is
annunciated at
the supervising
station within not
more than 6 hours
of the failure
(within 24 hours
for communication
equipment
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72).
Restore both
communication
paths.
Public
emergency
alarm reporting
28.
system
transmission
equipment
Actuate publicly
accessible
initiating device(s)
and verify receipt
of not less than
three complete
rounds of signal
impulses. Perform
this test under
(1) Publicly
X Semiannually normal circuit
accessible alarm box
conditions. If the
device is
equipped for open
circuit operation
(ground return),
test it in this
condition as one
of the semiannual
tests.
Test each
initiating circuit of
(2) Auxiliary box X Annually the auxiliary box
by actuation of a
protected
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
premises initiating
device connected
to that circuit.
Verify receipt of
not less than
three complete
rounds of signal
impulses.
(3) Master box
Perform the tests
(a) Manual
X Semiannually prescribed for
operation
28(a).
Perform the tests
(b) Auxiliary
X Annually prescribed for
operation
28(b).
The following
procedures
describe
additional
Low-power acceptance and
29. radio (wireless X N/A reacceptance
systems) test methods to
verify wireless
protection
system
operation:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Mass
30. notification
systems
At a minimum,
test control
equipment to
verify correct
receipt of alarm,
supervisory, and
trouble signals
(inputs); operation
of evacuation
signals and
auxiliary functions
(outputs); circuit
(1) Functions X Annually
supervision,
including
detection of open
circuits and
ground faults; and
power supply
supervision for
detection of loss
of ac power and
disconnection of
secondary
batteries.
Verify the rating
(2) Fuses X Annually
and supervision.
Verify integrity of
single or multiple
circuits providing
interface between
two or more
(3) Interfaced control units. Test
X Annually interfaced
equipment
equipment
connections by
operating or
simulating
operation of the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
equipment being
supervised. Verify
signals required to
be transmitted at
the control unit.
Illuminate lamps
(4) Lamps and LEDs X Annually
and LEDs.
Disconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
and test under
maximum load,
including all alarm
appliances
requiring
(5) Primary (main)
X Annually simultaneous
power supply
operation.
Reconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
at end of test. For
redundant power
supplies, test
each separately.
Measure sound
pressure level
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure and
record levels
throughout
protected area.
(6) Audible textual
Set the sound
notification appliances
level meter in
(loudspeakers and
X Annually accordance with
other appliances to
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
convey voice
American National
messages)
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation
Signal, using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST). Record
the maximum
output when the
audible
emergency
evacuation signal
is on.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Perform test in
accordance with
manufacturer’s
published
instructions. Verify
appliance
locations to be per
approved layout
and confirm that
no floor plan
changes affect the
approved layout.
(7) Visual X Annually
Verify the candela
rating or method
of candela control
marking on each
visual appliance
and rating when
reported by the
FACU agrees with
the approved
drawings. Confirm
that each
appliance flashes.
Review event log
file and verify that
the correct events
were logged.
Review system
diagnostic log file;
correct
deficiencies noted
in file. Delete
unneeded log
(8) Control unit
files. Delete
functions and no
X Annually unneeded error
diagnostic failures are
files. Verify that
indicated
sufficient free disk
space is available.
Verify
unobstructed flow
of cooling air is
available.
Change/clean
filters, cooling
fans, and intake
vents.
Power down the
central control unit
(9) Control unit reset X Annually
computer and
restart it.
If remote control
software is loaded
onto the system,
(10) Control unit verify that it is
X Annually
security disabled to
prevent
unauthorized
system access.
Send out an alert
(11) Audible/visual to a diverse set of
X Annually
functional test predesignated
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
receiving devices
and confirm
receipt. Include at
least one of each
type of receiving
device.
Make full system
software backup.
Rotate backups
(12) Software backup X Annually
based on
accepted practice
at site.
Disconnect ac
power. Verify the
ac power failure
alarm status on
central control
(13) Secondary power
X Annually equipment. With
test
ac power
disconnected,
verify battery
voltage under
load.
Check
forward/reflected
(14) Wireless signals X Annually radio power is
within
specifications.
Check
forward/reflected
radio power is
within
specifications.
(15) Antenna X Annually
Verify solid
electrical
connections with
no observable
corrosion.
Verify proper
operation and
(16) Transceivers X Annually
mounting is not
compromised.
aSome transmission equipment (such as, but not limited to, cable modems, fiber-optic interface nodes, and
VoIP interfaces) are typically powered by the building's electrical system using a secondary (standby)
power supply that does not meet the requirements of this Code. This is intended to ensure that the testing
authority verifies full secondary (standby) power as required by Chapter 10. Additionally, refer to Table
14.4.3.2, items 7 through 9, for secondary (standby) power supply testing.
bThe automatic transmission of the check-in (handshake) signal can take up to 60 minutes to occur.
cSee Table 14.4.3.2, Item 4(1) for the testing of transmission equipment.
dThe battery tests in Table 14.4.3.2 Item 9 are based on VRLA batteries and it is the intent that the tests
specified in (1) through (4) be performed in order. For other secondary battery types, refer to the battery
manufacturer’s published instructions or IEEE 450, Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and
Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, for vented lead-acid batteries, and
IEEE 1106, Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented
Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications, for nickel-cadmium batteries.
eExample: 4000 mAh × 1⁄25 = 160 mA charging current at 77°F (25°C).
fIf the charger is adjustable, adjust the output voltage to 2.265 volts per cell ±0.015 volts at 77°F (25°C) or
iThe voltmeter sensitivity has been changed from 1000 ohms per volt to 100 ohms per volt so that the false
ground readings (caused by induced voltages) are minimized.
jInitiating devices such as smoke detectors used for elevator recall, closing dampers, or releasing doors
held in the open position that are permitted by the Code (see9.6.3 of NFPA 101) to initiate supervisory
signals at the fire alarm control unit (FACU) should be tested at the same frequency (annual) as those
devices when they are generating an alarm signal. They are not supervisory devices, but they initiate a
supervisory signal at the FACU.
kFusible thermal link detectors are commonly used to close fire doors and fire dampers electrically
connected to the fire alarm control unit. They are actuated by the presence of external heat, which causes a
solder element in the link to fuse, or by an electric thermal device, which, when energized, generates heat
within the body of the link, causing the link to fuse and separate.
lNote, it is customary for the manufacturer of the smoke detector to test a particular product from an aerosol
provider to determine acceptability for use in smoke entry testing of their smoke detector/smoke alarm.
Magnets are not acceptable for smoke entry tests.
m There are some detectors that use magnets as a manufacturer's calibrated sensitivity test instrument.
nFor example, it might not be possible to individually test the heat sensor in a thermally enhanced smoke
detector.
oManufacturer's published instructions should be consulted to ensure a proper operational test. No
suppression gas or agent is expected to be discharged during the test of the solenoid. See Test Plan of
14.2.10.
pA monitor module installed on an interface device is not considered a supervisory device and therefore not
subject to the quarterly testing frequency requirement. Test frequencies for interface devices should be in
accordance with the applicable standard. For example, fire pump controller alarms such as phase reversal
are required to be tested annually. If a monitor module is installed to identify phase reversal on the fire
alarm control unit, it is not necessary to test for phase reversal four times a year.
qChapter 18 would require 15 dB over average ambient sound for public mode spaces. Sometimes the
ambient sound levels are different from what the design was based upon. Private operating mode would
require 10 dB over average ambient at the location of the device.
rWhere building, system, or occupancy changes have been observed, the owner should be notified of the
changes. New devices might need to be installed and tested per the initial acceptance testing criteria.
sSee A.14.4.3.2 and Table 14.4.3.2, Item 24.
Chapter 14 has no requirement to annually test a single- or multi-station smoke alarm that was not connected to a
protected premises system. All smoke detectors or smoke alarms shall be tested annually. Chapter 29 refers to
Chapter 14 and Chapter 14 pushes you to the manufacturer, but no all manufacturers clearly require in their
literature to perform annual testing.
Committee Statement
Resolution: Single- and multiple-station smoke alarms are inspected, tested, and maintained in accordance with
14.4.5.
14.4.3.2*
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
1. All equipment X See Table 14.3.1.
Control
2. equipment and
transponder
Verify correct
receipt of alarm,
supervisory, and
trouble signals
(inputs); operation
of evacuation
signals and
auxiliary functions
(outputs); circuit
supervision,
(1) Functions X Annually including
detection of open
circuits and
ground faults; and
power supply
supervision for
detection of loss
of ac power and
disconnection of
secondary
batteries.
Verify rating and
(2) Fuses X Annually
supervision.
Verify integrity of
single or multiple
circuits providing
interface between
two or more
control units. Test
interfaced
equipment
(3) Interfaced
X Annually connections by
equipment
operating or
simulating
operation of the
equipment being
supervised. Verify
signals required to
be transmitted at
the control unit.
Illuminate lamps
(4) Lamps and LEDs X Annually
and LEDs.
Disconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
and test under
maximum load,
including all alarm
(5) Primary (main) appliances
X Annually
power supply requiring
simultaneous
operation.
Reconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
at end of test. Test
redundant power
supplies
separately.
Alarm control
3. unit trouble
signals
Verify operation of
control unit
trouble signals.
Verify ring-back
(1) Audible and visual X Annually feature for
systems using a
trouble-silencing
switch that
requires resetting.
If control unit has
disconnect or
isolating switches,
verify
performance of
intended function
(2) Disconnect
X Annually of each switch.
switches
Verify receipt of
trouble signal
when a
supervised
function is
disconnected.
If the system has
a ground
detection feature,
verify the
occurrence of
(3) Ground-fault
X Annually ground-fault
monitoring circuit
indication
whenever any
installation
conductor is
grounded.
Actuate an
initiating device
(4) Transmission of
and verify receipt
signals to off-premises X Annually
of alarm signal at
location
the off-premises
location.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Supervising
station alarm
4. systems —
transmission
equipment
aTest all system
functions and
features in
accordance with
the equipment
manufacturer’s
(1) All equipment X Annually published
instructions for
correct operation
in conformance
with the
applicable
sections of
Chapter 26.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Except for DACTs
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72 that are
connected to a
telephone line
(2) Digital alarm (number) that is
communicator X Annually also supervised
transmitter (DACT) for adverse
conditions by a
derived local
channel, ensure
connection of the
DACT to two
separate means
of transmission.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Disconnect the
primary telephone
line. Verify
transmission of a
(3) Digital alarm radio
X Annually trouble signal to
transmitter (DART)
the supervising
station by the
DART occurs
within 4 minutes.
Actuate initiating
device. Verify
production of not
less than three
(4) McCulloh complete rounds
X Annually
transmitter of not less than
three signal
impulses each by
the McCulloh
transmitter.
(2) Ground
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
(2) Ground
Cause a fault
between elements
of the transmitting
equipment. Verify
indication of the
(5) Radio alarm fault at the
X Annually
transmitter (RAT) protected
premises, or
transmission of
trouble signal to
the supervising
station.
Perform tests to
ensure the
monitoring of
integrity of the
transmission
technology and
technology
path.Where
shared
communications
(6) Performance- equipment is used
X Annually
based technologies as permitted by
26.6.3.1.14,
provided
secondary
(standby) power
sources shall be
tested in
accordance with
Table 14.4.3.2,
item 7, 8, or 9, as
applicable.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
W
c
p
u
d
b
c
p
M
in
a
tr
V
p
c
a
th
w
2
o
tr
fa
R
c
p
Emergency
5. communications
equipment
Verify correct
switching and
(1) Amplifier/tone
X Annually operation of
generators
backup
equipment.
Operate/function
(2) Call-in signal and verify receipt
X Annually of correct visual
silence
and audible
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
signals at control
unit.
Install phone set
or remove phone
(3) Off-hook indicator from hook and
X Annually
(ring down) verify receipt of
signal at control
unit.
Visually inspect
phone jack and
(4) Phone jacks X Annually initiate
communications
path through jack.
Actuate each
phone set and
(5) Phone set X Annually
verify correct
operation.
Operate the
system with a
minimum of any
(6) System
X Annually five handsets
performance
simultaneously.
Verify voice
quality and clarity.
If an engine-
driven
generator
dedicated to the
system is used
as a required
power source,
Engine-driven
6. X Monthly verify operation
generator
of the generator
and transfer
switch in
accordance
with NFPA 110
by the building
owner.
If an ESS
system
dedicated to the
system is used
as a required
Energy storage power source,
7. X Annually
systems (ESS) verify by the
building owner
operation of the
ESS system in
accordance
with NFPA 111.
Disconnect all
primary (main)
power supplies
and verify the
Secondary occurrence of
8. (standby) power X Annually required trouble
supplyc indication for
loss of primary
power. Measure
or verify the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
system’s
standby and
alarm current
demand using
the equipment
manufacturer’s
data and verify
the battery’s
rated capacity
exceeds the
system’s power
demand,
including the
safety margin.
Operate
general alarm
systems a
minimum of
5 minutes and
emergency
voice
communications
systems for a
minimum of
15 minutes.
Reconnect
primary (main)
power supply at
end of test.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Prior to
conducting
any battery
testing, verify
by the person
conducting the
VRLA battery test, that all
9.
and chargerd system
software
stored in
volatile
memory is
protected from
loss.
Upon initially
opening the
cabinet door,
measure and
record the
temperature of
each battery
cell/unit at the
(1) Temperature test X Semiannually negative terminal
with an infrared
thermometer.
Replace any
battery cell/unit if
the temperature is
greater than 18°F
(10°C) above
ambient.
With the battery
fully charged and
connected to the
charger, measure
the voltage across
the battery with a
voltmeter. Verify
the voltage is
within the
battery/alarm
(2) Charger testf X Semiannually
equipment
manufacturer’s
recommendations.
If the voltage is
outside of the
specified limits,
either adjust the
charger to within
limits or replace
the charger.
With the battery
fully charged and
connected to the
charger, measure
(3) Cell/Unit voltage the voltage of
X Semiannually
test each cell/unit with
a voltmeter.
Replace the
battery when any
cell/unit measures
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
a voltage less
than 13.26 volts.
When the battery
is installed,
establish a
baseline ohmic
value for each
battery cell/unit or
where available
use baseline
ohmic values
(4) Ohmic testg X N/A
provided by the
battery or test
equipment
manufacturer. In
either case record
the base line
ohmic value on
each battery
cell/unit.
W
b
c
c
th
m
in
v
b
c
R
te
o
o
c
R
b
th
m
o
d
Semiannually th
e
b
3
fo
c
a
m
re
im
W
b
e
m
b
v
u
th
w
c
in
v
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
o
a
ra
Replace the
battery or
conduct a load
test of the
battery
capacity. Load
test the battery
based on the
manufacturer’s
specifications
for a discharge
rate of 3 hours
or more by
applying the
current
indicated for
the selected
hourly
discharge rate
continuously,
until the
terminal
voltage
(5) decreases to
Replacement/Load 3 years the end
testh voltage
specified by
the
manufacturer.
Record the
test duration
and calculate
the battery
capacity
including
adjustment for
ambient
temperature.
Replace the
battery if
capacity is
less than or
equal to 80%
or at the next
scheduled test
interval if
battery
capacity is
less than 85%.
Manual tests of
the power
supply for
Public public reporting
emergency circuits shall be
10. alarm reporting X Daily made and
system — wired recorded at
system least once
during each 24-
hour period.
Such tests shall
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
include the
following:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Verify the
correct
Remote operation and
11. X Annually
annunciators identification of
annunciators. If
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
provided, verify
the correct
operation of
annunciator
under a fault
condition.
12. Reserved
13. Reserved
14. Reserved
Conductors —
15.
metallic
Test all installation
conductors with a
volt/ohmmeter to
verify that there
are no stray
(unwanted)
voltages between
installation
conductors or
between
installation
conductors and
(1) Stray voltage X N/A ground. Verify the
maximum
allowable stray
voltage does not
exceed 1 volt
ac/dc, unless a
different threshold
is specified in the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
installed
equipment.
Test all installation
conductors, other
than those
intentionally and
permanently
grounded, for
(2) Ground faults X N/A isolation from
ground per the
installed
equipment
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Test all installation
conductors, other
than those
intentionally
connected
together, for
(3) Short-circuit faults X N/A conductor-to-
conductor
isolation per the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
installed
equipment. Also
test these same
circuits conductor-
to-ground.
With each
initiating and
indicating circuit
installation
conductor pair
short-circuited at
the far end,
measure and
record the
resistance of each
(4) Loop resistance X N/A circuit. Verify that
the loop
resistance does
not exceed the
limits specified in
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
installed
equipment.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, confirm
the introduction of
a fault in any
circuit monitored
for integrity results
in a trouble
indication at the
fire alarm control
unit. Open one
connection at not
less than
10 percent of the
(5) Circuit integrity X N/A
initiating devices,
notification
appliances and
controlled devices
on every initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance circuit,
and signaling line
circuit. Confirm all
circuits perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and 23.7.
For periodic
testing, test
each initiating
device circuit,
N/A Annually notification
appliance
circuit, and
signaling line
circuit for
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
correct
indication at
the control
unit. Confirm
all circuits
perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and
23.7.
Conductors —
16.
nonmetallic
Test the fiber-optic
transmission line
by the use of an
optical power
meter or by an
optical time
domain
reflectometer
used to measure
the relative power
loss of the line.
Test result data
must meet or
(1) Fiber optics X N/A
exceed ANSI/TIA
568-C.3, Optical
Fiber Cabling
Components
Standard, related
to fiber-optic lines
and
connection/splice
losses and the
control unit
manufacturer’s
published
specifications.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, confirm
the introduction of
a fault in any
circuit monitored
for integrity results
in a trouble
indication at the
fire alarm control
unit. Open one
connection at not
(2) Circuit integrity X N/A less than
10 percent of the
initiating devices,
notification
appliances, and
controlled devices
on every initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance circuit,
and signaling line
circuit. Confirm all
circuits perform as
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and 23.7.
For periodic
testing, test
each initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance
circuit, and
signaling line
circuit for
N/A Annually correct
indication at
the control
unit. Confirm
all circuits
perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and
23.7.
Initiating
17.
devicesj
(1) Electromechanical
releasing device
Verify correct
operation by
removal of the
(a) Nonrestorable-
X Annually fusible link and
type link
operation of the
associated
device.
Verify correct
operation by
(b) Restorable-type removal of the
X Annually fusible link and
linkk operation of the
associated
device.
Operate the
switch
(2) Fire extinguishing
mechanically or
system(s) or
X Annually electrically and
suppression system(s)
verify receipt of
alarm switch
signal by the fire
alarm control unit.
Test fire–gas
detectors and
other fire
(3) Fire–gas and detectors as
X Annually
other detectors prescribed by the
manufacturer and
as necessary for
the application.
(4) Heat detectors
(a) Fixed- Perform heat test
temperature, rate-of- Annually (see with a listed and
rise, rate of X labeled heat
14.4.4.5)
compensation, source or in
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Assure that the
test method for
restorable line, spot the installed
type (excluding equipment does
pneumatic tube type) not damage the
nonrestorable
fixed-temperature
element of a
combination rate-
of-rise/fixed-
temperature
element detector.
Do not perform
heat test. Test
functionality
mechanically and
(b) Fixed- electrically.
temperature, X Annually Measure and
nonrestorable line type record loop
resistance.
Investigate
changes from
acceptance test.
After 15 years
from initial
installation,
replace all
devices or have 2
detectors per 100
laboratory tested.
Replace the 2
detectors with
new devices. If a
failure occurs on
(c) Fixed-
any of the
temperature, X See Method
detectors
nonrestorable spot type
removed, remove
and test additional
detectors to
determine either a
general problem
involving faulty
detectors or a
localized problem
involving 1 or 2
defective
detectors.
Do not perform
(d) Nonrestorable heat tests. Test
X Annually functionality
(general)
mechanically and
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
electrically.
Perform heat tests
(where test
chambers are in
circuit), with a
listed and labeled
heat source or in
(e) Restorable line accordance with
type, pneumatic tube X Annually the
only manufacturer's
published
instructions of the
detector or
conduct a test
with pressure
pump.
Conduct
functional tests
according to
manufacturer’s
(f) Single- and
published
multiple-station heat X Annually
instructions. Do
alarms
not test
nonrestorable
heat detectors
with heat.
Operate manual
fire alarm boxes
per the
manufacturer’s
published
(5) Manual fire alarm
X Annually instructions. Test
boxes
both key-operated
presignal and
general alarm
manual fire alarm
boxes.
Test flame
detectors and
spark/ember
detectors in
accordance with
(6) Radiant energy the
X Semiannually
fire detectors manufacturer’s
published
instructions to
determine that
each detector is
operative.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
instructions. Other
methods listed in
the
manufacturer's
published
instructions that
ensure smoke
entry from the
protected area,
through the vents,
into the sensing
chamber can be
used.
Perform a
functional test on
all single- and
multiple-station
(b) Single- and
smoke alarms
multiple-station smoke
connected to a
alarms connected to X Annually
protected
protected premises
premises fire
systems
alarm system by
putting the smoke
alarm into an
alarm condition.
Conduct
(c) System smoke functional tests
detectors used in one- according to
X Annually
and two-family manufacturer’s
dwellings published
instructions.
Test with smoke
or a listed and
labeled product
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
(d) Air sampling X Annually
instructions. Test
from the end
sampling port or
point on each pipe
run. Verify airflow
through all other
ports or points.
In addition to the
testing required in
Table
14.4.3.2(g)(1)
and Table
14.4.3.2(h) , test
(e) Duct type X Annually duct smoke
detectors that use
sampling tubes to
ensure that they
will properly
sample the
airstream in the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
duct using a
method
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
instructions.
Test the detector
by introducing
(f) Projected beam smoke, other
X Annually
type aerosol, or an
optical filter into
the beam path.
Operate both
portions of the
(g) Smoke detector detector
with built-in thermal X Annually independently as
element described for the
respective
devices.
Verify that the
control capability
remains operable
even if all of the
(h) Smoke initiating devices
detectors with control X Annually connected to the
output functions same initiating
device circuit or
signaling line
circuit are in an
alarm state.
(8) Smoke detectors
— sensitivity testing
mPerform any of
the following tests
In other than one- to ensure that
and two-family
N/A See 14.4.4.3 each smoke
dwellings, system detector is within
detectors its listed and
marked sensitivity
range:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
control capability
remains operable
even if all of the
initiating devices
connected to the
same initiating
device circuit or
signaling line
circuit are in an
alarm state.
(10) Initiating
devices, supervisory
Operate valve and
verify signal
receipt to be
within the first two
revolutions of the
handwheel or
within one-fifth of
the travel
distance, or per
(a) Control valve the
X Semiannual
switch manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Continue to cycle
outside stem and
yoke valves and
verify switch does
not reset during
full travel of the
valve stem.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained where
the required
pressure is
increased or
decreased a
maximum 10 psi
(b) High- or low-air
X Annually (70 kPa) from the
pressure switch
required pressure
level or in
accordance with
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for
testing low air-
pressure dry pipe
systems .
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained before
pressure
(c) Steam pressure X Annually decreases to
110 percent of the
minimum
operating
pressure of the
steam-operated
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
equipment.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained where
the required
pressure is
(d) Pressure increased or
supervisory devices for X Annually decreased from
other sources the normal
operating
pressure by an
amount specified
in approved
design
documents.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal to
indicate the
(e) Room decrease in room
X Annually
temperature switch temperature to
40°F (4.4°C) and
its restoration to
above 40°F
(4.4°C).
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal
indicating the
water level raised
or lowered a
maximum 3 in.
(70 mm) from the
(f) Water level required level
X Annually
switch within a pressure
tank, or a
maximum 12 in.
(300 mm) from the
required level of a
nonpressure tank.
Also verify its
restoral to
required level.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal to
indicate the
(g) Water decrease in water
X Annually
temperature switch temperature to
40°F (4.4°C) and
its restoration to
above 40°F
(4.4°C).
Water shall be
flowed through an
(11) Mechanical, inspector's test
electrosonic, or connection
X Semiannually indicating the flow
pressure-type waterflow
device of water equal to
that from a single
sprinkler of the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
smallest orifice
size installed in
the system or
other listed and
approved
waterflow switch
test methods for
wet-pipe systems,
or an alarm test
bypass
connection for
dry-pipe, pre-
action, or deluge
systems in
accordance with
NFPA 25.
Test each of the
detection
principles present
within the detector
(e.g.,
smoke/heat/CO,
etc.)
independently for
(12) Multi-sensor fire the specific
detector or multi-criteria detection
fire detector or X Annually principle,
combination fire regardless of the
detector configuration
status at the time
of testing. Also
test each detector
in accordance
with the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
T
s
to
te
a
in
s
re
b
P
a
fo
re
d
in
th
p
th
c
e
e
c
(m
a
e
s
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
c
th
re
C
re
s
th
in
th
c
W
in
s
c
te
in
te
p
s
R
te
re
Special hazard
18.
equipment
Operate abort
(1) Abort switch switch and verify
X Annually
(dead-man type) correct sequence
and operation.
Operate abort
switch and verify
(2) Abort switch development of
X Annually
(recycle type) correct matrix with
each sensor
operated.
Operate abort
switch and verify
correct sequence
and operation in
accordance with
(3) Abort switch authority having
X Annually
(special type) jurisdiction.
Observe
sequencing as
specified on as-
built drawings or
in system owner’s
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
manual.
Operate one
sensor or detector
on each zone.
Verify occurrence
(4) Cross-zone of correct
X Annually
detection circuit sequence with
operation of first
zone and then
with operation of
second zone.
Operate all
sensors in
system. Verify
(5) Matrix-type circuit X Annually development of
correct matrix with
each sensor
operated.
(6) Release solenoid Verify operation of
X Annually
circuito solenoid.
Use AGI flashbulb
or other test light
(7) Squibb release approved by the
X Annually
circuit manufacturer.
Verify operation of
flashbulb or light.
Operate required
sensors at a
minimum of four
(8) Verified, locations in circuit.
sequential, or counting X Annually Verify correct
zone circuit sequence with
both the first and
second detector in
alarm.
Verify supervision
(9) All above devices
of circuits by
or circuits or X Annually
creating an open
combinations thereof
circuit.
Combination
19.
systems
Test
communication
between the
device connecting
the fire
extinguisher
electronic
monitoring
(1) Fire extinguisher
device/system
electronic monitoring X Annually
and the fire alarm
device/system
control unit to
ensure proper
signals are
received at the fire
alarm control unit
and remote
annunciator(s) if
applicable.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Test
communication
between the
device connecting
the carbon
monoxide
device/system
(2) Carbon and the fire alarm
X Annually
monoxidedevice/system control unit to
ensure proper
signals are
received at the fire
alarm control unit
and remote
annunciator(s) if
applicable.
Test interface
equipment
connections by
operating or
simulating the
equipment
being
supervised.
Verify signals
required to be
transmitted are
Interface received at the
20. X See 14.4.4.4 control unit.
equipmentp Test frequency
for interface
equipment is
the same as the
frequency
required by the
applicable
NFPA
standard(s) for
the equipment
being
supervised.
Test the device
in accordance
Guard’s tour with the
21. X Annually
equipment manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Alarm
22. notification
appliances
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, measure
sound pressure
levels for signals
with a sound level
(1) Audibleq X N/A meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Measure sound
pressure levels
throughout the
protected area to
confirm that they
are in compliance
with Chapter 18.
Set the sound
level meter in
accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation (E2)
and Evacuation
Signals with
Relocation
Instructions
(ESRI), using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST).
rFor periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually the operation
of the
notification
appliances.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, measure
sound pressure
levels for signals
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure sound
pressure levels
(2) Audible textual throughout the
notification appliances protected area to
(loudspeakers and confirm that they
X N/A are in compliance
other appliances to
convey voice with Chapter 18.
messages) Set the sound
level meter in
accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation (E2)
and Evacuation
Signals with
Relocation
Instructions
(ESRI), using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
(FAST).
rFor periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually the operation
of the
notification
appliances.
Perform initial and
reacceptance
testing in
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions. Verify
appliance
locations to be per
approved layout
and confirm that
no floor plan
(3) Visual X N/A changes affect the
approved layout.
Verify the candela
rating or method
of candela control
marking on each
visual appliance
and rating when
reported by the
FACU agrees with
the approved
drawings. Confirm
that each
appliance flashes.
For periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually that each
appliance
flashes.
Perform tests in
Exit marking accordance
audible with
23. X Annually
notification manufacturer's
appliance published
instructions.
For initial,
reacceptance,
and periodic
testing, verify
Emergency emergency
24. control X Annually control function
functionss interface device
activation.
Where an
emergency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
control function
interface device
is disabled or
disconnected
during initiating
device testing,
verify that the
disabled or
disconnected
emergency
control function
interface device
has been
properly
restored,
including
electromagnetic
devices used
for door
releasing
services as part
of a fire alarm
system.
Use the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions and
the as-built
drawings
provided by the
Two-way system supplier
emergency to verify correct
25. X Annually
communications operation after
systems the initial testing
phase has been
performed by
the supplier or
by the
supplier’s
designated
representative.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Special
26.
procedures
Verify time delay
and alarm
response for
(1) Alarm verification X Annually smoke detector
circuits identified
as having alarm
verification.
Verify
communications
between sending
(2) Multiplex systems X Annually and receiving
units under both
primary and
secondary power.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Supervising
station alarm
27. systems —
receiving
equipment
Perform tests on
all system
functions and
features in
accordance with
the equipment
manufacturer’s
(1) All equipment X Monthly published
instructions for
correct operation
in conformance
with the
applicable
sections of
Chapter 26.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Disconnect each
transmission
means in turn
from the DACR,
(2) Digital alarm
and verify audible
communicator receiver X Monthly
and visual
(DACR)
annunciation of a
trouble signal in
the supervising
station.
Cause the
following
conditions of all
DARRs on all
subsidiary and
repeater station
(3) Digital alarm radio receiving
X Monthly
receiver (DARR) equipment. Verify
receipt at the
supervising
station of correct
signals for each of
the following
conditions:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Perform tests to
ensure the
(7) Performance- monitoring of
X Monthly
based technologies integrity of the
transmission
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
technology and
technology path.
Where a single
communications
path is used,
disconnect the
communication
path. Verify that
failure of the path
is annunciated at
the supervising
station within
60 minutes of the
failure (within
5 minutes for
communication
equipment
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72).
Restore the
communication
path. Where
multiple
communication
paths are used,
disconnect both
communication
paths and confirm
that failure of the
path is
annunciated at
the supervising
station within not
more than 6 hours
of the failure
(within 24 hours
for communication
equipment
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72).
Restore both
communication
paths.
Public
emergency
alarm reporting
28.
system
transmission
equipment
Actuate publicly
accessible
initiating device(s)
and verify receipt
(1) Publicly of not less than
X Semiannually three complete
accessible alarm box
rounds of signal
impulses. Perform
this test under
normal circuit
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
conditions. If the
device is
equipped for open
circuit operation
(ground return),
test it in this
condition as one
of the semiannual
tests.
Test each
initiating circuit of
the auxiliary box
by actuation of a
protected
premises initiating
(2) Auxiliary box X Annually device connected
to that circuit.
Verify receipt of
not less than
three complete
rounds of signal
impulses.
(3) Master box
Perform the tests
(a) Manual
X Semiannually prescribed for
operation
28(a).
Perform the tests
(b) Auxiliary
X Annually prescribed for
operation
28(b).
The following
procedures
describe
additional
Low-power acceptance and
29. radio (wireless X N/A reacceptance
systems) test methods to
verify wireless
protection
system
operation:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Mass
30. notification
systems
At a minimum,
test control
equipment to
verify correct
receipt of alarm,
supervisory, and
trouble signals
(inputs); operation
of evacuation
signals and
auxiliary functions
(outputs); circuit
(1) Functions X Annually
supervision,
including
detection of open
circuits and
ground faults; and
power supply
supervision for
detection of loss
of ac power and
disconnection of
secondary
batteries.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Verify the rating
(2) Fuses X Annually
and supervision.
Verify integrity of
single or multiple
circuits providing
interface between
two or more
control units. Test
interfaced
equipment
(3) Interfaced
X Annually connections by
equipment
operating or
simulating
operation of the
equipment being
supervised. Verify
signals required to
be transmitted at
the control unit.
Illuminate lamps
(4) Lamps and LEDs X Annually
and LEDs.
Disconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
and test under
maximum load,
including all alarm
appliances
requiring
(5) Primary (main)
X Annually simultaneous
power supply
operation.
Reconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
at end of test. For
redundant power
supplies, test
each separately.
Measure sound
pressure level
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
(6) Audible textual Measure and
notification appliances record levels
(loudspeakers and throughout
X Annually protected area.
other appliances to
convey voice Set the sound
messages) level meter in
accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation
Signal, using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
(FAST). Record
the maximum
output when the
audible
emergency
evacuation signal
is on.
Perform test in
accordance with
manufacturer’s
published
instructions. Verify
appliance
locations to be per
approved layout
and confirm that
no floor plan
changes affect the
approved layout.
(7) Visual X Annually
Verify the candela
rating or method
of candela control
marking on each
visual appliance
and rating when
reported by the
FACU agrees with
the approved
drawings. Confirm
that each
appliance flashes.
Review event log
file and verify that
the correct events
were logged.
Review system
diagnostic log file;
correct
deficiencies noted
in file. Delete
unneeded log
(8) Control unit
files. Delete
functions and no
X Annually unneeded error
diagnostic failures are
files. Verify that
indicated
sufficient free disk
space is available.
Verify
unobstructed flow
of cooling air is
available.
Change/clean
filters, cooling
fans, and intake
vents.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Power down the
central control unit
(9) Control unit reset X Annually
computer and
restart it.
If remote control
software is loaded
onto the system,
(10) Control unit verify that it is
X Annually
security disabled to
prevent
unauthorized
system access.
Send out an alert
to a diverse set of
predesignated
receiving devices
(11) Audible/visual
X Annually and confirm
functional test
receipt. Include at
least one of each
type of receiving
device.
Make full system
software backup.
Rotate backups
(12) Software backup X Annually
based on
accepted practice
at site.
Disconnect ac
power. Verify the
ac power failure
alarm status on
central control
(13) Secondary power
X Annually equipment. With
test
ac power
disconnected,
verify battery
voltage under
load.
Check
forward/reflected
(14) Wireless signals X Annually radio power is
within
specifications.
Check
forward/reflected
radio power is
within
specifications.
(15) Antenna X Annually
Verify solid
electrical
connections with
no observable
corrosion.
Verify proper
operation and
(16) Transceivers X Annually
mounting is not
compromised.
aSome transmission equipment (such as, but not limited to, cable modems, fiber-optic interface nodes, and
VoIP interfaces) are typically powered by the building's electrical system using a secondary (standby)
power supply that does not meet the requirements of this Code. This is intended to ensure that the testing
authority verifies full secondary (standby) power as required by Chapter 10. Additionally, refer to Table
cSee Table 14.4.3.2, Item 4(1) for the testing of transmission equipment.
dThe battery tests in Table 14.4.3.2 Item 9 are based on VRLA batteries and it is the intent that the tests
specified in (1) through (4) be performed in order. For other secondary battery types, refer to the battery
manufacturer’s published instructions or IEEE 450, Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and
Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, for vented lead-acid batteries, and
IEEE 1106, Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented
Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications, for nickel-cadmium batteries.
eExample: 4000 mAh × 1⁄25 = 160 mA charging current at 77°F (25°C).
fIf the charger is adjustable, adjust the output voltage to 2.265 volts per cell ±0.015 volts at 77°F (25°C) or
as specified by the alarm equipment manufacturer.
gSee A.14.4.3.2 Item 9(4). A load test per Item 9(5) is permitted in lieu of an ohmic test.
iThe voltmeter sensitivity has been changed from 1000 ohms per volt to 100 ohms per volt so that the false
ground readings (caused by induced voltages) are minimized.
jInitiating devices such as smoke detectors used for elevator recall, closing dampers, or releasing doors
held in the open position that are permitted by the Code (see9.6.3 of NFPA 101) to initiate supervisory
signals at the fire alarm control unit (FACU) should be tested at the same frequency (annual) as those
devices when they are generating an alarm signal. They are not supervisory devices, but they initiate a
supervisory signal at the FACU.
kFusible thermal link detectors are commonly used to close fire doors and fire dampers electrically
connected to the fire alarm control unit. They are actuated by the presence of external heat, which causes a
solder element in the link to fuse, or by an electric thermal device, which, when energized, generates heat
within the body of the link, causing the link to fuse and separate.
lNote, it is customary for the manufacturer of the smoke detector to test a particular product from an aerosol
provider to determine acceptability for use in smoke entry testing of their smoke detector/smoke alarm.
Magnets are not acceptable for smoke entry tests.
m There are some detectors that use magnets as a manufacturer's calibrated sensitivity test instrument.
nFor example, it might not be possible to individually test the heat sensor in a thermally enhanced smoke
detector.
oManufacturer's published instructions should be consulted to ensure a proper operational test. No
suppression gas or agent is expected to be discharged during the test of the solenoid. See Test Plan of
14.2.10.
pA monitor module installed on an interface device is not considered a supervisory device and therefore not
subject to the quarterly testing frequency requirement. Test frequencies for interface devices should be in
accordance with the applicable standard. For example, fire pump controller alarms such as phase reversal
are required to be tested annually. If a monitor module is installed to identify phase reversal on the fire
alarm control unit, it is not necessary to test for phase reversal four times a year.
qChapter 18 would require 15 dB over average ambient sound for public mode spaces. Sometimes the
ambient sound levels are different from what the design was based upon. Private operating mode would
require 10 dB over average ambient at the location of the device.
rWhere building, system, or occupancy changes have been observed, the owner should be notified of the
changes. New devices might need to be installed and tested per the initial acceptance testing criteria.
sSee A.14.4.3.2 and Table 14.4.3.2, Item 24.
Committee Statement
[9.]
This revision makes three changes to the battery test methods in (9).
Firstly, with the introduction of a test method for temperature testing of batteries in (9)(1), there has
been confusion in the field as to where the ambient temperature should be taken. Some have
concluded that the ambient temperature should be taken in the room or area where the FACU cabinet
is located. However, the industry standard is for ambient temperature to be taken from inside the
cabinet, which is not currently stated. This revision clarifies that language and provides clarification
regarding the comparison of the battery cell/unit temperature with the ambient temperature
measurement.
Secondly, with regard to the semi-annual Ohmic Test in (9)(4), the phrase "and connected to the
charger" has created confusion in the field since the related annex note states that offline testing may
also be acceptable. Since Chapter 14's wording appears to indicate that testing online is the only
option, the reference to connection to the charger has been deleted, as that may not be the best
practice recommendation depending on the manufacture of the ohmic meter being utilized.
Finally, the revision in (9)(4) addresses the Ohmic Test method for VRLA batteries, changing "and" to
"or" to better indicate the intent of this test method. Either a conductance test "or" a
Resistance/Impedance test is required, not both.
[14.]
Wireless communications is added to Item 14 to address new technology. (See new sections
23.16.4.8 and 23.16.4.9 on Class A and Class B radio pathways.) The Technical Committee requests
that the Correlating Committee form a Task Group with members from SIG-TMS, SIG-PRO, SIG-
PRS, and SIG-FUN to address the requirements for these systems.
[17.]
Items 17(4)(c) and (d) are revised to minimize confusion with regard to the test method for non-
restorable, spot-type heat detectors.
In 17(9), only devices connected to protected premises systems are required to be tested annually.
Household CO devices are tested per Sections 14.4.6 or 14.4.8 and are under the scope of the (SIG-
HOU) Technical Committee.
Item 17(10)(b) is revised to correlate with 2019 changes made to Paragraph 17.17.2.2, particularly
(C) for valves that use lower settings. Also refer to A.17.17.2.2.
The test in 17(7)(d) is revised to permit the use of a listed feature that is capable of supervising
airflow to each sampling port, in lieu of a manual test.
The references to other items in the table are corrected in Item 17(7)(e).
The smoke entry test in 17(8) is for single-criteria detectors only. There is a separate entry in the table
for multi-criteria detectors.
[22.]
The direction in Chapter 14 regarding test methods for sound level testing for loudspeakers should
correlate with Chapter 18, which is to use the meter on alert tone signals only. This provides good
guidance for testing personnel, reminding them that audible information is not to be tested with the
meter.
The revision also removes "throughout the protected area," as it is unenforceable and undefined.
Language referencing the actual required performance metric has been added. Finally, "confirm" is
changed to "determine," as it is more reflective of the proper test reason.
[Table note d]
The added text in Table Note d facilitates a technology-based alternative to the current VRLA battery
testing procedure.
[Table note e]
Footnote "e" pertains to the charging current for Nickel-Cadmium batteries. However, this battery type
was deleted from the table in the 2019 edition, and the footnote was mistakenly retained. Footnote "e
" is, therefore, deleted.
[Annex]
With the introduction of new language for ohmic testing of batteries, there has been some confusion
in the field as to whether to conduct this test online or offline. While the test method in Chapter 14
states that the test is to be done online (connected to the charger), the related annex material stated
that offline testing is also acceptable. This revision clarifies that, while online testing is the preferred
method for the Ohmic Test, offline testing may be the recommended practice on the part of certain
ohmic meter manufacturers.
14.4.3.2*
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
1. All equipment X See Table 14.3.1.
Control
2. equipment and
transponder
Verify correct
receipt of alarm,
supervisory, and
trouble signals
(inputs); operation
of evacuation
signals and
auxiliary functions
(outputs); circuit
supervision,
(1) Functions X Annually including
detection of open
circuits and
ground faults; and
power supply
supervision for
detection of loss
of ac power and
disconnection of
secondary
batteries.
Verify rating and
(2) Fuses X Annually
supervision.
Verify integrity of
single or multiple
circuits providing
interface between
two or more
control units. Test
interfaced
equipment
(3) Interfaced
X Annually connections by
equipment
operating or
simulating
operation of the
equipment being
supervised. Verify
signals required to
be transmitted at
the control unit.
Illuminate lamps
(4) Lamps and LEDs X Annually
and LEDs.
Disconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
and test under
maximum load,
including all alarm
(5) Primary (main) appliances
X Annually
power supply requiring
simultaneous
operation.
Reconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
at end of test. Test
redundant power
supplies
separately.
Alarm control
3. unit trouble
signals
Verify operation of
control unit
trouble signals.
Verify ring-back
(1) Audible and visual X Annually feature for
systems using a
trouble-silencing
switch that
requires resetting.
If control unit has
disconnect or
isolating switches,
verify
performance of
intended function
(2) Disconnect
X Annually of each switch.
switches
Verify receipt of
trouble signal
when a
supervised
function is
disconnected.
If the system has
a ground
detection feature,
verify the
occurrence of
(3) Ground-fault
X Annually ground-fault
monitoring circuit
indication
whenever any
installation
conductor is
grounded.
Actuate an
initiating device
(4) Transmission of
and verify receipt
signals to off-premises X Annually
of alarm signal at
location
the off-premises
location.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Supervising
station alarm
4. systems —
transmission
equipment
aTest all system
functions and
features in
accordance with
the equipment
manufacturer’s
(1) All equipment X Annually published
instructions for
correct operation
in conformance
with the
applicable
sections of
Chapter 26.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Except for DACTs
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72 that are
connected to a
telephone line
(2) Digital alarm (number) that is
communicator X Annually also supervised
transmitter (DACT) for adverse
conditions by a
derived local
channel, ensure
connection of the
DACT to two
separate means
of transmission.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Disconnect the
primary telephone
line. Verify
transmission of a
(3) Digital alarm radio
X Annually trouble signal to
transmitter (DART)
the supervising
station by the
DART occurs
within 4 minutes.
Actuate initiating
device. Verify
production of not
less than three
(4) McCulloh complete rounds
X Annually
transmitter of not less than
three signal
impulses each by
the McCulloh
transmitter.
(2) Ground
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
(2) Ground
Cause a fault
between elements
of the transmitting
equipment. Verify
indication of the
(5) Radio alarm fault at the
X Annually
transmitter (RAT) protected
premises, or
transmission of
trouble signal to
the supervising
station.
Perform tests to
ensure the
monitoring of
integrity of the
transmission
technology and
technology
path.Where
shared
communications
(6) Performance- equipment is used
X Annually
based technologies as permitted by
26.6.3.1.14,
provided
secondary
(standby) power
sources shall be
tested in
accordance with
Table 14.4.3.2,
item 7, 8, or 9, as
applicable.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
W
c
p
u
d
b
c
p
M
in
a
tr
V
p
c
a
th
w
2
o
tr
fa
R
c
p
Emergency
5. communications
equipment
Verify correct
switching and
(1) Amplifier/tone
X Annually operation of
generators
backup
equipment.
Operate/function
(2) Call-in signal and verify receipt
X Annually of correct visual
silence
and audible
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
signals at control
unit.
Install phone set
or remove phone
(3) Off-hook indicator from hook and
X Annually
(ring down) verify receipt of
signal at control
unit.
Visually inspect
phone jack and
(4) Phone jacks X Annually initiate
communications
path through jack.
Actuate each
phone set and
(5) Phone set X Annually
verify correct
operation.
Operate the
system with a
minimum of any
(6) System
X Annually five handsets
performance
simultaneously.
Verify voice
quality and clarity.
If an engine-
driven
generator
dedicated to the
system is used
as a required
power source,
Engine-driven
6. X Monthly verify operation
generator
of the generator
and transfer
switch in
accordance
with NFPA 110
by the building
owner.
If an ESS
system
dedicated to the
system is used
as a required
Energy storage power source,
7. X Annually
systems (ESS) verify by the
building owner
operation of the
ESS system in
accordance
with NFPA 111.
Disconnect all
primary (main)
power supplies
and verify the
Secondary occurrence of
8. (standby) power X Annually required trouble
supplyc indication for
loss of primary
power. Measure
or verify the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
system’s
standby and
alarm current
demand using
the equipment
manufacturer’s
data and verify
the battery’s
rated capacity
exceeds the
system’s power
demand,
including the
safety margin.
Operate
general alarm
systems a
minimum of
5 minutes and
emergency
voice
communications
systems for a
minimum of
15 minutes.
Reconnect
primary (main)
power supply at
end of test.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Prior to
conducting
any battery
testing, verify
by the person
conducting the
VRLA battery test, that all
9.
and chargerd system
software
stored in
volatile
memory is
protected from
loss.
Upon initially
opening the
cabinet door,
measure and
record the
temperature of
each battery
cell/unit at the
(1) Temperature test X Semiannually negative terminal
with an infrared
thermometer.
Replace any
battery cell/unit if
the temperature is
greater than 18°F
(10°C) above
ambient.
With the battery
fully charged and
connected to the
charger, measure
the voltage across
the battery with a
voltmeter. Verify
the voltage is
within the
battery/alarm
(2) Charger testf X Semiannually
equipment
manufacturer’s
recommendations.
If the voltage is
outside of the
specified limits,
either adjust the
charger to within
limits or replace
the charger.
With the battery
fully charged and
connected to the
charger, measure
(3) Cell/Unit voltage the voltage of
X Semiannually
test each cell/unit with
a voltmeter.
Replace the
battery when any
cell/unit measures
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
a voltage less
than 13.26 volts.
When the battery
is installed,
establish a
baseline ohmic
value for each
battery cell/unit or
where available
use baseline
ohmic values
(4) Ohmic testg X N/A
provided by the
battery or test
equipment
manufacturer. In
either case record
the base line
ohmic value on
each battery
cell/unit.
W
b
c
c
th
m
in
v
b
c
R
te
o
o
c
R
b
th
m
o
d
Semiannually th
e
b
3
fo
c
a
m
re
im
W
b
e
m
b
v
u
th
w
c
in
v
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
o
a
ra
Replace the
battery or
conduct a load
test of the
battery
capacity. Load
test the battery
based on the
manufacturer’s
specifications
for a discharge
rate of 3 hours
or more by
applying the
current
indicated for
the selected
hourly
discharge rate
continuously,
until the
terminal
voltage
(5) decreases to
Replacement/Load 3 years the end
testh voltage
specified by
the
manufacturer.
Record the
test duration
and calculate
the battery
capacity
including
adjustment for
ambient
temperature.
Replace the
battery if
capacity is
less than or
equal to 80%
or at the next
scheduled test
interval if
battery
capacity is
less than 85%.
Manual tests of
the power
supply for
Public public reporting
emergency circuits shall be
10. alarm reporting X Daily made and
system — wired recorded at
system least once
during each 24-
hour period.
Such tests shall
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
include the
following:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Verify the
correct
Remote operation and
11. X Annually
annunciators identification of
annunciators. If
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
provided, verify
the correct
operation of
annunciator
under a fault
condition.
12. Reserved
13. Reserved
14. Reserved
Conductors —
15.
metallic
Test all installation
conductors with a
volt/ohmmeter to
verify that there
are no stray
(unwanted)
voltages between
installation
conductors or
between
installation
conductors and
(1) Stray voltage X N/A ground. Verify the
maximum
allowable stray
voltage does not
exceed 1 volt
ac/dc, unless a
different threshold
is specified in the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
installed
equipment.
Test all installation
conductors, other
than those
intentionally and
permanently
grounded, for
(2) Ground faults X N/A isolation from
ground per the
installed
equipment
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Test all installation
conductors, other
than those
intentionally
connected
together, for
(3) Short-circuit faults X N/A conductor-to-
conductor
isolation per the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
installed
equipment. Also
test these same
circuits conductor-
to-ground.
With each
initiating and
indicating circuit
installation
conductor pair
short-circuited at
the far end,
measure and
record the
resistance of each
(4) Loop resistance X N/A circuit. Verify that
the loop
resistance does
not exceed the
limits specified in
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
installed
equipment.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, confirm
the introduction of
a fault in any
circuit monitored
for integrity results
in a trouble
indication at the
fire alarm control
unit. Open one
connection at not
less than
10 percent of the
(5) Circuit integrity X N/A
initiating devices,
notification
appliances and
controlled devices
on every initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance circuit,
and signaling line
circuit. Confirm all
circuits perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and 23.7.
For periodic
testing, test
each initiating
device circuit,
N/A Annually notification
appliance
circuit, and
signaling line
circuit for
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
correct
indication at
the control
unit. Confirm
all circuits
perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and
23.7.
Conductors —
16.
nonmetallic
Test the fiber-optic
transmission line
by the use of an
optical power
meter or by an
optical time
domain
reflectometer
used to measure
the relative power
loss of the line.
Test result data
must meet or
(1) Fiber optics X N/A
exceed ANSI/TIA
568-C.3, Optical
Fiber Cabling
Components
Standard, related
to fiber-optic lines
and
connection/splice
losses and the
control unit
manufacturer’s
published
specifications.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, confirm
the introduction of
a fault in any
circuit monitored
for integrity results
in a trouble
indication at the
fire alarm control
unit. Open one
connection at not
(2) Circuit integrity X N/A less than
10 percent of the
initiating devices,
notification
appliances, and
controlled devices
on every initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance circuit,
and signaling line
circuit. Confirm all
circuits perform as
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and 23.7.
For periodic
testing, test
each initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance
circuit, and
signaling line
circuit for
N/A Annually correct
indication at
the control
unit. Confirm
all circuits
perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and
23.7.
Initiating
17.
devicesj
(1) Electromechanical
releasing device
Verify correct
operation by
removal of the
(a) Nonrestorable-
X Annually fusible link and
type link
operation of the
associated
device.
Verify correct
operation by
(b) Restorable-type removal of the
X Annually fusible link and
linkk operation of the
associated
device.
Operate the
switch
(2) Fire extinguishing
mechanically or
system(s) or
X Annually electrically and
suppression system(s)
verify receipt of
alarm switch
signal by the fire
alarm control unit.
Test fire–gas
detectors and
other fire
(3) Fire–gas and detectors as
X Annually
other detectors prescribed by the
manufacturer and
as necessary for
the application.
(4) Heat detectors
(a) Fixed- Perform heat test
temperature, rate-of- Annually (see with a listed and
rise, rate of X labeled heat
14.4.4.5)
compensation, source or in
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Assure that the
test method for
restorable line, spot the installed
type (excluding equipment does
pneumatic tube type) not damage the
nonrestorable
fixed-temperature
element of a
combination rate-
of-rise/fixed-
temperature
element detector.
Do not perform
heat test. Test
functionality
mechanically and
(b) Fixed- electrically.
temperature, X Annually Measure and
nonrestorable line type record loop
resistance.
Investigate
changes from
acceptance test.
After 15 years
from initial
installation,
replace all
devices or have 2
detectors per 100
laboratory tested.
Replace the 2
detectors with
new devices. If a
failure occurs on
(c) Fixed-
any of the
temperature, X See Method
detectors
nonrestorable spot type
removed, remove
and test additional
detectors to
determine either a
general problem
involving faulty
detectors or a
localized problem
involving 1 or 2
defective
detectors.
Do not perform
(d) Nonrestorable heat tests. Test
X Annually functionality
(general)
mechanically and
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
electrically.
Perform heat tests
(where test
chambers are in
circuit), with a
listed and labeled
heat source or in
(e) Restorable line accordance with
type, pneumatic tube X Annually the
only manufacturer's
published
instructions of the
detector or
conduct a test
with pressure
pump.
Conduct
functional tests
according to
manufacturer’s
(f) Single- and
published
multiple-station heat X Annually
instructions. Do
alarms
not test
nonrestorable
heat detectors
with heat.
Operate manual
fire alarm boxes
per the
manufacturer’s
published
(5) Manual fire alarm
X Annually instructions. Test
boxes
both key-operated
presignal and
general alarm
manual fire alarm
boxes.
Test flame
detectors and
spark/ember
detectors in
accordance with
(6) Radiant energy the
X Semiannually
fire detectors manufacturer’s
published
instructions to
determine that
each detector is
operative.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
instructions. Other
methods listed in
the
manufacturer's
published
instructions that
ensure smoke
entry from the
protected area,
through the vents,
into the sensing
chamber can be
used.
Perform a
functional test on
all single- and
multiple-station
(b) Single- and
smoke alarms
multiple-station smoke
connected to a
alarms connected to X Annually
protected
protected premises
premises fire
systems
alarm system by
putting the smoke
alarm into an
alarm condition.
Conduct
(c) System smoke functional tests
detectors used in one- according to
X Annually
and two-family manufacturer’s
dwellings published
instructions.
Test with smoke
or a listed and
labeled product
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
(d) Air sampling X Annually
instructions. Test
from the end
sampling port or
point on each pipe
run. Verify airflow
through all other
ports or points.
In addition to the
testing required in
Table
14.4.3.2(g)(1) and
Table 14.4.3.2(h),
test duct smoke
(e) Duct type X Annually detectors that use
sampling tubes to
ensure that they
will properly
sample the
airstream in the
duct using a
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
method
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
instructions.
Test the detector
by introducing
(f) Projected beam smoke, other
X Annually
type aerosol, or an
optical filter into
the beam path.
Operate both
portions of the
(g) Smoke detector detector
with built-in thermal X Annually independently as
element described for the
respective
devices.
Verify that the
control capability
remains operable
even if all of the
(h) Smoke initiating devices
detectors with control X Annually connected to the
output functions same initiating
device circuit or
signaling line
circuit are in an
alarm state.
(8) Smoke detectors
— sensitivity testing
mPerform any of
the following tests
In other than one- to ensure that
and two-family
N/A See 14.4.4.3 each smoke
dwellings, system detector is within
detectors its listed and
marked sensitivity
range:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
device circuit or
signaling line
circuit are in an
alarm state.
(10) Initiating
devices, supervisory
Operate valve and
verify signal
receipt to be
within the first two
revolutions of the
handwheel or
within one-fifth of
the travel
distance, or per
(a) Control valve the
X Semiannual
switch manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Continue to cycle
outside stem and
yoke valves and
verify switch does
not reset during
full travel of the
valve stem.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained where
the required
(b) High- or low-air pressure is
X Annually
pressure switch increased or
decreased a
maximum 10 psi
(70 kPa) from the
required pressure
level.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained before
pressure
decreases to
(c) Steam pressure X Annually
110 percent of the
minimum
operating
pressure of the
steam-operated
equipment.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained where
the required
(d) Pressure pressure is
supervisory devices for X Annually increased or
other sources decreased from
the normal
operating
pressure by an
amount specified
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
in approved
design
documents.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal to
indicate the
(e) Room decrease in room
X Annually
temperature switch temperature to
40°F (4.4°C) and
its restoration to
above 40°F
(4.4°C).
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal
indicating the
water level raised
or lowered a
maximum 3 in.
(70 mm) from the
(f) Water level required level
X Annually
switch within a pressure
tank, or a
maximum 12 in.
(300 mm) from the
required level of a
nonpressure tank.
Also verify its
restoral to
required level.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal to
indicate the
(g) Water decrease in water
X Annually
temperature switch temperature to
40°F (4.4°C) and
its restoration to
above 40°F
(4.4°C).
Water shall be
flowed through an
inspector's test
connection
indicating the flow
of water equal to
that from a single
sprinkler of the
smallest orifice
(11) Mechanical, size installed in
electrosonic, or
X Semiannually the system or
pressure-type waterflow other listed and
device approved
waterflow switch
test methods for
wet-pipe systems,
or an alarm test
bypass
connection for
dry-pipe, pre-
action, or deluge
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
systems in
accordance with
NFPA 25.
Test each of the
detection
principles present
within the detector
(e.g.,
smoke/heat/CO,
etc.)
independently for
(12) Multi-sensor fire the specific
detector or multi-criteria detection
fire detector or X Annually principle,
combination fire regardless of the
detector configuration
status at the time
of testing. Also
test each detector
in accordance
with the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
T
s
to
te
a
in
s
re
b
P
a
fo
re
d
in
th
p
th
c
e
e
c
(m
a
e
s
c
th
re
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
C
re
s
th
in
th
c
W
in
s
c
te
in
te
p
s
R
te
re
Special hazard
18.
equipment
Operate abort
(1) Abort switch switch and verify
X Annually
(dead-man type) correct sequence
and operation.
Operate abort
switch and verify
(2) Abort switch development of
X Annually
(recycle type) correct matrix with
each sensor
operated.
Operate abort
switch and verify
correct sequence
and operation in
accordance with
authority having
(3) Abort switch
X Annually jurisdiction.
(special type)
Observe
sequencing as
specified on as-
built drawings or
in system owner’s
manual.
Operate one
sensor or detector
on each zone.
Verify occurrence
(4) Cross-zone of correct
X Annually
detection circuit sequence with
operation of first
zone and then
with operation of
second zone.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Operate all
sensors in
system. Verify
(5) Matrix-type circuit X Annually development of
correct matrix with
each sensor
operated.
(6) Release solenoid Verify operation of
X Annually
circuito solenoid.
Use AGI flashbulb
or other test light
(7) Squibb release approved by the
X Annually
circuit manufacturer.
Verify operation of
flashbulb or light.
Operate required
sensors at a
minimum of four
(8) Verified, locations in circuit.
sequential, or counting X Annually Verify correct
zone circuit sequence with
both the first and
second detector in
alarm.
Verify supervision
(9) All above devices
of circuits by
or circuits or X Annually
creating an open
combinations thereof
circuit.
Combination
19.
systems
Test
communication
between the
device connecting
the fire
extinguisher
electronic
monitoring
(1) Fire extinguisher
device/system
electronic monitoring X Annually
and the fire alarm
device/system
control unit to
ensure proper
signals are
received at the fire
alarm control unit
and remote
annunciator(s) if
applicable.
Test
communication
between the
device connecting
the carbon
monoxide
(2) Carbon device/system
X Annually
monoxidedevice/system and the fire alarm
control unit to
ensure proper
signals are
received at the fire
alarm control unit
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
and remote
annunciator(s) if
applicable.
Test interface
equipment
connections by
operating or
simulating the
equipment
being
supervised.
Verify signals
required to be
transmitted are
Interface received at the
20. X See 14.4.4.4 control unit.
equipmentp Test frequency
for interface
equipment is
the same as the
frequency
required by the
applicable
NFPA
standard(s) for
the equipment
being
supervised.
Test the device
in accordance
Guard’s tour with the
21. X Annually
equipment manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Alarm
22. notification
appliances
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, measure
sound pressure
levels for signals
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure sound
(1) Audibleq X N/A
pressure levels
throughout the
protected area to
confirm that they
are in compliance
with Chapter 18.
Set the sound
level meter in
accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Standard Audible
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Emergency
Evacuation (E2)
and Evacuation
Signals with
Relocation
Instructions
(ESRI), using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST).
rFor periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually the operation
of the
notification
appliances.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, measure
sound pressure
levels for alert
tone signals with
a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure sound
pressure levels
(2) Audible textual throughout the
notification appliances protected area to
(loudspeakers and confirm that they
X N/A
other appliances to are in compliance
convey voice with Chapter 18.
messages) Set the sound
level meter in
accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation (E2)
and Evacuation
Signals with
Relocation
Instructions
(ESRI), using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST).
rFor periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually
the operation
of the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
notification
appliances.
Perform initial and
reacceptance
testing in
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions. Verify
appliance
locations to be per
approved layout
and confirm that
no floor plan
(3) Visual X N/A changes affect the
approved layout.
Verify the candela
rating or method
of candela control
marking on each
visual appliance
and rating when
reported by the
FACU agrees with
the approved
drawings. Confirm
that each
appliance flashes.
For periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually that each
appliance
flashes.
Perform tests in
Exit marking accordance
audible with
23. X Annually
notification manufacturer's
appliance published
instructions.
For initial,
reacceptance,
and periodic
testing, verify
emergency
control function
interface device
activation.
Where an
emergency
Emergency control function
24. control X Annually interface device
functionss is disabled or
disconnected
during initiating
device testing,
verify that the
disabled or
disconnected
emergency
control function
interface device
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
has been
properly
restored,
including
electromagnetic
devices used
for door
releasing
services as part
of a fire alarm
system.
Use the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions and
the as-built
drawings
provided by the
Two-way system supplier
emergency to verify correct
25. X Annually
communications operation after
systems the initial testing
phase has been
performed by
the supplier or
by the
supplier’s
designated
representative.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Special
26.
procedures
Verify time delay
and alarm
response for
(1) Alarm verification X Annually smoke detector
circuits identified
as having alarm
verification.
Verify
communications
between sending
(2) Multiplex systems X Annually and receiving
units under both
primary and
secondary power.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Supervising
station alarm
27. systems —
receiving
equipment
Perform tests on
all system
functions and
features in
accordance with
the equipment
manufacturer’s
(1) All equipment X Monthly published
instructions for
correct operation
in conformance
with the
applicable
sections of
Chapter 26.
Disconnect each
(2) Digital alarm
transmission
communicator receiver X Monthly
means in turn
(DACR)
from the DACR,
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
and verify audible
and visual
annunciation of a
trouble signal in
the supervising
station.
Cause the
following
conditions of all
DARRs on all
subsidiary and
repeater station
(3) Digital alarm radio receiving
X Monthly
receiver (DARR) equipment. Verify
receipt at the
supervising
station of correct
signals for each of
the following
conditions:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
station under the
following
conditions:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
and receiving
equipment; verify
receipt of correct
signals at the
supervising
station:
Perform tests to
ensure the
monitoring of
integrity of the
transmission
technology and
technology path.
Where a single
communications
(7) Performance-
X Monthly path is used,
based technologies
disconnect the
communication
path. Verify that
failure of the path
is annunciated at
the supervising
station within
60 minutes of the
failure (within
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
5 minutes for
communication
equipment
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72).
Restore the
communication
path. Where
multiple
communication
paths are used,
disconnect both
communication
paths and confirm
that failure of the
path is
annunciated at
the supervising
station within not
more than 6 hours
of the failure
(within 24 hours
for communication
equipment
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72).
Restore both
communication
paths.
Public
emergency
alarm reporting
28.
system
transmission
equipment
Actuate publicly
accessible
initiating device(s)
and verify receipt
of not less than
three complete
rounds of signal
impulses. Perform
this test under
(1) Publicly
X Semiannually normal circuit
accessible alarm box
conditions. If the
device is
equipped for open
circuit operation
(ground return),
test it in this
condition as one
of the semiannual
tests.
Test each
initiating circuit of
(2) Auxiliary box X Annually the auxiliary box
by actuation of a
protected
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
premises initiating
device connected
to that circuit.
Verify receipt of
not less than
three complete
rounds of signal
impulses.
(3) Master box
Perform the tests
(a) Manual
X Semiannually prescribed for
operation
28(a).
Perform the tests
(b) Auxiliary
X Annually prescribed for
operation
28(b).
The following
procedures
describe
additional
Low-power acceptance and
29. radio (wireless X N/A reacceptance
systems) test methods to
verify wireless
protection
system
operation:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Mass
30. notification
systems
At a minimum,
test control
equipment to
verify correct
receipt of alarm,
supervisory, and
trouble signals
(inputs); operation
of evacuation
signals and
auxiliary functions
(outputs); circuit
(1) Functions X Annually
supervision,
including
detection of open
circuits and
ground faults; and
power supply
supervision for
detection of loss
of ac power and
disconnection of
secondary
batteries.
Verify the rating
(2) Fuses X Annually
and supervision.
Verify integrity of
single or multiple
circuits providing
interface between
two or more
(3) Interfaced control units. Test
X Annually interfaced
equipment
equipment
connections by
operating or
simulating
operation of the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
equipment being
supervised. Verify
signals required to
be transmitted at
the control unit.
Illuminate lamps
(4) Lamps and LEDs X Annually
and LEDs.
Disconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
and test under
maximum load,
including all alarm
appliances
requiring
(5) Primary (main)
X Annually simultaneous
power supply
operation.
Reconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
at end of test. For
redundant power
supplies, test
each separately.
Measure sound
pressure level for
alert tone signals
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure and
record levels
throughout
(6) Audible textual protected area.
notification appliances Set the sound
(loudspeakers and level meter in
X Annually
other appliances to accordance with
convey voice ANSI/ASA S3.41,
messages) American National
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation
Signal, using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST). Record
the maximum
output when the
audible
emergency
evacuation signal
is on.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Perform test in
accordance with
manufacturer’s
published
instructions. Verify
appliance
locations to be per
approved layout
and confirm that
no floor plan
changes affect the
approved layout.
(7) Visual X Annually
Verify the candela
rating or method
of candela control
marking on each
visual appliance
and rating when
reported by the
FACU agrees with
the approved
drawings. Confirm
that each
appliance flashes.
Review event log
file and verify that
the correct events
were logged.
Review system
diagnostic log file;
correct
deficiencies noted
in file. Delete
unneeded log
(8) Control unit
files. Delete
functions and no
X Annually unneeded error
diagnostic failures are
files. Verify that
indicated
sufficient free disk
space is available.
Verify
unobstructed flow
of cooling air is
available.
Change/clean
filters, cooling
fans, and intake
vents.
Power down the
central control unit
(9) Control unit reset X Annually
computer and
restart it.
If remote control
software is loaded
onto the system,
(10) Control unit verify that it is
X Annually
security disabled to
prevent
unauthorized
system access.
Send out an alert
(11) Audible/visual to a diverse set of
X Annually
functional test predesignated
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
receiving devices
and confirm
receipt. Include at
least one of each
type of receiving
device.
Make full system
software backup.
Rotate backups
(12) Software backup X Annually
based on
accepted practice
at site.
Disconnect ac
power. Verify the
ac power failure
alarm status on
central control
(13) Secondary power
X Annually equipment. With
test
ac power
disconnected,
verify battery
voltage under
load.
Check
forward/reflected
(14) Wireless signals X Annually radio power is
within
specifications.
Check
forward/reflected
radio power is
within
specifications.
(15) Antenna X Annually
Verify solid
electrical
connections with
no observable
corrosion.
Verify proper
operation and
(16) Transceivers X Annually
mounting is not
compromised.
aSome transmission equipment (such as, but not limited to, cable modems, fiber-optic interface nodes, and
VoIP interfaces) are typically powered by the building's electrical system using a secondary (standby)
power supply that does not meet the requirements of this Code. This is intended to ensure that the testing
authority verifies full secondary (standby) power as required by Chapter 10. Additionally, refer to Table
14.4.3.2, items 7 through 9, for secondary (standby) power supply testing.
bThe automatic transmission of the check-in (handshake) signal can take up to 60 minutes to occur.
cSee Table 14.4.3.2, Item 4(1) for the testing of transmission equipment.
dThe battery tests in Table 14.4.3.2 Item 9 are based on VRLA batteries and it is the intent that the tests
specified in (1) through (4) be performed in order. For other secondary battery types, refer to the battery
manufacturer’s published instructions or IEEE 450, Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and
Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, for vented lead-acid batteries, and
IEEE 1106, Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented
Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications, for nickel-cadmium batteries.
eExample: 4000 mAh × 1⁄25 = 160 mA charging current at 77°F (25°C).
fIf the charger is adjustable, adjust the output voltage to 2.265 volts per cell ±0.015 volts at 77°F (25°C) or
iThe voltmeter sensitivity has been changed from 1000 ohms per volt to 100 ohms per volt so that the false
ground readings (caused by induced voltages) are minimized.
jInitiating devices such as smoke detectors used for elevator recall, closing dampers, or releasing doors
held in the open position that are permitted by the Code (see9.6.3 of NFPA 101) to initiate supervisory
signals at the fire alarm control unit (FACU) should be tested at the same frequency (annual) as those
devices when they are generating an alarm signal. They are not supervisory devices, but they initiate a
supervisory signal at the FACU.
kFusible thermal link detectors are commonly used to close fire doors and fire dampers electrically
connected to the fire alarm control unit. They are actuated by the presence of external heat, which causes a
solder element in the link to fuse, or by an electric thermal device, which, when energized, generates heat
within the body of the link, causing the link to fuse and separate.
lNote, it is customary for the manufacturer of the smoke detector to test a particular product from an aerosol
provider to determine acceptability for use in smoke entry testing of their smoke detector/smoke alarm.
Magnets are not acceptable for smoke entry tests.
m There are some detectors that use magnets as a manufacturer's calibrated sensitivity test instrument.
nFor example, it might not be possible to individually test the heat sensor in a thermally enhanced smoke
detector.
oManufacturer's published instructions should be consulted to ensure a proper operational test. No
suppression gas or agent is expected to be discharged during the test of the solenoid. See Test Plan of
14.2.10.
pA monitor module installed on an interface device is not considered a supervisory device and therefore not
subject to the quarterly testing frequency requirement. Test frequencies for interface devices should be in
accordance with the applicable standard. For example, fire pump controller alarms such as phase reversal
are required to be tested annually. If a monitor module is installed to identify phase reversal on the fire
alarm control unit, it is not necessary to test for phase reversal four times a year.
qChapter 18 would require 15 dB over average ambient sound for public mode spaces. Sometimes the
ambient sound levels are different from what the design was based upon. Private operating mode would
require 10 dB over average ambient at the location of the device.
rWhere building, system, or occupancy changes have been observed, the owner should be notified of the
changes. New devices might need to be installed and tested per the initial acceptance testing criteria.
sSee A.14.4.3.2 and Table 14.4.3.2, Item 24.
The direction in Chapter 14 regarding test methods for sound level testing for loudspeakers should correlate with
Chapter 18, which is to use the meter on alert tone signals only. This provides good guidance for testing personnel,
reminding them that audible information is not to be tested with the meter.
Committee Statement
[9.]
This revision makes three changes to the battery test methods in (9).
Firstly, with the introduction of a test method for temperature testing of batteries in (9)(1), there has
been confusion in the field as to where the ambient temperature should be taken. Some have
concluded that the ambient temperature should be taken in the room or area where the FACU cabinet
is located. However, the industry standard is for ambient temperature to be taken from inside the
cabinet, which is not currently stated. This revision clarifies that language and provides clarification
regarding the comparison of the battery cell/unit temperature with the ambient temperature
measurement.
Secondly, with regard to the semi-annual Ohmic Test in (9)(4), the phrase "and connected to the
charger" has created confusion in the field since the related annex note states that offline testing may
also be acceptable. Since Chapter 14's wording appears to indicate that testing online is the only
option, the reference to connection to the charger has been deleted, as that may not be the best
practice recommendation depending on the manufacture of the ohmic meter being utilized.
Finally, the revision in (9)(4) addresses the Ohmic Test method for VRLA batteries, changing "and" to
"or" to better indicate the intent of this test method. Either a conductance test "or" a
Resistance/Impedance test is required, not both.
[14.]
Wireless communications is added to Item 14 to address new technology. (See new sections
23.16.4.8 and 23.16.4.9 on Class A and Class B radio pathways.) The Technical Committee requests
that the Correlating Committee form a Task Group with members from SIG-TMS, SIG-PRO, SIG-
PRS, and SIG-FUN to address the requirements for these systems.
[17.]
Items 17(4)(c) and (d) are revised to minimize confusion with regard to the test method for non-
restorable, spot-type heat detectors.
In 17(9), only devices connected to protected premises systems are required to be tested annually.
Household CO devices are tested per Sections 14.4.6 or 14.4.8 and are under the scope of the (SIG-
HOU) Technical Committee.
Item 17(10)(b) is revised to correlate with 2019 changes made to Paragraph 17.17.2.2, particularly
(C) for valves that use lower settings. Also refer to A.17.17.2.2.
The test in 17(7)(d) is revised to permit the use of a listed feature that is capable of supervising
airflow to each sampling port, in lieu of a manual test.
The references to other items in the table are corrected in Item 17(7)(e).
The smoke entry test in 17(8) is for single-criteria detectors only. There is a separate entry in the table
for multi-criteria detectors.
[22.]
The direction in Chapter 14 regarding test methods for sound level testing for loudspeakers should
correlate with Chapter 18, which is to use the meter on alert tone signals only. This provides good
guidance for testing personnel, reminding them that audible information is not to be tested with the
meter.
The revision also removes "throughout the protected area," as it is unenforceable and undefined.
Language referencing the actual required performance metric has been added. Finally, "confirm" is
changed to "determine," as it is more reflective of the proper test reason.
[Table note d]
The added text in Table Note d facilitates a technology-based alternative to the current VRLA battery
testing procedure.
[Table note e]
Footnote "e" pertains to the charging current for Nickel-Cadmium batteries. However, this battery type
was deleted from the table in the 2019 edition, and the footnote was mistakenly retained. Footnote "e
" is, therefore, deleted.
[Annex]
With the introduction of new language for ohmic testing of batteries, there has been some confusion
in the field as to whether to conduct this test online or offline. While the test method in Chapter 14
states that the test is to be done online (connected to the charger), the related annex material stated
that offline testing is also acceptable. This revision clarifies that, while online testing is the preferred
method for the Ohmic Test, offline testing may be the recommended practice on the part of certain
ohmic meter manufacturers.
14.4.3.2*
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
1. All equipment X See Table 14.3.1.
Control
2. equipment and unit
transponder
Verify correct
receipt of alarm,
supervisory,
and trouble
signals (inputs);
operation of
evacuation
signals and
auxiliary
functions
(outputs); circuit
supervision,
(1) Functions X Annually including
detection of
open circuits
and ground
faults; and
power supply
supervision for
detection of
loss of ac power
and
disconnection
of secondary
batteries.
Verify rating and
(2) Fuses X Annually
supervision.
Verify integrity of
single or multiple
circuits providing
interface between
two or more
control units. Test
interfaced
equipment
(3) Interfaced
X Annually connections by
equipment
operating or
simulating
operation of the
equipment being
supervised. Verify
signals required to
be transmitted at
the control unit.
Illuminate lamps
(4) Lamps and LEDs X Annually
and LEDs.
Disconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
and test under
(5) Primary (main) maximum load,
X Annually
power supply including all alarm
appliances
requiring
simultaneous
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
operation.
Reconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
at end of test. Test
redundant power
supplies
separately.
Alarm control
3. unit trouble
signals
Verify operation of
control unit
trouble signals.
Verify ring-back
(1) Audible and visual X Annually feature for
systems using a
trouble-silencing
switch that
requires resetting.
If control unit has
disconnect or
isolating switches,
verify
performance of
intended function
(2) Disconnect
X Annually of each switch.
switches
Verify receipt of
trouble signal
when a
supervised
function is
disconnected.
If the system has
a ground
detection feature,
verify the
occurrence of
(3) Ground-fault
X Annually ground-fault
monitoring circuit
indication
whenever any
installation
conductor is
grounded.
Actuate an
initiating device
(4) Transmission of
and verify receipt
signals to off-premises X Annually
of alarm signal at
location
the off-premises
location.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Supervising
station alarm
4. systems —
transmission
equipment
aTest all system
functions and
features in
accordance with
the equipment
manufacturer’s
(1) All equipment X Annually published
instructions for
correct operation
in conformance
with the
applicable
sections of
Chapter 26.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Disconnect the
primary telephone
line. Verify
transmission of a
(3) Digital alarm radio
X Annually trouble signal to
transmitter (DART)
the supervising
station by the
DART occurs
within 4 minutes.
Actuate initiating
device. Verify
production of not
less than three
(4) McCulloh complete rounds
X Annually
transmitter of not less than
three signal
impulses each by
the McCulloh
transmitter.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
(2) Ground
(2) Ground
Cause a fault
between elements
of the transmitting
equipment. Verify
indication of the
(5) Radio alarm fault at the
X Annually
transmitter (RAT) protected
premises, or
transmission of
trouble signal to
the supervising
station.
Perform tests to
ensure the
monitoring of
integrity of the
transmission
technology and
technology
path.Where
shared
communications
(6) Performance- equipment is used
X Annually
based technologies as permitted by
26.6.3.1.14,
provided
secondary
(standby) power
sources shall be
tested in
accordance with
Table 14.4.3.2,
item 7, 8, or 9, as
applicable.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
W
c
p
u
d
b
c
p
M
in
a
tr
V
p
c
a
th
w
2
o
tr
fa
R
c
p
Emergency
5. communications
equipment
Verify correct
switching and
(1) Amplifier/tone
X Annually operation of
generators
backup
equipment.
Operate/function
(2) Call-in signal and verify receipt
X Annually of correct visual
silence
and audible
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
signals at control
unit.
Install phone set
or remove phone
(3) Off-hook indicator from hook and
X Annually
(ring down) verify receipt of
signal at control
unit.
Visually inspect
phone jack and
(4) Phone jacks X Annually initiate
communications
path through jack.
Actuate each
phone set and
(5) Phone set X Annually
verify correct
operation.
Operate the
system with a
minimum of any
(6) System
X Annually five handsets
performance
simultaneously.
Verify voice
quality and clarity.
If an engine-
driven
generator
dedicated to the
system is used
as a required
power source,
Engine-driven
6. X Monthly verify operation
generator
of the generator
and transfer
switch in
accordance
with NFPA 110
by the building
owner.
If an ESS
system
dedicated to the
system is used
as a required
Energy storage power source,
7. X Annually
systems (ESS) verify by the
building owner
operation of the
ESS system in
accordance
with NFPA 111.
Disconnect all
primary (main)
power supplies
and verify the
Secondary occurrence of
8. (standby) power X Annually required trouble
supplyc indication for
loss of primary
power. Measure
or verify the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
system’s
standby and
alarm current
demand using
the equipment
manufacturer’s
data and verify
the battery’s
rated capacity
exceeds the
system’s power
demand,
including the
safety margin.
Operate
general alarm
systems a
minimum of
5 minutes and
emergency
voice
communications
systems for a
minimum of
15 minutes.
Reconnect
primary (main)
power supply at
end of test.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Prior to
conducting
any battery
testing, verify
by the person
conducting the
VRLA battery test, that all
9.
and chargerd system
software
stored in
volatile
memory is
protected from
loss.
Upon initially
opening the
cabinet door,
measure and
record the
temperature of
each battery
cell/unit at the
(1) Temperature test X Semiannually negative terminal
with an infrared
thermometer.
Replace any
battery cell/unit if
the temperature is
greater than 18°F
(10°C) above
ambient.
With the battery
fully charged and
connected to the
charger, measure
the voltage across
the battery with a
voltmeter. Verify
the voltage is
within the
battery/alarm
(2) Charger testf X Semiannually
equipment
manufacturer’s
recommendations.
If the voltage is
outside of the
specified limits,
either adjust the
charger to within
limits or replace
the charger.
With the battery
fully charged and
connected to the
charger, measure
(3) Cell/Unit voltage the voltage of
X Semiannually
test each cell/unit with
a voltmeter.
Replace the
battery when any
cell/unit measures
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
a voltage less
than 13.26 volts.
When the battery
is installed,
establish a
baseline ohmic
value for each
battery cell/unit or
where available
use baseline
ohmic values
(4) Ohmic testg X N/A
provided by the
battery or test
equipment
manufacturer. In
either case record
the base line
ohmic value on
each battery
cell/unit.
W
b
c
c
th
m
in
v
b
c
R
te
o
o
c
R
b
th
m
o
d
Semiannually th
e
b
3
fo
c
a
m
re
im
W
b
e
m
b
v
u
th
w
c
in
v
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
o
a
ra
Replace the
battery or
conduct a load
test of the
battery
capacity. Load
test the battery
based on the
manufacturer’s
specifications
for a discharge
rate of 3 hours
or more by
applying the
current
indicated for
the selected
hourly
discharge rate
continuously,
until the
terminal
voltage
(5) decreases to
Replacement/Load 3 years the end
testh voltage
specified by
the
manufacturer.
Record the
test duration
and calculate
the battery
capacity
including
adjustment for
ambient
temperature.
Replace the
battery if
capacity is
less than or
equal to 80%
or at the next
scheduled test
interval if
battery
capacity is
less than 85%.
Manual tests of
the power
supply for
Public public reporting
emergency circuits shall be
10. alarm reporting X Daily made and
system — wired recorded at
system least once
during each 24-
hour period.
Such tests shall
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
include the
following:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Verify the
correct
Remote operation and
11. X Annually
annunciators identification of
annunciators. If
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
provided, verify
the correct
operation of
annunciator
under a fault
condition.
12. Reserved
13. Reserved
14. Reserved
Conductors —
15.
metallic
Test all installation
conductors with a
volt/ohmmeter to
verify that there
are no stray
(unwanted)
voltages between
installation
conductors or
between
installation
conductors and
(1) Stray voltage X N/A ground. Verify the
maximum
allowable stray
voltage does not
exceed 1 volt
ac/dc, unless a
different threshold
is specified in the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
installed
equipment.
Test all installation
conductors, other
than those
intentionally and
permanently
grounded, for
(2) Ground faults X N/A isolation from
ground per the
installed
equipment
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Test all installation
conductors, other
than those
intentionally
connected
together, for
(3) Short-circuit faults X N/A conductor-to-
conductor
isolation per the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
installed
equipment. Also
test these same
circuits conductor-
to-ground.
With each
initiating and
indicating circuit
installation
conductor pair
short-circuited at
the far end,
measure and
record the
resistance of each
(4) Loop resistance X N/A circuit. Verify that
the loop
resistance does
not exceed the
limits specified in
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
installed
equipment.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, confirm
the introduction of
a fault in any
circuit monitored
for integrity results
in a trouble
indication at the
fire alarm control
unit. Open one
connection at not
less than
10 percent of the
(5) Circuit integrity X N/A
initiating devices,
notification
appliances and
controlled devices
on every initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance circuit,
and signaling line
circuit. Confirm all
circuits perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and 23.7.
For periodic
testing, test
each initiating
device circuit,
N/A Annually notification
appliance
circuit, and
signaling line
circuit for
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
correct
indication at
the control
unit. Confirm
all circuits
perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and
23.7.
Conductors —
16.
nonmetallic
Test the fiber-optic
transmission line
by the use of an
optical power
meter or by an
optical time
domain
reflectometer
used to measure
the relative power
loss of the line.
Test result data
must meet or
(1) Fiber optics X N/A
exceed ANSI/TIA
568-C.3, Optical
Fiber Cabling
Components
Standard, related
to fiber-optic lines
and
connection/splice
losses and the
control unit
manufacturer’s
published
specifications.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, confirm
the introduction of
a fault in any
circuit monitored
for integrity results
in a trouble
indication at the
fire alarm control
unit. Open one
connection at not
(2) Circuit integrity X N/A less than
10 percent of the
initiating devices,
notification
appliances, and
controlled devices
on every initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance circuit,
and signaling line
circuit. Confirm all
circuits perform as
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and 23.7.
For periodic
testing, test
each initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance
circuit, and
signaling line
circuit for
N/A Annually correct
indication at
the control
unit. Confirm
all circuits
perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and
23.7.
Initiating
17.
devicesj
(1) Electromechanical
releasing device
Verify correct
operation by
removal of the
(a) Nonrestorable-
X Annually fusible link and
type link
operation of the
associated
device.
Verify correct
operation by
(b) Restorable-type removal of the
X Annually fusible link and
linkk operation of the
associated
device.
Operate the
switch
(2) Fire extinguishing
mechanically or
system(s) or
X Annually electrically and
suppression system(s)
verify receipt of
alarm switch
signal by the fire
alarm control unit.
Test fire–gas
detectors and
other fire
(3) Fire–gas and detectors as
X Annually
other detectors prescribed by the
manufacturer and
as necessary for
the application.
(4) Heat detectors
(a) Fixed- Perform heat test
temperature, rate-of- Annually (see with a listed and
rise, rate of X labeled heat
14.4.4.5)
compensation, source or in
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Assure that the
test method for
restorable line, spot the installed
type (excluding equipment does
pneumatic tube type) not damage the
nonrestorable
fixed-temperature
element of a
combination rate-
of-rise/fixed-
temperature
element detector.
Do not perform
heat test. Test
functionality
mechanically and
(b) Fixed- electrically.
temperature, X Annually Measure and
nonrestorable line type record loop
resistance.
Investigate
changes from
acceptance test.
After 15 years
from initial
installation,
replace all
devices or have 2
detectors per 100
laboratory tested.
Replace the 2
detectors with
new devices. If a
failure occurs on
(c) Fixed-
any of the
temperature, X See Method
detectors
nonrestorable spot type
removed, remove
and test additional
detectors to
determine either a
general problem
involving faulty
detectors or a
localized problem
involving 1 or 2
defective
detectors.
Do not perform
(d) Nonrestorable heat tests. Test
X Annually functionality
(general)
mechanically and
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
electrically.
Perform heat tests
(where test
chambers are in
circuit), with a
listed and labeled
heat source or in
(e) Restorable line accordance with
type, pneumatic tube X Annually the
only manufacturer's
published
instructions of the
detector or
conduct a test
with pressure
pump.
Conduct
functional tests
according to
manufacturer’s
(f) Single- and
published
multiple-station heat X Annually
instructions. Do
alarms
not test
nonrestorable
heat detectors
with heat.
Operate manual
fire alarm boxes
per the
manufacturer’s
published
(5) Manual fire alarm
X Annually instructions. Test
boxes
both key-operated
presignal and
general alarm
manual fire alarm
boxes.
Test flame
detectors and
spark/ember
detectors in
accordance with
(6) Radiant energy the
X Semiannually
fire detectors manufacturer’s
published
instructions to
determine that
each detector is
operative.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
instructions. Other
methods listed in
the
manufacturer's
published
instructions that
ensure smoke
entry from the
protected area,
through the vents,
into the sensing
chamber can be
used.
Perform a
functional test on
all single- and
multiple-station
(b) Single- and
smoke alarms
multiple-station smoke
connected to a
alarms connected to X Annually
protected
protected premises
premises fire
systems
alarm system by
putting the smoke
alarm into an
alarm condition.
Conduct
(c) System smoke functional tests
detectors used in one- according to
X Annually
and two-family manufacturer’s
dwellings published
instructions.
Test with smoke
or a listed and
labeled product
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
(d) Air sampling X Annually
instructions. Test
from the end
sampling port or
point on each pipe
run. Verify airflow
through all other
ports or points.
In addition to the
testing required in
Table
14.4.3.2(g)(1) and
Table 14.4.3.2(h),
test duct smoke
(e) Duct type X Annually detectors that use
sampling tubes to
ensure that they
will properly
sample the
airstream in the
duct using a
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
method
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
instructions.
Test the detector
by introducing
(f) Projected beam smoke, other
X Annually
type aerosol, or an
optical filter into
the beam path.
Operate both
portions of the
(g) Smoke detector detector
with built-in thermal X Annually independently as
element described for the
respective
devices.
Verify that the
control capability
remains operable
even if all of the
(h) Smoke initiating devices
detectors with control X Annually connected to the
output functions same initiating
device circuit or
signaling line
circuit are in an
alarm state.
(8) Smoke detectors
— sensitivity testing
mPerform any of
the following tests
In other than one- to ensure that
and two-family
N/A See 14.4.4.3 each smoke
dwellings, system detector is within
detectors its listed and
marked sensitivity
range:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
device circuit or
signaling line
circuit are in an
alarm state.
(10) Initiating
devices, supervisory
Operate valve and
verify signal
receipt to be
within the first two
revolutions of the
handwheel or
within one-fifth of
the travel
distance, or per
(a) Control valve the
X Semiannual
switch manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Continue to cycle
outside stem and
yoke valves and
verify switch does
not reset during
full travel of the
valve stem.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained where
the required
(b) High- or low-air pressure is
X Annually
pressure switch increased or
decreased a
maximum 10 psi
(70 kPa) from the
required pressure
level.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained before
pressure
decreases to
(c) Steam pressure X Annually
110 percent of the
minimum
operating
pressure of the
steam-operated
equipment.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained where
the required
(d) Pressure pressure is
supervisory devices for X Annually increased or
other sources decreased from
the normal
operating
pressure by an
amount specified
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
in approved
design
documents.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal to
indicate the
(e) Room decrease in room
X Annually
temperature switch temperature to
40°F (4.4°C) and
its restoration to
above 40°F
(4.4°C).
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal
indicating the
water level raised
or lowered a
maximum 3 in.
(70 mm) from the
(f) Water level required level
X Annually
switch within a pressure
tank, or a
maximum 12 in.
(300 mm) from the
required level of a
nonpressure tank.
Also verify its
restoral to
required level.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal to
indicate the
(g) Water decrease in water
X Annually
temperature switch temperature to
40°F (4.4°C) and
its restoration to
above 40°F
(4.4°C).
Water shall be
flowed through an
inspector's test
connection
indicating the flow
of water equal to
that from a single
sprinkler of the
smallest orifice
(11) Mechanical, size installed in
electrosonic, or
X Semiannually the system or
pressure-type waterflow other listed and
device approved
waterflow switch
test methods for
wet-pipe systems,
or an alarm test
bypass
connection for
dry-pipe, pre-
action, or deluge
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
systems in
accordance with
NFPA 25.
Test each of the
detection
principles present
within the detector
(e.g.,
smoke/heat/CO,
etc.)
independently for
(12) Multi-sensor fire the specific
detector or multi-criteria detection
fire detector or X Annually principle,
combination fire regardless of the
detector configuration
status at the time
of testing. Also
test each detector
in accordance
with the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
T
s
to
te
a
in
s
re
b
P
a
fo
re
d
in
th
p
th
c
e
e
c
(m
a
e
s
c
th
re
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
C
re
s
th
in
th
c
W
in
s
c
te
in
te
p
s
R
te
re
Special hazard
18.
equipment
Operate abort
(1) Abort switch switch and verify
X Annually
(dead-man type) correct sequence
and operation.
Operate abort
switch and verify
(2) Abort switch development of
X Annually
(recycle type) correct matrix with
each sensor
operated.
Operate abort
switch and verify
correct sequence
and operation in
accordance with
authority having
(3) Abort switch
X Annually jurisdiction.
(special type)
Observe
sequencing as
specified on as-
built drawings or
in system owner’s
manual.
Operate one
sensor or detector
on each zone.
Verify occurrence
(4) Cross-zone of correct
X Annually
detection circuit sequence with
operation of first
zone and then
with operation of
second zone.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Operate all
sensors in
system. Verify
(5) Matrix-type circuit X Annually development of
correct matrix with
each sensor
operated.
(6) Release solenoid Verify operation of
X Annually
circuito solenoid.
Use AGI flashbulb
or other test light
(7) Squibb release approved by the
X Annually
circuit manufacturer.
Verify operation of
flashbulb or light.
Operate required
sensors at a
minimum of four
(8) Verified, locations in circuit.
sequential, or counting X Annually Verify correct
zone circuit sequence with
both the first and
second detector in
alarm.
Verify supervision
(9) All above devices
of circuits by
or circuits or X Annually
creating an open
combinations thereof
circuit.
Combination
19.
systems
Test
communication
between the
device connecting
the fire
extinguisher
electronic
monitoring
(1) Fire extinguisher
device/system
electronic monitoring X Annually
and the fire alarm
device/system
control unit to
ensure proper
signals are
received at the fire
alarm control unit
and remote
annunciator(s) if
applicable.
Test
communication
between the
device connecting
the carbon
monoxide
(2) Carbon device/system
X Annually
monoxidedevice/system and the fire alarm
control unit to
ensure proper
signals are
received at the fire
alarm control unit
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
and remote
annunciator(s) if
applicable.
Test interface
equipment
connections by
operating or
simulating the
equipment
being
supervised.
Verify signals
required to be
transmitted are
Interface received at the
20. X See 14.4.4.4 control unit.
equipmentp Test frequency
for interface
equipment is
the same as the
frequency
required by the
applicable
NFPA
standard(s) for
the equipment
being
supervised.
Test the device
in accordance
Guard’s tour with the
21. X Annually
equipment manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Alarm
22. notification
appliances
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, measure
sound pressure
levels for signals
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure sound
(1) Audibleq X N/A
pressure levels
throughout the
protected area to
confirm that they
are in compliance
with Chapter 18.
Set the sound
level meter in
accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Standard Audible
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Emergency
Evacuation (E2)
and Evacuation
Signals with
Relocation
Instructions
(ESRI), using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST).
rFor periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually the operation
of the
notification
appliances.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, measure
sound pressure
levels for signals
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure sound
pressure levels
throughout the
(2) Audible textual
protected area to
notification appliances
confirm that they
(loudspeakers and
X N/A are in compliance
other appliances to
with Chapter 18.
convey voice
Set the sound
messages)
level meter in
accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation (E2)
and Evacuation
Signals with
Relocation
Instructions
(ESRI), using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST).
rFor periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually the operation
of the
notification
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
appliances.
Perform initial and
reacceptance
testing in
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions. Verify
appliance
locations to be per
approved layout
and confirm that
no floor plan
(3) Visual X N/A changes affect the
approved layout.
Verify the candela
rating or method
of candela control
marking on each
visual appliance
and rating when
reported by the
FACU agrees with
the approved
drawings. Confirm
that each
appliance flashes.
For periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually that each
appliance
flashes.
Perform tests in
Exit marking accordance
audible with
23. X Annually
notification manufacturer's
appliance published
instructions.
For initial,
reacceptance,
and periodic
testing, verify
emergency
control function
interface device
activation.
Where an
emergency
Emergency control function
24. control X Annually interface device
is disabled or
functionss
disconnected
during initiating
device testing,
verify that the
disabled or
disconnected
emergency
control function
interface device
has been
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
properly
restored,
including
electromagnetic
devices used
for door
releasing
services as part
of a fire alarm
system.
Use the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions and
the as-built
drawings
provided by the
Two-way system supplier
emergency to verify correct
25. X Annually
communications operation after
systems the initial testing
phase has been
performed by
the supplier or
by the
supplier’s
designated
representative.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Special
26.
procedures
Verify time delay
and alarm
response for
(1) Alarm verification X Annually smoke detector
circuits identified
as having alarm
verification.
Verify
communications
between sending
(2) Multiplex systems X Annually and receiving
units under both
primary and
secondary power.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Supervising
station alarm
27. systems —
receiving
equipment
Perform tests on
all system
functions and
features in
accordance with
the equipment
manufacturer’s
(1) All equipment X Monthly published
instructions for
correct operation
in conformance
with the
applicable
sections of
Chapter 26.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
from the DACR,
and verify audible
and visual
annunciation of a
trouble signal in
the supervising
station.
Cause the
following
conditions of all
DARRs on all
subsidiary and
repeater station
(3) Digital alarm radio receiving
X Monthly
receiver (DARR) equipment. Verify
receipt at the
supervising
station of correct
signals for each of
the following
conditions:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
and subsidiary
station under the
following
conditions:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
radio transmitting
and receiving
equipment; verify
receipt of correct
signals at the
supervising
station:
Perform tests to
ensure the
monitoring of
integrity of the
transmission
technology and
technology path.
Where a single
(7) Performance- communications
X Monthly
based technologies path is used,
disconnect the
communication
path. Verify that
failure of the path
is annunciated at
the supervising
station within
60 minutes of the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
failure (within
5 minutes for
communication
equipment
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72).
Restore the
communication
path. Where
multiple
communication
paths are used,
disconnect both
communication
paths and confirm
that failure of the
path is
annunciated at
the supervising
station within not
more than 6 hours
of the failure
(within 24 hours
for communication
equipment
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72).
Restore both
communication
paths.
Public
emergency
alarm reporting
28.
system
transmission
equipment
Actuate publicly
accessible
initiating device(s)
and verify receipt
of not less than
three complete
rounds of signal
impulses. Perform
this test under
(1) Publicly
X Semiannually normal circuit
accessible alarm box
conditions. If the
device is
equipped for open
circuit operation
(ground return),
test it in this
condition as one
of the semiannual
tests.
Test each
initiating circuit of
(2) Auxiliary box X Annually the auxiliary box
by actuation of a
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
protected
premises initiating
device connected
to that circuit.
Verify receipt of
not less than
three complete
rounds of signal
impulses.
(3) Master box
Perform the tests
(a) Manual
X Semiannually prescribed for
operation
28(a).
Perform the tests
(b) Auxiliary
X Annually prescribed for
operation
28(b).
The following
procedures
describe
additional
Low-power acceptance and
29. radio (wireless X N/A reacceptance
systems) test methods to
verify wireless
protection
system
operation:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Mass
30. notification
systems
At a minimum,
test control
equipment unit to
verify correct
receipt of alarm,
supervisory, and
trouble signals
(inputs); operation
of evacuation
signals and
auxiliary functions
(outputs); circuit
(1) Functions X Annually
supervision,
including
detection of open
circuits and
ground faults; and
power supply
supervision for
detection of loss
of ac power and
disconnection of
secondary
batteries.
Verify the rating
(2) Fuses X Annually
and supervision.
Verify integrity of
single or multiple
circuits providing
interface between
two or more
(3) Interfaced control units. Test
X Annually
equipment interfaced
equipment
connections by
operating or
simulating
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
operation of the
equipment being
supervised. Verify
signals required to
be transmitted at
the control unit.
Illuminate lamps
(4) Lamps and LEDs X Annually
and LEDs.
Disconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
and test under
maximum load,
including all alarm
appliances
requiring
(5) Primary (main)
X Annually simultaneous
power supply
operation.
Reconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
at end of test. For
redundant power
supplies, test
each separately.
Measure sound
pressure level
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure and
record levels
throughout
protected area.
(6) Audible textual
Set the sound
notification appliances
level meter in
(loudspeakers and
X Annually accordance with
other appliances to
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
convey voice
American National
messages)
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation
Signal, using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST). Record
the maximum
output when the
audible
emergency
evacuation signal
is on.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Perform test in
accordance with
manufacturer’s
published
instructions. Verify
appliance
locations to be per
approved layout
and confirm that
no floor plan
changes affect the
approved layout.
(7) Visual X Annually
Verify the candela
rating or method
of candela control
marking on each
visual appliance
and rating when
reported by the
FACU agrees with
the approved
drawings. Confirm
that each
appliance flashes.
Review event log
file and verify that
the correct events
were logged.
Review system
diagnostic log file;
correct
deficiencies noted
in file. Delete
unneeded log
(8) Control unit
files. Delete
functions and no
X Annually unneeded error
diagnostic failures are
files. Verify that
indicated
sufficient free disk
space is available.
Verify
unobstructed flow
of cooling air is
available.
Change/clean
filters, cooling
fans, and intake
vents.
Power down the
central control unit
(9) Control unit reset X Annually
computer and
restart it.
If remote control
software is loaded
onto the system,
(10) Control unit verify that it is
X Annually
security disabled to
prevent
unauthorized
system access.
Send out an alert
(11) Audible/visual to a diverse set of
X Annually
functional test predesignated
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
receiving devices
and confirm
receipt. Include at
least one of each
type of receiving
device.
Make full system
software backup.
Rotate backups
(12) Software backup X Annually
based on
accepted practice
at site.
Disconnect ac
power. Verify the
ac power failure
alarm status on
central control
(13) Secondary power
X Annually equipment unit .
test
With ac power
disconnected,
verify battery
voltage under
load.
Check
forward/reflected
(14) Wireless signals X Annually radio power is
within
specifications.
Check
forward/reflected
radio power is
within
specifications.
(15) Antenna X Annually
Verify solid
electrical
connections with
no observable
corrosion.
Verify proper
operation and
(16) Transceivers X Annually
mounting is not
compromised.
aSome transmission equipment (such as, but not limited to, cable modems, fiber-optic interface nodes, and
VoIP interfaces) are typically powered by the building's electrical system using a secondary (standby)
power supply that does not meet the requirements of this Code. This is intended to ensure that the testing
authority verifies full secondary (standby) power as required by Chapter 10. Additionally, refer to Table
14.4.3.2, items 7 through 9, for secondary (standby) power supply testing.
bThe automatic transmission of the check-in (handshake) signal can take up to 60 minutes to occur.
cSee Table 14.4.3.2, Item 4(1) for the testing of transmission equipment.
dThe battery tests in Table 14.4.3.2 Item 9 are based on VRLA batteries and it is the intent that the tests
specified in (1) through (4) be performed in order. For other secondary battery types, refer to the battery
manufacturer’s published instructions or IEEE 450, Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and
Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, for vented lead-acid batteries, and
IEEE 1106, Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented
Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications, for nickel-cadmium batteries.
eExample: 4000 mAh × 1⁄25 = 160 mA charging current at 77°F (25°C).
fIf the charger is adjustable, adjust the output voltage to 2.265 volts per cell ±0.015 volts at 77°F (25°C) or
iThe voltmeter sensitivity has been changed from 1000 ohms per volt to 100 ohms per volt so that the false
ground readings (caused by induced voltages) are minimized.
jInitiating devices such as smoke detectors used for elevator recall, closing dampers, or releasing doors
held in the open position that are permitted by the Code (see9.6.3 of NFPA 101) to initiate supervisory
signals at the fire alarm control unit (FACU) should be tested at the same frequency (annual) as those
devices when they are generating an alarm signal. They are not supervisory devices, but they initiate a
supervisory signal at the FACU.
kFusible thermal link detectors are commonly used to close fire doors and fire dampers electrically
connected to the fire alarm control unit. They are actuated by the presence of external heat, which causes a
solder element in the link to fuse, or by an electric thermal device, which, when energized, generates heat
within the body of the link, causing the link to fuse and separate.
lNote, it is customary for the manufacturer of the smoke detector to test a particular product from an aerosol
provider to determine acceptability for use in smoke entry testing of their smoke detector/smoke alarm.
Magnets are not acceptable for smoke entry tests.
m There are some detectors that use magnets as a manufacturer's calibrated sensitivity test instrument.
nFor example, it might not be possible to individually test the heat sensor in a thermally enhanced smoke
detector.
oManufacturer's published instructions should be consulted to ensure a proper operational test. No
suppression gas or agent is expected to be discharged during the test of the solenoid. See Test Plan of
14.2.10.
pA monitor module installed on an interface device is not considered a supervisory device and therefore not
subject to the quarterly testing frequency requirement. Test frequencies for interface devices should be in
accordance with the applicable standard. For example, fire pump controller alarms such as phase reversal
are required to be tested annually. If a monitor module is installed to identify phase reversal on the fire
alarm control unit, it is not necessary to test for phase reversal four times a year.
qChapter 18 would require 15 dB over average ambient sound for public mode spaces. Sometimes the
ambient sound levels are different from what the design was based upon. Private operating mode would
require 10 dB over average ambient at the location of the device.
rWhere building, system, or occupancy changes have been observed, the owner should be notified of the
changes. New devices might need to be installed and tested per the initial acceptance testing criteria.
sSee A.14.4.3.2 and Table 14.4.3.2, Item 24.
The term "control equipment" is not defined in the standard. The term "control unit" is defined in the standard and is
the term that is appropriate to convey the intended meaning.
Committee Statement
[9.]
This revision makes three changes to the battery test methods in (9).
Firstly, with the introduction of a test method for temperature testing of batteries in (9)(1), there has
been confusion in the field as to where the ambient temperature should be taken. Some have
concluded that the ambient temperature should be taken in the room or area where the FACU cabinet
is located. However, the industry standard is for ambient temperature to be taken from inside the
cabinet, which is not currently stated. This revision clarifies that language and provides clarification
regarding the comparison of the battery cell/unit temperature with the ambient temperature
measurement.
Secondly, with regard to the semi-annual Ohmic Test in (9)(4), the phrase "and connected to the
charger" has created confusion in the field since the related annex note states that offline testing may
also be acceptable. Since Chapter 14's wording appears to indicate that testing online is the only
option, the reference to connection to the charger has been deleted, as that may not be the best
practice recommendation depending on the manufacture of the ohmic meter being utilized.
Finally, the revision in (9)(4) addresses the Ohmic Test method for VRLA batteries, changing "and" to
"or" to better indicate the intent of this test method. Either a conductance test "or" a
Resistance/Impedance test is required, not both.
[14.]
Wireless communications is added to Item 14 to address new technology. (See new sections
23.16.4.8 and 23.16.4.9 on Class A and Class B radio pathways.) The Technical Committee requests
that the Correlating Committee form a Task Group with members from SIG-TMS, SIG-PRO, SIG-
PRS, and SIG-FUN to address the requirements for these systems.
[17.]
Items 17(4)(c) and (d) are revised to minimize confusion with regard to the test method for non-
restorable, spot-type heat detectors.
In 17(9), only devices connected to protected premises systems are required to be tested annually.
Household CO devices are tested per Sections 14.4.6 or 14.4.8 and are under the scope of the (SIG-
HOU) Technical Committee.
Item 17(10)(b) is revised to correlate with 2019 changes made to Paragraph 17.17.2.2, particularly
(C) for valves that use lower settings. Also refer to A.17.17.2.2.
The test in 17(7)(d) is revised to permit the use of a listed feature that is capable of supervising
airflow to each sampling port, in lieu of a manual test.
The references to other items in the table are corrected in Item 17(7)(e).
The smoke entry test in 17(8) is for single-criteria detectors only. There is a separate entry in the table
for multi-criteria detectors.
[22.]
The direction in Chapter 14 regarding test methods for sound level testing for loudspeakers should
correlate with Chapter 18, which is to use the meter on alert tone signals only. This provides good
guidance for testing personnel, reminding them that audible information is not to be tested with the
meter.
The revision also removes "throughout the protected area," as it is unenforceable and undefined.
Language referencing the actual required performance metric has been added. Finally, "confirm" is
changed to "determine," as it is more reflective of the proper test reason.
[Table note d]
The added text in Table Note d facilitates a technology-based alternative to the current VRLA battery
testing procedure.
[Table note e]
Footnote "e" pertains to the charging current for Nickel-Cadmium batteries. However, this battery type
was deleted from the table in the 2019 edition, and the footnote was mistakenly retained. Footnote "e
" is, therefore, deleted.
[Annex]
With the introduction of new language for ohmic testing of batteries, there has been some confusion
in the field as to whether to conduct this test online or offline. While the test method in Chapter 14
states that the test is to be done online (connected to the charger), the related annex material stated
that offline testing is also acceptable. This revision clarifies that, while online testing is the preferred
method for the Ohmic Test, offline testing may be the recommended practice on the part of certain
ohmic meter manufacturers.
14.4.3.2*
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
1. All equipment X See Table 14.3.1.
Control
2. equipment and
transponder
Verify correct
receipt of alarm,
supervisory, and
trouble signals
(inputs); operation
of evacuation
signals and
auxiliary functions
(outputs); circuit
supervision,
(1) Functions X Annually including
detection of open
circuits and
ground faults; and
power supply
supervision for
detection of loss
of ac power and
disconnection of
secondary
batteries.
Verify rating and
(2) Fuses X Annually
supervision.
Verify integrity of
single or multiple
circuits providing
interface between
two or more
control units. Test
interfaced
equipment
(3) Interfaced
X Annually connections by
equipment
operating or
simulating
operation of the
equipment being
supervised. Verify
signals required to
be transmitted at
the control unit.
Illuminate lamps
(4) Lamps and LEDs X Annually
and LEDs.
Disconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
and test under
maximum load,
including all alarm
(5) Primary (main) appliances
X Annually
power supply requiring
simultaneous
operation.
Reconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
at end of test. Test
redundant power
supplies
separately.
Alarm control
3. unit trouble
signals
Verify operation of
control unit
trouble signals.
Verify ring-back
(1) Audible and visual X Annually feature for
systems using a
trouble-silencing
switch that
requires resetting.
If control unit has
disconnect or
isolating switches,
verify
performance of
intended function
(2) Disconnect
X Annually of each switch.
switches
Verify receipt of
trouble signal
when a
supervised
function is
disconnected.
If the system has
a ground
detection feature,
verify the
occurrence of
(3) Ground-fault
X Annually ground-fault
monitoring circuit
indication
whenever any
installation
conductor is
grounded.
Actuate an
initiating device
(4) Transmission of
and verify receipt
signals to off-premises X Annually
of alarm signal at
location
the off-premises
location.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Supervising
station alarm
4. systems —
transmission
equipment
aTest all system
functions and
features in
accordance with
the equipment
manufacturer’s
(1) All equipment X Annually published
instructions for
correct operation
in conformance
with the
applicable
sections of
Chapter 26.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Except for DACTs
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72 that are
connected to a
telephone line
(2) Digital alarm (number) that is
communicator X Annually also supervised
transmitter (DACT) for adverse
conditions by a
derived local
channel, ensure
connection of the
DACT to two
separate means
of transmission.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Disconnect the
primary telephone
line. Verify
transmission of a
(3) Digital alarm radio
X Annually trouble signal to
transmitter (DART)
the supervising
station by the
DART occurs
within 4 minutes.
Actuate initiating
device. Verify
production of not
less than three
(4) McCulloh complete rounds
X Annually
transmitter of not less than
three signal
impulses each by
the McCulloh
transmitter.
(2) Ground
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
(2) Ground
Cause a fault
between elements
of the transmitting
equipment. Verify
indication of the
(5) Radio alarm fault at the
X Annually
transmitter (RAT) protected
premises, or
transmission of
trouble signal to
the supervising
station.
Perform tests to
ensure the
monitoring of
integrity of the
transmission
technology and
technology
path.Where
shared
communications
(6) Performance- equipment is used
X Annually
based technologies as permitted by
26.6.3.1.14,
provided
secondary
(standby) power
sources shall be
tested in
accordance with
Table 14.4.3.2,
item 7, 8, or 9, as
applicable.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
W
c
p
u
d
b
c
p
M
in
a
tr
V
p
c
a
th
w
2
o
tr
fa
R
c
p
Emergency
5. communications
equipment
Verify correct
switching and
(1) Amplifier/tone
X Annually operation of
generators
backup
equipment.
Operate/function
(2) Call-in signal and verify receipt
X Annually of correct visual
silence
and audible
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
signals at control
unit.
Install phone set
or remove phone
(3) Off-hook indicator from hook and
X Annually
(ring down) verify receipt of
signal at control
unit.
Visually inspect
phone jack and
(4) Phone jacks X Annually initiate
communications
path through jack.
Actuate each
phone set and
(5) Phone set X Annually
verify correct
operation.
Operate the
system with a
minimum of any
(6) System
X Annually five handsets
performance
simultaneously.
Verify voice
quality and clarity.
If an engine-
driven
generator
dedicated to the
system is used
as a required
power source,
Engine-driven
6. X Monthly verify operation
generator
of the generator
and transfer
switch in
accordance
with NFPA 110
by the building
owner.
If an ESS
system
dedicated to the
system is used
as a required
Energy storage power source,
7. X Annually
systems (ESS) verify by the
building owner
operation of the
ESS system in
accordance
with NFPA 111.
Disconnect all
primary (main)
power supplies
and verify the
Secondary occurrence of
8. (standby) power X Annually required trouble
supplyc indication for
loss of primary
power. Measure
or verify the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
system’s
standby and
alarm current
demand using
the equipment
manufacturer’s
data and verify
the battery’s
rated capacity
exceeds the
system’s power
demand,
including the
safety margin.
Operate
general alarm
systems a
minimum of
5 minutes and
emergency
voice
communications
systems for a
minimum of
15 minutes.
Reconnect
primary (main)
power supply at
end of test.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Prior to
conducting
any battery
testing, verify
by the person
conducting the
VRLA battery test, that all
9.
and chargerd system
software
stored in
volatile
memory is
protected from
loss.
Upon initially
opening the
cabinet door,
measure and
record the
temperature of
each battery
cell/unit at the
(1) Temperature test X Semiannually negative terminal
with an infrared
thermometer.
Replace any
battery cell/unit if
the temperature is
greater than 18°F
(10°C) above
ambient.
With the battery
fully charged and
connected to the
charger, measure
the voltage across
the battery with a
voltmeter. Verify
the voltage is
within the
battery/alarm
(2) Charger testf X Semiannually
equipment
manufacturer’s
recommendations.
If the voltage is
outside of the
specified limits,
either adjust the
charger to within
limits or replace
the charger.
With the battery
fully charged and
connected to the
charger, measure
(3) Cell/Unit voltage the voltage of
X Semiannually
test each cell/unit with
a voltmeter.
Replace the
battery when any
cell/unit measures
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
a voltage less
than 13.26 volts.
When the battery
is installed,
establish a
baseline ohmic
value for each
battery cell/unit or
where available
use baseline
ohmic values
(4) Ohmic testg X N/A
provided by the
battery or test
equipment
manufacturer. In
either case record
the base line
ohmic value on
each battery
cell/unit.
W
b
c
c
th
m
in
v
b
c
R
te
o
o
c
R
b
th
m
o
d
Semiannually th
e
b
3
fo
c
a
m
re
im
W
b
e
m
b
v
u
th
w
c
in
v
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
o
a
ra
Replace the
battery or
conduct a load
test of the
battery
capacity. Load
test the battery
based on the
manufacturer’s
specifications
for a discharge
rate of 3 hours
or more by
applying the
current
indicated for
the selected
hourly
discharge rate
continuously,
until the
terminal
voltage
(5) decreases to
Replacement/Load 3 years the end
testh voltage
specified by
the
manufacturer.
Record the
test duration
and calculate
the battery
capacity
including
adjustment for
ambient
temperature.
Replace the
battery if
capacity is
less than or
equal to 80%
or at the next
scheduled test
interval if
battery
capacity is
less than 85%.
Manual tests of
the power
supply for
Public public reporting
emergency circuits shall be
10. alarm reporting X Daily made and
system — wired recorded at
system least once
during each 24-
hour period.
Such tests shall
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
include the
following:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Verify the
correct
Remote operation and
11. X Annually
annunciators identification of
annunciators. If
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
provided, verify
the correct
operation of
annunciator
under a fault
condition.
12. Reserved
13. Reserved
14. Reserved
Conductors —
15.
metallic
Test all installation
conductors with a
volt/ohmmeter to
verify that there
are no stray
(unwanted)
voltages between
installation
conductors or
between
installation
conductors and
(1) Stray voltage X N/A ground. Verify the
maximum
allowable stray
voltage does not
exceed 1 volt
ac/dc, unless a
different threshold
is specified in the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
installed
equipment.
Test all installation
conductors, other
than those
intentionally and
permanently
grounded, for
(2) Ground faults X N/A isolation from
ground per the
installed
equipment
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Test all installation
conductors, other
than those
intentionally
connected
together, for
(3) Short-circuit faults X N/A conductor-to-
conductor
isolation per the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
installed
equipment. Also
test these same
circuits conductor-
to-ground.
With each
initiating and
indicating circuit
installation
conductor pair
short-circuited at
the far end,
measure and
record the
resistance of each
(4) Loop resistance X N/A circuit. Verify that
the loop
resistance does
not exceed the
limits specified in
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
installed
equipment.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, confirm
the introduction of
a fault in any
circuit monitored
for integrity results
in a trouble
indication at the
fire alarm control
unit. Open one
connection at not
less than
10 percent of the
(5) Circuit integrity X N/A
initiating devices,
notification
appliances and
controlled devices
on every initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance circuit,
and signaling line
circuit. Confirm all
circuits perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and 23.7.
For periodic
testing, test
each initiating
device circuit,
N/A Annually notification
appliance
circuit, and
signaling line
circuit for
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
correct
indication at
the control
unit. Confirm
all circuits
perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and
23.7.
Conductors —
16.
nonmetallic
Test the fiber-optic
transmission line
by the use of an
optical power
meter or by an
optical time
domain
reflectometer
used to measure
the relative power
loss of the line.
Test result data
must meet or
(1) Fiber optics X N/A
exceed ANSI/TIA
568-C.3, Optical
Fiber Cabling
Components
Standard, related
to fiber-optic lines
and
connection/splice
losses and the
control unit
manufacturer’s
published
specifications.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, confirm
the introduction of
a fault in any
circuit monitored
for integrity results
in a trouble
indication at the
fire alarm control
unit. Open one
connection at not
(2) Circuit integrity X N/A less than
10 percent of the
initiating devices,
notification
appliances, and
controlled devices
on every initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance circuit,
and signaling line
circuit. Confirm all
circuits perform as
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and 23.7.
For periodic
testing, test
each initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance
circuit, and
signaling line
circuit for
N/A Annually correct
indication at
the control
unit. Confirm
all circuits
perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and
23.7.
Initiating
17.
devicesj
(1) Electromechanical
releasing device
Verify correct
operation by
removal of the
(a) Nonrestorable-
X Annually fusible link and
type link
operation of the
associated
device.
Verify correct
operation by
(b) Restorable-type removal of the
X Annually fusible link and
linkk operation of the
associated
device.
Operate the
switch
(2) Fire extinguishing
mechanically or
system(s) or
X Annually electrically and
suppression system(s)
verify receipt of
alarm switch
signal by the fire
alarm control unit.
Test fire–gas
detectors and
other fire
(3) Fire–gas and detectors as
X Annually
other detectors prescribed by the
manufacturer and
as necessary for
the application.
(4) Heat detectors
(a) Fixed- Perform heat test
temperature, rate-of- Annually (see with a listed and
rise, rate of X labeled heat
14.4.4.5)
compensation, source or in
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Assure that the
test method for
restorable line, spot the installed
type (excluding equipment does
pneumatic tube type) not damage the
nonrestorable
fixed-temperature
element of a
combination rate-
of-rise/fixed-
temperature
element detector.
Do not perform
heat test. Test
functionality
mechanically and
(b) Fixed- electrically.
temperature, X Annually Measure and
nonrestorable line type record loop
resistance.
Investigate
changes from
acceptance test.
After 15 years
from initial
installation,
replace all
devices or have 2
detectors per 100
laboratory tested.
Replace the 2
detectors with
new devices. If a
failure occurs on
(c) Fixed-
any of the
temperature, X See Method
detectors
nonrestorable spot type
removed, remove
and test additional
detectors to
determine either a
general problem
involving faulty
detectors or a
localized problem
involving 1 or 2
defective
detectors.
Do not perform
(d) Nonrestorable heat tests. Test
X Annually functionality
(general)
mechanically and
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
electrically.
Perform heat tests
(where test
chambers are in
circuit), with a
listed and labeled
heat source or in
(e) Restorable line accordance with
type, pneumatic tube X Annually the
only manufacturer's
published
instructions of the
detector or
conduct a test
with pressure
pump.
Conduct
functional tests
according to
manufacturer’s
(f) Single- and
published
multiple-station heat X Annually
instructions. Do
alarms
not test
nonrestorable
heat detectors
with heat.
Operate manual
fire alarm boxes
per the
manufacturer’s
published
(5) Manual fire alarm
X Annually instructions. Test
boxes
both key-operated
presignal and
general alarm
manual fire alarm
boxes.
Test flame
detectors and
spark/ember
detectors in
accordance with
(6) Radiant energy the
X Semiannually
fire detectors manufacturer’s
published
instructions to
determine that
each detector is
operative.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
instructions. Other
methods listed in
the
manufacturer's
published
instructions that
ensure smoke
entry from the
protected area,
through the vents,
into the sensing
chamber can be
used.
Perform a
functional test on
all single- and
multiple-station
(b) Single- and
smoke alarms
multiple-station smoke
connected to a
alarms connected to X Annually
protected
protected premises
premises fire
systems
alarm system by
putting the smoke
alarm into an
alarm condition.
Conduct
(c) System smoke functional tests
detectors used in one- according to
X Annually
and two-family manufacturer’s
dwellings published
instructions.
Test with smoke
or a listed and
labeled product
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
(d) Air sampling X Annually
instructions. Test
from the end
sampling port or
point on each pipe
run. Verify airflow
through all other
ports or points.
In addition to the
testing required in
Table
14.4.3.2(g)(1) and
Table 14.4.3.2(h),
test duct smoke
(e) Duct type X Annually detectors that use
sampling tubes to
ensure that they
will properly
sample the
airstream in the
duct using a
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
method
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
instructions.
Test the detector
by introducing
(f) Projected beam smoke, other
X Annually
type aerosol, or an
optical filter into
the beam path.
Operate both
portions of the
(g) Smoke detector detector
with built-in thermal X Annually independently as
element described for the
respective
devices.
Verify that the
control capability
remains operable
even if all of the
(h) Smoke initiating devices
detectors with control X Annually connected to the
output functions same initiating
device circuit or
signaling line
circuit are in an
alarm state.
(8) Smoke detectors
— sensitivity testing
mPerform any of
the following tests
In other than one- to ensure that
and two-family
N/A See 14.4.4.3 each smoke
dwellings, system detector is within
detectors its listed and
marked sensitivity
range:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
device circuit or
signaling line
circuit are in an
alarm state.
(10) Initiating
devices, supervisory
Operate valve and
verify signal
receipt to be
within the first two
revolutions of the
handwheel or
within one-fifth of
the travel
distance, or per
(a) Control valve the
X Semiannual
switch manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Continue to cycle
outside stem and
yoke valves and
verify switch does
not reset during
full travel of the
valve stem .
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained where
the required
(b) High- or low-air pressure is
X Annually
pressure switch increased or
decreased a
maximum 10 psi
(70 kPa) from the
required pressure
level.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained before
pressure
decreases to
(c) Steam pressure X Annually
110 percent of the
minimum
operating
pressure of the
steam-operated
equipment.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained where
the required
(d) Pressure pressure is
supervisory devices for X Annually increased or
other sources decreased from
the normal
operating
pressure by an
amount specified
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
in approved
design
documents.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal to
indicate the
(e) Room decrease in room
X Annually
temperature switch temperature to
40°F (4.4°C) and
its restoration to
above 40°F
(4.4°C).
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal
indicating the
water level raised
or lowered a
maximum 3 in.
(70 mm) from the
(f) Water level required level
X Annually
switch within a pressure
tank, or a
maximum 12 in.
(300 mm) from the
required level of a
nonpressure tank.
Also verify its
restoral to
required level.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal to
indicate the
(g) Water decrease in water
X Annually
temperature switch temperature to
40°F (4.4°C) and
its restoration to
above 40°F
(4.4°C).
Water shall be
flowed through an
inspector's test
connection
indicating the flow
of water equal to
that from a single
sprinkler of the
smallest orifice
(11) Mechanical, size installed in
electrosonic, or
X Semiannually the system or
pressure-type waterflow other listed and
device approved
waterflow switch
test methods for
wet-pipe systems,
or an alarm test
bypass
connection for
dry-pipe, pre-
action, or deluge
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
systems in
accordance with
NFPA 25.
Test each of the
detection
principles present
within the detector
(e.g.,
smoke/heat/CO,
etc.)
independently for
(12) Multi-sensor fire the specific
detector or multi-criteria detection
fire detector or X Annually principle,
combination fire regardless of the
detector configuration
status at the time
of testing. Also
test each detector
in accordance
with the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
T
s
to
te
a
in
s
re
b
P
a
fo
re
d
in
th
p
th
c
e
e
c
(m
a
e
s
c
th
re
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
C
re
s
th
in
th
c
W
in
s
c
te
in
te
p
s
R
te
re
Special hazard
18.
equipment
Operate abort
(1) Abort switch switch and verify
X Annually
(dead-man type) correct sequence
and operation.
Operate abort
switch and verify
(2) Abort switch development of
X Annually
(recycle type) correct matrix with
each sensor
operated.
Operate abort
switch and verify
correct sequence
and operation in
accordance with
authority having
(3) Abort switch
X Annually jurisdiction.
(special type)
Observe
sequencing as
specified on as-
built drawings or
in system owner’s
manual.
Operate one
sensor or detector
on each zone.
Verify occurrence
(4) Cross-zone of correct
X Annually
detection circuit sequence with
operation of first
zone and then
with operation of
second zone.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Operate all
sensors in
system. Verify
(5) Matrix-type circuit X Annually development of
correct matrix with
each sensor
operated.
(6) Release solenoid Verify operation of
X Annually
circuito solenoid.
Use AGI flashbulb
or other test light
(7) Squibb release approved by the
X Annually
circuit manufacturer.
Verify operation of
flashbulb or light.
Operate required
sensors at a
minimum of four
(8) Verified, locations in circuit.
sequential, or counting X Annually Verify correct
zone circuit sequence with
both the first and
second detector in
alarm.
Verify supervision
(9) All above devices
of circuits by
or circuits or X Annually
creating an open
combinations thereof
circuit.
Combination
19.
systems
Test
communication
between the
device connecting
the fire
extinguisher
electronic
monitoring
(1) Fire extinguisher
device/system
electronic monitoring X Annually
and the fire alarm
device/system
control unit to
ensure proper
signals are
received at the fire
alarm control unit
and remote
annunciator(s) if
applicable.
Test
communication
between the
device connecting
the carbon
monoxide
(2) Carbon device/system
X Annually
monoxidedevice/system and the fire alarm
control unit to
ensure proper
signals are
received at the fire
alarm control unit
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
and remote
annunciator(s) if
applicable.
Test interface
equipment
connections by
operating or
simulating the
equipment
being
supervised.
Verify signals
required to be
transmitted are
Interface received at the
20. X See 14.4.4.4 control unit.
equipmentp Test frequency
for interface
equipment is
the same as the
frequency
required by the
applicable
NFPA
standard(s) for
the equipment
being
supervised.
Test the device
in accordance
Guard’s tour with the
21. X Annually
equipment manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Alarm
22. notification
appliances
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, measure
sound pressure
levels for signals
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure sound
(1) Audibleq X N/A
pressure levels
throughout the
protected area to
confirm that they
are in compliance
with Chapter 18.
Set the sound
level meter in
accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Standard Audible
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Emergency
Evacuation (E2)
and Evacuation
Signals with
Relocation
Instructions
(ESRI), using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST).
rFor periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually the operation
of the
notification
appliances.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, measure
sound pressure
levels for signals
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure sound
pressure levels
throughout the
(2) Audible textual
protected area to
notification appliances
confirm that they
(loudspeakers and
X N/A are in compliance
other appliances to
with Chapter 18.
convey voice
Set the sound
messages)
level meter in
accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation (E2)
and Evacuation
Signals with
Relocation
Instructions
(ESRI), using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST).
rFor periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually the operation
of the
notification
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
appliances.
Perform initial and
reacceptance
testing in
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions. Verify
appliance
locations to be per
approved layout
and confirm that
no floor plan
(3) Visual X N/A changes affect the
approved layout.
Verify the candela
rating or method
of candela control
marking on each
visual appliance
and rating when
reported by the
FACU agrees with
the approved
drawings. Confirm
that each
appliance flashes.
For periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually that each
appliance
flashes.
Perform tests in
Exit marking accordance
audible with
23. X Annually
notification manufacturer's
appliance published
instructions.
For initial,
reacceptance,
and periodic
testing, verify
emergency
control function
interface device
activation.
Where an
emergency
Emergency control function
24. control X Annually interface device
is disabled or
functionss
disconnected
during initiating
device testing,
verify that the
disabled or
disconnected
emergency
control function
interface device
has been
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
properly
restored,
including
electromagnetic
devices used
for door
releasing
services as part
of a fire alarm
system.
Use the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions and
the as-built
drawings
provided by the
Two-way system supplier
emergency to verify correct
25. X Annually
communications operation after
systems the initial testing
phase has been
performed by
the supplier or
by the
supplier’s
designated
representative.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Special
26.
procedures
Verify time delay
and alarm
response for
(1) Alarm verification X Annually smoke detector
circuits identified
as having alarm
verification.
Verify
communications
between sending
(2) Multiplex systems X Annually and receiving
units under both
primary and
secondary power.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Supervising
station alarm
27. systems —
receiving
equipment
Perform tests on
all system
functions and
features in
accordance with
the equipment
manufacturer’s
(1) All equipment X Monthly published
instructions for
correct operation
in conformance
with the
applicable
sections of
Chapter 26.
Disconnect each
(2) Digital alarm transmission
communicator receiver X Monthly means in turn
(DACR) from the DACR,
and verify audible
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
and visual
annunciation of a
trouble signal in
the supervising
station.
Cause the
following
conditions of all
DARRs on all
subsidiary and
repeater station
(3) Digital alarm radio receiving
X Monthly
receiver (DARR) equipment. Verify
receipt at the
supervising
station of correct
signals for each of
the following
conditions:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
following
conditions:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
equipment; verify
receipt of correct
signals at the
supervising
station:
Perform tests to
ensure the
monitoring of
integrity of the
transmission
technology and
technology path.
Where a single
communications
(7) Performance- path is used,
X Monthly
based technologies disconnect the
communication
path. Verify that
failure of the path
is annunciated at
the supervising
station within
60 minutes of the
failure (within
5 minutes for
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
communication
equipment
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72).
Restore the
communication
path. Where
multiple
communication
paths are used,
disconnect both
communication
paths and confirm
that failure of the
path is
annunciated at
the supervising
station within not
more than 6 hours
of the failure
(within 24 hours
for communication
equipment
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72).
Restore both
communication
paths.
Public
emergency
alarm reporting
28.
system
transmission
equipment
Actuate publicly
accessible
initiating device(s)
and verify receipt
of not less than
three complete
rounds of signal
impulses. Perform
this test under
(1) Publicly
X Semiannually normal circuit
accessible alarm box
conditions. If the
device is
equipped for open
circuit operation
(ground return),
test it in this
condition as one
of the semiannual
tests.
Test each
initiating circuit of
the auxiliary box
(2) Auxiliary box X Annually by actuation of a
protected
premises initiating
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
device connected
to that circuit.
Verify receipt of
not less than
three complete
rounds of signal
impulses.
(3) Master box
Perform the tests
(a) Manual
X Semiannually prescribed for
operation
28(a).
Perform the tests
(b) Auxiliary
X Annually prescribed for
operation
28(b).
The following
procedures
describe
additional
Low-power acceptance and
29. radio (wireless X N/A reacceptance
systems) test methods to
verify wireless
protection
system
operation:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Mass
30. notification
systems
At a minimum,
test control
equipment to
verify correct
receipt of alarm,
supervisory, and
trouble signals
(inputs); operation
of evacuation
signals and
auxiliary functions
(outputs); circuit
(1) Functions X Annually
supervision,
including
detection of open
circuits and
ground faults; and
power supply
supervision for
detection of loss
of ac power and
disconnection of
secondary
batteries.
Verify the rating
(2) Fuses X Annually
and supervision.
Verify integrity of
single or multiple
circuits providing
interface between
two or more
control units. Test
(3) Interfaced interfaced
X Annually
equipment equipment
connections by
operating or
simulating
operation of the
equipment being
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
supervised. Verify
signals required to
be transmitted at
the control unit.
Illuminate lamps
(4) Lamps and LEDs X Annually
and LEDs.
Disconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
and test under
maximum load,
including all alarm
appliances
requiring
(5) Primary (main)
X Annually simultaneous
power supply
operation.
Reconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
at end of test. For
redundant power
supplies, test
each separately.
Measure sound
pressure level
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure and
record levels
throughout
protected area.
(6) Audible textual
Set the sound
notification appliances
level meter in
(loudspeakers and
X Annually accordance with
other appliances to
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
convey voice
American National
messages)
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation
Signal, using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST). Record
the maximum
output when the
audible
emergency
evacuation signal
is on.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Perform test in
accordance with
manufacturer’s
published
instructions. Verify
appliance
locations to be per
approved layout
and confirm that
no floor plan
changes affect the
approved layout.
(7) Visual X Annually
Verify the candela
rating or method
of candela control
marking on each
visual appliance
and rating when
reported by the
FACU agrees with
the approved
drawings. Confirm
that each
appliance flashes.
Review event log
file and verify that
the correct events
were logged.
Review system
diagnostic log file;
correct
deficiencies noted
in file. Delete
unneeded log
(8) Control unit
files. Delete
functions and no
X Annually unneeded error
diagnostic failures are
files. Verify that
indicated
sufficient free disk
space is available.
Verify
unobstructed flow
of cooling air is
available.
Change/clean
filters, cooling
fans, and intake
vents.
Power down the
central control unit
(9) Control unit reset X Annually
computer and
restart it.
If remote control
software is loaded
onto the system,
(10) Control unit verify that it is
X Annually
security disabled to
prevent
unauthorized
system access.
Send out an alert
(11) Audible/visual to a diverse set of
X Annually
functional test predesignated
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
receiving devices
and confirm
receipt. Include at
least one of each
type of receiving
device.
Make full system
software backup.
Rotate backups
(12) Software backup X Annually
based on
accepted practice
at site.
Disconnect ac
power. Verify the
ac power failure
alarm status on
central control
(13) Secondary power
X Annually equipment. With
test
ac power
disconnected,
verify battery
voltage under
load.
Check
forward/reflected
(14) Wireless signals X Annually radio power is
within
specifications.
Check
forward/reflected
radio power is
within
specifications.
(15) Antenna X Annually
Verify solid
electrical
connections with
no observable
corrosion.
Verify proper
operation and
(16) Transceivers X Annually
mounting is not
compromised.
aSome transmission equipment (such as, but not limited to, cable modems, fiber-optic interface nodes, and
VoIP interfaces) are typically powered by the building's electrical system using a secondary (standby)
power supply that does not meet the requirements of this Code. This is intended to ensure that the testing
authority verifies full secondary (standby) power as required by Chapter 10. Additionally, refer to Table
14.4.3.2, items 7 through 9, for secondary (standby) power supply testing.
bThe automatic transmission of the check-in (handshake) signal can take up to 60 minutes to occur.
cSee Table 14.4.3.2, Item 4(1) for the testing of transmission equipment.
dThe battery tests in Table 14.4.3.2 Item 9 are based on VRLA batteries and it is the intent that the tests
specified in (1) through (4) be performed in order. For other secondary battery types, refer to the battery
manufacturer’s published instructions or IEEE 450, Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and
Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, for vented lead-acid batteries, and
IEEE 1106, Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented
Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications, for nickel-cadmium batteries.
eExample: 4000 mAh × 1⁄25 = 160 mA charging current at 77°F (25°C).
fIf the charger is adjustable, adjust the output voltage to 2.265 volts per cell ±0.015 volts at 77°F (25°C) or
iThe voltmeter sensitivity has been changed from 1000 ohms per volt to 100 ohms per volt so that the false
ground readings (caused by induced voltages) are minimized.
jInitiating devices such as smoke detectors used for elevator recall, closing dampers, or releasing doors
held in the open position that are permitted by the Code (see9.6.3 of NFPA 101) to initiate supervisory
signals at the fire alarm control unit (FACU) should be tested at the same frequency (annual) as those
devices when they are generating an alarm signal. They are not supervisory devices, but they initiate a
supervisory signal at the FACU.
kFusible thermal link detectors are commonly used to close fire doors and fire dampers electrically
connected to the fire alarm control unit. They are actuated by the presence of external heat, which causes a
solder element in the link to fuse, or by an electric thermal device, which, when energized, generates heat
within the body of the link, causing the link to fuse and separate.
lNote, it is customary for the manufacturer of the smoke detector to test a particular product from an aerosol
provider to determine acceptability for use in smoke entry testing of their smoke detector/smoke alarm.
Magnets are not acceptable for smoke entry tests.
m There are some detectors that use magnets as a manufacturer's calibrated sensitivity test instrument.
nFor example, it might not be possible to individually test the heat sensor in a thermally enhanced smoke
detector.
oManufacturer's published instructions should be consulted to ensure a proper operational test. No
suppression gas or agent is expected to be discharged during the test of the solenoid. See Test Plan of
14.2.10.
pA monitor module installed on an interface device is not considered a supervisory device and therefore not
subject to the quarterly testing frequency requirement. Test frequencies for interface devices should be in
accordance with the applicable standard. For example, fire pump controller alarms such as phase reversal
are required to be tested annually. If a monitor module is installed to identify phase reversal on the fire
alarm control unit, it is not necessary to test for phase reversal four times a year.
qChapter 18 would require 15 dB over average ambient sound for public mode spaces. Sometimes the
ambient sound levels are different from what the design was based upon. Private operating mode would
require 10 dB over average ambient at the location of the device.
rWhere building, system, or occupancy changes have been observed, the owner should be notified of the
changes. New devices might need to be installed and tested per the initial acceptance testing criteria.
sSee A.14.4.3.2 and Table 14.4.3.2, Item 24.
Requiring that the test include travel for the full length of the stem causes the valve to be closed and that would
then require a main drain test per NFPA 25.
Committee Statement
Resolution: The test is required to satisfy the requirement in 17.17.1.3, which says that the valve shall initiate a
supervisory signal when it is not fully open. NFPA 25 only requires a valve status test, not a main
drain test.
14.4.3.2*
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
1. All equipment X See Table 14.3.1.
Control
2. equipment and
transponder
Verify correct
receipt of alarm,
supervisory, and
trouble signals
(inputs); operation
of evacuation
signals and
auxiliary functions
(outputs); circuit
supervision,
(1) Functions X Annually including
detection of open
circuits and
ground faults; and
power supply
supervision for
detection of loss
of ac power and
disconnection of
secondary
batteries.
Verify rating and
(2) Fuses X Annually
supervision.
Verify integrity of
single or multiple
circuits providing
interface between
two or more
control units. Test
interfaced
equipment
(3) Interfaced
X Annually connections by
equipment
operating or
simulating
operation of the
equipment being
supervised. Verify
signals required to
be transmitted at
the control unit.
Illuminate lamps
(4) Lamps and LEDs X Annually
and LEDs.
Disconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
and test under
maximum load,
including all alarm
(5) Primary (main) appliances
X Annually
power supply requiring
simultaneous
operation.
Reconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
at end of test. Test
redundant power
supplies
separately.
Alarm control
3. unit trouble
signals
Verify operation of
control unit
trouble signals.
Verify ring-back
(1) Audible and visual X Annually feature for
systems using a
trouble-silencing
switch that
requires resetting.
If control unit has
disconnect or
isolating switches,
verify
performance of
intended function
(2) Disconnect
X Annually of each switch.
switches
Verify receipt of
trouble signal
when a
supervised
function is
disconnected.
If the system has
a ground
detection feature,
verify the
occurrence of
(3) Ground-fault
X Annually ground-fault
monitoring circuit
indication
whenever any
installation
conductor is
grounded.
Actuate an
initiating device
(4) Transmission of
and verify receipt
signals to off-premises X Annually
of alarm signal at
location
the off-premises
location.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Supervising
station alarm
4. systems —
transmission
equipment
aTest all system
functions and
features in
accordance with
the equipment
manufacturer’s
(1) All equipment X Annually published
instructions for
correct operation
in conformance
with the
applicable
sections of
Chapter 26.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Except for DACTs
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72 that are
connected to a
telephone line
(2) Digital alarm (number) that is
communicator X Annually also supervised
transmitter (DACT) for adverse
conditions by a
derived local
channel, ensure
connection of the
DACT to two
separate means
of transmission.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Disconnect the
primary telephone
line. Verify
transmission of a
(3) Digital alarm radio
X Annually trouble signal to
transmitter (DART)
the supervising
station by the
DART occurs
within 4 minutes.
Actuate initiating
device. Verify
production of not
less than three
(4) McCulloh complete rounds
X Annually
transmitter of not less than
three signal
impulses each by
the McCulloh
transmitter.
(2) Ground
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
(2) Ground
Cause a fault
between elements
of the transmitting
equipment. Verify
indication of the
(5) Radio alarm fault at the
X Annually
transmitter (RAT) protected
premises, or
transmission of
trouble signal to
the supervising
station.
Perform tests to
ensure the
monitoring of
integrity of the
transmission
technology and
technology
path.Where
shared
communications
(6) Performance- equipment is used
X Annually
based technologies as permitted by
26.6.3.1.14,
provided
secondary
(standby) power
sources shall be
tested in
accordance with
Table 14.4.3.2,
item 7, 8, or 9, as
applicable.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
W
c
p
u
d
b
c
p
M
in
a
tr
V
p
c
a
th
w
2
o
tr
fa
R
c
p
Emergency
5. communications
equipment
Verify correct
switching and
(1) Amplifier/tone
X Annually operation of
generators
backup
equipment.
Operate/function
(2) Call-in signal and verify receipt
X Annually of correct visual
silence
and audible
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
signals at control
unit.
Install phone set
or remove phone
(3) Off-hook indicator from hook and
X Annually
(ring down) verify receipt of
signal at control
unit.
Visually inspect
phone jack and
(4) Phone jacks X Annually initiate
communications
path through jack.
Actuate each
phone set and
(5) Phone set X Annually
verify correct
operation.
Operate the
system with a
minimum of any
(6) System
X Annually five handsets
performance
simultaneously.
Verify voice
quality and clarity.
If an engine-
driven
generator
dedicated to the
system is used
as a required
power source,
Engine-driven
6. X Monthly verify operation
generator
of the generator
and transfer
switch in
accordance
with NFPA 110
by the building
owner.
If an ESS
system
dedicated to the
system is used
as a required
Energy storage power source,
7. X Annually
systems (ESS) verify by the
building owner
operation of the
ESS system in
accordance
with NFPA 111.
Disconnect all
primary (main)
power supplies
and verify the
Secondary occurrence of
8. (standby) power X Annually required trouble
supplyc indication for
loss of primary
power. Measure
or verify the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
system’s
standby and
alarm current
demand using
the equipment
manufacturer’s
data and verify
the battery’s
rated capacity
exceeds the
system’s power
demand,
including the
safety margin.
Operate
general alarm
systems a
minimum of
5 minutes and
emergency
voice
communications
systems for a
minimum of
15 minutes.
Reconnect
primary (main)
power supply at
end of test.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Prior to
conducting
any battery
testing, verify
by the person
conducting the
VRLA battery test, that all
9.
and chargerd system
software
stored in
volatile
memory is
protected from
loss.
Upon initially
opening the
cabinet door,
measure and
record the
temperature of
each battery
cell/unit at the
(1) Temperature test X Semiannually negative terminal
with an infrared
thermometer.
Replace any
battery cell/unit if
the temperature is
greater than 18°F
(10°C) above
ambient.
With the battery
fully charged and
connected to the
charger, measure
the voltage across
the battery with a
voltmeter. Verify
the voltage is
within the
battery/alarm
(2) Charger testf X Semiannually
equipment
manufacturer’s
recommendations.
If the voltage is
outside of the
specified limits,
either adjust the
charger to within
limits or replace
the charger.
With the battery
fully charged and
connected to the
charger, measure
(3) Cell/Unit voltage the voltage of
X Semiannually
test each cell/unit with
a voltmeter.
Replace the
battery when any
cell/unit measures
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
a voltage less
than 13.26 volts.
When the battery
is installed,
establish a
baseline ohmic
value for each
battery cell/unit or
where available
use baseline
ohmic values
(4) Ohmic testg X N/A
provided by the
battery or test
equipment
manufacturer. In
either case record
the base line
ohmic value on
each battery
cell/unit.
W
b
c
c
th
m
in
v
b
c
R
te
o
o
c
R
b
th
m
o
d
Semiannually th
e
b
3
fo
c
a
m
re
im
W
b
e
m
b
v
u
th
w
c
in
v
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
o
a
ra
Replace the
battery or
conduct a load
test of the
battery
capacity. Load
test the battery
based on the
manufacturer’s
specifications
for a discharge
rate of 3 hours
or more by
applying the
current
indicated for
the selected
hourly
discharge rate
continuously,
until the
terminal
voltage
(5) decreases to
Replacement/Load 3 years the end
testh voltage
specified by
the
manufacturer.
Record the
test duration
and calculate
the battery
capacity
including
adjustment for
ambient
temperature.
Replace the
battery if
capacity is
less than or
equal to 80%
or at the next
scheduled test
interval if
battery
capacity is
less than 85%.
Manual tests of
the power
supply for
Public public reporting
emergency circuits shall be
10. alarm reporting X Daily made and
system — wired recorded at
system least once
during each 24-
hour period.
Such tests shall
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
include the
following:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Verify the
correct
Remote operation and
11. X Annually
annunciators identification of
annunciators. If
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
provided, verify
the correct
operation of
annunciator
under a fault
condition.
12. Reserved
13. Reserved
14. Reserved
Conductors —
15.
metallic
Test all installation
conductors with a
volt/ohmmeter to
verify that there
are no stray
(unwanted)
voltages between
installation
conductors or
between
installation
conductors and
(1) Stray voltage X N/A ground. Verify the
maximum
allowable stray
voltage does not
exceed 1 volt
ac/dc, unless a
different threshold
is specified in the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
installed
equipment.
Test all installation
conductors, other
than those
intentionally and
permanently
grounded, for
(2) Ground faults X N/A isolation from
ground per the
installed
equipment
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Test all installation
conductors, other
than those
intentionally
connected
together, for
(3) Short-circuit faults X N/A conductor-to-
conductor
isolation per the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
installed
equipment. Also
test these same
circuits conductor-
to-ground.
With each
initiating and
indicating circuit
installation
conductor pair
short-circuited at
the far end,
measure and
record the
resistance of each
(4) Loop resistance X N/A circuit. Verify that
the loop
resistance does
not exceed the
limits specified in
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
installed
equipment.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, confirm
the introduction of
a fault in any
circuit monitored
for integrity results
in a trouble
indication at the
fire alarm control
unit. Open one
connection at not
less than
10 percent of the
(5) Circuit integrity X N/A
initiating devices,
notification
appliances and
controlled devices
on every initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance circuit,
and signaling line
circuit. Confirm all
circuits perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and 23.7.
For periodic
testing, test
each initiating
device circuit,
N/A Annually notification
appliance
circuit, and
signaling line
circuit for
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
correct
indication at
the control
unit. Confirm
all circuits
perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and
23.7.
Conductors —
16.
nonmetallic
Test the fiber-optic
transmission line
by the use of an
optical power
meter or by an
optical time
domain
reflectometer
used to measure
the relative power
loss of the line.
Test result data
must meet or
(1) Fiber optics X N/A
exceed ANSI/TIA
568-C.3, Optical
Fiber Cabling
Components
Standard, related
to fiber-optic lines
and
connection/splice
losses and the
control unit
manufacturer’s
published
specifications.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, confirm
the introduction of
a fault in any
circuit monitored
for integrity results
in a trouble
indication at the
fire alarm control
unit. Open one
connection at not
(2) Circuit integrity X N/A less than
10 percent of the
initiating devices,
notification
appliances, and
controlled devices
on every initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance circuit,
and signaling line
circuit. Confirm all
circuits perform as
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and 23.7.
For periodic
testing, test
each initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance
circuit, and
signaling line
circuit for
N/A Annually correct
indication at
the control
unit. Confirm
all circuits
perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and
23.7.
Initiating
17.
devicesj
(1) Electromechanical
releasing device
Verify correct
operation by
removal of the
(a) Nonrestorable-
X Annually fusible link and
type link
operation of the
associated
device.
Verify correct
operation by
(b) Restorable-type removal of the
X Annually fusible link and
linkk operation of the
associated
device.
Operate the
switch
(2) Fire extinguishing
mechanically or
system(s) or
X Annually electrically and
suppression system(s)
verify receipt of
alarm switch
signal by the fire
alarm control unit.
Test fire–gas
detectors and
other fire
(3) Fire–gas and detectors as
X Annually
other detectors prescribed by the
manufacturer and
as necessary for
the application.
(4) Heat detectors
(a) Fixed- Perform heat test
temperature, rate-of- Annually (see with a listed and
rise, rate of X labeled heat
14.4.4.5)
compensation, source or in
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Assure that the
test method for
restorable line, spot the installed
type (excluding equipment does
pneumatic tube type) not damage the
nonrestorable
fixed-temperature
element of a
combination rate-
of-rise/fixed-
temperature
element detector.
Do not perform
heat test. Test
functionality
mechanically and
(b) Fixed- electrically.
temperature, X Annually Measure and
nonrestorable line type record loop
resistance.
Investigate
changes from
acceptance test.
After 15 years
from initial
installation,
replace all
devices or have 2
detectors per 100
laboratory tested.
Replace the 2
detectors with
new devices. If a
failure occurs on
(c) Fixed-
any of the
temperature, X See Method
detectors
nonrestorable spot type
removed, remove
and test additional
detectors to
determine either a
general problem
involving faulty
detectors or a
localized problem
involving 1 or 2
defective
detectors.
Do not perform
(d) Nonrestorable heat tests. Test
X Annually functionality
(general)
mechanically and
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
electrically.
Perform heat tests
(where test
chambers are in
circuit), with a
listed and labeled
heat source or in
(e) Restorable line accordance with
type, pneumatic tube X Annually the
only manufacturer's
published
instructions of the
detector or
conduct a test
with pressure
pump.
Conduct
functional tests
according to
manufacturer’s
(f) Single- and
published
multiple-station heat X Annually
instructions. Do
alarms
not test
nonrestorable
heat detectors
with heat.
Operate manual
fire alarm boxes
per the
manufacturer’s
published
(5) Manual fire alarm
X Annually instructions. Test
boxes
both key-operated
presignal and
general alarm
manual fire alarm
boxes.
Test flame
detectors and
spark/ember
detectors in
accordance with
(6) Radiant energy the
X Semiannually
fire detectors manufacturer’s
published
instructions to
determine that
each detector is
operative.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
instructions. Other
methods listed in
the
manufacturer's
published
instructions that
ensure smoke
entry from the
protected area,
through the vents,
into the sensing
chamber can be
used.
Perform a
functional test on
all single- and
multiple-station
(b) Single- and
smoke alarms
multiple-station smoke
connected to a
alarms connected to X Annually
protected
protected premises
premises fire
systems
alarm system by
putting the smoke
alarm into an
alarm condition.
Conduct
(c) System smoke functional tests
detectors used in one- according to
X Annually
and two-family manufacturer’s
dwellings published
instructions.
Test with smoke
or a listed and
labeled product
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
(d) Air sampling X Annually
instructions. Test
from the end
sampling port or
point on each pipe
run. Verify airflow
through all other
ports or points.
In addition to the
testing required in
Table
14.4.3.2(g)(1) and
Table 14.4.3.2(h),
test duct smoke
(e) Duct type X Annually detectors that use
sampling tubes to
ensure that they
will properly
sample the
airstream in the
duct using a
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
method
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
instructions.
Test the detector
by introducing
(f) Projected beam smoke, other
X Annually
type aerosol, or an
optical filter into
the beam path.
Operate both
portions of the
(g) Smoke detector detector
with built-in thermal X Annually independently as
element described for the
respective
devices.
Verify that the
control capability
remains operable
even if all of the
(h) Smoke initiating devices
detectors with control X Annually connected to the
output functions same initiating
device circuit or
signaling line
circuit are in an
alarm state.
(8) Smoke detectors
— sensitivity testing
mPerform any of
the following tests
In other than one- to ensure that
and two-family
N/A See 14.4.4.3 each smoke
dwellings, system detector is within
detectors its listed and
marked sensitivity
range:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Test or inspect
air duct
detectors to
ensure that the
device will ( d) CO
(c) Duct sample the detector with
X Annually
type airstream in control output
accordance functions
with the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
(10) Initiating
devices, supervisory
Operate valve and
verify signal
receipt to be
within the first two
revolutions of the
handwheel or
within one-fifth of
the travel
distance, or per
(a) Control valve the
X Semiannual
switch manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Continue to cycle
outside stem and
yoke valves and
verify switch does
not reset during
full travel of the
valve stem.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained where
the required
(b) High- or low-air pressure is
X Annually
pressure switch increased or
decreased a
maximum 10 psi
(70 kPa) from the
required pressure
level.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained before
pressure
decreases to
(c) Steam pressure X Annually
110 percent of the
minimum
operating
pressure of the
steam-operated
equipment.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained where
(d) Pressure the required
supervisory devices for X Annually pressure is
other sources increased or
decreased from
the normal
operating
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
pressure by an
amount specified
in approved
design
documents.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal to
indicate the
(e) Room decrease in room
X Annually
temperature switch temperature to
40°F (4.4°C) and
its restoration to
above 40°F
(4.4°C).
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal
indicating the
water level raised
or lowered a
maximum 3 in.
(70 mm) from the
(f) Water level required level
X Annually
switch within a pressure
tank, or a
maximum 12 in.
(300 mm) from the
required level of a
nonpressure tank.
Also verify its
restoral to
required level.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal to
indicate the
(g) Water decrease in water
X Annually
temperature switch temperature to
40°F (4.4°C) and
its restoration to
above 40°F
(4.4°C).
Water shall be
flowed through an
inspector's test
connection
indicating the flow
of water equal to
that from a single
sprinkler of the
(11) Mechanical, smallest orifice
electrosonic, or
X Semiannually size installed in
pressure-type waterflow the system or
device other listed and
approved
waterflow switch
test methods for
wet-pipe systems,
or an alarm test
bypass
connection for
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
dry-pipe, pre-
action, or deluge
systems in
accordance with
NFPA 25.
Test each of the
detection
principles present
within the detector
(e.g.,
smoke/heat/CO,
etc.)
independently for
(12) Multi-sensor fire the specific
detector or multi-criteria detection
fire detector or X Annually principle,
combination fire regardless of the
detector configuration
status at the time
of testing. Also
test each detector
in accordance
with the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
T
s
to
te
a
in
s
re
b
P
a
fo
re
d
in
th
p
th
c
e
e
c
(m
a
e
s
c
th
re
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
C
re
s
th
in
th
c
W
in
s
c
te
in
te
p
s
R
te
re
Special hazard
18.
equipment
Operate abort
(1) Abort switch switch and verify
X Annually
(dead-man type) correct sequence
and operation.
Operate abort
switch and verify
(2) Abort switch development of
X Annually
(recycle type) correct matrix with
each sensor
operated.
Operate abort
switch and verify
correct sequence
and operation in
accordance with
authority having
(3) Abort switch
X Annually jurisdiction.
(special type)
Observe
sequencing as
specified on as-
built drawings or
in system owner’s
manual.
Operate one
sensor or detector
on each zone.
Verify occurrence
(4) Cross-zone
X Annually of correct
detection circuit
sequence with
operation of first
zone and then
with operation of
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
second zone.
Operate all
sensors in
system. Verify
(5) Matrix-type circuit X Annually development of
correct matrix with
each sensor
operated.
(6) Release solenoid Verify operation of
X Annually
circuito solenoid.
Use AGI flashbulb
or other test light
(7) Squibb release approved by the
X Annually
circuit manufacturer.
Verify operation of
flashbulb or light.
Operate required
sensors at a
minimum of four
(8) Verified, locations in circuit.
sequential, or counting X Annually Verify correct
zone circuit sequence with
both the first and
second detector in
alarm.
Verify supervision
(9) All above devices
of circuits by
or circuits or X Annually
creating an open
combinations thereof
circuit.
Combination
19.
systems
Test
communication
between the
device connecting
the fire
extinguisher
electronic
monitoring
(1) Fire extinguisher
device/system
electronic monitoring X Annually
and the fire alarm
device/system
control unit to
ensure proper
signals are
received at the fire
alarm control unit
and remote
annunciator(s) if
applicable.
Test
communication
between the
device connecting
the carbon
(2) Carbon monoxide
X Annually
monoxidedevice/system device/system
and the fire alarm
control unit to
ensure proper
signals are
received at the fire
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
alarm control unit
and remote
annunciator(s) if
applicable.
Test interface
equipment
connections by
operating or
simulating the
equipment
being
supervised.
Verify signals
required to be
transmitted are
Interface received at the
20. X See 14.4.4.4 control unit.
equipmentp Test frequency
for interface
equipment is
the same as the
frequency
required by the
applicable
NFPA
standard(s) for
the equipment
being
supervised.
Test the device
in accordance
Guard’s tour with the
21. X Annually
equipment manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Alarm
22. notification
appliances
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, measure
sound pressure
levels for signals
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
(1) Audibleq X N/A Measure sound
pressure levels
throughout the
protected area to
confirm that they
are in compliance
with Chapter 18.
Set the sound
level meter in
accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation (E2)
and Evacuation
Signals with
Relocation
Instructions
(ESRI), using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST).
rFor periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually the operation
of the
notification
appliances.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, measure
sound pressure
levels for signals
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure sound
pressure levels
throughout the
(2) Audible textual
protected area to
notification appliances
confirm that they
(loudspeakers and
X N/A are in compliance
other appliances to
with Chapter 18.
convey voice
Set the sound
messages)
level meter in
accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation (E2)
and Evacuation
Signals with
Relocation
Instructions
(ESRI), using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST).
rFor periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually
the operation
of the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
notification
appliances.
Perform initial and
reacceptance
testing in
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions. Verify
appliance
locations to be per
approved layout
and confirm that
no floor plan
(3) Visual X N/A changes affect the
approved layout.
Verify the candela
rating or method
of candela control
marking on each
visual appliance
and rating when
reported by the
FACU agrees with
the approved
drawings. Confirm
that each
appliance flashes.
For periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually that each
appliance
flashes.
Perform tests in
Exit marking accordance
audible with
23. X Annually
notification manufacturer's
appliance published
instructions.
For initial,
reacceptance,
and periodic
testing, verify
emergency
control function
interface device
activation.
Where an
emergency
Emergency control function
24. control X Annually interface device
functionss is disabled or
disconnected
during initiating
device testing,
verify that the
disabled or
disconnected
emergency
control function
interface device
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
has been
properly
restored,
including
electromagnetic
devices used
for door
releasing
services as part
of a fire alarm
system.
Use the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions and
the as-built
drawings
provided by the
Two-way system supplier
emergency to verify correct
25. X Annually
communications operation after
systems the initial testing
phase has been
performed by
the supplier or
by the
supplier’s
designated
representative.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Special
26.
procedures
Verify time delay
and alarm
response for
(1) Alarm verification X Annually smoke detector
circuits identified
as having alarm
verification.
Verify
communications
between sending
(2) Multiplex systems X Annually and receiving
units under both
primary and
secondary power.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Supervising
station alarm
27. systems —
receiving
equipment
Perform tests on
all system
functions and
features in
accordance with
the equipment
manufacturer’s
(1) All equipment X Monthly published
instructions for
correct operation
in conformance
with the
applicable
sections of
Chapter 26.
Disconnect each
(2) Digital alarm
transmission
communicator receiver X Monthly
means in turn
(DACR)
from the DACR,
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
and verify audible
and visual
annunciation of a
trouble signal in
the supervising
station.
Cause the
following
conditions of all
DARRs on all
subsidiary and
repeater station
(3) Digital alarm radio receiving
X Monthly
receiver (DARR) equipment. Verify
receipt at the
supervising
station of correct
signals for each of
the following
conditions:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
station under the
following
conditions:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
and receiving
equipment; verify
receipt of correct
signals at the
supervising
station:
Perform tests to
ensure the
monitoring of
integrity of the
transmission
technology and
technology path.
Where a single
communications
(7) Performance-
X Monthly path is used,
based technologies
disconnect the
communication
path. Verify that
failure of the path
is annunciated at
the supervising
station within
60 minutes of the
failure (within
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
5 minutes for
communication
equipment
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72).
Restore the
communication
path. Where
multiple
communication
paths are used,
disconnect both
communication
paths and confirm
that failure of the
path is
annunciated at
the supervising
station within not
more than 6 hours
of the failure
(within 24 hours
for communication
equipment
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72).
Restore both
communication
paths.
Public
emergency
alarm reporting
28.
system
transmission
equipment
Actuate publicly
accessible
initiating device(s)
and verify receipt
of not less than
three complete
rounds of signal
impulses. Perform
this test under
(1) Publicly
X Semiannually normal circuit
accessible alarm box
conditions. If the
device is
equipped for open
circuit operation
(ground return),
test it in this
condition as one
of the semiannual
tests.
Test each
initiating circuit of
(2) Auxiliary box X Annually the auxiliary box
by actuation of a
protected
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
premises initiating
device connected
to that circuit.
Verify receipt of
not less than
three complete
rounds of signal
impulses.
(3) Master box
Perform the tests
(a) Manual
X Semiannually prescribed for
operation
28(a).
Perform the tests
(b) Auxiliary
X Annually prescribed for
operation
28(b).
The following
procedures
describe
additional
Low-power acceptance and
29. radio (wireless X N/A reacceptance
systems) test methods to
verify wireless
protection
system
operation:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Mass
30. notification
systems
At a minimum,
test control
equipment to
verify correct
receipt of alarm,
supervisory, and
trouble signals
(inputs); operation
of evacuation
signals and
auxiliary functions
(outputs); circuit
(1) Functions X Annually
supervision,
including
detection of open
circuits and
ground faults; and
power supply
supervision for
detection of loss
of ac power and
disconnection of
secondary
batteries.
Verify the rating
(2) Fuses X Annually
and supervision.
Verify integrity of
single or multiple
circuits providing
interface between
two or more
(3) Interfaced control units. Test
X Annually interfaced
equipment
equipment
connections by
operating or
simulating
operation of the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
equipment being
supervised. Verify
signals required to
be transmitted at
the control unit.
Illuminate lamps
(4) Lamps and LEDs X Annually
and LEDs.
Disconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
and test under
maximum load,
including all alarm
appliances
requiring
(5) Primary (main)
X Annually simultaneous
power supply
operation.
Reconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
at end of test. For
redundant power
supplies, test
each separately.
Measure sound
pressure level
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure and
record levels
throughout
protected area.
(6) Audible textual
Set the sound
notification appliances
level meter in
(loudspeakers and
X Annually accordance with
other appliances to
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
convey voice
American National
messages)
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation
Signal, using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST). Record
the maximum
output when the
audible
emergency
evacuation signal
is on.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Perform test in
accordance with
manufacturer’s
published
instructions. Verify
appliance
locations to be per
approved layout
and confirm that
no floor plan
changes affect the
approved layout.
(7) Visual X Annually
Verify the candela
rating or method
of candela control
marking on each
visual appliance
and rating when
reported by the
FACU agrees with
the approved
drawings. Confirm
that each
appliance flashes.
Review event log
file and verify that
the correct events
were logged.
Review system
diagnostic log file;
correct
deficiencies noted
in file. Delete
unneeded log
(8) Control unit
files. Delete
functions and no
X Annually unneeded error
diagnostic failures are
files. Verify that
indicated
sufficient free disk
space is available.
Verify
unobstructed flow
of cooling air is
available.
Change/clean
filters, cooling
fans, and intake
vents.
Power down the
central control unit
(9) Control unit reset X Annually
computer and
restart it.
If remote control
software is loaded
onto the system,
(10) Control unit verify that it is
X Annually
security disabled to
prevent
unauthorized
system access.
Send out an alert
(11) Audible/visual to a diverse set of
X Annually
functional test predesignated
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
receiving devices
and confirm
receipt. Include at
least one of each
type of receiving
device.
Make full system
software backup.
Rotate backups
(12) Software backup X Annually
based on
accepted practice
at site.
Disconnect ac
power. Verify the
ac power failure
alarm status on
central control
(13) Secondary power
X Annually equipment. With
test
ac power
disconnected,
verify battery
voltage under
load.
Check
forward/reflected
(14) Wireless signals X Annually radio power is
within
specifications.
Check
forward/reflected
radio power is
within
specifications.
(15) Antenna X Annually
Verify solid
electrical
connections with
no observable
corrosion.
Verify proper
operation and
(16) Transceivers X Annually
mounting is not
compromised.
aSome transmission equipment (such as, but not limited to, cable modems, fiber-optic interface nodes, and
VoIP interfaces) are typically powered by the building's electrical system using a secondary (standby)
power supply that does not meet the requirements of this Code. This is intended to ensure that the testing
authority verifies full secondary (standby) power as required by Chapter 10. Additionally, refer to Table
14.4.3.2, items 7 through 9, for secondary (standby) power supply testing.
bThe automatic transmission of the check-in (handshake) signal can take up to 60 minutes to occur.
cSee Table 14.4.3.2, Item 4(1) for the testing of transmission equipment.
dThe battery tests in Table 14.4.3.2 Item 9 are based on VRLA batteries and it is the intent that the tests
specified in (1) through (4) be performed in order. For other secondary battery types, refer to the battery
manufacturer’s published instructions or IEEE 450, Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and
Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, for vented lead-acid batteries, and
IEEE 1106, Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented
Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications, for nickel-cadmium batteries.
eExample: 4000 mAh × 1⁄25 = 160 mA charging current at 77°F (25°C).
fIf the charger is adjustable, adjust the output voltage to 2.265 volts per cell ±0.015 volts at 77°F (25°C) or
iThe voltmeter sensitivity has been changed from 1000 ohms per volt to 100 ohms per volt so that the false
ground readings (caused by induced voltages) are minimized.
jInitiating devices such as smoke detectors used for elevator recall, closing dampers, or releasing doors
held in the open position that are permitted by the Code (see9.6.3 of NFPA 101) to initiate supervisory
signals at the fire alarm control unit (FACU) should be tested at the same frequency (annual) as those
devices when they are generating an alarm signal. They are not supervisory devices, but they initiate a
supervisory signal at the FACU.
kFusible thermal link detectors are commonly used to close fire doors and fire dampers electrically
connected to the fire alarm control unit. They are actuated by the presence of external heat, which causes a
solder element in the link to fuse, or by an electric thermal device, which, when energized, generates heat
within the body of the link, causing the link to fuse and separate.
lNote, it is customary for the manufacturer of the smoke detector to test a particular product from an aerosol
provider to determine acceptability for use in smoke entry testing of their smoke detector/smoke alarm.
Magnets are not acceptable for smoke entry tests.
m There are some detectors that use magnets as a manufacturer's calibrated sensitivity test instrument.
nFor example, it might not be possible to individually test the heat sensor in a thermally enhanced smoke
detector.
oManufacturer's published instructions should be consulted to ensure a proper operational test. No
suppression gas or agent is expected to be discharged during the test of the solenoid. See Test Plan of
14.2.10.
pA monitor module installed on an interface device is not considered a supervisory device and therefore not
subject to the quarterly testing frequency requirement. Test frequencies for interface devices should be in
accordance with the applicable standard. For example, fire pump controller alarms such as phase reversal
are required to be tested annually. If a monitor module is installed to identify phase reversal on the fire
alarm control unit, it is not necessary to test for phase reversal four times a year.
qChapter 18 would require 15 dB over average ambient sound for public mode spaces. Sometimes the
ambient sound levels are different from what the design was based upon. Private operating mode would
require 10 dB over average ambient at the location of the device.
rWhere building, system, or occupancy changes have been observed, the owner should be notified of the
changes. New devices might need to be installed and tested per the initial acceptance testing criteria.
sSee A.14.4.3.2 and Table 14.4.3.2, Item 24.
Committee Statement
Resolution: Although there are no listed CO duct detectors currently available, the table should address testing
requirements in the event one is introduced.
14.4.3.2*
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
1. All equipment X See Table 14.3.1.
Control
2. equipment and
transponder
Verify correct
receipt of alarm,
supervisory, and
trouble signals
(inputs); operation
of evacuation
signals and
auxiliary functions
(outputs); circuit
supervision,
(1) Functions X Annually including
detection of open
circuits and
ground faults; and
power supply
supervision for
detection of loss
of ac power and
disconnection of
secondary
batteries.
Verify rating and
(2) Fuses X Annually
supervision.
Verify integrity of
single or multiple
circuits providing
interface between
two or more
control units. Test
interfaced
equipment
(3) Interfaced
X Annually connections by
equipment
operating or
simulating
operation of the
equipment being
supervised. Verify
signals required to
be transmitted at
the control unit.
Illuminate lamps
(4) Lamps and LEDs X Annually
and LEDs.
Disconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
and test under
maximum load,
including all alarm
(5) Primary (main) appliances
X Annually
power supply requiring
simultaneous
operation.
Reconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
at end of test. Test
redundant power
supplies
separately.
Alarm control
3. unit trouble
signals
Verify operation of
control unit
trouble signals.
Verify ring-back
(1) Audible and visual X Annually feature for
systems using a
trouble-silencing
switch that
requires resetting.
If control unit has
disconnect or
isolating switches,
verify
performance of
intended function
(2) Disconnect
X Annually of each switch.
switches
Verify receipt of
trouble signal
when a
supervised
function is
disconnected.
If the system has
a ground
detection feature,
verify the
occurrence of
(3) Ground-fault
X Annually ground-fault
monitoring circuit
indication
whenever any
installation
conductor is
grounded.
Actuate an
initiating device
(4) Transmission of
and verify receipt
signals to off-premises X Annually
of alarm signal at
location
the off-premises
location.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Supervising
station alarm
4. systems —
transmission
equipment
aTest all system
functions and
features in
accordance with
the equipment
manufacturer’s
(1) All equipment X Annually published
instructions for
correct operation
in conformance
with the
applicable
sections of
Chapter 26.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Except for DACTs
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72 that are
connected to a
telephone line
(2) Digital alarm (number) that is
communicator X Annually also supervised
transmitter (DACT) for adverse
conditions by a
derived local
channel, ensure
connection of the
DACT to two
separate means
of transmission.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Disconnect the
primary telephone
line. Verify
transmission of a
(3) Digital alarm radio
X Annually trouble signal to
transmitter (DART)
the supervising
station by the
DART occurs
within 4 minutes.
Actuate initiating
device. Verify
production of not
less than three
(4) McCulloh complete rounds
X Annually
transmitter of not less than
three signal
impulses each by
the McCulloh
transmitter.
(2) Ground
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
(2) Ground
Cause a fault
between elements
of the transmitting
equipment. Verify
indication of the
(5) Radio alarm fault at the
X Annually
transmitter (RAT) protected
premises, or
transmission of
trouble signal to
the supervising
station.
Perform tests to
ensure the
monitoring of
integrity of the
transmission
technology and
technology
path.Where
shared
communications
(6) Performance- equipment is used
X Annually
based technologies as permitted by
26.6.3.1.14,
provided
secondary
(standby) power
sources shall be
tested in
accordance with
Table 14.4.3.2,
item 7, 8, or 9, as
applicable.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
W
c
p
u
d
b
c
p
M
in
a
tr
V
p
c
a
th
w
2
o
tr
fa
R
c
p
Emergency
5. communications
equipment
Verify correct
switching and
(1) Amplifier/tone
X Annually operation of
generators
backup
equipment.
Operate/function
(2) Call-in signal and verify receipt
X Annually of correct visual
silence
and audible
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
signals at control
unit.
Install phone set
or remove phone
(3) Off-hook indicator from hook and
X Annually
(ring down) verify receipt of
signal at control
unit.
Visually inspect
phone jack and
(4) Phone jacks X Annually initiate
communications
path through jack.
Actuate each
phone set and
(5) Phone set X Annually
verify correct
operation.
Operate the
system with a
minimum of any
(6) System
X Annually five handsets
performance
simultaneously.
Verify voice
quality and clarity.
If an engine-
driven
generator
dedicated to the
system is used
as a required
power source,
Engine-driven
6. X Monthly verify operation
generator
of the generator
and transfer
switch in
accordance
with NFPA 110
by the building
owner.
If an ESS
system
dedicated to the
system is used
as a required
Energy storage power source,
7. X Annually
systems (ESS) verify by the
building owner
operation of the
ESS system in
accordance
with NFPA 111.
Disconnect all
primary (main)
power supplies
and verify the
Secondary occurrence of
8. (standby) power X Annually required trouble
supplyc indication for
loss of primary
power. Measure
or verify the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
system’s
standby and
alarm current
demand using
the equipment
manufacturer’s
data and verify
the battery’s
rated capacity
exceeds the
system’s power
demand,
including the
safety margin.
Operate
general alarm
systems a
minimum of
5 minutes and
emergency
voice
communications
systems for a
minimum of
15 minutes.
Reconnect
primary (main)
power supply at
end of test.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Prior to
conducting
any battery
testing, verify
by the person
conducting the
VRLA battery test, that all
9.
and chargerd system
software
stored in
volatile
memory is
protected from
loss.
Upon initially
opening the
cabinet door,
measure and
record the
temperature of
each battery
cell/unit at the
(1) Temperature test X Semiannually negative terminal
with an infrared
thermometer.
Replace any
battery cell/unit if
the temperature is
greater than 18°F
(10°C) above
ambient.
With the battery
fully charged and
connected to the
charger, measure
the voltage across
the battery with a
voltmeter. Verify
the voltage is
within the
battery/alarm
(2) Charger testf X Semiannually
equipment
manufacturer’s
recommendations.
If the voltage is
outside of the
specified limits,
either adjust the
charger to within
limits or replace
the charger.
With the battery
fully charged and
connected to the
charger, measure
(3) Cell/Unit voltage the voltage of
X Semiannually
test each cell/unit with
a voltmeter.
Replace the
battery when any
cell/unit measures
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
a voltage less
than 13.26 volts.
When the battery
is installed,
establish a
baseline ohmic
value for each
battery cell/unit or
where available
use baseline
ohmic values
(4) Ohmic testg X N/A
provided by the
battery or test
equipment
manufacturer. In
either case record
the base line
ohmic value on
each battery
cell/unit.
W
b
c
c
th
m
in
v
b
c
R
te
o
o
c
R
b
th
m
o
d
Semiannually th
e
b
3
fo
c
a
m
re
im
W
b
e
m
b
v
u
th
w
c
in
v
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
o
a
ra
Replace the
battery or
conduct a load
test of the
battery
capacity. Load
test the battery
based on the
manufacturer’s
specifications
for a discharge
rate of 3 hours
or more by
applying the
current
indicated for
the selected
hourly
discharge rate
continuously,
until the
terminal
voltage
(5) decreases to
Replacement/Load 3 years the end
testh voltage
specified by
the
manufacturer.
Record the
test duration
and calculate
the battery
capacity
including
adjustment for
ambient
temperature.
Replace the
battery if
capacity is
less than or
equal to 80%
or at the next
scheduled test
interval if
battery
capacity is
less than 85%.
Manual tests of
the power
supply for
Public public reporting
emergency circuits shall be
10. alarm reporting X Daily made and
system — wired recorded at
system least once
during each 24-
hour period.
Such tests shall
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
include the
following:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Verify the
correct
Remote operation and
11. X Annually
annunciators identification of
annunciators. If
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
provided, verify
the correct
operation of
annunciator
under a fault
condition.
12. Reserved
13. Reserved
14. Reserved
Conductors —
15.
metallic
Test all installation
conductors with a
volt/ohmmeter to
verify that there
are no stray
(unwanted)
voltages between
installation
conductors or
between
installation
conductors and
(1) Stray voltage X N/A ground. Verify the
maximum
allowable stray
voltage does not
exceed 1 volt
ac/dc, unless a
different threshold
is specified in the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
installed
equipment.
Test all installation
conductors, other
than those
intentionally and
permanently
grounded, for
(2) Ground faults X N/A isolation from
ground per the
installed
equipment
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Test all installation
conductors, other
than those
intentionally
connected
together, for
(3) Short-circuit faults X N/A conductor-to-
conductor
isolation per the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
installed
equipment. Also
test these same
circuits conductor-
to-ground.
With each
initiating and
indicating circuit
installation
conductor pair
short-circuited at
the far end,
measure and
record the
resistance of each
(4) Loop resistance X N/A circuit. Verify that
the loop
resistance does
not exceed the
limits specified in
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
installed
equipment.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, confirm
the introduction of
a fault in any
circuit monitored
for integrity results
in a trouble
indication at the
fire alarm control
unit. Open one
connection at not
less than
10 percent of the
(5) Circuit integrity X N/A
initiating devices,
notification
appliances and
controlled devices
on every initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance circuit,
and signaling line
circuit. Confirm all
circuits perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and 23.7.
For periodic
testing, test
each initiating
device circuit,
N/A Annually notification
appliance
circuit, and
signaling line
circuit for
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
correct
indication at
the control
unit. Confirm
all circuits
perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and
23.7.
Conductors —
16.
nonmetallic
Test the fiber-optic
transmission line
by the use of an
optical power
meter or by an
optical time
domain
reflectometer
used to measure
the relative power
loss of the line.
Test result data
must meet or
(1) Fiber optics X N/A
exceed ANSI/TIA
568-C.3, Optical
Fiber Cabling
Components
Standard, related
to fiber-optic lines
and
connection/splice
losses and the
control unit
manufacturer’s
published
specifications.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, confirm
the introduction of
a fault in any
circuit monitored
for integrity results
in a trouble
indication at the
fire alarm control
unit. Open one
connection at not
(2) Circuit integrity X N/A less than
10 percent of the
initiating devices,
notification
appliances, and
controlled devices
on every initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance circuit,
and signaling line
circuit. Confirm all
circuits perform as
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and 23.7.
For periodic
testing, test
each initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance
circuit, and
signaling line
circuit for
N/A Annually correct
indication at
the control
unit. Confirm
all circuits
perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and
23.7.
Initiating
17.
devicesj
(1) Electromechanical
releasing device
Verify correct
operation by
removal of the
(a) Nonrestorable-
X Annually fusible link and
type link
operation of the
associated
device.
Verify correct
operation by
(b) Restorable-type removal of the
X Annually fusible link and
linkk operation of the
associated
device.
Operate the
switch
(2) Fire extinguishing
mechanically or
system(s) or
X Annually electrically and
suppression system(s)
verify receipt of
alarm switch
signal by the fire
alarm control unit.
Test fire–gas
detectors and
other fire
(3) Fire–gas and detectors as
X Annually
other detectors prescribed by the
manufacturer and
as necessary for
the application.
(4) Heat detectors
(a) Fixed- Perform heat test
temperature, rate-of- Annually (see with a listed and
rise, rate of X labeled heat
14.4.4.5)
compensation, source or in
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Assure that the
test method for
restorable line, spot the installed
type (excluding equipment does
pneumatic tube type) not damage the
nonrestorable
fixed-temperature
element of a
combination rate-
of-rise/fixed-
temperature
element detector.
Do not perform
heat test. Test
functionality
mechanically and
(b) Fixed- electrically.
temperature, X Annually Measure and
nonrestorable line type record loop
resistance.
Investigate
changes from
acceptance test.
After 15 years
from initial
installation,
replace all
devices or have 2
detectors per 100
laboratory tested.
Replace the 2
detectors with
new devices. If a
failure occurs on
(c) Fixed-
any of the
temperature, X See Method
detectors
nonrestorable spot type
removed, remove
and test additional
detectors to
determine either a
general problem
involving faulty
detectors or a
localized problem
involving 1 or 2
defective
detectors.
Do not perform
(d) Nonrestorable heat tests. Test
X Annually functionality
(general)
mechanically and
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
electrically.
Perform heat tests
(where test
chambers are in
circuit), with a
listed and labeled
heat source or in
(e) Restorable line accordance with
type, pneumatic tube X Annually the
only manufacturer's
published
instructions of the
detector or
conduct a test
with pressure
pump.
Conduct
functional tests
according to
manufacturer’s
(f) Single- and
published
multiple-station heat X Annually
instructions. Do
alarms
not test
nonrestorable
heat detectors
with heat.
Operate manual
fire alarm boxes
per the
manufacturer’s
published
(5) Manual fire alarm
X Annually instructions. Test
boxes
both key-operated
presignal and
general alarm
manual fire alarm
boxes.
Test flame
detectors and
spark/ember
detectors in
accordance with
(6) Radiant energy the
X Semiannually
fire detectors manufacturer’s
published
instructions to
determine that
each detector is
operative.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
acceptable to the
manufacturer or
in accordance
with their
published
instructions .
Other methods
listed in the
manufacturer's
published
instructions that
ensure smoke
entry from the
protected area,
through the vents,
into the sensing
chamber can be
used.
Perform a
functional test on
all single- and
multiple-station
(b) Single- and
smoke alarms
multiple-station smoke
connected to a
alarms connected to X Annually
protected
protected premises
premises fire
systems
alarm system by
putting the smoke
alarm into an
alarm condition.
Conduct
(c) System smoke functional tests
detectors used in one- according to
X Annually
and two-family manufacturer’s
dwellings published
instructions.
Test with smoke
or a listed and
labeled product
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
(d) Air sampling X Annually
instructions. Test
from the end
sampling port or
point on each pipe
run. Verify airflow
through all other
ports or points.
In addition to the
testing required in
Table
14.4.3.2(g)(1) and
Table 14.4.3.2(h),
test duct smoke
(e) Duct type X Annually detectors that use
sampling tubes to
ensure that they
will properly
sample the
airstream in the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
duct using a
method
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
instructions.
Test the detector
by introducing
(f) Projected beam smoke, other
X Annually
type aerosol, or an
optical filter into
the beam path.
Operate both
portions of the
(g) Smoke detector detector
with built-in thermal X Annually independently as
element described for the
respective
devices.
Verify that the
control capability
remains operable
even if all of the
(h) Smoke initiating devices
detectors with control X Annually connected to the
output functions same initiating
device circuit or
signaling line
circuit are in an
alarm state.
(8) Smoke detectors
— sensitivity testing
mPerform any of
the following tests
In other than one- to ensure that
and two-family
N/A See 14.4.4.3 each smoke
dwellings, system detector is within
detectors its listed and
marked sensitivity
range:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
same initiating
device circuit or
signaling line
circuit are in an
alarm state.
(10) Initiating
devices, supervisory
Operate valve and
verify signal
receipt to be
within the first two
revolutions of the
handwheel or
within one-fifth of
the travel
distance, or per
(a) Control valve the
X Semiannual
switch manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Continue to cycle
outside stem and
yoke valves and
verify switch does
not reset during
full travel of the
valve stem.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained where
the required
(b) High- or low-air pressure is
X Annually
pressure switch increased or
decreased a
maximum 10 psi
(70 kPa) from the
required pressure
level.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained before
pressure
decreases to
(c) Steam pressure X Annually
110 percent of the
minimum
operating
pressure of the
steam-operated
equipment.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained where
(d) Pressure the required
supervisory devices for X Annually pressure is
other sources increased or
decreased from
the normal
operating
pressure by an
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
amount specified
in approved
design
documents.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal to
indicate the
(e) Room decrease in room
X Annually
temperature switch temperature to
40°F (4.4°C) and
its restoration to
above 40°F
(4.4°C).
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal
indicating the
water level raised
or lowered a
maximum 3 in.
(70 mm) from the
(f) Water level required level
X Annually
switch within a pressure
tank, or a
maximum 12 in.
(300 mm) from the
required level of a
nonpressure tank.
Also verify its
restoral to
required level.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal to
indicate the
(g) Water decrease in water
X Annually
temperature switch temperature to
40°F (4.4°C) and
its restoration to
above 40°F
(4.4°C).
Water shall be
flowed through an
inspector's test
connection
indicating the flow
of water equal to
that from a single
sprinkler of the
(11) Mechanical, smallest orifice
electrosonic, or size installed in
X Semiannually the system or
pressure-type waterflow
device other listed and
approved
waterflow switch
test methods for
wet-pipe systems,
or an alarm test
bypass
connection for
dry-pipe, pre-
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
action, or deluge
systems in
accordance with
NFPA 25.
Test each of the
detection
principles present
within the detector
(e.g.,
smoke/heat/CO,
etc.)
independently for
(12) Multi-sensor fire the specific
detector or multi-criteria detection
fire detector or X Annually principle,
combination fire regardless of the
detector configuration
status at the time
of testing. Also
test each detector
in accordance
with the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
T
s
to
te
a
in
s
re
b
P
a
fo
re
d
in
th
p
th
c
e
e
c
(m
a
e
s
c
th
re
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
C
re
s
th
in
th
c
W
in
s
c
te
in
te
p
s
R
te
re
Special hazard
18.
equipment
Operate abort
(1) Abort switch switch and verify
X Annually
(dead-man type) correct sequence
and operation.
Operate abort
switch and verify
(2) Abort switch development of
X Annually
(recycle type) correct matrix with
each sensor
operated.
Operate abort
switch and verify
correct sequence
and operation in
accordance with
authority having
(3) Abort switch
X Annually jurisdiction.
(special type)
Observe
sequencing as
specified on as-
built drawings or
in system owner’s
manual.
Operate one
sensor or detector
on each zone.
Verify occurrence
(4) Cross-zone of correct
X Annually
detection circuit sequence with
operation of first
zone and then
with operation of
second zone.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Operate all
sensors in
system. Verify
(5) Matrix-type circuit X Annually development of
correct matrix with
each sensor
operated.
(6) Release solenoid Verify operation of
X Annually
circuito solenoid.
Use AGI flashbulb
or other test light
(7) Squibb release approved by the
X Annually
circuit manufacturer.
Verify operation of
flashbulb or light.
Operate required
sensors at a
minimum of four
(8) Verified, locations in circuit.
sequential, or counting X Annually Verify correct
zone circuit sequence with
both the first and
second detector in
alarm.
Verify supervision
(9) All above devices
of circuits by
or circuits or X Annually
creating an open
combinations thereof
circuit.
Combination
19.
systems
Test
communication
between the
device connecting
the fire
extinguisher
electronic
monitoring
(1) Fire extinguisher
device/system
electronic monitoring X Annually
and the fire alarm
device/system
control unit to
ensure proper
signals are
received at the fire
alarm control unit
and remote
annunciator(s) if
applicable.
Test
communication
between the
device connecting
the carbon
monoxide
(2) Carbon device/system
X Annually
monoxidedevice/system and the fire alarm
control unit to
ensure proper
signals are
received at the fire
alarm control unit
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
and remote
annunciator(s) if
applicable.
Test interface
equipment
connections by
operating or
simulating the
equipment
being
supervised.
Verify signals
required to be
transmitted are
Interface received at the
20. X See 14.4.4.4 control unit.
equipmentp Test frequency
for interface
equipment is
the same as the
frequency
required by the
applicable
NFPA
standard(s) for
the equipment
being
supervised.
Test the device
in accordance
Guard’s tour with the
21. X Annually
equipment manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Alarm
22. notification
appliances
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, measure
sound pressure
levels for signals
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure sound
(1) Audibleq X N/A
pressure levels
throughout the
protected area to
confirm that they
are in compliance
with Chapter 18.
Set the sound
level meter in
accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Standard Audible
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Emergency
Evacuation (E2)
and Evacuation
Signals with
Relocation
Instructions
(ESRI), using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST).
rFor periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually the operation
of the
notification
appliances.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, measure
sound pressure
levels for signals
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure sound
pressure levels
throughout the
(2) Audible textual
protected area to
notification appliances
confirm that they
(loudspeakers and
X N/A are in compliance
other appliances to
with Chapter 18.
convey voice
Set the sound
messages)
level meter in
accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation (E2)
and Evacuation
Signals with
Relocation
Instructions
(ESRI), using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST).
rFor periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually the operation
of the
notification
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
appliances.
Perform initial and
reacceptance
testing in
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions. Verify
appliance
locations to be per
approved layout
and confirm that
no floor plan
(3) Visual X N/A changes affect the
approved layout.
Verify the candela
rating or method
of candela control
marking on each
visual appliance
and rating when
reported by the
FACU agrees with
the approved
drawings. Confirm
that each
appliance flashes.
For periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually that each
appliance
flashes.
Perform tests in
Exit marking accordance
audible with
23. X Annually
notification manufacturer's
appliance published
instructions.
For initial,
reacceptance,
and periodic
testing, verify
emergency
control function
interface device
activation.
Where an
emergency
Emergency control function
24. control X Annually interface device
is disabled or
functionss
disconnected
during initiating
device testing,
verify that the
disabled or
disconnected
emergency
control function
interface device
has been
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
properly
restored,
including
electromagnetic
devices used
for door
releasing
services as part
of a fire alarm
system.
Use the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions and
the as-built
drawings
provided by the
Two-way system supplier
emergency to verify correct
25. X Annually
communications operation after
systems the initial testing
phase has been
performed by
the supplier or
by the
supplier’s
designated
representative.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Special
26.
procedures
Verify time delay
and alarm
response for
(1) Alarm verification X Annually smoke detector
circuits identified
as having alarm
verification.
Verify
communications
between sending
(2) Multiplex systems X Annually and receiving
units under both
primary and
secondary power.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Supervising
station alarm
27. systems —
receiving
equipment
Perform tests on
all system
functions and
features in
accordance with
the equipment
manufacturer’s
(1) All equipment X Monthly published
instructions for
correct operation
in conformance
with the
applicable
sections of
Chapter 26.
Disconnect each
(2) Digital alarm transmission
communicator receiver X Monthly means in turn
(DACR) from the DACR,
and verify audible
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
and visual
annunciation of a
trouble signal in
the supervising
station.
Cause the
following
conditions of all
DARRs on all
subsidiary and
repeater station
(3) Digital alarm radio receiving
X Monthly
receiver (DARR) equipment. Verify
receipt at the
supervising
station of correct
signals for each of
the following
conditions:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
following
conditions:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
equipment; verify
receipt of correct
signals at the
supervising
station:
Perform tests to
ensure the
monitoring of
integrity of the
transmission
technology and
technology path.
Where a single
communications
(7) Performance- path is used,
X Monthly
based technologies disconnect the
communication
path. Verify that
failure of the path
is annunciated at
the supervising
station within
60 minutes of the
failure (within
5 minutes for
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
communication
equipment
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72).
Restore the
communication
path. Where
multiple
communication
paths are used,
disconnect both
communication
paths and confirm
that failure of the
path is
annunciated at
the supervising
station within not
more than 6 hours
of the failure
(within 24 hours
for communication
equipment
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72).
Restore both
communication
paths.
Public
emergency
alarm reporting
28.
system
transmission
equipment
Actuate publicly
accessible
initiating device(s)
and verify receipt
of not less than
three complete
rounds of signal
impulses. Perform
this test under
(1) Publicly
X Semiannually normal circuit
accessible alarm box
conditions. If the
device is
equipped for open
circuit operation
(ground return),
test it in this
condition as one
of the semiannual
tests.
Test each
initiating circuit of
the auxiliary box
(2) Auxiliary box X Annually by actuation of a
protected
premises initiating
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
device connected
to that circuit.
Verify receipt of
not less than
three complete
rounds of signal
impulses.
(3) Master box
Perform the tests
(a) Manual
X Semiannually prescribed for
operation
28(a).
Perform the tests
(b) Auxiliary
X Annually prescribed for
operation
28(b).
The following
procedures
describe
additional
Low-power acceptance and
29. radio (wireless X N/A reacceptance
systems) test methods to
verify wireless
protection
system
operation:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Mass
30. notification
systems
At a minimum,
test control
equipment to
verify correct
receipt of alarm,
supervisory, and
trouble signals
(inputs); operation
of evacuation
signals and
auxiliary functions
(outputs); circuit
(1) Functions X Annually
supervision,
including
detection of open
circuits and
ground faults; and
power supply
supervision for
detection of loss
of ac power and
disconnection of
secondary
batteries.
Verify the rating
(2) Fuses X Annually
and supervision.
Verify integrity of
single or multiple
circuits providing
interface between
two or more
control units. Test
(3) Interfaced interfaced
X Annually
equipment equipment
connections by
operating or
simulating
operation of the
equipment being
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
supervised. Verify
signals required to
be transmitted at
the control unit.
Illuminate lamps
(4) Lamps and LEDs X Annually
and LEDs.
Disconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
and test under
maximum load,
including all alarm
appliances
requiring
(5) Primary (main)
X Annually simultaneous
power supply
operation.
Reconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
at end of test. For
redundant power
supplies, test
each separately.
Measure sound
pressure level
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure and
record levels
throughout
protected area.
(6) Audible textual
Set the sound
notification appliances
level meter in
(loudspeakers and
X Annually accordance with
other appliances to
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
convey voice
American National
messages)
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation
Signal, using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST). Record
the maximum
output when the
audible
emergency
evacuation signal
is on.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Perform test in
accordance with
manufacturer’s
published
instructions. Verify
appliance
locations to be per
approved layout
and confirm that
no floor plan
changes affect the
approved layout.
(7) Visual X Annually
Verify the candela
rating or method
of candela control
marking on each
visual appliance
and rating when
reported by the
FACU agrees with
the approved
drawings. Confirm
that each
appliance flashes.
Review event log
file and verify that
the correct events
were logged.
Review system
diagnostic log file;
correct
deficiencies noted
in file. Delete
unneeded log
(8) Control unit
files. Delete
functions and no
X Annually unneeded error
diagnostic failures are
files. Verify that
indicated
sufficient free disk
space is available.
Verify
unobstructed flow
of cooling air is
available.
Change/clean
filters, cooling
fans, and intake
vents.
Power down the
central control unit
(9) Control unit reset X Annually
computer and
restart it.
If remote control
software is loaded
onto the system,
(10) Control unit verify that it is
X Annually
security disabled to
prevent
unauthorized
system access.
Send out an alert
(11) Audible/visual to a diverse set of
X Annually
functional test predesignated
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
receiving devices
and confirm
receipt. Include at
least one of each
type of receiving
device.
Make full system
software backup.
Rotate backups
(12) Software backup X Annually
based on
accepted practice
at site.
Disconnect ac
power. Verify the
ac power failure
alarm status on
central control
(13) Secondary power
X Annually equipment. With
test
ac power
disconnected,
verify battery
voltage under
load.
Check
forward/reflected
(14) Wireless signals X Annually radio power is
within
specifications.
Check
forward/reflected
radio power is
within
specifications.
(15) Antenna X Annually
Verify solid
electrical
connections with
no observable
corrosion.
Verify proper
operation and
(16) Transceivers X Annually
mounting is not
compromised.
aSome transmission equipment (such as, but not limited to, cable modems, fiber-optic interface nodes, and
VoIP interfaces) are typically powered by the building's electrical system using a secondary (standby)
power supply that does not meet the requirements of this Code. This is intended to ensure that the testing
authority verifies full secondary (standby) power as required by Chapter 10. Additionally, refer to Table
14.4.3.2, items 7 through 9, for secondary (standby) power supply testing.
bThe automatic transmission of the check-in (handshake) signal can take up to 60 minutes to occur.
cSee Table 14.4.3.2, Item 4(1) for the testing of transmission equipment.
dThe battery tests in Table 14.4.3.2 Item 9 are based on VRLA batteries and it is the intent that the tests
specified in (1) through (4) be performed in order. For other secondary battery types, refer to the battery
manufacturer’s published instructions or IEEE 450, Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and
Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, for vented lead-acid batteries, and
IEEE 1106, Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented
Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications, for nickel-cadmium batteries.
eExample: 4000 mAh × 1⁄25 = 160 mA charging current at 77°F (25°C).
fIf the charger is adjustable, adjust the output voltage to 2.265 volts per cell ±0.015 volts at 77°F (25°C) or
iThe voltmeter sensitivity has been changed from 1000 ohms per volt to 100 ohms per volt so that the false
ground readings (caused by induced voltages) are minimized.
jInitiating devices such as smoke detectors used for elevator recall, closing dampers, or releasing doors
held in the open position that are permitted by the Code (see9.6.3 of NFPA 101) to initiate supervisory
signals at the fire alarm control unit (FACU) should be tested at the same frequency (annual) as those
devices when they are generating an alarm signal. They are not supervisory devices, but they initiate a
supervisory signal at the FACU.
kFusible thermal link detectors are commonly used to close fire doors and fire dampers electrically
connected to the fire alarm control unit. They are actuated by the presence of external heat, which causes a
solder element in the link to fuse, or by an electric thermal device, which, when energized, generates heat
within the body of the link, causing the link to fuse and separate.
lNote, it is customary for the manufacturer of the smoke detector to test a particular product from an aerosol
provider to determine acceptability for use in smoke entry testing of their smoke detector/smoke alarm.
Magnets are not acceptable for smoke entry tests.
m There are some detectors that use magnets as a manufacturer's calibrated sensitivity test instrument.
nFor example, it might not be possible to individually test the heat sensor in a thermally enhanced smoke
detector.
oManufacturer's published instructions should be consulted to ensure a proper operational test. No
suppression gas or agent is expected to be discharged during the test of the solenoid. See Test Plan of
14.2.10.
pA monitor module installed on an interface device is not considered a supervisory device and therefore not
subject to the quarterly testing frequency requirement. Test frequencies for interface devices should be in
accordance with the applicable standard. For example, fire pump controller alarms such as phase reversal
are required to be tested annually. If a monitor module is installed to identify phase reversal on the fire
alarm control unit, it is not necessary to test for phase reversal four times a year.
qChapter 18 would require 15 dB over average ambient sound for public mode spaces. Sometimes the
ambient sound levels are different from what the design was based upon. Private operating mode would
require 10 dB over average ambient at the location of the device.
rWhere building, system, or occupancy changes have been observed, the owner should be notified of the
changes. New devices might need to be installed and tested per the initial acceptance testing criteria.
sSee A.14.4.3.2 and Table 14.4.3.2, Item 24.
Some manufacturers and vendors are asserting that a magnet test, if specified in the manufacturer’s instructions,
meets the method requirement of Table 14.4.3.2.17(7)(a). While the keynote “l” clearly states otherwise, by
deleting these words, it makes it clear that the test method is for smoke entry, which is the whole point of the
paragraph.
Committee: SIG-TMS
Committee Statement
Resolution: Footnote I adequately clarifies that a magnet test is not an acceptable means of testing smoke entry.
14.4.3.2*
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
1. All equipment X See Table 14.3.1.
Control
2. equipment and
transponder
Verify correct receipt
of alarm, supervisory,
and trouble signals
(inputs); operation of
evacuation signals
and auxiliary
functions (outputs);
circuit supervision,
(1) Functions X Annually including detection of
open circuits and
ground faults; and
power supply
supervision for
detection of loss of ac
power and
disconnection of
secondary batteries.
Verify rating and
(2) Fuses X Annually
supervision.
Verify integrity of
single or multiple
circuits providing
interface between
two or more control
units. Test interfaced
equipment
(3) Interfaced connections by
X Annually
equipment operating or
simulating operation
of the equipment
being supervised.
Verify signals
required to be
transmitted at the
control unit.
Illuminate lamps and
(4) Lamps and LEDs X Annually
LEDs.
Disconnect all
secondary (standby)
power and test under
maximum load,
including all alarm
appliances requiring
(5) Primary (main)
X Annually simultaneous
power supply
operation. Reconnect
all secondary
(standby) power at
end of test. Test
redundant power
supplies separately.
Alarm control
3. unit trouble
signals
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Verify operation of
control unit trouble
signals. Verify ring-
back feature for
(1) Audible and visual X Annually
systems using a
trouble-silencing
switch that requires
resetting.
If control unit has
disconnect or
isolating switches,
verify performance of
(2) Disconnect intended function of
X Annually
switches each switch. Verify
receipt of trouble
signal when a
supervised function is
disconnected.
If the system has a
ground detection
feature, verify the
occurrence of
(3) Ground-fault
X Annually ground-fault
monitoring circuit
indication whenever
any installation
conductor is
grounded.
Actuate an initiating
(4) Transmission of device and verify
signals to off-premises X Annually receipt of alarm
location signal at the off-
premises location.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Supervising
station alarm
4. systems —
transmission
equipment
aTest all system
functions and
features in
accordance with the
equipment
(1) All equipment X Annually manufacturer’s
published instructions
for correct operation
in conformance with
the applicable
sections of
Chapter 26.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Disconnect the
primary telephone
line. Verify
(3) Digital alarm radio transmission of a
X Annually
transmitter (DART) trouble signal to the
supervising station by
the DART occurs
within 4 minutes.
Actuate initiating
device. Verify
production of not less
(4) McCulloh than three complete
X Annually
transmitter rounds of not less
than three signal
impulses each by the
McCulloh transmitter.
(2) Ground
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
(2) Ground
Cause a fault
between elements of
the transmitting
equipment. Verify
(5) Radio alarm indication of the fault
X Annually
transmitter (RAT) at the protected
premises, or
transmission of
trouble signal to the
supervising station.
Perform tests to
ensure the monitoring
of integrity of the
transmission
technology and
technology
path.Where shared
communications
(6) Performance- equipment is used as
X Annually
based technologies permitted by
26.6.3.1.14, provided
secondary (standby)
power sources shall
be tested in
accordance with
Table 14.4.3.2, item
7, 8, or 9, as
applicable.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Emergency
5. communications
equipment
Verify correct
(1) Amplifier/tone switching and
X Annually
generators operation of backup
equipment.
Operate/function and
verify receipt of
(2) Call-in signal
X Annually correct visual and
silence
audible signals at
control unit.
Install phone set or
remove phone from
(3) Off-hook indicator
X Annually hook and verify
(ring down)
receipt of signal at
control unit.
Visually inspect
phone jack and
(4) Phone jacks X Annually initiate
communications path
through jack.
Actuate each phone
(5) Phone set X Annually set and verify correct
operation.
Operate the system
with a minimum of
(6) System any five handsets
X Annually
performance simultaneously. Verify
voice quality and
clarity.
If an engine-
driven
generator
dedicated to the
system is used
Engine-driven as a required
6. X Monthly
generator power source,
verify operation
of the generator
and transfer
switch in
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
accordance
with NFPA 110
by the building
owner.
If an ESS
system
dedicated to the
system is used
as a required
Energy storage power source,
7. X Annually
systems (ESS) verify by the
building owner
operation of the
ESS system in
accordance
with NFPA 111.
Disconnect all
primary (main)
power supplies
and verify the
occurrence of
required trouble
indication for
loss of primary
power. Measure
or verify the
system’s
standby and
alarm current
demand using
the equipment
manufacturer’s
data and verify
the battery’s
Secondary rated capacity
8. (standby) power X Annually exceeds the
supplyc system’s power
demand,
including the
safety margin.
Operate
general alarm
systems a
minimum of
5 minutes and
emergency
voice
communications
systems for a
minimum of
15 minutes.
Reconnect
primary (main)
power supply at
end of test.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Prior to
conducting
any battery
testing, verify
by the person
conducting th
VRLA battery test, that all
9.
and chargerd system
software
stored in
volatile
memory is
protected from
loss.
Upon initially opening
the cabinet door,
measure and record
the temperature of
each battery cell/unit
at the negative
terminal with an
(1) Temperature test X Semiannually
infrared thermometer.
Replace any battery
cell/unit if the
temperature is
greater than 18°F
(10°C) above
ambient.
With the battery fully
charged and
connected to the
(2) Charger testf X Semiannually charger, measure the
voltage across the
battery with a
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
voltmeter. Verify the
voltage is within the
battery/alarm
equipment
manufacturer’s
recommendations. If
the voltage is outside
of the specified limits,
either adjust the
charger to within
limits or replace the
charger.
With the battery fully
charged and
connected to the
charger, measure the
voltage of each
(3) Cell/Unit voltage
X Semiannually cell/unit with a
test
voltmeter. Replace
the battery when any
cell/unit measures a
voltage less than
13.26 volts.
When the battery is
installed, establish a
baseline ohmic value
for each battery
cell/unit or where
available use
baseline ohmic
(4) Ohmic testg X N/A values provided by
the battery or test
equipment
manufacturer. In
either case record the
base line ohmic value
on each battery
cell/unit.
Semiannually
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Replace the
battery or
conduct a loa
test of the
battery
capacity. Load
test the batter
based on the
manufacturer
specifications
for a discharg
rate of 3 hour
or more by
applying the
current
indicated for
the selected
hourly
discharge rate
continuously,
(5) until the
Replacement/Load 3 years terminal
testh voltage
decreases to
the end
voltage
specified by
the
manufacturer
Record the
test duration
and calculate
the battery
capacity
including
adjustment fo
ambient
temperature.
Replace the
battery if
capacity is
less than or
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
equal to 80%
or at the next
scheduled tes
interval if
battery
capacity is
less than 85%
Manual tests of
the power
supply for
public reporting
Public circuits shall be
emergency made and
10. alarm reporting X Daily recorded at
system — wired least once
system during each 24-
hour period.
Such tests shall
include the
following:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Verify the
correct
operation and
identification of
annunciators. If
Remote
11. X Annually provided, verify
annunciators
the correct
operation of
annunciator
under a fault
condition.
12. Reserved
13. Reserved
14. Reserved
Conductors —
15.
metallic
Test all installation
conductors with a
volt/ohmmeter to
verify that there are
no stray (unwanted)
voltages between
installation
conductors or
between installation
conductors and
(1) Stray voltage X N/A ground. Verify the
maximum allowable
stray voltage does
not exceed 1 volt
ac/dc, unless a
different threshold is
specified in the
manufacturer’s
published instructions
for the installed
equipment.
Test all installation
conductors, other
than those
intentionally and
permanently
grounded, for
(2) Ground faults X N/A
isolation from ground
per the installed
equipment
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Test all installation
conductors, other
than those
intentionally
connected together,
for conductor-to-
conductor isolation
(3) Short-circuit faults X N/A
per the
manufacturer’s
published instructions
for the installed
equipment. Also test
these same circuits
conductor-to-ground.
With each initiating
and indicating circuit
installation conductor
pair short-circuited at
the far end, measure
and record the
resistance of each
(4) Loop resistance X N/A circuit. Verify that the
loop resistance does
not exceed the limits
specified in the
manufacturer’s
published instructions
for the installed
equipment.
For initial and
reacceptance testing,
confirm the
introduction of a fault
in any circuit
monitored for integrity
results in a trouble
indication at the fire
alarm control unit.
Open one connection
at not less than
10 percent of the
(5) Circuit integrity X N/A
initiating devices,
notification
appliances and
controlled devices on
every initiating device
circuit, notification
appliance circuit, and
signaling line circuit.
Confirm all circuits
perform as indicated
in Sections 23.5,
23.6, and 23.7.
For periodic
testing, test
each initiating
device circuit,
notification
N/A Annually appliance
circuit, and
signaling line
circuit for
correct
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
indication at
the control
unit. Confirm
all circuits
perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5
23.6, and
23.7.
Conductors —
16.
nonmetallic
Test the fiber-optic
transmission line by
the use of an optical
power meter or by an
optical time domain
reflectometer used to
measure the relative
power loss of the line.
Test result data must
meet or exceed
(1) Fiber optics X N/A ANSI/TIA 568-C.3,
Optical Fiber Cabling
Components
Standard, related to
fiber-optic lines and
connection/splice
losses and the
control unit
manufacturer’s
published
specifications.
For initial and
reacceptance testing,
confirm the
introduction of a fault
in any circuit
monitored for integrity
results in a trouble
indication at the fire
alarm control unit.
Open one connection
at not less than
10 percent of the
(2) Circuit integrity X N/A
initiating devices,
notification
appliances, and
controlled devices on
every initiating device
circuit, notification
appliance circuit, and
signaling line circuit.
Confirm all circuits
perform as indicated
in Sections 23.5,
23.6, and 23.7.
For periodic
testing, test
each initiating
N/A Annually device circuit,
notification
appliance
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
circuit, and
signaling line
circuit for
correct
indication at
the control
unit. Confirm
all circuits
perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5
23.6, and
23.7.
Initiating
17.
devicesj
(1) Electromechanical
releasing device
Verify correct
operation by removal
(a) Nonrestorable-
X Annually of the fusible link and
type link
operation of the
associated device.
Verify correct
(b) Restorable-type operation by removal
X Annually of the fusible link and
linkk operation of the
associated device.
Operate the switch
(2) Fire extinguishing mechanically or
system(s) or electrically and verify
X Annually
suppression system(s) receipt of signal by
alarm switch the fire alarm control
unit.
Test fire–gas
detectors and other
fire detectors as
(3) Fire–gas and
X Annually prescribed by the
other detectors
manufacturer and as
necessary for the
application.
(4) Heat detectors
Perform heat test
with a listed and
labeled heat source
or in accordance with
the manufacturer’s
(a) Fixed- published
temperature, rate-of- instructions. Assure
rise, rate of that the test method
Annually (see
compensation, X for the installed
14.4.4.5)
restorable line, spot equipment does not
type (excluding damage the
pneumatic tube type) nonrestorable fixed-
temperature element
of a combination rate-
of-rise/fixed-
temperature element
detector.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Do not perform heat
test. Test functionality
mechanically and
(b) Fixed-
electrically. Measure
temperature, X Annually
and record loop
nonrestorable line type
resistance.
Investigate changes
from acceptance test.
After 15 years from
initial installation,
replace all devices or
have 2 detectors per
100 laboratory tested.
Replace the 2
detectors with new
devices. If a failure
(c) Fixed- occurs on any of the
temperature, X See Method detectors removed,
nonrestorable spot type remove and test
additional detectors
to determine either a
general problem
involving faulty
detectors or a
localized problem
involving 1 or 2
defective detectors.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
key-operated
presignal and general
alarm manual fire
alarm boxes.
Test flame detectors
and spark/ember
detectors in
accordance with the
(6) Radiant energy
X Semiannually manufacturer’s
fire detectors
published instructions
to determine that
each detector is
operative.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
all other ports or
points.
In addition to the
testing required in
Table
14.4.3.2.17 (g 7 )(1 a )
and Table
14.4.3.2.17 (h 8 ), test
duct smoke detectors
that use sampling
(e) Duct type X Annually tubes to ensure that
they will properly
sample the airstream
in the duct using a
method acceptable to
the manufacturer or
in accordance with
their published
instructions.
Test the detector by
introducing smoke,
(f) Projected beam
X Annually other aerosol, or an
type
optical filter into the
beam path.
Operate both portions
(g) Smoke detector of the detector
with built-in thermal X Annually independently as
element described for the
respective devices.
Verify that the control
capability remains
operable even if all of
(h) Smoke the initiating devices
detectors with control X Annually connected to the
output functions same initiating device
circuit or signaling
line circuit are in an
alarm state.
(8) Smoke detectors
— sensitivity testing
mPerform any of the
In other than one- following tests to
and two-family ensure that each
N/A See 14.4.4.3 smoke detector is
dwellings, system
detectors within its listed and
marked sensitivity
range:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
same initiating device
circuit or signaling
line circuit are in an
alarm state.
(10) Initiating
devices, supervisory
Operate valve and
verify signal receipt to
be within the first two
revolutions of the
handwheel or within
one-fifth of the travel
distance, or per the
(a) Control valve
X Semiannual manufacturer’s
switch
published
instructions. Continue
to cycle outside stem
and yoke valves and
verify switch does not
reset during full travel
of the valve stem.
Operate switch and
verify receipt of signal
is obtained where the
required pressure is
(b) High- or low-air increased or
X Annually
pressure switch decreased a
maximum 10 psi
(70 kPa) from the
required pressure
level.
Operate switch and
verify receipt of signal
is obtained before
pressure decreases
(c) Steam pressure X Annually to 110 percent of the
minimum operating
pressure of the
steam-operated
equipment.
Operate switch and
verify receipt of signal
is obtained where the
required pressure is
(d) Pressure increased or
supervisory devices for X Annually decreased from the
other sources normal operating
pressure by an
amount specified in
approved design
documents.
Operate switch and
verify receipt of signal
to indicate the
(e) Room decrease in room
X Annually
temperature switch temperature to 40°F
(4.4°C) and its
restoration to above
40°F (4.4°C).
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Operate switch and
verify receipt of signal
indicating the water
level raised or
lowered a maximum
3 in. (70 mm) from
(f) Water level the required level
X Annually
switch within a pressure
tank, or a maximum
12 in. (300 mm) from
the required level of a
nonpressure tank.
Also verify its restoral
to required level.
Operate switch and
verify receipt of signal
to indicate the
(g) Water decrease in water
X Annually
temperature switch temperature to 40°F
(4.4°C) and its
restoration to above
40°F (4.4°C).
Water shall be flowed
through an
inspector's test
connection indicating
the flow of water
equal to that from a
single sprinkler of the
smallest orifice size
(11) Mechanical, installed in the
electrosonic, or system or other listed
X Semiannually
pressure-type waterflow and approved
device waterflow switch test
methods for wet-pipe
systems, or an alarm
test bypass
connection for dry-
pipe, pre-action, or
deluge systems in
accordance with
NFPA 25.
Test each of the
detection principles
present within the
detector (e.g.,
smoke/heat/CO, etc.)
independently for the
(12) Multi-sensor fire
specific detection
detector or multi-criteria
principle, regardless
fire detector or X Annually
of the configuration
combination fire
status at the time of
detector
testing. Also test
each detector in
accordance with the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Special hazard
18.
equipment
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Operate abort switch
(1) Abort switch and verify correct
X Annually
(dead-man type) sequence and
operation.
Operate abort switch
and verify
(2) Abort switch development of
X Annually
(recycle type) correct matrix with
each sensor
operated.
Operate abort switch
and verify correct
sequence and
operation in
accordance with
(3) Abort switch
X Annually authority having
(special type)
jurisdiction. Observe
sequencing as
specified on as-built
drawings or in system
owner’s manual.
Operate one sensor
or detector on each
zone. Verify
occurrence of correct
(4) Cross-zone
X Annually sequence with
detection circuit
operation of first zone
and then with
operation of second
zone.
Operate all sensors
in system. Verify
development of
(5) Matrix-type circuit X Annually
correct matrix with
each sensor
operated.
(6) Release solenoid Verify operation of
X Annually
circuito solenoid.
Use AGI flashbulb or
other test light
(7) Squibb release approved by the
X Annually
circuit manufacturer. Verify
operation of flashbulb
or light.
Operate required
sensors at a
minimum of four
(8) Verified,
locations in circuit.
sequential, or counting X Annually
Verify correct
zone circuit
sequence with both
the first and second
detector in alarm.
(9) All above devices Verify supervision of
or circuits or X Annually circuits by creating an
combinations thereof open circuit.
Combination
19.
systems
(1) Fire extinguisher Test communication
electronic monitoring X Annually between the device
device/system connecting the fire
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
extinguisher
electronic monitoring
device/system and
the fire alarm control
unit to ensure proper
signals are received
at the fire alarm
control unit and
remote
annunciator(s) if
applicable.
Test communication
between the device
connecting the
carbon monoxide
device/system and
the fire alarm control
(2) Carbon
X Annually unit to ensure proper
monoxidedevice/system
signals are received
at the fire alarm
control unit and
remote
annunciator(s) if
applicable.
Test interface
equipment
connections by
operating or
simulating the
equipment
being
supervised.
Verify signals
required to be
transmitted are
Interface received at the
20. X See 14.4.4.4 control unit.
equipmentp Test frequency
for interface
equipment is
the same as the
frequency
required by the
applicable
NFPA
standard(s) for
the equipment
being
supervised.
Test the device
in accordance
Guard’s tour with the
21. X Annually
equipment manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Alarm
22. notification
appliances
For initial and
reacceptance testing,
(1) Audibleq X N/A measure sound
pressure levels for
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
signals with a sound
level meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level Meters,
Type 2 requirements.
Measure sound
pressure levels
throughout the
protected area to
confirm that they are
in compliance with
Chapter 18. Set the
sound level meter in
accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation (E2) and
Evacuation Signals
with Relocation
Instructions (ESRI),
using the time-
weighted
characteristic F
(FAST).
rFor periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually the operation
of the
notification
appliances.
For initial and
reacceptance testing,
measure sound
pressure levels for
signals with a sound
level meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level Meters,
Type 2 requirements.
Measure sound
pressure levels
(2) Audible textual throughout the
notification appliances protected area to
(loudspeakers and confirm that they are
X N/A in compliance with
other appliances to
convey voice Chapter 18. Set the
messages) sound level meter in
accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation (E2) and
Evacuation Signals
with Relocation
Instructions (ESRI),
using the time-
weighted
characteristic F
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
(FAST).
rFor periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually the operation
of the
notification
appliances.
Perform initial and
reacceptance testing
in accordance with
the manufacturer’s
published
instructions. Verify
appliance locations to
be per approved
layout and confirm
that no floor plan
changes affect the
(3) Visual X N/A approved layout.
Verify the candela
rating or method of
candela control
marking on each
visual appliance and
rating when reported
by the FACU agrees
with the approved
drawings. Confirm
that each appliance
flashes.
For periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually that each
appliance
flashes.
Perform tests in
Exit marking accordance
audible with
23. X Annually
notification manufacturer's
appliance published
instructions.
For initial,
reacceptance,
and periodic
testing, verify
emergency
control function
Emergency interface device
24. control X Annually activation.
functionss Where an
emergency
control function
interface device
is disabled or
disconnected
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
during initiating
device testing,
verify that the
disabled or
disconnected
emergency
control function
interface device
has been
properly
restored,
including
electromagnetic
devices used
for door
releasing
services as part
of a fire alarm
system.
Use the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions and
the as-built
drawings
provided by the
Two-way system supplier
emergency to verify correct
25. X Annually
communications operation after
systems the initial testing
phase has been
performed by
the supplier or
by the
supplier’s
designated
representative.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Special
26.
procedures
Verify time delay and
alarm response for
smoke detector
(1) Alarm verification X Annually
circuits identified as
having alarm
verification.
Verify
communications
between sending and
(2) Multiplex systems X Annually
receiving units under
both primary and
secondary power.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Supervising
station alarm
27. systems —
receiving
equipment
Perform tests on all
system functions and
features in
accordance with the
equipment
manufacturer’s
(1) All equipment X Monthly
published instructions
for correct operation
in conformance with
the applicable
sections of
Chapter 26.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Disconnect each
transmission means
in turn from the
(2) Digital alarm
DACR, and verify
communicator receiver X Monthly
audible and visual
(DACR)
annunciation of a
trouble signal in the
supervising station.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
under the following
conditions:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
verify receipt of
correct signals at the
supervising station:
Perform tests to
ensure the monitoring
of integrity of the
transmission
technology and
technology path.
Where a single
communications path
is used, disconnect
the communication
path. Verify that
(7) Performance- failure of the path is
X Monthly
based technologies annunciated at the
supervising station
within 60 minutes of
the failure (within
5 minutes for
communication
equipment installed
prior to adoption of
the 2013 edition of
NFPA 72). Restore
the communication
path. Where multiple
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
communication paths
are used, disconnect
both communication
paths and confirm
that failure of the path
is annunciated at the
supervising station
within not more than
6 hours of the failure
(within 24 hours for
communication
equipment installed
prior to adoption of
the 2013 edition of
NFPA 72). Restore
both communication
paths.
Public
emergency
alarm reporting
28.
system
transmission
equipment
Actuate publicly
accessible initiating
device(s) and verify
receipt of not less
than three complete
rounds of signal
impulses. Perform
(1) Publicly this test under normal
X Semiannually
accessible alarm box circuit conditions. If
the device is
equipped for open
circuit operation
(ground return), test it
in this condition as
one of the
semiannual tests.
Test each initiating
circuit of the auxiliary
box by actuation of a
protected premises
initiating device
(2) Auxiliary box X Annually
connected to that
circuit. Verify receipt
of not less than three
complete rounds of
signal impulses.
(3) Master box
(a) Manual Perform the tests
X Semiannually
operation prescribed for 28(a).
(b) Auxiliary Perform the tests
X Annually
operation prescribed for 28(b).
The following
procedures
Low-power describe
29. radio (wireless X N/A additional
systems) acceptance and
reacceptance
test methods to
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
verify wireless
protection
system
operation:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Mass
30. notification
systems
At a minimum, test
control equipment to
verify correct receipt
of alarm, supervisory,
and trouble signals
(inputs); operation of
evacuation signals
and auxiliary
functions (outputs);
(1) Functions X Annually circuit supervision,
including detection of
open circuits and
ground faults; and
power supply
supervision for
detection of loss of ac
power and
disconnection of
secondary batteries.
Verify the rating and
(2) Fuses X Annually
supervision.
Verify integrity of
single or multiple
circuits providing
interface between
two or more control
units. Test interfaced
equipment
(3) Interfaced connections by
X Annually
equipment operating or
simulating operation
of the equipment
being supervised.
Verify signals
required to be
transmitted at the
control unit.
Illuminate lamps and
(4) Lamps and LEDs X Annually
LEDs.
Disconnect all
secondary (standby)
power and test under
maximum load,
including all alarm
appliances requiring
(5) Primary (main) simultaneous
X Annually
power supply operation. Reconnect
all secondary
(standby) power at
end of test. For
redundant power
supplies, test each
separately.
(6) Audible textual Measure sound
notification appliances pressure level with a
(loudspeakers and sound level meter
X Annually meeting ANSI S1.4a,
other appliances to
convey voice Specifications for
messages) Sound Level Meters,
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Type 2 requirements.
Measure and record
levels throughout
protected area. Set
the sound level meter
in accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation Signal,
using the time-
weighted
characteristic F
(FAST). Record the
maximum output
when the audible
emergency
evacuation signal is
on.
Perform test in
accordance with
manufacturer’s
published
instructions. Verify
appliance locations to
be per approved
layout and confirm
that no floor plan
changes affect the
approved layout.
(7) Visual X Annually
Verify the candela
rating or method of
candela control
marking on each
visual appliance and
rating when reported
by the FACU agrees
with the approved
drawings. Confirm
that each appliance
flashes.
Review event log file
and verify that the
correct events were
logged. Review
system diagnostic log
file; correct
(8) Control unit deficiencies noted in
functions and no file. Delete unneeded
X Annually
diagnostic failures are log files. Delete
indicated unneeded error files.
Verify that sufficient
free disk space is
available. Verify
unobstructed flow of
cooling air is
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
available.
Change/clean filters,
cooling fans, and
intake vents.
Power down the
central control unit
(9) Control unit reset X Annually
computer and restart
it.
If remote control
software is loaded
onto the system,
(10) Control unit
X Annually verify that it is
security
disabled to prevent
unauthorized system
access.
Send out an alert to a
diverse set of
predesignated
(11) Audible/visual receiving devices and
X Annually
functional test confirm receipt.
Include at least one
of each type of
receiving device.
Make full system
software backup.
(12) Software backup X Annually Rotate backups
based on accepted
practice at site.
Disconnect ac power.
Verify the ac power
failure alarm status
(13) Secondary power on central control
X Annually
test equipment. With ac
power disconnected,
verify battery voltage
under load.
Check
forward/reflected
(14) Wireless signals X Annually
radio power is within
specifications.
Check
forward/reflected
radio power is within
(15) Antenna X Annually specifications. Verify
solid electrical
connections with no
observable corrosion.
Verify proper
operation and
(16) Transceivers X Annually
mounting is not
compromised.
aSome transmission equipment (such as, but not limited to, cable modems, fiber-optic interface nodes, and
VoIP interfaces) are typically powered by the building's electrical system using a secondary (standby)
power supply that does not meet the requirements of this Code. This is intended to ensure that the testing
authority verifies full secondary (standby) power as required by Chapter 10. Additionally, refer to Table
14.4.3.2, items 7 through 9, for secondary (standby) power supply testing.
bThe automatic transmission of the check-in (handshake) signal can take up to 60 minutes to occur.
cSee Table 14.4.3.2, Item 4(1) for the testing of transmission equipment.
dThe battery tests in Table 14.4.3.2 Item 9 are based on VRLA batteries and it is the intent that the tests
specified in (1) through (4) be performed in order. For other secondary battery types, refer to the battery
manufacturer’s published instructions or IEEE 450, Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and
Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, for vented lead-acid batteries, and
IEEE 1106, Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented
Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications, for nickel-cadmium batteries.
eExample: 4000 mAh × 1⁄25 = 160 mA charging current at 77°F (25°C).
fIf the charger is adjustable, adjust the output voltage to 2.265 volts per cell ±0.015 volts at 77°F (25°C) or
as specified by the alarm equipment manufacturer.
gSee A.14.4.3.2 Item 9(4). A load test per Item 9(5) is permitted in lieu of an ohmic test.
iThe voltmeter sensitivity has been changed from 1000 ohms per volt to 100 ohms per volt so that the false
ground readings (caused by induced voltages) are minimized.
jInitiating devices such as smoke detectors used for elevator recall, closing dampers, or releasing doors
held in the open position that are permitted by the Code (see9.6.3 of NFPA 101) to initiate supervisory
signals at the fire alarm control unit (FACU) should be tested at the same frequency (annual) as those
devices when they are generating an alarm signal. They are not supervisory devices, but they initiate a
supervisory signal at the FACU.
kFusible thermal link detectors are commonly used to close fire doors and fire dampers electrically
connected to the fire alarm control unit. They are actuated by the presence of external heat, which causes a
solder element in the link to fuse, or by an electric thermal device, which, when energized, generates heat
within the body of the link, causing the link to fuse and separate.
lNote, it is customary for the manufacturer of the smoke detector to test a particular product from an aerosol
provider to determine acceptability for use in smoke entry testing of their smoke detector/smoke alarm.
Magnets are not acceptable for smoke entry tests.
m There are some detectors that use magnets as a manufacturer's calibrated sensitivity test instrument.
nFor example, it might not be possible to individually test the heat sensor in a thermally enhanced smoke
detector.
oManufacturer's published instructions should be consulted to ensure a proper operational test. No
suppression gas or agent is expected to be discharged during the test of the solenoid. See Test Plan of
14.2.10.
pA monitor module installed on an interface device is not considered a supervisory device and therefore not
subject to the quarterly testing frequency requirement. Test frequencies for interface devices should be in
accordance with the applicable standard. For example, fire pump controller alarms such as phase reversal
are required to be tested annually. If a monitor module is installed to identify phase reversal on the fire
alarm control unit, it is not necessary to test for phase reversal four times a year.
qChapter 18 would require 15 dB over average ambient sound for public mode spaces. Sometimes the
ambient sound levels are different from what the design was based upon. Private operating mode would
require 10 dB over average ambient at the location of the device.
rWhere building, system, or occupancy changes have been observed, the owner should be notified of the
changes. New devices might need to be installed and tested per the initial acceptance testing criteria.
sSee A.14.4.3.2 and Table 14.4.3.2, Item 24.
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date: Thu Mar 28 16:20:45 EDT 2019
Committee: SIG-TMS
Committee Statement
[9.]
This revision makes three changes to the battery test methods in (9).
Firstly, with the introduction of a test method for temperature testing of batteries in (9)(1), there has
been confusion in the field as to where the ambient temperature should be taken. Some have
concluded that the ambient temperature should be taken in the room or area where the FACU cabinet
is located. However, the industry standard is for ambient temperature to be taken from inside the
cabinet, which is not currently stated. This revision clarifies that language and provides clarification
regarding the comparison of the battery cell/unit temperature with the ambient temperature
measurement.
Secondly, with regard to the semi-annual Ohmic Test in (9)(4), the phrase "and connected to the
charger" has created confusion in the field since the related annex note states that offline testing may
also be acceptable. Since Chapter 14's wording appears to indicate that testing online is the only
option, the reference to connection to the charger has been deleted, as that may not be the best
practice recommendation depending on the manufacture of the ohmic meter being utilized.
Finally, the revision in (9)(4) addresses the Ohmic Test method for VRLA batteries, changing "and" to
"or" to better indicate the intent of this test method. Either a conductance test "or" a
Resistance/Impedance test is required, not both.
[14.]
Wireless communications is added to Item 14 to address new technology. (See new sections
23.16.4.8 and 23.16.4.9 on Class A and Class B radio pathways.) The Technical Committee requests
that the Correlating Committee form a Task Group with members from SIG-TMS, SIG-PRO, SIG-
PRS, and SIG-FUN to address the requirements for these systems.
[17.]
Items 17(4)(c) and (d) are revised to minimize confusion with regard to the test method for non-
restorable, spot-type heat detectors.
In 17(9), only devices connected to protected premises systems are required to be tested annually.
Household CO devices are tested per Sections 14.4.6 or 14.4.8 and are under the scope of the (SIG-
HOU) Technical Committee.
Item 17(10)(b) is revised to correlate with 2019 changes made to Paragraph 17.17.2.2, particularly
(C) for valves that use lower settings. Also refer to A.17.17.2.2.
The test in 17(7)(d) is revised to permit the use of a listed feature that is capable of supervising
airflow to each sampling port, in lieu of a manual test.
The references to other items in the table are corrected in Item 17(7)(e).
The smoke entry test in 17(8) is for single-criteria detectors only. There is a separate entry in the table
for multi-criteria detectors.
[22.]
The direction in Chapter 14 regarding test methods for sound level testing for loudspeakers should
correlate with Chapter 18, which is to use the meter on alert tone signals only. This provides good
guidance for testing personnel, reminding them that audible information is not to be tested with the
meter.
The revision also removes "throughout the protected area," as it is unenforceable and undefined.
Language referencing the actual required performance metric has been added. Finally, "confirm" is
changed to "determine," as it is more reflective of the proper test reason.
[Table note d]
The added text in Table Note d facilitates a technology-based alternative to the current VRLA battery
testing procedure.
[Table note e]
Footnote "e" pertains to the charging current for Nickel-Cadmium batteries. However, this battery type
was deleted from the table in the 2019 edition, and the footnote was mistakenly retained. Footnote "e
" is, therefore, deleted.
[Annex]
With the introduction of new language for ohmic testing of batteries, there has been some confusion
in the field as to whether to conduct this test online or offline. While the test method in Chapter 14
states that the test is to be done online (connected to the charger), the related annex material stated
that offline testing is also acceptable. This revision clarifies that, while online testing is the preferred
method for the Ohmic Test, offline testing may be the recommended practice on the part of certain
ohmic meter manufacturers.
14.4.3.2*
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
1. All equipment X See Table 14.3.1.
Control
2. equipment and
transponder
Verify correct receipt
of alarm, supervisory,
and trouble signals
(inputs); operation of
evacuation signals
and auxiliary
functions (outputs);
circuit supervision,
(1) Functions X Annually including detection of
open circuits and
ground faults; and
power supply
supervision for
detection of loss of ac
power and
disconnection of
secondary batteries.
Verify rating and
(2) Fuses X Annually
supervision.
Verify integrity of
single or multiple
circuits providing
interface between
two or more control
units. Test interfaced
equipment
(3) Interfaced connections by
X Annually
equipment operating or
simulating operation
of the equipment
being supervised.
Verify signals
required to be
transmitted at the
control unit.
Illuminate lamps and
(4) Lamps and LEDs X Annually
LEDs.
Disconnect all
secondary (standby)
power and test under
maximum load,
including all alarm
appliances requiring
(5) Primary (main)
X Annually simultaneous
power supply
operation. Reconnect
all secondary
(standby) power at
end of test. Test
redundant power
supplies separately.
Alarm control
3. unit trouble
signals
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Verify operation of
control unit trouble
signals. Verify ring-
back feature for
(1) Audible and visual X Annually
systems using a
trouble-silencing
switch that requires
resetting.
If control unit has
disconnect or
isolating switches,
verify performance of
(2) Disconnect intended function of
X Annually
switches each switch. Verify
receipt of trouble
signal when a
supervised function is
disconnected.
If the system has a
ground detection
feature, verify the
occurrence of
(3) Ground-fault
X Annually ground-fault
monitoring circuit
indication whenever
any installation
conductor is
grounded.
Actuate an initiating
(4) Transmission of device and verify
signals to off-premises X Annually receipt of alarm
location signal at the off-
premises location.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Supervising
station alarm
4. systems —
transmission
equipment
aTest all system
functions and
features in
accordance with the
equipment
(1) All equipment X Annually manufacturer’s
published instructions
for correct operation
in conformance with
the applicable
sections of
Chapter 26.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Disconnect the
primary telephone
line. Verify
(3) Digital alarm radio transmission of a
X Annually
transmitter (DART) trouble signal to the
supervising station by
the DART occurs
within 4 minutes.
Actuate initiating
device. Verify
production of not less
(4) McCulloh than three complete
X Annually
transmitter rounds of not less
than three signal
impulses each by the
McCulloh transmitter.
(2) Ground
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
(2) Ground
Cause a fault
between elements of
the transmitting
equipment. Verify
(5) Radio alarm indication of the fault
X Annually
transmitter (RAT) at the protected
premises, or
transmission of
trouble signal to the
supervising station.
Perform tests to
ensure the monitoring
of integrity of the
transmission
technology and
technology
path.Where shared
communications
(6) Performance- equipment is used as
X Annually
based technologies permitted by
26.6.3.1.14, provided
secondary (standby)
power sources shall
be tested in
accordance with
Table 14.4.3.2, item
7, 8, or 9, as
applicable.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Emergency
5. communications
equipment
Verify correct
(1) Amplifier/tone switching and
X Annually
generators operation of backup
equipment.
Operate/function and
verify receipt of
(2) Call-in signal
X Annually correct visual and
silence
audible signals at
control unit.
Install phone set or
remove phone from
(3) Off-hook indicator
X Annually hook and verify
(ring down)
receipt of signal at
control unit.
Visually inspect
phone jack and
(4) Phone jacks X Annually initiate
communications path
through jack.
Actuate each phone
(5) Phone set X Annually set and verify correct
operation.
Operate the system
with a minimum of
(6) System any five handsets
X Annually
performance simultaneously. Verify
voice quality and
clarity.
If an engine-
driven
generator
dedicated to the
system is used
Engine-driven as a required
6. X Monthly
generator power source,
verify operation
of the generator
and transfer
switch in
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
accordance
with NFPA 110
by the building
owner.
If an ESS
system
dedicated to the
system is used
as a required
Energy storage power source,
7. X Annually
systems (ESS) verify by the
building owner
operation of the
ESS system in
accordance
with NFPA 111.
Disconnect all
primary (main)
power supplies
and verify the
occurrence of
required trouble
indication for
loss of primary
power. Measure
or verify the
system’s
standby and
alarm current
demand using
the equipment
manufacturer’s
data and verify
the battery’s
Secondary rated capacity
8. (standby) power X Annually exceeds the
supplyc system’s power
demand,
including the
safety margin.
Operate
general alarm
systems a
minimum of
5 minutes and
emergency
voice
communications
systems for a
minimum of
15 minutes.
Reconnect
primary (main)
power supply at
end of test.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Prior to
conducting
any battery
testing, verify
by the person
conducting th
VRLA battery test, that all
9.
and chargerd system
software
stored in
volatile
memory is
protected from
loss.
Upon initially opening
the cabinet door,
measure and record
the temperature of
each battery cell/unit
at the negative
terminal with an
(1) Temperature test X Semiannually
infrared thermometer.
Replace any battery
cell/unit if the
temperature is
greater than 18°F
(10°C) above
ambient.
With the battery fully
charged and
connected to the
(2) Charger testf X Semiannually charger, measure the
voltage across the
battery with a
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
voltmeter. Verify the
voltage is within the
battery/alarm
equipment
manufacturer’s
recommendations. If
the voltage is outside
of the specified limits,
either adjust the
charger to within
limits or replace the
charger.
With the battery fully
charged and
connected to the
charger, measure the
voltage of each
(3) Cell/Unit voltage
X Semiannually cell/unit with a
test
voltmeter. Replace
the battery when any
cell/unit measures a
voltage less than
13.26 volts.
When the battery is
installed, establish a
baseline ohmic value
for each battery
cell/unit or where
available use
baseline ohmic
(4) Ohmic testg X N/A values provided by
the battery or test
equipment
manufacturer. In
either case record the
base line ohmic value
on each battery
cell/unit.
Semiannually
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Replace the
battery or
conduct a loa
test of the
battery
capacity. Load
test the batter
based on the
manufacturer
specifications
for a discharg
rate of 3 hour
or more by
applying the
current
indicated for
the selected
hourly
discharge rate
continuously,
(5) until the
Replacement/Load 3 years terminal
testh voltage
decreases to
the end
voltage
specified by
the
manufacturer
Record the
test duration
and calculate
the battery
capacity
including
adjustment fo
ambient
temperature.
Replace the
battery if
capacity is
less than or
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
equal to 80%
or at the next
scheduled tes
interval if
battery
capacity is
less than 85%
Manual tests of
the power
supply for
public reporting
Public circuits shall be
emergency made and
10. alarm reporting X Daily recorded at
system — wired least once
system during each 24-
hour period.
Such tests shall
include the
following:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Verify the
correct
operation and
identification of
annunciators. If
Remote
11. X Annually provided, verify
annunciators
the correct
operation of
annunciator
under a fault
condition.
12. Reserved
13. Reserved
14. Reserved
Conductors —
15.
metallic
Test all installation
conductors with a
volt/ohmmeter to
verify that there are
no stray (unwanted)
voltages between
installation
conductors or
between installation
conductors and
(1) Stray voltage X N/A ground. Verify the
maximum allowable
stray voltage does
not exceed 1 volt
ac/dc, unless a
different threshold is
specified in the
manufacturer’s
published instructions
for the installed
equipment.
Test all installation
conductors, other
than those
intentionally and
permanently
grounded, for
(2) Ground faults X N/A
isolation from ground
per the installed
equipment
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Test all installation
conductors, other
than those
intentionally
connected together,
for conductor-to-
conductor isolation
(3) Short-circuit faults X N/A
per the
manufacturer’s
published instructions
for the installed
equipment. Also test
these same circuits
conductor-to-ground.
With each initiating
and indicating circuit
installation conductor
pair short-circuited at
the far end, measure
and record the
resistance of each
(4) Loop resistance X N/A circuit. Verify that the
loop resistance does
not exceed the limits
specified in the
manufacturer’s
published instructions
for the installed
equipment.
For initial and
reacceptance testing,
confirm the
introduction of a fault
in any circuit
monitored for integrity
results in a trouble
indication at the fire
alarm control unit.
Open one connection
at not less than
10 percent of the
(5) Circuit integrity X N/A
initiating devices,
notification
appliances and
controlled devices on
every initiating device
circuit, notification
appliance circuit, and
signaling line circuit.
Confirm all circuits
perform as indicated
in Sections 23.5,
23.6, and 23.7.
For periodic
testing, test
each initiating
device circuit,
notification
N/A Annually appliance
circuit, and
signaling line
circuit for
correct
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
indication at
the control
unit. Confirm
all circuits
perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5
23.6, and
23.7.
Conductors —
16.
nonmetallic
Test the fiber-optic
transmission line by
the use of an optical
power meter or by an
optical time domain
reflectometer used to
measure the relative
power loss of the line.
Test result data must
meet or exceed
(1) Fiber optics X N/A ANSI/TIA 568-C.3,
Optical Fiber Cabling
Components
Standard, related to
fiber-optic lines and
connection/splice
losses and the
control unit
manufacturer’s
published
specifications.
For initial and
reacceptance testing,
confirm the
introduction of a fault
in any circuit
monitored for integrity
results in a trouble
indication at the fire
alarm control unit.
Open one connection
at not less than
10 percent of the
(2) Circuit integrity X N/A
initiating devices,
notification
appliances, and
controlled devices on
every initiating device
circuit, notification
appliance circuit, and
signaling line circuit.
Confirm all circuits
perform as indicated
in Sections 23.5,
23.6, and 23.7.
For periodic
testing, test
each initiating
N/A Annually device circuit,
notification
appliance
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
circuit, and
signaling line
circuit for
correct
indication at
the control
unit. Confirm
all circuits
perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5
23.6, and
23.7.
Initiating
17.
devicesj
(1) Electromechanical
releasing device
Verify correct
operation by removal
(a) Nonrestorable-
X Annually of the fusible link and
type link
operation of the
associated device.
Verify correct
(b) Restorable-type operation by removal
X Annually of the fusible link and
linkk operation of the
associated device.
Operate the switch
(2) Fire extinguishing mechanically or
system(s) or electrically and verify
X Annually
suppression system(s) receipt of signal by
alarm switch the fire alarm control
unit.
Test fire–gas
detectors and other
fire detectors as
(3) Fire–gas and
X Annually prescribed by the
other detectors
manufacturer and as
necessary for the
application.
(4) Heat detectors
Perform heat test
with a listed and
labeled heat source
or in accordance with
the manufacturer’s
(a) Fixed- published
temperature, rate-of- instructions. Assure
rise, rate of that the test method
Annually (see
compensation, X for the installed
14.4.4.5)
restorable line, spot equipment does not
type (excluding damage the
pneumatic tube type) nonrestorable fixed-
temperature element
of a combination rate-
of-rise/fixed-
temperature element
detector.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Do not perform heat
test. Test functionality
mechanically and
(b) Fixed-
electrically. Measure
temperature, X Annually
and record loop
nonrestorable line type
resistance.
Investigate changes
from acceptance test.
After 15 years from
initial installation,
replace all devices or
have 2 detectors per
100 laboratory tested.
Replace the 2
detectors with new
devices. If a failure
(c) Fixed- occurs on any of the
temperature, X See Method detectors removed,
nonrestorable spot type remove and test
additional detectors
to determine either a
general problem
involving faulty
detectors or a
localized problem
involving 1 or 2
defective detectors.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
key-operated
presignal and general
alarm manual fire
alarm boxes.
Test flame detectors
and spark/ember
detectors in
accordance with the
(6) Radiant energy
X Semiannually manufacturer’s
fire detectors
published instructions
to determine that
each detector is
operative.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
all other ports or
points.
In addition to the
testing required in
Table
14.4.3.2.17 (g 7 )(1 a )
and Table
14.4.3.2.17 (h 8 ), test
duct smoke detectors
that use sampling
(e) Duct type X Annually tubes to ensure that
they will properly
sample the airstream
in the duct using a
method acceptable to
the manufacturer or
in accordance with
their published
instructions.
Test the detector by
introducing smoke,
(f) Projected beam
X Annually other aerosol, or an
type
optical filter into the
beam path.
Operate both portions
(g) Smoke detector of the detector
with built-in thermal X Annually independently as
element described for the
respective devices.
Verify that the control
capability remains
operable even if all of
(h) Smoke the initiating devices
detectors with control X Annually connected to the
output functions same initiating device
circuit or signaling
line circuit are in an
alarm state.
(8) Smoke detectors
— sensitivity testing
mPerform any of the
In other than one- following tests to
and two-family ensure that each
N/A See 14.4.4.3 smoke detector is
dwellings, system
detectors within its listed and
marked sensitivity
range:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
same initiating device
circuit or signaling
line circuit are in an
alarm state.
(10) Initiating
devices, supervisory
Operate valve and
verify signal receipt to
be within the first two
revolutions of the
handwheel or within
one-fifth of the travel
distance, or per the
(a) Control valve
X Semiannual manufacturer’s
switch
published
instructions. Continue
to cycle outside stem
and yoke valves and
verify switch does not
reset during full travel
of the valve stem.
Operate switch and
verify receipt of signal
is obtained where the
required pressure is
(b) High- or low-air increased or
X Annually
pressure switch decreased a
maximum 10 psi
(70 kPa) from the
required pressure
level.
Operate switch and
verify receipt of signal
is obtained before
pressure decreases
(c) Steam pressure X Annually to 110 percent of the
minimum operating
pressure of the
steam-operated
equipment.
Operate switch and
verify receipt of signal
is obtained where the
required pressure is
(d) Pressure increased or
supervisory devices for X Annually decreased from the
other sources normal operating
pressure by an
amount specified in
approved design
documents.
Operate switch and
verify receipt of signal
to indicate the
(e) Room decrease in room
X Annually
temperature switch temperature to 40°F
(4.4°C) and its
restoration to above
40°F (4.4°C).
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Operate switch and
verify receipt of signal
indicating the water
level raised or
lowered a maximum
3 in. (70 mm) from
(f) Water level the required level
X Annually
switch within a pressure
tank, or a maximum
12 in. (300 mm) from
the required level of a
nonpressure tank.
Also verify its restoral
to required level.
Operate switch and
verify receipt of signal
to indicate the
(g) Water decrease in water
X Annually
temperature switch temperature to 40°F
(4.4°C) and its
restoration to above
40°F (4.4°C).
Water shall be flowed
through an
inspector's test
connection indicating
the flow of water
equal to that from a
single sprinkler of the
smallest orifice size
(11) Mechanical, installed in the
electrosonic, or system or other listed
X Semiannually
pressure-type waterflow and approved
device waterflow switch test
methods for wet-pipe
systems, or an alarm
test bypass
connection for dry-
pipe, pre-action, or
deluge systems in
accordance with
NFPA 25.
Test each of the
detection principles
present within the
detector (e.g.,
smoke/heat/CO, etc.)
independently for the
(12) Multi-sensor fire
specific detection
detector or multi-criteria
principle, regardless
fire detector or X Annually
of the configuration
combination fire
status at the time of
detector
testing. Also test
each detector in
accordance with the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Special hazard
18.
equipment
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Operate abort switch
(1) Abort switch and verify correct
X Annually
(dead-man type) sequence and
operation.
Operate abort switch
and verify
(2) Abort switch development of
X Annually
(recycle type) correct matrix with
each sensor
operated.
Operate abort switch
and verify correct
sequence and
operation in
accordance with
(3) Abort switch
X Annually authority having
(special type)
jurisdiction. Observe
sequencing as
specified on as-built
drawings or in system
owner’s manual.
Operate one sensor
or detector on each
zone. Verify
occurrence of correct
(4) Cross-zone
X Annually sequence with
detection circuit
operation of first zone
and then with
operation of second
zone.
Operate all sensors
in system. Verify
development of
(5) Matrix-type circuit X Annually
correct matrix with
each sensor
operated.
(6) Release solenoid Verify operation of
X Annually
circuito solenoid.
Use AGI flashbulb or
other test light
(7) Squibb release approved by the
X Annually
circuit manufacturer. Verify
operation of flashbulb
or light.
Operate required
sensors at a
minimum of four
(8) Verified,
locations in circuit.
sequential, or counting X Annually
Verify correct
zone circuit
sequence with both
the first and second
detector in alarm.
(9) All above devices Verify supervision of
or circuits or X Annually circuits by creating an
combinations thereof open circuit.
Combination
19.
systems
(1) Fire extinguisher Test communication
electronic monitoring X Annually between the device
device/system connecting the fire
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
extinguisher
electronic monitoring
device/system and
the fire alarm control
unit to ensure proper
signals are received
at the fire alarm
control unit and
remote
annunciator(s) if
applicable.
Test communication
between the device
connecting the
carbon monoxide
device/system and
the fire alarm control
(2) Carbon
X Annually unit to ensure proper
monoxidedevice/system
signals are received
at the fire alarm
control unit and
remote
annunciator(s) if
applicable.
Test interface
equipment
connections by
operating or
simulating the
equipment
being
supervised.
Verify signals
required to be
transmitted are
Interface received at the
20. X See 14.4.4.4 control unit.
equipmentp Test frequency
for interface
equipment is
the same as the
frequency
required by the
applicable
NFPA
standard(s) for
the equipment
being
supervised.
Test the device
in accordance
Guard’s tour with the
21. X Annually
equipment manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Alarm
22. notification
appliances
For initial and
reacceptance testing,
(1) Audibleq X N/A measure sound
pressure levels for
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
signals with a sound
level meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level Meters,
Type 2 requirements.
Measure sound
pressure levels
throughout the
protected area to
confirm that they are
in compliance with
Chapter 18. Set the
sound level meter in
accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation (E2) and
Evacuation Signals
with Relocation
Instructions (ESRI),
using the time-
weighted
characteristic F
(FAST).
rFor periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually the operation
of the
notification
appliances.
For initial and
reacceptance testing,
measure sound
pressure levels for
signals with a sound
level meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level Meters,
Type 2 requirements.
Measure sound
pressure levels
(2) Audible textual throughout the
notification appliances protected area to
(loudspeakers and confirm that they are
X N/A in compliance with
other appliances to
convey voice Chapter 18. Set the
messages) sound level meter in
accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation (E2) and
Evacuation Signals
with Relocation
Instructions (ESRI),
using the time-
weighted
characteristic F
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
(FAST).
rFor periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually the operation
of the
notification
appliances.
Perform initial and
reacceptance testing
in accordance with
the manufacturer’s
published
instructions. Verify
appliance locations to
be per approved
layout and confirm
that no floor plan
changes affect the
(3) Visual X N/A approved layout.
Verify the candela
rating or method of
candela control
marking on each
visual appliance and
rating when reported
by the FACU agrees
with the approved
drawings. Confirm
that each appliance
flashes.
For periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually that each
appliance
flashes.
Perform tests in
Exit marking accordance
audible with
23. X Annually
notification manufacturer's
appliance published
instructions.
For initial,
reacceptance,
and periodic
testing, verify
emergency
control function
Emergency interface device
24. control X Annually activation.
functionss Where an
emergency
control function
interface device
is disabled or
disconnected
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
during initiating
device testing,
verify that the
disabled or
disconnected
emergency
control function
interface device
has been
properly
restored,
including
electromagnetic
devices used
for door
releasing
services as part
of a fire alarm
system.
Use the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions and
the as-built
drawings
provided by the
Two-way system supplier
emergency to verify correct
25. X Annually
communications operation after
systems the initial testing
phase has been
performed by
the supplier or
by the
supplier’s
designated
representative.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Special
26.
procedures
Verify time delay and
alarm response for
smoke detector
(1) Alarm verification X Annually
circuits identified as
having alarm
verification.
Verify
communications
between sending and
(2) Multiplex systems X Annually
receiving units under
both primary and
secondary power.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Supervising
station alarm
27. systems —
receiving
equipment
Perform tests on all
system functions and
features in
accordance with the
equipment
manufacturer’s
(1) All equipment X Monthly
published instructions
for correct operation
in conformance with
the applicable
sections of
Chapter 26.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Disconnect each
transmission means
in turn from the
(2) Digital alarm
DACR, and verify
communicator receiver X Monthly
audible and visual
(DACR)
annunciation of a
trouble signal in the
supervising station.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
under the following
conditions:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
verify receipt of
correct signals at the
supervising station:
Perform tests to
ensure the monitoring
of integrity of the
transmission
technology and
technology path.
Where a single
communications path
is used, disconnect
the communication
path. Verify that
(7) Performance- failure of the path is
X Monthly
based technologies annunciated at the
supervising station
within 60 minutes of
the failure (within
5 minutes for
communication
equipment installed
prior to adoption of
the 2013 edition of
NFPA 72). Restore
the communication
path. Where multiple
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
communication paths
are used, disconnect
both communication
paths and confirm
that failure of the path
is annunciated at the
supervising station
within not more than
6 hours of the failure
(within 24 hours for
communication
equipment installed
prior to adoption of
the 2013 edition of
NFPA 72). Restore
both communication
paths.
Public
emergency
alarm reporting
28.
system
transmission
equipment
Actuate publicly
accessible initiating
device(s) and verify
receipt of not less
than three complete
rounds of signal
impulses. Perform
(1) Publicly this test under normal
X Semiannually
accessible alarm box circuit conditions. If
the device is
equipped for open
circuit operation
(ground return), test it
in this condition as
one of the
semiannual tests.
Test each initiating
circuit of the auxiliary
box by actuation of a
protected premises
initiating device
(2) Auxiliary box X Annually
connected to that
circuit. Verify receipt
of not less than three
complete rounds of
signal impulses.
(3) Master box
(a) Manual Perform the tests
X Semiannually
operation prescribed for 28(a).
(b) Auxiliary Perform the tests
X Annually
operation prescribed for 28(b).
The following
procedures
Low-power describe
29. radio (wireless X N/A additional
systems) acceptance and
reacceptance
test methods to
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
verify wireless
protection
system
operation:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Mass
30. notification
systems
At a minimum, test
control equipment to
verify correct receipt
of alarm, supervisory,
and trouble signals
(inputs); operation of
evacuation signals
and auxiliary
functions (outputs);
(1) Functions X Annually circuit supervision,
including detection of
open circuits and
ground faults; and
power supply
supervision for
detection of loss of ac
power and
disconnection of
secondary batteries.
Verify the rating and
(2) Fuses X Annually
supervision.
Verify integrity of
single or multiple
circuits providing
interface between
two or more control
units. Test interfaced
equipment
(3) Interfaced connections by
X Annually
equipment operating or
simulating operation
of the equipment
being supervised.
Verify signals
required to be
transmitted at the
control unit.
Illuminate lamps and
(4) Lamps and LEDs X Annually
LEDs.
Disconnect all
secondary (standby)
power and test under
maximum load,
including all alarm
appliances requiring
(5) Primary (main) simultaneous
X Annually
power supply operation. Reconnect
all secondary
(standby) power at
end of test. For
redundant power
supplies, test each
separately.
(6) Audible textual Measure sound
notification appliances pressure level with a
(loudspeakers and sound level meter
X Annually meeting ANSI S1.4a,
other appliances to
convey voice Specifications for
messages) Sound Level Meters,
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Type 2 requirements.
Measure and record
levels throughout
protected area. Set
the sound level meter
in accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation Signal,
using the time-
weighted
characteristic F
(FAST). Record the
maximum output
when the audible
emergency
evacuation signal is
on.
Perform test in
accordance with
manufacturer’s
published
instructions. Verify
appliance locations to
be per approved
layout and confirm
that no floor plan
changes affect the
approved layout.
(7) Visual X Annually
Verify the candela
rating or method of
candela control
marking on each
visual appliance and
rating when reported
by the FACU agrees
with the approved
drawings. Confirm
that each appliance
flashes.
Review event log file
and verify that the
correct events were
logged. Review
system diagnostic log
file; correct
(8) Control unit deficiencies noted in
functions and no file. Delete unneeded
X Annually
diagnostic failures are log files. Delete
indicated unneeded error files.
Verify that sufficient
free disk space is
available. Verify
unobstructed flow of
cooling air is
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
available.
Change/clean filters,
cooling fans, and
intake vents.
Power down the
central control unit
(9) Control unit reset X Annually
computer and restart
it.
If remote control
software is loaded
onto the system,
(10) Control unit
X Annually verify that it is
security
disabled to prevent
unauthorized system
access.
Send out an alert to a
diverse set of
predesignated
(11) Audible/visual receiving devices and
X Annually
functional test confirm receipt.
Include at least one
of each type of
receiving device.
Make full system
software backup.
(12) Software backup X Annually Rotate backups
based on accepted
practice at site.
Disconnect ac power.
Verify the ac power
failure alarm status
(13) Secondary power on central control
X Annually
test equipment. With ac
power disconnected,
verify battery voltage
under load.
Check
forward/reflected
(14) Wireless signals X Annually
radio power is within
specifications.
Check
forward/reflected
radio power is within
(15) Antenna X Annually specifications. Verify
solid electrical
connections with no
observable corrosion.
Verify proper
operation and
(16) Transceivers X Annually
mounting is not
compromised.
aSome transmission equipment (such as, but not limited to, cable modems, fiber-optic interface nodes, and
VoIP interfaces) are typically powered by the building's electrical system using a secondary (standby)
power supply that does not meet the requirements of this Code. This is intended to ensure that the testing
authority verifies full secondary (standby) power as required by Chapter 10. Additionally, refer to Table
14.4.3.2, items 7 through 9, for secondary (standby) power supply testing.
bThe automatic transmission of the check-in (handshake) signal can take up to 60 minutes to occur.
cSee Table 14.4.3.2, Item 4(1) for the testing of transmission equipment.
dThe battery tests in Table 14.4.3.2 Item 9 are based on VRLA batteries and it is the intent that the tests
specified in (1) through (4) be performed in order. For other secondary battery types, refer to the battery
manufacturer’s published instructions or IEEE 450, Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and
Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, for vented lead-acid batteries, and
IEEE 1106, Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented
Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications, for nickel-cadmium batteries.
eExample: 4000 mAh × 1⁄25 = 160 mA charging current at 77°F (25°C).
fIf the charger is adjustable, adjust the output voltage to 2.265 volts per cell ±0.015 volts at 77°F (25°C) or
as specified by the alarm equipment manufacturer.
gSee A.14.4.3.2 Item 9(4). A load test per Item 9(5) is permitted in lieu of an ohmic test.
iThe voltmeter sensitivity has been changed from 1000 ohms per volt to 100 ohms per volt so that the false
ground readings (caused by induced voltages) are minimized.
jInitiating devices such as smoke detectors used for elevator recall, closing dampers, or releasing doors
held in the open position that are permitted by the Code (see9.6.3 of NFPA 101) to initiate supervisory
signals at the fire alarm control unit (FACU) should be tested at the same frequency (annual) as those
devices when they are generating an alarm signal. They are not supervisory devices, but they initiate a
supervisory signal at the FACU.
kFusible thermal link detectors are commonly used to close fire doors and fire dampers electrically
connected to the fire alarm control unit. They are actuated by the presence of external heat, which causes a
solder element in the link to fuse, or by an electric thermal device, which, when energized, generates heat
within the body of the link, causing the link to fuse and separate.
lNote, it is customary for the manufacturer of the smoke detector to test a particular product from an aerosol
provider to determine acceptability for use in smoke entry testing of their smoke detector/smoke alarm.
Magnets are not acceptable for smoke entry tests.
m There are some detectors that use magnets as a manufacturer's calibrated sensitivity test instrument.
nFor example, it might not be possible to individually test the heat sensor in a thermally enhanced smoke
detector.
oManufacturer's published instructions should be consulted to ensure a proper operational test. No
suppression gas or agent is expected to be discharged during the test of the solenoid. See Test Plan of
14.2.10.
pA monitor module installed on an interface device is not considered a supervisory device and therefore not
subject to the quarterly testing frequency requirement. Test frequencies for interface devices should be in
accordance with the applicable standard. For example, fire pump controller alarms such as phase reversal
are required to be tested annually. If a monitor module is installed to identify phase reversal on the fire
alarm control unit, it is not necessary to test for phase reversal four times a year.
qChapter 18 would require 15 dB over average ambient sound for public mode spaces. Sometimes the
ambient sound levels are different from what the design was based upon. Private operating mode would
require 10 dB over average ambient at the location of the device.
rWhere building, system, or occupancy changes have been observed, the owner should be notified of the
changes. New devices might need to be installed and tested per the initial acceptance testing criteria.
sSee A.14.4.3.2 and Table 14.4.3.2, Item 24.
Street Address:
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date: Thu Mar 28 16:28:01 EDT 2019
Committee: SIG-TMS
Committee Statement
[9.]
This revision makes three changes to the battery test methods in (9).
Firstly, with the introduction of a test method for temperature testing of batteries in (9)(1), there has
been confusion in the field as to where the ambient temperature should be taken. Some have
concluded that the ambient temperature should be taken in the room or area where the FACU cabinet
is located. However, the industry standard is for ambient temperature to be taken from inside the
cabinet, which is not currently stated. This revision clarifies that language and provides clarification
regarding the comparison of the battery cell/unit temperature with the ambient temperature
measurement.
Secondly, with regard to the semi-annual Ohmic Test in (9)(4), the phrase "and connected to the
charger" has created confusion in the field since the related annex note states that offline testing may
also be acceptable. Since Chapter 14's wording appears to indicate that testing online is the only
option, the reference to connection to the charger has been deleted, as that may not be the best
practice recommendation depending on the manufacture of the ohmic meter being utilized.
Finally, the revision in (9)(4) addresses the Ohmic Test method for VRLA batteries, changing "and" to
"or" to better indicate the intent of this test method. Either a conductance test "or" a
Resistance/Impedance test is required, not both.
[14.]
Wireless communications is added to Item 14 to address new technology. (See new sections
23.16.4.8 and 23.16.4.9 on Class A and Class B radio pathways.) The Technical Committee requests
that the Correlating Committee form a Task Group with members from SIG-TMS, SIG-PRO, SIG-
PRS, and SIG-FUN to address the requirements for these systems.
[17.]
Items 17(4)(c) and (d) are revised to minimize confusion with regard to the test method for non-
restorable, spot-type heat detectors.
In 17(9), only devices connected to protected premises systems are required to be tested annually.
Household CO devices are tested per Sections 14.4.6 or 14.4.8 and are under the scope of the (SIG-
HOU) Technical Committee.
Item 17(10)(b) is revised to correlate with 2019 changes made to Paragraph 17.17.2.2, particularly
(C) for valves that use lower settings. Also refer to A.17.17.2.2.
The test in 17(7)(d) is revised to permit the use of a listed feature that is capable of supervising
airflow to each sampling port, in lieu of a manual test.
The references to other items in the table are corrected in Item 17(7)(e).
The smoke entry test in 17(8) is for single-criteria detectors only. There is a separate entry in the table
for multi-criteria detectors.
[22.]
The direction in Chapter 14 regarding test methods for sound level testing for loudspeakers should
correlate with Chapter 18, which is to use the meter on alert tone signals only. This provides good
guidance for testing personnel, reminding them that audible information is not to be tested with the
meter.
The revision also removes "throughout the protected area," as it is unenforceable and undefined.
Language referencing the actual required performance metric has been added. Finally, "confirm" is
changed to "determine," as it is more reflective of the proper test reason.
[Table note d]
The added text in Table Note d facilitates a technology-based alternative to the current VRLA battery
testing procedure.
[Table note e]
Footnote "e" pertains to the charging current for Nickel-Cadmium batteries. However, this battery type
was deleted from the table in the 2019 edition, and the footnote was mistakenly retained. Footnote "e
" is, therefore, deleted.
[Annex]
With the introduction of new language for ohmic testing of batteries, there has been some confusion
in the field as to whether to conduct this test online or offline. While the test method in Chapter 14
states that the test is to be done online (connected to the charger), the related annex material stated
that offline testing is also acceptable. This revision clarifies that, while online testing is the preferred
method for the Ohmic Test, offline testing may be the recommended practice on the part of certain
ohmic meter manufacturers.
14.4.3.2*
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
1. All equipment X See Table 14.3.1.
Control
2. equipment and
transponder
Verify correct
receipt of alarm,
supervisory, and
trouble signals
(inputs); operation
of evacuation
signals and
auxiliary functions
(outputs); circuit
supervision,
(1) Functions X Annually including
detection of open
circuits and
ground faults; and
power supply
supervision for
detection of loss
of ac power and
disconnection of
secondary
batteries.
Verify rating and
(2) Fuses X Annually
supervision.
Verify integrity of
single or multiple
circuits providing
interface between
two or more
control units. Test
interfaced
equipment
(3) Interfaced
X Annually connections by
equipment
operating or
simulating
operation of the
equipment being
supervised. Verify
signals required to
be transmitted at
the control unit.
Illuminate lamps
(4) Lamps and LEDs X Annually
and LEDs.
Disconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
and test under
maximum load,
including all alarm
(5) Primary (main) appliances
X Annually
power supply requiring
simultaneous
operation.
Reconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
at end of test. Test
redundant power
supplies
separately.
Alarm control
3. unit trouble
signals
Verify operation of
control unit
trouble signals.
Verify ring-back
(1) Audible and visual X Annually feature for
systems using a
trouble-silencing
switch that
requires resetting.
If control unit has
disconnect or
isolating switches,
verify
performance of
intended function
(2) Disconnect
X Annually of each switch.
switches
Verify receipt of
trouble signal
when a
supervised
function is
disconnected.
If the system has
a ground
detection feature,
verify the
occurrence of
(3) Ground-fault
X Annually ground-fault
monitoring circuit
indication
whenever any
installation
conductor is
grounded.
Actuate an
initiating device
(4) Transmission of
and verify receipt
signals to off-premises X Annually
of alarm signal at
location
the off-premises
location.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Supervising
station alarm
4. systems —
transmission
equipment
aTest all system
functions and
features in
accordance with
the equipment
manufacturer’s
(1) All equipment X Annually published
instructions for
correct operation
in conformance
with the
applicable
sections of
Chapter 26.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Except for DACTs
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72 that are
connected to a
telephone line
(2) Digital alarm (number) that is
communicator X Annually also supervised
transmitter (DACT) for adverse
conditions by a
derived local
channel, ensure
connection of the
DACT to two
separate means
of transmission.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Disconnect the
primary telephone
line. Verify
transmission of a
(3) Digital alarm radio
X Annually trouble signal to
transmitter (DART)
the supervising
station by the
DART occurs
within 4 minutes.
Actuate initiating
device. Verify
production of not
less than three
(4) McCulloh complete rounds
X Annually
transmitter of not less than
three signal
impulses each by
the McCulloh
transmitter.
(2) Ground
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
(2) Ground
Cause a fault
between elements
of the transmitting
equipment. Verify
indication of the
(5) Radio alarm fault at the
X Annually
transmitter (RAT) protected
premises, or
transmission of
trouble signal to
the supervising
station.
Perform tests to
ensure the
monitoring of
integrity of the
transmission
technology and
technology
path.Where
shared
communications
(6) Performance- equipment is used
X Annually
based technologies as permitted by
26.6.3.1.14,
provided
secondary
(standby) power
sources shall be
tested in
accordance with
Table 14.4.3.2,
item 7, 8, or 9, as
applicable.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
W
c
p
u
d
b
c
p
M
in
a
tr
V
p
c
a
th
w
2
o
tr
fa
R
c
p
Emergency
5. communications
equipment
Verify correct
switching and
(1) Amplifier/tone
X Annually operation of
generators
backup
equipment.
Operate/function
(2) Call-in signal and verify receipt
X Annually of correct visual
silence
and audible
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
signals at control
unit.
Install phone set
or remove phone
(3) Off-hook indicator from hook and
X Annually
(ring down) verify receipt of
signal at control
unit.
Visually inspect
phone jack and
(4) Phone jacks X Annually initiate
communications
path through jack.
Actuate each
phone set and
(5) Phone set X Annually
verify correct
operation.
Operate the
system with a
minimum of any
(6) System
X Annually five handsets
performance
simultaneously.
Verify voice
quality and clarity.
If an engine-
driven
generator
dedicated to the
system is used
as a required
power source,
Engine-driven
6. X Monthly verify operation
generator
of the generator
and transfer
switch in
accordance
with NFPA 110
by the building
owner.
If an ESS
system
dedicated to the
system is used
as a required
Energy storage power source,
7. X Annually
systems (ESS) verify by the
building owner
operation of the
ESS system in
accordance
with NFPA 111.
Disconnect all
primary (main)
power supplies
and verify the
Secondary occurrence of
8. (standby) power X Annually required trouble
supplyc indication for
loss of primary
power. Measure
or verify the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
system’s
standby and
alarm current
demand using
the equipment
manufacturer’s
data and verify
the battery’s
rated capacity
exceeds the
system’s power
demand,
including the
safety margin.
Operate
general alarm
systems a
minimum of
5 minutes and
emergency
voice
communications
systems for a
minimum of
15 minutes.
Reconnect
primary (main)
power supply at
end of test.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Prior to
conducting
any battery
testing, verify
by the person
conducting the
VRLA battery test, that all
9.
and chargerd system
software
stored in
volatile
memory is
protected from
loss.
Upon initially
opening the
cabinet door,
measure and
record the
temperature of
each battery
cell/unit at the
(1) Temperature test X Semiannually negative terminal
with an infrared
thermometer.
Replace any
battery cell/unit if
the temperature is
greater than 18°F
(10°C) above
ambient.
With the battery
fully charged and
connected to the
charger, measure
the voltage across
the battery with a
voltmeter. Verify
the voltage is
within the
battery/alarm
(2) Charger testf X Semiannually
equipment
manufacturer’s
recommendations.
If the voltage is
outside of the
specified limits,
either adjust the
charger to within
limits or replace
the charger.
With the battery
fully charged and
connected to the
charger, measure
(3) Cell/Unit voltage the voltage of
X Semiannually
test each cell/unit with
a voltmeter.
Replace the
battery when any
cell/unit measures
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
a voltage less
than 13.26 volts.
When the battery
is installed,
establish a
baseline ohmic
value for each
battery cell/unit or
where available
use baseline
ohmic values
(4) Ohmic testg X N/A
provided by the
battery or test
equipment
manufacturer. In
either case record
the base line
ohmic value on
each battery
cell/unit.
W
b
c
c
th
m
in
v
b
c
R
te
o
o
c
R
b
th
m
o
d
Semiannually th
e
b
3
fo
c
a
o
re
im
W
b
e
m
b
v
u
th
w
c
in
v
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
o
a
ra
Replace the
battery or
conduct a load
test of the
battery
capacity. Load
test the battery
based on the
manufacturer’s
specifications
for a discharge
rate of 3 hours
or more by
applying the
current
indicated for
the selected
hourly
discharge rate
continuously,
until the
terminal
voltage
(5) decreases to
Replacement/Load 3 years the end
testh voltage
specified by
the
manufacturer.
Record the
test duration
and calculate
the battery
capacity
including
adjustment for
ambient
temperature.
Replace the
battery if
capacity is
less than or
equal to 80%
or at the next
scheduled test
interval if
battery
capacity is
less than 85%.
Manual tests of
the power
supply for
Public public reporting
emergency circuits shall be
10. alarm reporting X Daily made and
system — wired recorded at
system least once
during each 24-
hour period.
Such tests shall
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
include the
following:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Verify the
correct
Remote operation and
11. X Annually
annunciators identification of
annunciators. If
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
provided, verify
the correct
operation of
annunciator
under a fault
condition.
12. Reserved
13. Reserved
14. Reserved
Conductors —
15.
metallic
Test all installation
conductors with a
volt/ohmmeter to
verify that there
are no stray
(unwanted)
voltages between
installation
conductors or
between
installation
conductors and
(1) Stray voltage X N/A ground. Verify the
maximum
allowable stray
voltage does not
exceed 1 volt
ac/dc, unless a
different threshold
is specified in the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
installed
equipment.
Test all installation
conductors, other
than those
intentionally and
permanently
grounded, for
(2) Ground faults X N/A isolation from
ground per the
installed
equipment
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Test all installation
conductors, other
than those
intentionally
connected
together, for
(3) Short-circuit faults X N/A conductor-to-
conductor
isolation per the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
installed
equipment. Also
test these same
circuits conductor-
to-ground.
With each
initiating and
indicating circuit
installation
conductor pair
short-circuited at
the far end,
measure and
record the
resistance of each
(4) Loop resistance X N/A circuit. Verify that
the loop
resistance does
not exceed the
limits specified in
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
installed
equipment.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, confirm
the introduction of
a fault in any
circuit monitored
for integrity results
in a trouble
indication at the
fire alarm control
unit. Open one
connection at not
less than
10 percent of the
(5) Circuit integrity X N/A
initiating devices,
notification
appliances and
controlled devices
on every initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance circuit,
and signaling line
circuit. Confirm all
circuits perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and 23.7.
For periodic
testing, test
each initiating
device circuit,
N/A Annually notification
appliance
circuit, and
signaling line
circuit for
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
correct
indication at
the control
unit. Confirm
all circuits
perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and
23.7.
Conductors —
16.
nonmetallic
Test the fiber-optic
transmission line
by the use of an
optical power
meter or by an
optical time
domain
reflectometer
used to measure
the relative power
loss of the line.
Test result data
must meet or
(1) Fiber optics X N/A
exceed ANSI/TIA
568-C.3, Optical
Fiber Cabling
Components
Standard, related
to fiber-optic lines
and
connection/splice
losses and the
control unit
manufacturer’s
published
specifications.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, confirm
the introduction of
a fault in any
circuit monitored
for integrity results
in a trouble
indication at the
fire alarm control
unit. Open one
connection at not
(2) Circuit integrity X N/A less than
10 percent of the
initiating devices,
notification
appliances, and
controlled devices
on every initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance circuit,
and signaling line
circuit. Confirm all
circuits perform as
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and 23.7.
For periodic
testing, test
each initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance
circuit, and
signaling line
circuit for
N/A Annually correct
indication at
the control
unit. Confirm
all circuits
perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and
23.7.
Initiating
17.
devicesj
(1) Electromechanical
releasing device
Verify correct
operation by
removal of the
(a) Nonrestorable-
X Annually fusible link and
type link
operation of the
associated
device.
Verify correct
operation by
(b) Restorable-type removal of the
X Annually fusible link and
linkk operation of the
associated
device.
Operate the
switch
(2) Fire extinguishing
mechanically or
system(s) or
X Annually electrically and
suppression system(s)
verify receipt of
alarm switch
signal by the fire
alarm control unit.
Test fire–gas
detectors and
other fire
(3) Fire–gas and detectors as
X Annually
other detectors prescribed by the
manufacturer and
as necessary for
the application.
(4) Heat detectors
(a) Fixed- Perform heat test
temperature, rate-of- Annually (see with a listed and
rise, rate of X labeled heat
14.4.4.5)
compensation, source or in
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Assure that the
test method for
restorable line, spot the installed
type (excluding equipment does
pneumatic tube type) not damage the
nonrestorable
fixed-temperature
element of a
combination rate-
of-rise/fixed-
temperature
element detector.
Do not perform
heat test. Test
functionality
mechanically and
(b) Fixed- electrically.
temperature, X Annually Measure and
nonrestorable line type record loop
resistance.
Investigate
changes from
acceptance test.
After 15 years
from initial
installation,
replace all
devices or have 2
detectors per 100
laboratory tested.
Replace the 2
detectors with
new devices. If a
failure occurs on
(c) Fixed-
any of the
temperature, X See Method
detectors
nonrestorable spot type
removed, remove
and test additional
detectors to
determine either a
general problem
involving faulty
detectors or a
localized problem
involving 1 or 2
defective
detectors.
Do not perform
(d) Nonrestorable heat tests. Test
X Annually functionality
(general)
mechanically and
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
electrically.
Perform heat tests
(where test
chambers are in
circuit), with a
listed and labeled
heat source or in
(e) Restorable line accordance with
type, pneumatic tube X Annually the
only manufacturer's
published
instructions of the
detector or
conduct a test
with pressure
pump.
Conduct
functional tests
according to
manufacturer’s
(f) Single- and
published
multiple-station heat X Annually
instructions. Do
alarms
not test
nonrestorable
heat detectors
with heat.
Operate manual
fire alarm boxes
per the
manufacturer’s
published
(5) Manual fire alarm
X Annually instructions. Test
boxes
both key-operated
presignal and
general alarm
manual fire alarm
boxes.
Test flame
detectors and
spark/ember
detectors in
accordance with
(6) Radiant energy the
X Semiannually
fire detectors manufacturer’s
published
instructions to
determine that
each detector is
operative.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
instructions. Other
methods listed in
the
manufacturer's
published
instructions that
ensure smoke
entry from the
protected area,
through the vents,
into the sensing
chamber can be
used.
Perform a
functional test on
all single- and
multiple-station
(b) Single- and
smoke alarms
multiple-station smoke
connected to a
alarms connected to X Annually
protected
protected premises
premises fire
systems
alarm system by
putting the smoke
alarm into an
alarm condition.
Conduct
(c) System smoke functional tests
detectors used in one- according to
X Annually
and two-family manufacturer’s
dwellings published
instructions.
Test with smoke
or a listed and
labeled product
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
(d) Air sampling X Annually
instructions. Test
from the end
sampling port or
point on each pipe
run. Verify airflow
through all other
ports or points.
In addition to the
testing required in
Table
14.4.3.2(g)(1) and
Table 14.4.3.2(h),
test duct smoke
(e) Duct type X Annually detectors that use
sampling tubes to
ensure that they
will properly
sample the
airstream in the
duct using a
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
method
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
instructions.
Test the detector
by introducing
(f) Projected beam smoke, other
X Annually
type aerosol, or an
optical filter into
the beam path.
Operate both
portions of the
(g) Smoke detector detector
with built-in thermal X Annually independently as
element described for the
respective
devices.
Verify that the
control capability
remains operable
even if all of the
(h) Smoke initiating devices
detectors with control X Annually connected to the
output functions same initiating
device circuit or
signaling line
circuit are in an
alarm state.
(8) Smoke detectors
— sensitivity testing
mPerform any of
the following tests
In other than one- to ensure that
and two-family
N/A See 14.4.4.3 each smoke
dwellings, system detector is within
detectors its listed and
marked sensitivity
range:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
device circuit or
signaling line
circuit are in an
alarm state.
(10) Initiating
devices, supervisory
Operate valve and
verify signal
receipt to be
within the first two
revolutions of the
handwheel or
within one-fifth of
the travel
distance, or per
(a) Control valve the
X Semiannual
switch manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Continue to cycle
outside stem and
yoke valves and
verify switch does
not reset during
full travel of the
valve stem.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained where
the required
(b) High- or low-air pressure is
X Annually
pressure switch increased or
decreased a
maximum 10 psi
(70 kPa) from the
required pressure
level.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained before
pressure
decreases to
(c) Steam pressure X Annually
110 percent of the
minimum
operating
pressure of the
steam-operated
equipment.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained where
the required
(d) Pressure pressure is
supervisory devices for X Annually increased or
other sources decreased from
the normal
operating
pressure by an
amount specified
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
in approved
design
documents.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal to
indicate the
(e) Room decrease in room
X Annually
temperature switch temperature to
40°F (4.4°C) and
its restoration to
above 40°F
(4.4°C).
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal
indicating the
water level raised
or lowered a
maximum 3 in.
(70 mm) from the
(f) Water level required level
X Annually
switch within a pressure
tank, or a
maximum 12 in.
(300 mm) from the
required level of a
nonpressure tank.
Also verify its
restoral to
required level.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal to
indicate the
(g) Water decrease in water
X Annually
temperature switch temperature to
40°F (4.4°C) and
its restoration to
above 40°F
(4.4°C).
Water shall be
flowed through an
inspector's test
connection
indicating the flow
of water equal to
that from a single
sprinkler of the
smallest orifice
(11) Mechanical, size installed in
electrosonic, or
X Semiannually the system or
pressure-type waterflow other listed and
device approved
waterflow switch
test methods for
wet-pipe systems,
or an alarm test
bypass
connection for
dry-pipe, pre-
action, or deluge
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
systems in
accordance with
NFPA 25.
Test each of the
detection
principles present
within the detector
(e.g.,
smoke/heat/CO,
etc.)
independently for
(12) Multi-sensor fire the specific
detector or multi-criteria detection
fire detector or X Annually principle,
combination fire regardless of the
detector configuration
status at the time
of testing. Also
test each detector
in accordance
with the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
T
s
to
te
a
in
s
re
b
P
a
fo
re
d
in
th
p
th
c
e
e
c
(m
a
e
s
c
th
re
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
C
re
s
th
in
th
c
W
in
s
c
te
in
te
p
s
R
te
re
Special hazard
18.
equipment
Operate abort
(1) Abort switch switch and verify
X Annually
(dead-man type) correct sequence
and operation.
Operate abort
switch and verify
(2) Abort switch development of
X Annually
(recycle type) correct matrix with
each sensor
operated.
Operate abort
switch and verify
correct sequence
and operation in
accordance with
authority having
(3) Abort switch
X Annually jurisdiction.
(special type)
Observe
sequencing as
specified on as-
built drawings or
in system owner’s
manual.
Operate one
sensor or detector
on each zone.
Verify occurrence
(4) Cross-zone of correct
X Annually
detection circuit sequence with
operation of first
zone and then
with operation of
second zone.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Operate all
sensors in
system. Verify
(5) Matrix-type circuit X Annually development of
correct matrix with
each sensor
operated.
(6) Release solenoid Verify operation of
X Annually
circuito solenoid.
Use AGI flashbulb
or other test light
(7) Squibb release approved by the
X Annually
circuit manufacturer.
Verify operation of
flashbulb or light.
Operate required
sensors at a
minimum of four
(8) Verified, locations in circuit.
sequential, or counting X Annually Verify correct
zone circuit sequence with
both the first and
second detector in
alarm.
Verify supervision
(9) All above devices
of circuits by
or circuits or X Annually
creating an open
combinations thereof
circuit.
Combination
19.
systems
Test
communication
between the
device connecting
the fire
extinguisher
electronic
monitoring
(1) Fire extinguisher
device/system
electronic monitoring X Annually
and the fire alarm
device/system
control unit to
ensure proper
signals are
received at the fire
alarm control unit
and remote
annunciator(s) if
applicable.
Test
communication
between the
device connecting
the carbon
monoxide
(2) Carbon device/system
X Annually
monoxidedevice/system and the fire alarm
control unit to
ensure proper
signals are
received at the fire
alarm control unit
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
and remote
annunciator(s) if
applicable.
Test interface
equipment
connections by
operating or
simulating the
equipment
being
supervised.
Verify signals
required to be
transmitted are
Interface received at the
20. X See 14.4.4.4 control unit.
equipmentp Test frequency
for interface
equipment is
the same as the
frequency
required by the
applicable
NFPA
standard(s) for
the equipment
being
supervised.
Test the device
in accordance
Guard’s tour with the
21. X Annually
equipment manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Alarm
22. notification
appliances
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, measure
sound pressure
levels for signals
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure sound
(1) Audibleq X N/A
pressure levels
throughout the
protected area to
confirm that they
are in compliance
with Chapter 18.
Set the sound
level meter in
accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Standard Audible
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Emergency
Evacuation (E2)
and Evacuation
Signals with
Relocation
Instructions
(ESRI), using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST).
rFor periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually the operation
of the
notification
appliances.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, measure
sound pressure
levels for signals
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure sound
pressure levels
throughout the
(2) Audible textual
protected area to
notification appliances
confirm that they
(loudspeakers and
X N/A are in compliance
other appliances to
with Chapter 18.
convey voice
Set the sound
messages)
level meter in
accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation (E2)
and Evacuation
Signals with
Relocation
Instructions
(ESRI), using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST).
rFor periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually the operation
of the
notification
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
appliances.
Perform initial and
reacceptance
testing in
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions. Verify
appliance
locations to be per
approved layout
and confirm that
no floor plan
(3) Visual X N/A changes affect the
approved layout.
Verify the candela
rating or method
of candela control
marking on each
visual appliance
and rating when
reported by the
FACU agrees with
the approved
drawings. Confirm
that each
appliance flashes.
For periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually that each
appliance
flashes.
Perform tests in
Exit marking accordance
audible with
23. X Annually
notification manufacturer's
appliance published
instructions.
For initial,
reacceptance,
and periodic
testing, verify
emergency
control function
interface device
activation.
Where an
emergency
Emergency control function
24. control X Annually interface device
is disabled or
functionss
disconnected
during initiating
device testing,
verify that the
disabled or
disconnected
emergency
control function
interface device
has been
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
properly
restored,
including
electromagnetic
devices used
for door
releasing
services as part
of a fire alarm
system.
Use the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions and
the as-built
drawings
provided by the
Two-way system supplier
emergency to verify correct
25. X Annually
communications operation after
systems the initial testing
phase has been
performed by
the supplier or
by the
supplier’s
designated
representative.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Special
26.
procedures
Verify time delay
and alarm
response for
(1) Alarm verification X Annually smoke detector
circuits identified
as having alarm
verification.
Verify
communications
between sending
(2) Multiplex systems X Annually and receiving
units under both
primary and
secondary power.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Supervising
station alarm
27. systems —
receiving
equipment
Perform tests on
all system
functions and
features in
accordance with
the equipment
manufacturer’s
(1) All equipment X Monthly published
instructions for
correct operation
in conformance
with the
applicable
sections of
Chapter 26.
Disconnect each
(2) Digital alarm transmission
communicator receiver X Monthly means in turn
(DACR) from the DACR,
and verify audible
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
and visual
annunciation of a
trouble signal in
the supervising
station.
Cause the
following
conditions of all
DARRs on all
subsidiary and
repeater station
(3) Digital alarm radio receiving
X Monthly
receiver (DARR) equipment. Verify
receipt at the
supervising
station of correct
signals for each of
the following
conditions:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
following
conditions:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
equipment; verify
receipt of correct
signals at the
supervising
station:
Perform tests to
ensure the
monitoring of
integrity of the
transmission
technology and
technology path.
Where a single
communications
(7) Performance- path is used,
X Monthly
based technologies disconnect the
communication
path. Verify that
failure of the path
is annunciated at
the supervising
station within
60 minutes of the
failure (within
5 minutes for
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
communication
equipment
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72).
Restore the
communication
path. Where
multiple
communication
paths are used,
disconnect both
communication
paths and confirm
that failure of the
path is
annunciated at
the supervising
station within not
more than 6 hours
of the failure
(within 24 hours
for communication
equipment
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72).
Restore both
communication
paths.
Public
emergency
alarm reporting
28.
system
transmission
equipment
Actuate publicly
accessible
initiating device(s)
and verify receipt
of not less than
three complete
rounds of signal
impulses. Perform
this test under
(1) Publicly
X Semiannually normal circuit
accessible alarm box
conditions. If the
device is
equipped for open
circuit operation
(ground return),
test it in this
condition as one
of the semiannual
tests.
Test each
initiating circuit of
the auxiliary box
(2) Auxiliary box X Annually by actuation of a
protected
premises initiating
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
device connected
to that circuit.
Verify receipt of
not less than
three complete
rounds of signal
impulses.
(3) Master box
Perform the tests
(a) Manual
X Semiannually prescribed for
operation
28(a).
Perform the tests
(b) Auxiliary
X Annually prescribed for
operation
28(b).
The following
procedures
describe
additional
Low-power acceptance and
29. radio (wireless X N/A reacceptance
systems) test methods to
verify wireless
protection
system
operation:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Mass
30. notification
systems
At a minimum,
test control
equipment to
verify correct
receipt of alarm,
supervisory, and
trouble signals
(inputs); operation
of evacuation
signals and
auxiliary functions
(outputs); circuit
(1) Functions X Annually
supervision,
including
detection of open
circuits and
ground faults; and
power supply
supervision for
detection of loss
of ac power and
disconnection of
secondary
batteries.
Verify the rating
(2) Fuses X Annually
and supervision.
Verify integrity of
single or multiple
circuits providing
interface between
two or more
control units. Test
(3) Interfaced interfaced
X Annually
equipment equipment
connections by
operating or
simulating
operation of the
equipment being
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
supervised. Verify
signals required to
be transmitted at
the control unit.
Illuminate lamps
(4) Lamps and LEDs X Annually
and LEDs.
Disconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
and test under
maximum load,
including all alarm
appliances
requiring
(5) Primary (main)
X Annually simultaneous
power supply
operation.
Reconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
at end of test. For
redundant power
supplies, test
each separately.
Measure sound
pressure level
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure and
record levels
throughout
protected area.
(6) Audible textual
Set the sound
notification appliances
level meter in
(loudspeakers and
X Annually accordance with
other appliances to
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
convey voice
American National
messages)
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation
Signal, using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST). Record
the maximum
output when the
audible
emergency
evacuation signal
is on.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Perform test in
accordance with
manufacturer’s
published
instructions. Verify
appliance
locations to be per
approved layout
and confirm that
no floor plan
changes affect the
approved layout.
(7) Visual X Annually
Verify the candela
rating or method
of candela control
marking on each
visual appliance
and rating when
reported by the
FACU agrees with
the approved
drawings. Confirm
that each
appliance flashes.
Review event log
file and verify that
the correct events
were logged.
Review system
diagnostic log file;
correct
deficiencies noted
in file. Delete
unneeded log
(8) Control unit
files. Delete
functions and no
X Annually unneeded error
diagnostic failures are
files. Verify that
indicated
sufficient free disk
space is available.
Verify
unobstructed flow
of cooling air is
available.
Change/clean
filters, cooling
fans, and intake
vents.
Power down the
central control unit
(9) Control unit reset X Annually
computer and
restart it.
If remote control
software is loaded
onto the system,
(10) Control unit verify that it is
X Annually
security disabled to
prevent
unauthorized
system access.
Send out an alert
(11) Audible/visual to a diverse set of
X Annually
functional test predesignated
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
receiving devices
and confirm
receipt. Include at
least one of each
type of receiving
device.
Make full system
software backup.
Rotate backups
(12) Software backup X Annually
based on
accepted practice
at site.
Disconnect ac
power. Verify the
ac power failure
alarm status on
central control
(13) Secondary power
X Annually equipment. With
test
ac power
disconnected,
verify battery
voltage under
load.
Check
forward/reflected
(14) Wireless signals X Annually radio power is
within
specifications.
Check
forward/reflected
radio power is
within
specifications.
(15) Antenna X Annually
Verify solid
electrical
connections with
no observable
corrosion.
Verify proper
operation and
(16) Transceivers X Annually
mounting is not
compromised.
aSome transmission equipment (such as, but not limited to, cable modems, fiber-optic interface nodes, and
VoIP interfaces) are typically powered by the building's electrical system using a secondary (standby)
power supply that does not meet the requirements of this Code. This is intended to ensure that the testing
authority verifies full secondary (standby) power as required by Chapter 10. Additionally, refer to Table
14.4.3.2, items 7 through 9, for secondary (standby) power supply testing.
bThe automatic transmission of the check-in (handshake) signal can take up to 60 minutes to occur.
cSee Table 14.4.3.2, Item 4(1) for the testing of transmission equipment.
dThe battery tests in Table 14.4.3.2 Item 9 are based on VRLA batteries and it is the intent that the tests
specified in (1) through (4) be performed in order. For other secondary battery types, refer to the battery
manufacturer’s published instructions or IEEE 450, Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and
Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, for vented lead-acid batteries, and
IEEE 1106, Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented
Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications, for nickel-cadmium batteries.
eExample: 4000 mAh × 1⁄25 = 160 mA charging current at 77°F (25°C).
fIf the charger is adjustable, adjust the output voltage to 2.265 volts per cell ±0.015 volts at 77°F (25°C) or
iThe voltmeter sensitivity has been changed from 1000 ohms per volt to 100 ohms per volt so that the false
ground readings (caused by induced voltages) are minimized.
jInitiating devices such as smoke detectors used for elevator recall, closing dampers, or releasing doors
held in the open position that are permitted by the Code (see9.6.3 of NFPA 101) to initiate supervisory
signals at the fire alarm control unit (FACU) should be tested at the same frequency (annual) as those
devices when they are generating an alarm signal. They are not supervisory devices, but they initiate a
supervisory signal at the FACU.
kFusible thermal link detectors are commonly used to close fire doors and fire dampers electrically
connected to the fire alarm control unit. They are actuated by the presence of external heat, which causes a
solder element in the link to fuse, or by an electric thermal device, which, when energized, generates heat
within the body of the link, causing the link to fuse and separate.
lNote, it is customary for the manufacturer of the smoke detector to test a particular product from an aerosol
provider to determine acceptability for use in smoke entry testing of their smoke detector/smoke alarm.
Magnets are not acceptable for smoke entry tests.
m There are some detectors that use magnets as a manufacturer's calibrated sensitivity test instrument.
nFor example, it might not be possible to individually test the heat sensor in a thermally enhanced smoke
detector.
oManufacturer's published instructions should be consulted to ensure a proper operational test. No
suppression gas or agent is expected to be discharged during the test of the solenoid. See Test Plan of
14.2.10.
pA monitor module installed on an interface device is not considered a supervisory device and therefore not
subject to the quarterly testing frequency requirement. Test frequencies for interface devices should be in
accordance with the applicable standard. For example, fire pump controller alarms such as phase reversal
are required to be tested annually. If a monitor module is installed to identify phase reversal on the fire
alarm control unit, it is not necessary to test for phase reversal four times a year.
qChapter 18 would require 15 dB over average ambient sound for public mode spaces. Sometimes the
ambient sound levels are different from what the design was based upon. Private operating mode would
require 10 dB over average ambient at the location of the device.
rWhere building, system, or occupancy changes have been observed, the owner should be notified of the
changes. New devices might need to be installed and tested per the initial acceptance testing criteria.
sSee A.14.4.3.2 and Table 14.4.3.2, Item 24.
This PI addresses the Ohmic Test method for VRLA batteries, changing "and" to "or" to better indicate the intent of
this test method. Either a conductance test "or" a Resistance/Impedance test is required, not both. This is a
seemingly minor change on the surface but considering that there is no economically feasible instrument for testing
on the market currently for either conductance or resistance/impedance, it's very important that the intent be made
clear that only one of these tests is required.
Committee: SIG-TMS
Committee Statement
[9.]
This revision makes three changes to the battery test methods in (9).
Firstly, with the introduction of a test method for temperature testing of batteries in (9)(1), there has
been confusion in the field as to where the ambient temperature should be taken. Some have
concluded that the ambient temperature should be taken in the room or area where the FACU cabinet
is located. However, the industry standard is for ambient temperature to be taken from inside the
cabinet, which is not currently stated. This revision clarifies that language and provides clarification
regarding the comparison of the battery cell/unit temperature with the ambient temperature
measurement.
Secondly, with regard to the semi-annual Ohmic Test in (9)(4), the phrase "and connected to the
charger" has created confusion in the field since the related annex note states that offline testing may
also be acceptable. Since Chapter 14's wording appears to indicate that testing online is the only
option, the reference to connection to the charger has been deleted, as that may not be the best
practice recommendation depending on the manufacture of the ohmic meter being utilized.
Finally, the revision in (9)(4) addresses the Ohmic Test method for VRLA batteries, changing "and" to
"or" to better indicate the intent of this test method. Either a conductance test "or" a
Resistance/Impedance test is required, not both.
[14.]
Wireless communications is added to Item 14 to address new technology. (See new sections
23.16.4.8 and 23.16.4.9 on Class A and Class B radio pathways.) The Technical Committee requests
that the Correlating Committee form a Task Group with members from SIG-TMS, SIG-PRO, SIG-
PRS, and SIG-FUN to address the requirements for these systems.
[17.]
Items 17(4)(c) and (d) are revised to minimize confusion with regard to the test method for non-
restorable, spot-type heat detectors.
In 17(9), only devices connected to protected premises systems are required to be tested annually.
Household CO devices are tested per Sections 14.4.6 or 14.4.8 and are under the scope of the (SIG-
HOU) Technical Committee.
Item 17(10)(b) is revised to correlate with 2019 changes made to Paragraph 17.17.2.2, particularly
(C) for valves that use lower settings. Also refer to A.17.17.2.2.
The test in 17(7)(d) is revised to permit the use of a listed feature that is capable of supervising
airflow to each sampling port, in lieu of a manual test.
The references to other items in the table are corrected in Item 17(7)(e).
The smoke entry test in 17(8) is for single-criteria detectors only. There is a separate entry in the table
for multi-criteria detectors.
[22.]
The direction in Chapter 14 regarding test methods for sound level testing for loudspeakers should
correlate with Chapter 18, which is to use the meter on alert tone signals only. This provides good
guidance for testing personnel, reminding them that audible information is not to be tested with the
meter.
The revision also removes "throughout the protected area," as it is unenforceable and undefined.
Language referencing the actual required performance metric has been added. Finally, "confirm" is
changed to "determine," as it is more reflective of the proper test reason.
[Table note d]
The added text in Table Note d facilitates a technology-based alternative to the current VRLA battery
testing procedure.
[Table note e]
Footnote "e" pertains to the charging current for Nickel-Cadmium batteries. However, this battery type
was deleted from the table in the 2019 edition, and the footnote was mistakenly retained. Footnote "e
" is, therefore, deleted.
[Annex]
With the introduction of new language for ohmic testing of batteries, there has been some confusion
in the field as to whether to conduct this test online or offline. While the test method in Chapter 14
states that the test is to be done online (connected to the charger), the related annex material stated
that offline testing is also acceptable. This revision clarifies that, while online testing is the preferred
method for the Ohmic Test, offline testing may be the recommended practice on the part of certain
ohmic meter manufacturers.
14.4.3.2*
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
1. All equipment X See Table 14.3.1.
Control
2. equipment and
transponder
Verify correct
receipt of alarm,
supervisory, and
trouble signals
(inputs); operation
of evacuation
signals and
auxiliary functions
(outputs); circuit
supervision,
(1) Functions X Annually including
detection of open
circuits and
ground faults; and
power supply
supervision for
detection of loss
of ac power and
disconnection of
secondary
batteries.
Verify rating and
(2) Fuses X Annually
supervision.
Verify integrity of
single or multiple
circuits providing
interface between
two or more
control units. Test
interfaced
equipment
(3) Interfaced
X Annually connections by
equipment
operating or
simulating
operation of the
equipment being
supervised. Verify
signals required to
be transmitted at
the control unit.
Illuminate lamps
(4) Lamps and LEDs X Annually
and LEDs.
Disconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
and test under
maximum load,
including all alarm
(5) Primary (main) appliances
X Annually
power supply requiring
simultaneous
operation.
Reconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
at end of test. Test
redundant power
supplies
separately.
Alarm control
3. unit trouble
signals
Verify operation of
control unit
trouble signals.
Verify ring-back
(1) Audible and visual X Annually feature for
systems using a
trouble-silencing
switch that
requires resetting.
If control unit has
disconnect or
isolating switches,
verify
performance of
intended function
(2) Disconnect
X Annually of each switch.
switches
Verify receipt of
trouble signal
when a
supervised
function is
disconnected.
If the system has
a ground
detection feature,
verify the
occurrence of
(3) Ground-fault
X Annually ground-fault
monitoring circuit
indication
whenever any
installation
conductor is
grounded.
Actuate an
initiating device
(4) Transmission of
and verify receipt
signals to off-premises X Annually
of alarm signal at
location
the off-premises
location.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Supervising
station alarm
4. systems —
transmission
equipment
aTest all system
functions and
features in
accordance with
the equipment
manufacturer’s
(1) All equipment X Annually published
instructions for
correct operation
in conformance
with the
applicable
sections of
Chapter 26.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Except for DACTs
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72 that are
connected to a
telephone line
(2) Digital alarm (number) that is
communicator X Annually also supervised
transmitter (DACT) for adverse
conditions by a
derived local
channel, ensure
connection of the
DACT to two
separate means
of transmission.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Disconnect the
primary telephone
line. Verify
transmission of a
(3) Digital alarm radio
X Annually trouble signal to
transmitter (DART)
the supervising
station by the
DART occurs
within 4 minutes.
Actuate initiating
device. Verify
production of not
less than three
(4) McCulloh complete rounds
X Annually
transmitter of not less than
three signal
impulses each by
the McCulloh
transmitter.
(2) Ground
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
(2) Ground
Cause a fault
between elements
of the transmitting
equipment. Verify
indication of the
(5) Radio alarm fault at the
X Annually
transmitter (RAT) protected
premises, or
transmission of
trouble signal to
the supervising
station.
Perform tests to
ensure the
monitoring of
integrity of the
transmission
technology and
technology
path.Where
shared
communications
(6) Performance- equipment is used
X Annually
based technologies as permitted by
26.6.3.1.14,
provided
secondary
(standby) power
sources shall be
tested in
accordance with
Table 14.4.3.2,
item 7, 8, or 9, as
applicable.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
W
c
p
u
d
b
c
p
M
in
a
tr
V
p
c
a
th
w
2
o
tr
fa
R
c
p
Emergency
5. communications
equipment
Verify correct
switching and
(1) Amplifier/tone
X Annually operation of
generators
backup
equipment.
Operate/function
(2) Call-in signal and verify receipt
X Annually of correct visual
silence
and audible
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
signals at control
unit.
Install phone set
or remove phone
(3) Off-hook indicator from hook and
X Annually
(ring down) verify receipt of
signal at control
unit.
Visually inspect
phone jack and
(4) Phone jacks X Annually initiate
communications
path through jack.
Actuate each
phone set and
(5) Phone set X Annually
verify correct
operation.
Operate the
system with a
minimum of any
(6) System
X Annually five handsets
performance
simultaneously.
Verify voice
quality and clarity.
If an engine-
driven
generator
dedicated to the
system is used
as a required
power source,
Engine-driven
6. X Monthly verify operation
generator
of the generator
and transfer
switch in
accordance
with NFPA 110
by the building
owner.
If an ESS
system
dedicated to the
system is used
as a required
Energy storage power source,
7. X Annually
systems (ESS) verify by the
building owner
operation of the
ESS system in
accordance
with NFPA 111.
Disconnect all
primary (main)
power supplies
and verify the
Secondary occurrence of
8. (standby) power X Annually required trouble
supplyc indication for
loss of primary
power. Measure
or verify the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
system’s
standby and
alarm current
demand using
the equipment
manufacturer’s
data and verify
the battery’s
rated capacity
exceeds the
system’s power
demand,
including the
safety margin.
Operate
general alarm
systems a
minimum of
5 minutes and
emergency
voice
communications
systems for a
minimum of
15 minutes.
Reconnect
primary (main)
power supply at
end of test.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Prior to
conducting
any battery
testing, verify
by the person
conducting the
VRLA battery test, that all
9.
and chargerd system
software
stored in
volatile
memory is
protected from
loss.
Upon initially
opening the
cabinet door,
measure and
record the
temperature of
each battery
cell/unit at the
(1) Temperature test X Semiannually negative terminal
with an infrared
thermometer.
Replace any
battery cell/unit if
the temperature is
greater than 18°F
(10°C) above
ambient.
With the battery
fully charged and
connected to the
charger, measure
the voltage across
the battery with a
voltmeter. Verify
the voltage is
within the
battery/alarm
(2) Charger testf X Semiannually
equipment
manufacturer’s
recommendations.
If the voltage is
outside of the
specified limits,
either adjust the
charger to within
limits or replace
the charger.
With the battery
fully charged and
connected to the
charger, measure
(3) Cell/Unit voltage the voltage of
X Semiannually
test each cell/unit with
a voltmeter.
Replace the
battery when any
cell/unit measures
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
a voltage less
than 13.26 volts.
When the battery
is installed,
establish a
baseline ohmic
value for each
battery cell/unit or
where available
use baseline
ohmic values
(4) Ohmic testg X N/A
provided by the
battery or test
equipment
manufacturer. In
either case record
the base line
ohmic value on
each battery
cell/unit.
W
b
c
c
th
m
in
v
b
c
R
te
o
o
c
R
b
th
m
o
d
Semiannually th
e
b
3
fo
c
a
m
re
im
W
b
e
m
b
v
u
th
w
c
in
v
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
o
a
ra
Replace the
battery or
conduct a load
test of the
battery
capacity. Load
test the battery
based on the
manufacturer’s
specifications
for a discharge
rate of 3 hours
or more by
applying the
current
indicated for
the selected
hourly
discharge rate
continuously,
until the
terminal
voltage
(5) decreases to
Replacement/Load 3 years the end
testh voltage
specified by
the
manufacturer.
Record the
test duration
and calculate
the battery
capacity
including
adjustment for
ambient
temperature.
Replace the
battery if
capacity is
less than or
equal to 80%
or at the next
scheduled test
interval if
battery
capacity is
less than 85%.
Manual tests of
the power
supply for
Public public reporting
emergency circuits shall be
10. alarm reporting X Daily made and
system — wired recorded at
system least once
during each 24-
hour period.
Such tests shall
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
include the
following:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Verify the
correct
Remote operation and
11. X Annually
annunciators identification of
annunciators. If
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
provided, verify
the correct
operation of
annunciator
under a fault
condition.
12. Reserved
13. Reserved
14. Reserved
Conductors —
15.
metallic
Test all installation
conductors with a
volt/ohmmeter to
verify that there
are no stray
(unwanted)
voltages between
installation
conductors or
between
installation
conductors and
(1) Stray voltage X N/A ground. Verify the
maximum
allowable stray
voltage does not
exceed 1 volt
ac/dc, unless a
different threshold
is specified in the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
installed
equipment.
Test all installation
conductors, other
than those
intentionally and
permanently
grounded, for
(2) Ground faults X N/A isolation from
ground per the
installed
equipment
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Test all installation
conductors, other
than those
intentionally
connected
together, for
(3) Short-circuit faults X N/A conductor-to-
conductor
isolation per the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
installed
equipment. Also
test these same
circuits conductor-
to-ground.
With each
initiating and
indicating circuit
installation
conductor pair
short-circuited at
the far end,
measure and
record the
resistance of each
(4) Loop resistance X N/A circuit. Verify that
the loop
resistance does
not exceed the
limits specified in
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions for the
installed
equipment.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, confirm
the introduction of
a fault in any
circuit monitored
for integrity results
in a trouble
indication at the
fire alarm control
unit. Open one
connection at not
less than
10 percent of the
(5) Circuit integrity X N/A
initiating devices,
notification
appliances and
controlled devices
on every initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance circuit,
and signaling line
circuit. Confirm all
circuits perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and 23.7.
For periodic
testing, test
each initiating
device circuit,
N/A Annually notification
appliance
circuit, and
signaling line
circuit for
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
correct
indication at
the control
unit. Confirm
all circuits
perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and
23.7.
Conductors —
16.
nonmetallic
Test the fiber-optic
transmission line
by the use of an
optical power
meter or by an
optical time
domain
reflectometer
used to measure
the relative power
loss of the line.
Test result data
must meet or
(1) Fiber optics X N/A
exceed ANSI/TIA
568-C.3, Optical
Fiber Cabling
Components
Standard, related
to fiber-optic lines
and
connection/splice
losses and the
control unit
manufacturer’s
published
specifications.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, confirm
the introduction of
a fault in any
circuit monitored
for integrity results
in a trouble
indication at the
fire alarm control
unit. Open one
connection at not
(2) Circuit integrity X N/A less than
10 percent of the
initiating devices,
notification
appliances, and
controlled devices
on every initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance circuit,
and signaling line
circuit. Confirm all
circuits perform as
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and 23.7.
For periodic
testing, test
each initiating
device circuit,
notification
appliance
circuit, and
signaling line
circuit for
N/A Annually correct
indication at
the control
unit. Confirm
all circuits
perform as
indicated in
Sections 23.5,
23.6, and
23.7.
Initiating
17.
devicesj
(1) Electromechanical
releasing device
Verify correct
operation by
removal of the
(a) Nonrestorable-
X Annually fusible link and
type link
operation of the
associated
device.
Verify correct
operation by
(b) Restorable-type removal of the
X Annually fusible link and
linkk operation of the
associated
device.
Operate the
switch
(2) Fire extinguishing
mechanically or
system(s) or
X Annually electrically and
suppression system(s)
verify receipt of
alarm switch
signal by the fire
alarm control unit.
Test fire–gas
detectors and
other fire
(3) Fire–gas and detectors as
X Annually
other detectors prescribed by the
manufacturer and
as necessary for
the application.
(4) Heat detectors
(a) Fixed- Perform heat test
temperature, rate-of- Annually (see with a listed and
rise, rate of X labeled heat
14.4.4.5)
compensation, source or in
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Assure that the
test method for
restorable line, spot the installed
type (excluding equipment does
pneumatic tube type) not damage the
nonrestorable
fixed-temperature
element of a
combination rate-
of-rise/fixed-
temperature
element detector.
Do not perform
heat test. Test
functionality
mechanically and
(b) Fixed- electrically.
temperature, X Annually Measure and
nonrestorable line type record loop
resistance.
Investigate
changes from
acceptance test.
After 15 years
from initial
installation,
replace all
devices or have 2
detectors per 100
laboratory tested.
Replace the 2
detectors with
new devices. If a
failure occurs on
(c) Fixed-
any of the
temperature, X See Method
detectors
nonrestorable spot type
removed, remove
and test additional
detectors to
determine either a
general problem
involving faulty
detectors or a
localized problem
involving 1 or 2
defective
detectors.
Do not perform
(d) Nonrestorable heat tests. Test
X Annually functionality
(general)
mechanically and
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
electrically.
Perform heat tests
(where test
chambers are in
circuit), with a
listed and labeled
heat source or in
(e) Restorable line accordance with
type, pneumatic tube X Annually the
only manufacturer's
published
instructions of the
detector or
conduct a test
with pressure
pump.
Conduct
functional tests
according to
manufacturer’s
(f) Single- and
published
multiple-station heat X Annually
instructions. Do
alarms
not test
nonrestorable
heat detectors
with heat.
Operate manual
fire alarm boxes
per the
manufacturer’s
published
(5) Manual fire alarm
X Annually instructions. Test
boxes
both key-operated
presignal and
general alarm
manual fire alarm
boxes.
Test flame
detectors and
spark/ember
detectors in
accordance with
(6) Radiant energy the
X Semiannually
fire detectors manufacturer’s
published
instructions to
determine that
each detector is
operative.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
instructions. Other
methods listed in
the
manufacturer's
published
instructions that
ensure smoke
entry from the
protected area,
through the vents,
into the sensing
chamber can be
used.
Perform a
functional test on
all single- and
multiple-station
(b) Single- and
smoke alarms
multiple-station smoke
connected to a
alarms connected to X Annually
protected
protected premises
premises fire
systems
alarm system by
putting the smoke
alarm into an
alarm condition.
Conduct
(c) System smoke functional tests
detectors used in one- according to
X Annually
and two-family manufacturer’s
dwellings published
instructions.
Test with smoke
or a listed and
labeled product
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
(d) Air sampling X Annually
instructions. Test
from the end
sampling port or
point on each pipe
run. Verify airflow
through all other
ports or points.
In addition to the
testing required in
Table 14.4.3.2
(g 7 )(1 a ) and
Table 14.4.3.2
(h 8 ), test duct
(e) Duct type X Annually smoke detectors
that use sampling
tubes to ensure
that they will
properly sample
the airstream in
the duct using a
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
method
acceptable to the
manufacturer or in
accordance with
their published
instructions.
Test the detector
by introducing
(f) Projected beam smoke, other
X Annually
type aerosol, or an
optical filter into
the beam path.
Operate both
portions of the
(g) Smoke detector detector
with built-in thermal X Annually independently as
element described for the
respective
devices.
Verify that the
control capability
remains operable
even if all of the
(h) Smoke initiating devices
detectors with control X Annually connected to the
output functions same initiating
device circuit or
signaling line
circuit are in an
alarm state.
(8) Smoke detectors
— sensitivity testing
mPerform any of
the following tests
In other than one- to ensure that
and two-family
N/A See 14.4.4.3 each smoke
dwellings, system detector is within
detectors its listed and
marked sensitivity
range:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
device circuit or
signaling line
circuit are in an
alarm state.
(10) Initiating
devices, supervisory
Operate valve and
verify signal
receipt to be
within the first two
revolutions of the
handwheel or
within one-fifth of
the travel
distance, or per
(a) Control valve the
X Semiannual
switch manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Continue to cycle
outside stem and
yoke valves and
verify switch does
not reset during
full travel of the
valve stem.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained where
the required
(b) High- or low-air pressure is
X Annually
pressure switch increased or
decreased a
maximum 10 psi
(70 kPa) from the
required pressure
level.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained before
pressure
decreases to
(c) Steam pressure X Annually
110 percent of the
minimum
operating
pressure of the
steam-operated
equipment.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal is
obtained where
the required
(d) Pressure pressure is
supervisory devices for X Annually increased or
other sources decreased from
the normal
operating
pressure by an
amount specified
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
in approved
design
documents.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal to
indicate the
(e) Room decrease in room
X Annually
temperature switch temperature to
40°F (4.4°C) and
its restoration to
above 40°F
(4.4°C).
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal
indicating the
water level raised
or lowered a
maximum 3 in.
(70 mm) from the
(f) Water level required level
X Annually
switch within a pressure
tank, or a
maximum 12 in.
(300 mm) from the
required level of a
nonpressure tank.
Also verify its
restoral to
required level.
Operate switch
and verify receipt
of signal to
indicate the
(g) Water decrease in water
X Annually
temperature switch temperature to
40°F (4.4°C) and
its restoration to
above 40°F
(4.4°C).
Water shall be
flowed through an
inspector's test
connection
indicating the flow
of water equal to
that from a single
sprinkler of the
smallest orifice
(11) Mechanical, size installed in
electrosonic, or
X Semiannually the system or
pressure-type waterflow other listed and
device approved
waterflow switch
test methods for
wet-pipe systems,
or an alarm test
bypass
connection for
dry-pipe, pre-
action, or deluge
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
systems in
accordance with
NFPA 25.
Test each of the
detection
principles present
within the detector
(e.g.,
smoke/heat/CO,
etc.)
independently for
(12) Multi-sensor fire the specific
detector or multi-criteria detection
fire detector or X Annually principle,
combination fire regardless of the
detector configuration
status at the time
of testing. Also
test each detector
in accordance
with the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
T
s
to
te
a
in
s
re
b
P
a
fo
re
d
in
th
p
th
c
e
e
c
(m
a
e
s
c
th
re
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
C
re
s
th
in
th
c
W
in
s
c
te
in
te
p
s
R
te
re
Special hazard
18.
equipment
Operate abort
(1) Abort switch switch and verify
X Annually
(dead-man type) correct sequence
and operation.
Operate abort
switch and verify
(2) Abort switch development of
X Annually
(recycle type) correct matrix with
each sensor
operated.
Operate abort
switch and verify
correct sequence
and operation in
accordance with
authority having
(3) Abort switch
X Annually jurisdiction.
(special type)
Observe
sequencing as
specified on as-
built drawings or
in system owner’s
manual.
Operate one
sensor or detector
on each zone.
Verify occurrence
(4) Cross-zone of correct
X Annually
detection circuit sequence with
operation of first
zone and then
with operation of
second zone.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Operate all
sensors in
system. Verify
(5) Matrix-type circuit X Annually development of
correct matrix with
each sensor
operated.
(6) Release solenoid Verify operation of
X Annually
circuito solenoid.
Use AGI flashbulb
or other test light
(7) Squibb release approved by the
X Annually
circuit manufacturer.
Verify operation of
flashbulb or light.
Operate required
sensors at a
minimum of four
(8) Verified, locations in circuit.
sequential, or counting X Annually Verify correct
zone circuit sequence with
both the first and
second detector in
alarm.
Verify supervision
(9) All above devices
of circuits by
or circuits or X Annually
creating an open
combinations thereof
circuit.
Combination
19.
systems
Test
communication
between the
device connecting
the fire
extinguisher
electronic
monitoring
(1) Fire extinguisher
device/system
electronic monitoring X Annually
and the fire alarm
device/system
control unit to
ensure proper
signals are
received at the fire
alarm control unit
and remote
annunciator(s) if
applicable.
Test
communication
between the
device connecting
the carbon
monoxide
(2) Carbon device/system
X Annually
monoxidedevice/system and the fire alarm
control unit to
ensure proper
signals are
received at the fire
alarm control unit
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
and remote
annunciator(s) if
applicable.
Test interface
equipment
connections by
operating or
simulating the
equipment
being
supervised.
Verify signals
required to be
transmitted are
Interface received at the
20. X See 14.4.4.4 control unit.
equipmentp Test frequency
for interface
equipment is
the same as the
frequency
required by the
applicable
NFPA
standard(s) for
the equipment
being
supervised.
Test the device
in accordance
Guard’s tour with the
21. X Annually
equipment manufacturer’s
published
instructions.
Alarm
22. notification
appliances
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, measure
sound pressure
levels for signals
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure sound
(1) Audibleq X N/A
pressure levels
throughout the
protected area to
confirm that they
are in compliance
with Chapter 18.
Set the sound
level meter in
accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Standard Audible
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Emergency
Evacuation (E2)
and Evacuation
Signals with
Relocation
Instructions
(ESRI), using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST).
rFor periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually the operation
of the
notification
appliances.
For initial and
reacceptance
testing, measure
sound pressure
levels for signals
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure sound
pressure levels
throughout the
(2) Audible textual
protected area to
notification appliances
confirm that they
(loudspeakers and
X N/A are in compliance
other appliances to
with Chapter 18.
convey voice
Set the sound
messages)
level meter in
accordance with
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
American National
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation (E2)
and Evacuation
Signals with
Relocation
Instructions
(ESRI), using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST).
rFor periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually the operation
of the
notification
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
appliances.
Perform initial and
reacceptance
testing in
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions. Verify
appliance
locations to be per
approved layout
and confirm that
no floor plan
(3) Visual X N/A changes affect the
approved layout.
Verify the candela
rating or method
of candela control
marking on each
visual appliance
and rating when
reported by the
FACU agrees with
the approved
drawings. Confirm
that each
appliance flashes.
For periodic
testing, verify
N/A Annually that each
appliance
flashes.
Perform tests in
Exit marking accordance
audible with
23. X Annually
notification manufacturer's
appliance published
instructions.
For initial,
reacceptance,
and periodic
testing, verify
emergency
control function
interface device
activation.
Where an
emergency
Emergency control function
24. control X Annually interface device
is disabled or
functionss
disconnected
during initiating
device testing,
verify that the
disabled or
disconnected
emergency
control function
interface device
has been
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
properly
restored,
including
electromagnetic
devices used
for door
releasing
services as part
of a fire alarm
system.
Use the
manufacturer’s
published
instructions and
the as-built
drawings
provided by the
Two-way system supplier
emergency to verify correct
25. X Annually
communications operation after
systems the initial testing
phase has been
performed by
the supplier or
by the
supplier’s
designated
representative.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Special
26.
procedures
Verify time delay
and alarm
response for
(1) Alarm verification X Annually smoke detector
circuits identified
as having alarm
verification.
Verify
communications
between sending
(2) Multiplex systems X Annually and receiving
units under both
primary and
secondary power.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Supervising
station alarm
27. systems —
receiving
equipment
Perform tests on
all system
functions and
features in
accordance with
the equipment
manufacturer’s
(1) All equipment X Monthly published
instructions for
correct operation
in conformance
with the
applicable
sections of
Chapter 26.
Disconnect each
(2) Digital alarm transmission
communicator receiver X Monthly means in turn
(DACR) from the DACR,
and verify audible
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
and visual
annunciation of a
trouble signal in
the supervising
station.
Cause the
following
conditions of all
DARRs on all
subsidiary and
repeater station
(3) Digital alarm radio receiving
X Monthly
receiver (DARR) equipment. Verify
receipt at the
supervising
station of correct
signals for each of
the following
conditions:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
following
conditions:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
equipment; verify
receipt of correct
signals at the
supervising
station:
Perform tests to
ensure the
monitoring of
integrity of the
transmission
technology and
technology path.
Where a single
communications
(7) Performance- path is used,
X Monthly
based technologies disconnect the
communication
path. Verify that
failure of the path
is annunciated at
the supervising
station within
60 minutes of the
failure (within
5 minutes for
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
communication
equipment
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72).
Restore the
communication
path. Where
multiple
communication
paths are used,
disconnect both
communication
paths and confirm
that failure of the
path is
annunciated at
the supervising
station within not
more than 6 hours
of the failure
(within 24 hours
for communication
equipment
installed prior to
adoption of the
2013 edition of
NFPA 72).
Restore both
communication
paths.
Public
emergency
alarm reporting
28.
system
transmission
equipment
Actuate publicly
accessible
initiating device(s)
and verify receipt
of not less than
three complete
rounds of signal
impulses. Perform
this test under
(1) Publicly
X Semiannually normal circuit
accessible alarm box
conditions. If the
device is
equipped for open
circuit operation
(ground return),
test it in this
condition as one
of the semiannual
tests.
Test each
initiating circuit of
the auxiliary box
(2) Auxiliary box X Annually by actuation of a
protected
premises initiating
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
device connected
to that circuit.
Verify receipt of
not less than
three complete
rounds of signal
impulses.
(3) Master box
Perform the tests
(a) Manual
X Semiannually prescribed for
operation
28(a).
Perform the tests
(b) Auxiliary
X Annually prescribed for
operation
28(b).
The following
procedures
describe
additional
Low-power acceptance and
29. radio (wireless X N/A reacceptance
systems) test methods to
verify wireless
protection
system
operation:
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Mass
30. notification
systems
At a minimum,
test control
equipment to
verify correct
receipt of alarm,
supervisory, and
trouble signals
(inputs); operation
of evacuation
signals and
auxiliary functions
(outputs); circuit
(1) Functions X Annually
supervision,
including
detection of open
circuits and
ground faults; and
power supply
supervision for
detection of loss
of ac power and
disconnection of
secondary
batteries.
Verify the rating
(2) Fuses X Annually
and supervision.
Verify integrity of
single or multiple
circuits providing
interface between
two or more
control units. Test
(3) Interfaced interfaced
X Annually
equipment equipment
connections by
operating or
simulating
operation of the
equipment being
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
supervised. Verify
signals required to
be transmitted at
the control unit.
Illuminate lamps
(4) Lamps and LEDs X Annually
and LEDs.
Disconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
and test under
maximum load,
including all alarm
appliances
requiring
(5) Primary (main)
X Annually simultaneous
power supply
operation.
Reconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
at end of test. For
redundant power
supplies, test
each separately.
Measure sound
pressure level
with a sound level
meter meeting
ANSI S1.4a,
Specifications for
Sound Level
Meters, Type 2
requirements.
Measure and
record levels
throughout
protected area.
(6) Audible textual
Set the sound
notification appliances
level meter in
(loudspeakers and
X Annually accordance with
other appliances to
ANSI/ASA S3.41,
convey voice
American National
messages)
Standard Audible
Emergency
Evacuation
Signal, using the
time-weighted
characteristic F
(FAST). Record
the maximum
output when the
audible
emergency
evacuation signal
is on.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Perform test in
accordance with
manufacturer’s
published
instructions. Verify
appliance
locations to be per
approved layout
and confirm that
no floor plan
changes affect the
approved layout.
(7) Visual X Annually
Verify the candela
rating or method
of candela control
marking on each
visual appliance
and rating when
reported by the
FACU agrees with
the approved
drawings. Confirm
that each
appliance flashes.
Review event log
file and verify that
the correct events
were logged.
Review system
diagnostic log file;
correct
deficiencies noted
in file. Delete
unneeded log
(8) Control unit
files. Delete
functions and no
X Annually unneeded error
diagnostic failures are
files. Verify that
indicated
sufficient free disk
space is available.
Verify
unobstructed flow
of cooling air is
available.
Change/clean
filters, cooling
fans, and intake
vents.
Power down the
central control unit
(9) Control unit reset X Annually
computer and
restart it.
If remote control
software is loaded
onto the system,
(10) Control unit verify that it is
X Annually
security disabled to
prevent
unauthorized
system access.
Send out an alert
(11) Audible/visual to a diverse set of
X Annually
functional test predesignated
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
receiving devices
and confirm
receipt. Include at
least one of each
type of receiving
device.
Make full system
software backup.
Rotate backups
(12) Software backup X Annually
based on
accepted practice
at site.
Disconnect ac
power. Verify the
ac power failure
alarm status on
central control
(13) Secondary power
X Annually equipment. With
test
ac power
disconnected,
verify battery
voltage under
load.
Check
forward/reflected
(14) Wireless signals X Annually radio power is
within
specifications.
Check
forward/reflected
radio power is
within
specifications.
(15) Antenna X Annually
Verify solid
electrical
connections with
no observable
corrosion.
Verify proper
operation and
(16) Transceivers X Annually
mounting is not
compromised.
aSome transmission equipment (such as, but not limited to, cable modems, fiber-optic interface nodes, and
VoIP interfaces) are typically powered by the building's electrical system using a secondary (standby)
power supply that does not meet the requirements of this Code. This is intended to ensure that the testing
authority verifies full secondary (standby) power as required by Chapter 10. Additionally, refer to Table
14.4.3.2, items 7 through 9, for secondary (standby) power supply testing.
bThe automatic transmission of the check-in (handshake) signal can take up to 60 minutes to occur.
cSee Table 14.4.3.2, Item 4(1) for the testing of transmission equipment.
dThe battery tests in Table 14.4.3.2 Item 9 are based on VRLA batteries and it is the intent that the tests
specified in (1) through (4) be performed in order. For other secondary battery types, refer to the battery
manufacturer’s published instructions or IEEE 450, Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and
Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, for vented lead-acid batteries, and
IEEE 1106, Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented
Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications, for nickel-cadmium batteries.
eExample: 4000 mAh × 1⁄25 = 160 mA charging current at 77°F (25°C).
fIf the charger is adjustable, adjust the output voltage to 2.265 volts per cell ±0.015 volts at 77°F (25°C) or
iThe voltmeter sensitivity has been changed from 1000 ohms per volt to 100 ohms per volt so that the false
ground readings (caused by induced voltages) are minimized.
jInitiating devices such as smoke detectors used for elevator recall, closing dampers, or releasing doors
held in the open position that are permitted by the Code (see9.6.3 of NFPA 101) to initiate supervisory
signals at the fire alarm control unit (FACU) should be tested at the same frequency (annual) as those
devices when they are generating an alarm signal. They are not supervisory devices, but they initiate a
supervisory signal at the FACU.
kFusible thermal link detectors are commonly used to close fire doors and fire dampers electrically
connected to the fire alarm control unit. They are actuated by the presence of external heat, which causes a
solder element in the link to fuse, or by an electric thermal device, which, when energized, generates heat
within the body of the link, causing the link to fuse and separate.
lNote, it is customary for the manufacturer of the smoke detector to test a particular product from an aerosol
provider to determine acceptability for use in smoke entry testing of their smoke detector/smoke alarm.
Magnets are not acceptable for smoke entry tests.
m There are some detectors that use magnets as a manufacturer's calibrated sensitivity test instrument.
nFor example, it might not be possible to individually test the heat sensor in a thermally enhanced smoke
detector.
oManufacturer's published instructions should be consulted to ensure a proper operational test. No
suppression gas or agent is expected to be discharged during the test of the solenoid. See Test Plan of
14.2.10.
pA monitor module installed on an interface device is not considered a supervisory device and therefore not
subject to the quarterly testing frequency requirement. Test frequencies for interface devices should be in
accordance with the applicable standard. For example, fire pump controller alarms such as phase reversal
are required to be tested annually. If a monitor module is installed to identify phase reversal on the fire
alarm control unit, it is not necessary to test for phase reversal four times a year.
qChapter 18 would require 15 dB over average ambient sound for public mode spaces. Sometimes the
ambient sound levels are different from what the design was based upon. Private operating mode would
require 10 dB over average ambient at the location of the device.
rWhere building, system, or occupancy changes have been observed, the owner should be notified of the
changes. New devices might need to be installed and tested per the initial acceptance testing criteria.
sSee A.14.4.3.2 and Table 14.4.3.2, Item 24.
This PI addresses the test method for duct type smoke detectors. No change in the method is proposed. However,
the table references to the smoke detector test methods are incorrect due to the change in numbering/ordering that
took place in the last edition.
Committee Statement
[9.]
This revision makes three changes to the battery test methods in (9).
Firstly, with the introduction of a test method for temperature testing of batteries in (9)(1), there has
been confusion in the field as to where the ambient temperature should be taken. Some have
concluded that the ambient temperature should be taken in the room or area where the FACU cabinet
is located. However, the industry standard is for ambient temperature to be taken from inside the
cabinet, which is not currently stated. This revision clarifies that language and provides clarification
regarding the comparison of the battery cell/unit temperature with the ambient temperature
measurement.
Secondly, with regard to the semi-annual Ohmic Test in (9)(4), the phrase "and connected to the
charger" has created confusion in the field since the related annex note states that offline testing may
also be acceptable. Since Chapter 14's wording appears to indicate that testing online is the only
option, the reference to connection to the charger has been deleted, as that may not be the best
practice recommendation depending on the manufacture of the ohmic meter being utilized.
Finally, the revision in (9)(4) addresses the Ohmic Test method for VRLA batteries, changing "and" to
"or" to better indicate the intent of this test method. Either a conductance test "or" a
Resistance/Impedance test is required, not both.
[14.]
Wireless communications is added to Item 14 to address new technology. (See new sections
23.16.4.8 and 23.16.4.9 on Class A and Class B radio pathways.) The Technical Committee requests
that the Correlating Committee form a Task Group with members from SIG-TMS, SIG-PRO, SIG-
PRS, and SIG-FUN to address the requirements for these systems.
[17.]
Items 17(4)(c) and (d) are revised to minimize confusion with regard to the test method for non-
restorable, spot-type heat detectors.
In 17(9), only devices connected to protected premises systems are required to be tested annually.
Household CO devices are tested per Sections 14.4.6 or 14.4.8 and are under the scope of the (SIG-
HOU) Technical Committee.
Item 17(10)(b) is revised to correlate with 2019 changes made to Paragraph 17.17.2.2, particularly
(C) for valves that use lower settings. Also refer to A.17.17.2.2.
The test in 17(7)(d) is revised to permit the use of a listed feature that is capable of supervising
airflow to each sampling port, in lieu of a manual test.
The references to other items in the table are corrected in Item 17(7)(e).
The smoke entry test in 17(8) is for single-criteria detectors only. There is a separate entry in the table
for multi-criteria detectors.
[22.]
The direction in Chapter 14 regarding test methods for sound level testing for loudspeakers should
correlate with Chapter 18, which is to use the meter on alert tone signals only. This provides good
guidance for testing personnel, reminding them that audible information is not to be tested with the
meter.
The revision also removes "throughout the protected area," as it is unenforceable and undefined.
Language referencing the actual required performance metric has been added. Finally, "confirm" is
changed to "determine," as it is more reflective of the proper test reason.
[Table note d]
The added text in Table Note d facilitates a technology-based alternative to the current VRLA battery
testing procedure.
[Table note e]
Footnote "e" pertains to the charging current for Nickel-Cadmium batteries. However, this battery type
was deleted from the table in the 2019 edition, and the footnote was mistakenly retained. Footnote "e
" is, therefore, deleted.
[Annex]
With the introduction of new language for ohmic testing of batteries, there has been some confusion
in the field as to whether to conduct this test online or offline. While the test method in Chapter 14
states that the test is to be done online (connected to the charger), the related annex material stated
that offline testing is also acceptable. This revision clarifies that, while online testing is the preferred
method for the Ohmic Test, offline testing may be the recommended practice on the part of certain
ohmic meter manufacturers.
14.4.3.2*
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
1. All equipment X See Table 14.3.1.
Control
2. equipment and
transponder
Verify correct
receipt of alarm,
supervisory, and
trouble signals
(inputs); operation
of evacuation
signals and
auxiliary functions
(outputs); circuit
supervision,
(1) Functions X Annually including
detection of open
circuits and
ground faults; and
power supply
supervision for
detection of loss
of ac power and
disconnection of
secondary
batteries.
Verify rating and
(2) Fuses X Annually
supervision.
Verify integrity of
single or multiple
circuits providing
interface between
two or more
control units. Test
interfaced
equipment
(3) Interfaced
X Annually connections by
equipment
operating or
simulating
operation of the
equipment being
supervised. Verify
signals required to
be transmitted at
the control unit.
Illuminate lamps
(4) Lamps and LEDs X Annually
and LEDs.
Disconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
and test under
maximum load,
including all alarm
(5) Primary (main) appliances
X Annually
power supply requiring
simultaneous
operation.
Reconnect all
secondary
(standby) power
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
at end of test. Test
redundant power
supplies
separately.
Alarm control
3. unit trouble
signals
Verify operation of
control unit
trouble signals.
Verify ring-back
(1) Audible and visual X Annually feature for
systems using a
trouble-silencing
switch that
requires resetting.
If control unit has
disconnect or
isolating switches,
verify
performance of
intended function
(2) Disconnect
X Annually of each switch.
switches
Verify receipt of
trouble signal
when a
supervised
function is
disconnected.
If the system has
a ground
detection feature,
verify the
occurrence of
(3) Ground-fault
X Annually ground-fault
monitoring circuit
indication
whenever any
installation
conductor is
grounded.
Actuate an
initiating device
(4) Transmission of
and verify receipt
signals to off-premises X Annually
of alarm signal at
location
the off-premises
location.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Supervising
station alarm
4. systems —
transmission
equipment
aTest all system
functions and
features in
accordance with
the equipment
manufacturer’s
(1) All equipment X Annually published
instructions for
correct operation
in conformance
with the
applicable
sections of
Chapter 26.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
telephone line
(number) that is
also supervised
for adverse
conditions by a
derived local
channel, ensure
connection of the
DACT to two
separate means
of transmission.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
Disconnect the
primary telephone
line. Verify
transmission of a
(3) Digital alarm radio
X Annually trouble signal to
transmitter (DART)
the supervising
station by the
DART occurs
within 4 minutes.
Actuate initiating
device. Verify
production of not
less than three
(4) McCulloh complete rounds
X Annually
transmitter of not less than
three signal
impulses each by
the McCulloh
transmitter.
(2) Ground
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
(2) Ground
Cause a fault
between elements
of the transmitting
equipment. Verify
indication of the
(5) Radio alarm fault at the
X Annually
transmitter (RAT) protected
premises, or
transmission of
trouble signal to
the supervising
station.
Perform tests to
ensure the
monitoring of
integrity of the
transmission
technology and
technology
path.Where
shared
communications
(6) Performance- equipment is used
X Annually
based technologies as permitted by
26.6.3.1.14,
provided
secondary
(standby) power
sources shall be
tested in
accordance with
Table 14.4.3.2,
item 7, 8, or 9, as
applicable.
Initial Periodic
Component Method
Acceptance Frequency
W
c
p
u
d
b
c
p
M
in